Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2013-03-04 City Council Agenda PacketCITY OF PALO ALTO CITY COUNCIL Special Meeting Council Chambers March 4, 2013 6:00 PM Agenda posted according to PAMC Section 2.04.070. Supporting materials are available in the Council Chambers on the Thursday preceding the meeting. 1 March 4, 2013 MATERIALS RELATED TO AN ITEM ON THIS AGENDA SUBMITTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AFTER DISTRIBUTION OF THE AGENDA PACKET ARE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE AT PALO ALTO CITY HALL, 250 HAMILTON AVE. DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. * The agenda now includes time estimates for each section or item. These are provided as part of the Council's effort to manage its time at Council meetings. Listed times are estimates only and are subject to change at any time, including while the meeting is in progress. The Council reserves the right to use more or less time on any item, to change the order of items and/or to continue items to another meeting. Particular items may be heard before or after the time estimated on the agenda. This may occur in order to best manage the time at a meeting or to adapt to the participation of the public. To ensure participation in a particular item, we suggest arriving at the beginning of the meeting and remaining until the item is called. Call to Order Closed Session 6:00- 7:00 PM Public Comments: Members of the public may speak to the Closed Session item(s); three minutes per speaker. 1. CONFERENCE WITH CITY ATTORNEY Potential Litigation Relating to Retiree Health Benefits Section 54956.9 - Significant Exposure to Litigation Agenda Changes, Additions and Deletions HEARINGS REQUIRED BY LAW: Applications and/or appellants may have up to ten minutes at the outset of the public discussion to make their remarks and put up to three minutes for concluding remarks after other members of the public have spoken. OTHER AGENDA ITEMS: Public comments or testimony on agenda items other than Oral Communications shall be limited to a maximum of three minutes per speaker. Special Orders of the Day 7:00-7:15 PM 2. Abilities United for a Public/Private Community Partnership Presentation City Manager Comments 7:15-7:25 PM Oral Communications 7:25-7:45 PM Members of the public may speak to any item not on the agenda; three minutes per speaker. Council reserves the right to limit the duration of Oral Communications period to 30 minutes. 2 March 4, 2013 MATERIALS RELATED TO AN ITEM ON THIS AGENDA SUBMITTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AFTER DISTRIBUTION OF THE AGENDA PACKET ARE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE AT PALO ALTO CITY HALL, 250 HAMILTON AVE. DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. Minutes Approval 7:45-7:50 PM January 14, 2013 January 22, 2013 January 28, 2013 Consent Calendar 7:50-7:55 PM Items will be voted on in one motion unless removed from the calendar by two Council Members. 3. Finance Committee Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013 4. Staff Recommends Approval of an Agreement with Palo Alto Unified School District (PAUSD) under which the City of Palo Alto (City) will Provide the District with Fiscal Services as part of the PAUSD 2013 Summer Enrichment Program and Provide Collaborative After-School Summer Programs. 5. Adoption of a Budget Amendment Ordinance in the Amount of $468,283.19 to Fund the Purchase and Make Ready Costs of up to 17 Honda Civic Natural Gas Vehicles and Approval of a Purchase Order with Stevens Creek Honda in an Amount of $459,783.19 to Purchase up to 17 Compressed Natural Gas Honda Civics 6. Approval and Authorization of the City Manager to execute an Electric Enterprise Fund Construction Contract with PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc. in the Amount of $961,460 to Rebuild a Portion of the 60kV Overhead Transmission System 7. Approval of a Water Enterprise Fund Contract with RMC Water and Environment, Inc. for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $193,914 to Complete the Environmental Analysis of Expanding the City's Recycled Water Delivery System 8. Approval of Amendment No. 1 to Contract #C12140966 in the Amount of $500,000 with Hydromax USA, Inc. To Provide Additional Services Associated with the Cross-Bore Investigation Project, for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $4,300,000 3 March 4, 2013 MATERIALS RELATED TO AN ITEM ON THIS AGENDA SUBMITTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AFTER DISTRIBUTION OF THE AGENDA PACKET ARE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE AT PALO ALTO CITY HALL, 250 HAMILTON AVE. DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. 9. Adoption of Budget Amendment Ordinance to Provide Additional Loan to Palo Alto Housing Corporation and Approval of a Short Term Loan to Palo Alto Housing Corporation in the Amount of $2,600,000 to Palo Alto Housing Corporation for the Acquisition of 567-595 Maybell Avenue for Purposes of Developing a Below Market Rate Senior Housing Project 10. Approval of On-Call Transportation Consultant Contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants for a Total of $281,820 to Implement Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan and to Provide Project Support Services 11. Request for Authorization to (1) Increase the Contract with Moscone Emblidge Sater & Otis in the Amount of $220,000 for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $455,000 for Legal Services and (2) Enter into Contracts with Project Controls and Forensics, LLC in an amount not to exceed $100,000 and with David Neagley, AIA in an amount not to exceed $275,000 for Expert Consultant Services Related to Public Works Construction Matters 12. Staff Recommends That Council Approve the Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts (Attachment A) Extending the Joint Venture Between the City of Palo Alto and the Cardiac Therapy Foundation of the Mid- Peninsula, Inc. (CTF) through December 31, 2014. 13. Adoption of an Ordinance Reducing the Size of the Library Advisory Commission from Seven to Five Commissioners and Amending the Frequency of Regular Meetings to Bi-Monthly 14. Approval of the Mutual Cooperation and Support Agreement between the City of Palo Alto and the Friends of Palo Alto Children's Theatre Action Items Include: Reports of Committees/Commissions, Ordinances and Resolutions, Public Hearings, Reports of Officials, Unfinished Business and Council Matters. 7:55-8:05 PM 15. Public Hearing: Adoption of Finding that the Main Library Expansion and Renovation Project (CIP PE-11000) is "Substantially Complex" under Public Contract Code Section 7201 and Direction to Increase the Retention Schedule from 5% to 10% 4 March 4, 2013 MATERIALS RELATED TO AN ITEM ON THIS AGENDA SUBMITTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AFTER DISTRIBUTION OF THE AGENDA PACKET ARE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE AT PALO ALTO CITY HALL, 250 HAMILTON AVE. DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. 8:05-9:05 PM 16. Update and Direction to Staff Regarding Development Process for Edgewood Plaza 9:05-10:20 PM 17. Update of California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Streetscape Improvements Project Roadway Design and Consideration of Street Lighting Options Council Member Questions, Comments and Announcements Members of the public may not speak to the item(s) Adjournment AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT (ADA) Persons with disabilities who require auxiliary aids or services in using City facilities, services or programs or who would like information on the City’s compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, may contact (650) 329-2550 (Voice) 24 hours in advance. PUBLIC COMMENT Members of the Public are entitled to directly address the City Council/Committee concerning any item that is described in the notice of this meeting, before or during consideration of that item. If you wish to address the Council/Committee on any issue that is on this agenda, please complete a speaker request card located on the table at the entrance to the Council Chambers, and deliver it to the City Clerk prior to discussion of the item. You are not required to give your name on the speaker card in order to speak to the Council/Committee, but it is very helpful. 5 March 4, 2013 MATERIALS RELATED TO AN ITEM ON THIS AGENDA SUBMITTED TO THE CITY COUNCIL AFTER DISTRIBUTION OF THE AGENDA PACKET ARE AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION IN THE CITY CLERK’S OFFICE AT PALO ALTO CITY HALL, 250 HAMILTON AVE. DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS. Additional Information Standing Committee Meetings Finance Committee Meeting Council Appointed Officers Committee Meeting (CAO) Committee for Potential Infrastructure Finance Measure Meeting Schedule of Meetings Schedule of Meetings from the City Clerk Tentative Agenda Tentative Agenda from the City Clerk Informational Report Contracts Awarded by the City Manager from July 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 Citywide Transportation Survey City of Palo Alto Sales Tax Digest Summary Third Quarter Sales (July - September 2012) Palo Alto Arbor Day on March 7, 2013 Proclamation Public Letters to Council Set 1 City of Palo Alto (ID # 3587) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Special Orders of the Day Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Abilitites United for a Public/Private Community Partnership Presentation Title: Abilities United for a Public/Private Community Partnership Presentation From: City Manager Lead Department: Community Services Betty Wright (1909-2004) had a vision. And in 1954 that vision came to fruition in the Barron Park neighborhood of Palo Alto. Betty wanted to create a community, a place where people across generations and abilities would come together to learn from one another. The vehicle was learning how to be water-safe, with the goal of leveraging the healing powers of water to build such community. Water – Betty prophesized – is the greatest equalizer. Betty’s vision spread quickly through the neighborhood and with major changes in developmental disability care and community integration her timing could not have been more fitting. Children and teens who just a few years earlier were locked away in institutions, now were returning to their families’ homes and were accommodated in regular schools with support from social services. It was 1965, and Betty had outgrown Barron Park. Now set up as the “Weddi Handiswimmers”, nearly 300 community volunteers were the organizing unit behind the coming success. The Redwood City YMCA contracted with the Weddi Handiswimmers to run the Y pool program. For the next three years the program kept going, while the focus evolved toward building a new facility in Palo Alto, which would meet an even larger vision: aquatic therapy to benefit people with any neurodegenerative condition. In 1968, the Betty Wright Aquatic Center opened to the public. An indoor, one-story Eichler construction, the pool offered many ADA features new at the time, including walking protection for the blind, access ramps for those in wheelchairs, radiant heated floors across the facility and sound baffles throughout – to create a calm sensory-integrated environment for anyone on the Autism spectrum. A federal block grant was secured for the amount of $71,000, equivalent to $429,000 in today’s currency, to support program evaluation and impact of aquatic therapy. Programming ranged from morning and mid- day services for adults with arthritic, orthopedic, and neurological conditions, to swim lessons for children with mental retardation and cerebral palsy, throughout the day. The program was operated until the early 1980s primarily through volunteer labor. City of Palo Alto Page 2 With Betty’s retirement in the 1980s, the era of volunteer-driven operations gradually came to an end. Slowly, the program shifted to being run by hired workers, and eventually the operational costs became unsustainable. The facility was also aging and the 1989 earthquake forced the pool shell apart from the foundation, requiring major repairs to be performed. Nonetheless, local support stood strong for the community- based organization, which now provided physical therapy, fitness classes, self-directed exercises for adults, open–pool time for families and the swim lesson programs for children with developmental disabilities. The latter programs were now paid through third-party billing with California’s regional centers, under mandate by the Lanterman Act in California. As state resources dwindled, and the administrative requirements for third-party contracting grew ever more complex, the flagship developmental disability swim lesson program became a cost-prohibitive proposition: only one third of its costs were supported by regional center reimbursement. Donors’ priorities shifted to infrastructure improvements and staff development funds. The program was at the brink of closure in 2006, losing more than $350,000 in direct operating costs annually, while serving some of the region’s most disabled and debilitating community members alongside men and women with hidden yet debilitating disabilities, such as fibromyalgia, low-back pain, and osteoarthritis. A new vision and action-based leadership have fueled a new wave of investments. The community has invested in capital improvements, leadership development, and staff competencies, which have enhanced function and form of the aging center. Today the center, operated at capacity, offers continuum-of-care chronic disease management for a wide range of conditions. Tailored services include aquatic physical therapy and hydrotherapy, often based on physicians’ referrals, and rehabilitation, fitness, and self- directed classes conducted also with the support of program volunteers. Children enjoy health promotion courses starting from parent-tot water safety classes and growing into learn-to–swim programs, in inclusive integrated settings. Volunteers undergo training in our rich history, American Red Cross water safety training, and in-water handling. Considered a regional leader in the Western United States, and serving as a blueprint model for community health & wellness, the Betty Wright Swim Center operates today under a three-year strategic plan “Local therapy center today: National aquatic health and wellness leaders in 2014.” City of Palo Alto (ID # 3550) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Council Priority: Environmental Sustainability Summary Title: Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan Title: Finance Committee Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013 From: City Manager Lead Department: Utilities Recommendation Staff, the Utilities Advisory Commission, and the Finance Committee recommend that the City Council: Approve the attached resolution adopting the Carbon Neutral Plan, which would enable the City to achieve a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio starting in calendar year 2013 within an annual rate impact not to exceed 0.15 cents per kilowatt-hour (₵/kWh). This carbon neutral rate impact is in addition to the 0.5₵/kWh rate impact limit for acquiring resources for the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS). Summary The proposed Carbon Neutral Plan achieves carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio by 2013 with 100% renewable resources. The cost to implement the plan is expected to be less than 0.1₵/kWh in addition to the expected cost of about 0.4₵/kWh to meet the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standard goal. City of Palo Alto Page 2 The proposed plan is to purchase renewable energy under long-term contracts for about half of the City’s electric supply needs and rely on existing carbon-free hydroelectric resources for the other half of the City’s needs. Until those long-term contracts are in place, the plan achieves carbon neutrality by purchasing short-term renewable resources and/or renewable energy certificates (RECs) to supplement existing and committed long-term renewable and hydroelectric resources. Staff expects that a 50% RPS can be achieved with long-term renewable resources within the existing 0.5₵/kWh rate impact limit approved by Council for RPS. Since about 50% of the current electric supply portfolio consists of carbon-free hydroelectric resources, the additional cost of achieving carbon neutrality in the long term is very low. In the near term (2013-2016) before the long-term contracts are providing renewable energy, the expected cost to achieve carbon neutrality is less than 0.1₵/kWh. The cost could increase if hydro conditions are dry and the cost of RECs goes up significantly. However, the proposed plan includes a retail rate cap of 0.15₵/kWh to achieve carbon neutrality. If the cost is expected to exceed this rate cap in any year, staff will return to the UAC and Council for further direction. Committee Review and Recommendation At its February 5, 2013 meeting, the Finance Committee discussed the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. The staff report to the Finance Committee with the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan is provided as Attachment C. Staff provided a presentation of the Carbon Neutral Plan highlighting the key policy decisions considered in the development of the plan, including alternative products and strategies to achieve carbon neutrality; how to deal with variations in hydroelectric supply resources; rate impacts under various hydroelectric supply and green premium scenarios; how to pay for carbon neutrality; and community support for carbon neutrality. Staff explained that potential revenues from the auction of carbon allowances under the cap- and-trade system could be used to offset the cost of achieving carbon neutrality, consistent with the policy approved by Council for the use of cap-and-trade revenues (Resolution No. 9307). In the annual budget process, staff will propose how to pay for carbon neutrality considering the use of cap-and-trade revenues, raising retail rates and/or using other electric fund revenues as necessary. Representing the Utilities Advisory Commission (UAC), Commissioner Steve Eglash indicated that the UAC overwhelmingly supported the proposed plan with the 0.15₵/kWh rate impact limitation and took a close look at the timing and cost of the plan. Committee members commented that they valued the UAC’s thorough review. Committee members and speakers from the public remarked on the leadership position the City takes with the adoption of this plan and expressed a desire that other communities follow suit to enhance the effect of its City of Palo Alto Page 3 adoption. After discussion, the Finance Committee voted unanimously to recommend Council approve the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. The minutes of the Finance Committee’s February 5, 2013 meeting are provided as Attachment D. Resource Impact The expected annual cost for the next five years, assuming average hydroelectric generation, to implement the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan is shown in Table 1. Also shown is the projected impact of these additional costs on the median residential annual electric bill (based on the median residential monthly consumption level of 407 kWh). The actual cost is subject to actual load, availability of hydroelectric generation, renewable energy costs, renewable attributes banked from one calendar year to the next, and emissions emitted by existing renewable resources and the City’s back-up generator. Deferring implementation of the Carbon Neutral Plan to 2015 or 2017 would result in not spending $1.24 million or $2.72 million, respectively. Table 1: 5-Year Expected Cost and Bill Impact to Achieve Carbon Neutrality 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Total Cost $630,000 $610,000 $570,000 $910,000 $ 40,000 Median Residential Bill Impact ($/year) $3.07 $2.93 $2.73 $4.36 $0.19 Adoption of the Carbon Neutral Plan will not result in a need to adjust the adopted electric commodity budget for FY 2013. Any purchases of renewable resources for calendar year 2013 will be included as part of the proposed FY 2014 Electric Fund budget. As part of the City’s annual budget process, staff will estimate the incremental cost associated with implementing the Carbon Neutral Plan based on the latest forecast for electric load projections, supply resource conditions and the price of acquiring renewable resources and will recommend how to cover these costs including the use of Electric Fund reserves, revenues from the sale of allowances in the cap-and-trade auctions, and/or electric rate increases. Table 2 illustrates potential customer bill impacts under different usage levels for the expected cost and if the full rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh is imposed in 2013. The table also shows how the City’s bill would compare to neighboring communities including those served by Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E). City of Palo Alto Page 4 Table 2: Monthly Electric Bill Comparison for 2013 Usage (kWh/month) Palo Alto’s Current Bill ($/month) Palo Alto’s Bill with Carbon Neutral Plan ($/month) Santa Clara ($/month) PG&E ($/month) Expected Cost With 0.15₵/kWh Residential Customer Monthly Bill 300 $28.57 $28.75 $29.02 $30.37 $38.54 (Median) 407 $42.50 $42.77 $43.18 $41.66 $53.21 650 $76.33 $76.72 $77.31 $67.11 $117.72 1,200 $172.03 $172.75 $173.83 $124.84 $300.23 Commercial Customer Monthly Bill 1,000 $127 $128 $129 $156 $163 160,000 $17,245 $17,341 $17,485 $18,002 $18,801 500,000 $50,430 $50,730 $51,180 $54,352 $54,285 2,000,000 $178,800 $180,000 $181,800 $210,129 $222,168 Policy Impacts Approval of the recommended Carbon Neutral Plan is consistent with the Council-approved Long-term Electric Acquisition (LEA) Objectives, Strategies and Implementation Plan; supports the Council-approved 2011 Utilities Strategic Plan’s environmental sustainability objective; is consistent with the City’s Climate Protection Plan; and supports environmental sustainability, one of the City Council’s top priorities. Environmental Impacts Implementation of the Carbon Neutral Plan is expected to reduce 330,000 metric tons of GHG emissions in 2013 through 2016. Beyond 2016, reductions of GHG emissions are mostly attributed to achieving an RPS of about 50%. Adopting a carbon neutral plan does not meet the California Environmental Quality Act‘s (CEQA) definition of a “project” under California Public Resources Code Sec. 21065, thus no environmental review is required. Attachments:  Attachment A - Resolution Approving Carbon Neutral Plan (PDF) City of Palo Alto Page 5  Attachment B - Carbon Neutral Plan (PDF)  Attachment C - Staff Report ID 3404 Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan Report for Finance Committee (PDF)  Attachment D - Draft Minutes of the Finance Committee Meeting of 02-05-13 (PDF) * NOT YET APPROVED * 130211 dm 6051879 Resolution No. _________ Resolution of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013 A. In an effort to combat climate change in December 2007 the City of Palo Alto (“City”) adopted the Climate Protection Plan, which set aggressive greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction goals to be achieved by the year 2020. B. In March 2011, the City unanimously approved the Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP) a strategic planning document focused on how the City’s Utilities Department (CPAU) can successfully balance environmental and economic sustainability as it provides electric service to CPAU customers. LEAP was updated in April 2012 through Resolution 9241. C. In accordance with the LEAP Climate Protection Strategy #5 to reduce the electric portfolio’s carbon intensity, staff evaluated the costs, benefits and impacts of the implementation of an electric portfolio carbon neutral policy and the setting of quantitative goals. Staff’s preliminary findings were presented to the Utilities Advisory Commission (“UAC”), Finance Committee and Council and in May 2012, the City Council directed staff to develop a plan to achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio by January 2015 (Staff report 2525). D. On November 5, 2012, Council approved (Staff Report 3194) the following definition of carbon neutrality for the City’s electric supply portfolio: A carbon neutral electric supply portfolio will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, measured at the Citygate, in accordance with The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector protocol for GHG emissions measurement and reporting. E. Staff presented the Carbon Neutral Plan to the UAC on December 5, 2012 and the UAC voted unanimously (six in favor and one absent) to recommend that the City adopt the Carbon Neutral Plan. F. On December 16, 2012, UAC Commissioners James Cook (Chair), Steve Eglash and John Melton presented a Commissioner’s Memorandum to request the Carbon Neutral Plan be revisited. The Commissioner’s Memorandum was discussed at the January 9, 2013 UAC meeting and the UAC voted (four in favor, two opposed and one absent) to recommend to Council that the Carbon Neutral Plan’s rate cap be reduced from 0.25 cents/kWh to 0.15 cents/kWh. G. Subsequent to the January 2013 UAC meeting, staff revised its spending cap recommendation to limit any future electric rate impact to 0.15 cents/kWh. H. On February 5, 2013, the Finance Committee voted unanimously (four in favor) // // // * NOT YET APPROVED * 130211 dm 6051879 to approve the revised Carbon Neutral Plan, which includes the 0.15 cents/kWh rate cap. The Council of the City of Palo Alto does hereby RESOLVE as follows: SECTION 1. The Council hereby adopts the resolution approving the Carbon Neutral Plan as provided for in Exhibit A. SECTION 2. The Council directs staff to return to the UAC and the Council in the event that the cost of City’s achievement of carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio would exceed an electric retail rate impact of 0.15 cents/kWh. SECTION 3. The Council finds that any eventual changes to the City’s electric rates impacted by Council’s adoption of the Carbon Neutral Plan shall not create special taxes because such rates shall be charges imposed for a specific government service or product provided directly to the payor that are not provided to those not charged, and which shall not exceed the reasonable costs to the City of providing the service or product. SECTION 4. The Council finds that the adoption of this resolution does not constitute a project under Section 21065 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and the CEQA Guidelines, and therefore, no environmental assessment is required. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ___________________________ ___________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ___________________________ ___________________________ Senior Deputy City Attorney City Manager ___________________________ Director of Utilities ___________________________ Director of Administrative Services ATTACHMENT B 1 Exhibit A to Resolution No XXXX Adopted by City Council on ________________________________ City of Palo Alto Utilities Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan 1. Carbon Neutral Definition A carbon neutral electric supply portfolio will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, measured at the Citygate1, in accordance with The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector protocol for GHG emissions measurement and reporting. 2. Carbon Neutral Plan Objective Reduce the City of Palo Alto’s overall community GHG emissions by achieving carbon neutrality for the Electric Supply Portfolio starting in calendar year 2013 within an annual rate impact not to exceed 0.15 cents per kilowatt-hour (₵/kWh) primarily through the: 1) engagement of customers to increase energy efficiency; 2) expansion of long-term renewable resource commitments; 3) promotion of local renewable resources; 4) continued reliance on existing hydroelectric resources; and 5) meeting short-term balancing requirements and/or neutralizing residual carbon through the use of short-term purchases of renewable resources and/or renewable energy certificates (RECs). 3. Resource Strategies a. Energy Efficiency i. Continue to pursue energy efficiency strategies as identified in the Council- approved ten-year Energy Efficiency Plan. b. Long-term Renewable Resources i. Continue to pursue the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) goal to purchase renewable energy to supply at least 33% of retail sales by 2015 while ensuring that the retail rate impact of these purchases does not exceed 0.5 ₵/kWh. ii. Continue to pursue local renewable resources through the Palo Alto CLEAN and PV Partners programs. iii. Pursue additional RPS-eligible, long-term renewable resources (beyond the RPS goals) to achieve a target of 100% carbon-free resources based on average year hydroelectric generation. 1 Citygate is the location of the City’s main meter where the City interconnects to the Pacific Gas and Electric transmission system. Emissions associated with of the output of the locally sited fossil gas fired combustions units (COBUG), while not measured at Citygate, will be neutralized. ATTACHMENT B 2 c. Short-term Renewable Resources and Renewable Energy Certificates i. For calendar years 2013 through 2016, procure short-term renewables, if the price is comparable to that of an un-bundled REC; ii. For calendar years 2013 through 2016, procure RPS-eligible, un-bundled RECs as needed to achieve carbon neutrality based on actual load and resources; iii. Neutralize anthropogenic GHG emissions associated with renewable resources with unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible. d. Banking and Truing Up i. In the event that there are surplus renewables beyond the load in a particular year, bank as many RECs as allowable under the TCR EPS protocol from qualifying renewables from that year to minimize the need for purchasing RECs in subsequent years. ii. Neutralize emissions associated with market purchases resulting from deviations between expected and actual load and renewable and hydroelectric generation resources with unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible. 4. Hydroelectric Resources a. Continue to preserve and advocate for existing carbon-neutral hydroelectric generation resources that provide approximately 50% of average year resource needs. b. Plan for and acquire carbon neutral resources assuming average hydroelectric conditions going forward. c. Under adverse hydroelectric conditions, procure unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible, to achieve carbon neutrality up to the 0.15 ₵/kWh rate impact limit and seek Council direction if carbon neutrality cannot be achieved within the rate impact limit. d. Under favorable hydroelectric conditions, where carbon neutral resources are expected to be surplus to needs, even after allowable banking, then pursue selling short-term renewable energy, or the renewable attributes, associated with one or more carbon- neutral resources in the portfolio. 5. Financial and Rate Payer Impacts a. In addition to the RPS annual rate impact limit of 0.5 ₵/kWh, the cost of achieving carbon neutrality shall not exceed 0.15 ₵/kWh based on an average hydro year. b. Revenues collected from surplus energy sales related to hydroelectric resources under favorable conditions (e.g. wet years), will be maintained within reserves to adjust for the cost of achieving carbon neutrality under adverse hydroelectric years. c. To the extent available and allowable, revenues from the auction of cap-and-trade allowances may be used to fund resources acquired to meet the carbon neutrality goals. 6. Reporting and Communication a. Develop a communication plan for stakeholders to inform them of the City’s efforts towards achieving a carbon neutral electric supply. ATTACHMENT B 3 b. Submit an annual, verified report of the carbon content of the electric supply portfolio to The Climate Registry. c. Provide customers a report of the electric supply portfolio’s carbon content to supplement the mandated Power Content Label. d. Inform large commercial and/or corporate customers of the City’s carbon neutral portfolio and its relevance to their individual corporate sustainability goals. 7. Implementation Plan The tasks that need to be completed in the next two years pending Council approval of the Carbon Neutral Plan in February 2013 are listed in the table below. Item Timeframe 1. Modify electric supply portfolio models and Energy Risk Management Policies, Guidelines and Procedures to account for Carbon Neutral objectives, balancing, banking of renewable attributes, reporting and financial impacts. By April 2013 2. Modify the Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP) to include the carbon neutral objective By June 2013 3. Develop communication plan to inform customers and stakeholders of Carbon Neutral Plan and efforts. February to April 2013 4. Based on response to the Fall 2012 request for proposals, seek approval of new renewable power purchase agreements to meet the City’s RPS up to approximately 100% of the long-term resource needs in average hydro years. December 2012 to June 2013 5. Determine resource needs for CY 2013 through CY 2016 and develop plan to acquire short-term renewable resources. By June 2013 6. Determine long-term renewable purchase volumes for beyond CY 2016 and develop plan to acquire long-term renewable resources. By September 2013 7. Procure RECs as needed to neutralize carbon emissions based on actual load and resources for CY 2013. By May 2014 8. Along with annual Power Content Label, produce and report to customers the carbon intensity of the electric supply portfolio. May/June 2014 and annually thereafter 9. Produce and submit Electric Power Sector (EPS) and Local Governments Operation Protocol (LGOP) reports to The Climate Registry (TCR) for CY 2013. July and October 2014 and annually thereafter 10. Get independent verification of TCR reports and submit audited reports to TCR. By December 2014 and annually thereafter 11. Redesign the PaloAltoGreen program according to Council direction. By December 2013 City of Palo Alto (ID # 3404) Finance Committee Staff Report Report Type: Meeting Date: 2/5/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Council Priority: Environmental Sustainability Summary Title: Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan Title: Utilities Advisory Commission Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013 From: City Manager Lead Department: Utilities Recommendation Staff requests that the Finance Committee recommend that the City Council: Approve the attached resolution adopting the Carbon Neutral Plan, which would enable the City to achieve a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio starting in calendar year 2013 within an annual rate impact not to exceed 0.15 cents per kilowatt-hour (₵/kWh). This carbon neutral rate impact is in addition to the 0.5₵/kWh rate impact limit for acquiring resources for the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS). Originally, staff recommended a rate impact limit of 0.25₵/kWh for achieving carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio. However, staff is comfortable with a rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh with the understanding that, if staff anticipates that the cost to achieve carbon neutrality will exceed 0.15₵/kWh, staff will return to Council for direction. This staff position is in response to the Utilities Advisory Commission (UAC) recommendation of 0.15₵/kWh. At its January 2013 meeting, the Utilities Advisory Commission (UAC) recommended that the City Council approve the attached resolution with a 0.15₵/kWh rate impact limit. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Summary The proposed Carbon Neutral Plan relies on long-term renewable contracts. However, since those contracts take time to negotiate and the renewable projects take time to build, sufficient renewable energy for the City’s needs will not be in place until 2017. In the interim, the plan uses RPS-eligible Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) from 2013 through 2016. Although the Council directed staff to develop a plan to achieve carbon neutrality by 2015, the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan allows the City to deliver zero carbon electricity starting in 2013 since the cost is expected to be very reasonable ($500,000 to $900,000 per year for 2013 to 2016), causing a rate impact of only 0.05 to 0.09₵/kWh. Options other than the use of RPS-eligible RECs to achieve carbon neutrality can cost slightly less (if non-RPS-eligible RECs are used) or significantly more (if short-term renewable energy is purchased) than the recommended plan. Annual costs may increase due to higher costs for RECs or poor hydroelectric generation, but the plan includes a rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh. If costs were to exceed that limit in any year, staff would return to the Council for direction as to whether to continue efforts to achieve carbon neutrality for that year. Recognizing the significance of climate change resulting from greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and their potential devastating impacts to both the local and global environment and economy, the City has a record of taking initiatives towards environmental sustainability. As such, the City recognized environmental sustainability as one of its top priorities and in 2007 approved an aggressive Climate Protection Plan which identified community-wide GHG emission reduction goals. Further, for its electric supply portfolio, the City has taken aggressive steps towards reducing GHG emissions through its energy efficiency efforts, encouragement of the installation of solar photovoltaic panels on rooftops, participation in the PaloAltoGreen program, and adoption of an accelerated Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS). Combined, these efforts are expected to account for an over 40% drop in GHG emissions related to the local use of electricity in 2012 compared to 2005 levels (assuming average hydrological conditions). The proposed Carbon Neutral Plan leaps the City forward in its efforts to combat climate change by implementing a policy to effectively eliminate all GHG emissions from the electric portfolio. Additionally, with the intent of placing the City at the forefront of environmental sustainability, the Carbon Neutral Plan is designed to be transparent, credible, sustainable, inspirational and repeatable by other communities. The proposed Carbon Neutral Plan achieves carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio by 2013 with 100% renewable resources. The cost of this plan is expected to be less than 0.1₵/kWh in addition to the expected cost of about 0.4₵/kWh to meet the City’s RPS goal. City of Palo Alto Page 3 The proposed plan has two phases. In the near term (2013 through 2016), staff recommends purchasing short-term renewable resources and/or RECs to supplement existing and committed long-term renewable and hydroelectric resources. Existing and committed long-term renewable and hydroelectric resources account for 65% to 83% of the portfolio. In the long term (beyond 2016), long-term renewable resources will provide about a 50% RPS level within the existing 0.5₵/kWh annual RPS rate limit. Since about 50% of the electric supply portfolio is carbon-free hydroelectric resources, the additional cost of achieving carbon neutrality between 2017 and 2020 is very small. Table 1 is a summary of the expected cost of achieving carbon neutrality in average hydroelectric conditions. Table 1: Total Cost to Achieve Carbon Neutrality – cents per kWh 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 RPS Plan: committed and additional long-term renewables to meet RPS goal 0.10 0.24 0.38 0.38 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 Carbon Neutral Plan: additional costs to achieve a carbon neutral portfolio 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 Total Cost 0.16 0.30 0.42 0.46 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.41 In dry years, the amount of hydroelectric generation is significantly lower than in an average hydro year. Thus, in dry years, there are expected to be additional costs to replace the reduced hydroelectric generation with carbon-free resources to maintain a carbon neutral portfolio. Therefore, although staff expects that the cost of achieving carbon neutrality will be within the 0.5₵/kWh limit to meet the City’s RPS goals, staff is requesting an additional 0.15₵/kWh to achieve carbon neutrality, if needed in the event of a dry year scenario or other unanticipated cost increases for renewable energy. Table 2 shows the annual cost to implement the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. The maximum cost, in the event that the full 0.15₵/kWh was needed to achieve carbon neutrality, is about $1.5 million per year, or about 1.2% of total Electric Fund retail revenues. Over the period from 2013 to 2016, the expected cost of the plan is $2.6 million, but if the full 0.15₵/kWh is needed, the total cost would be $6 million. Table 2: Annual Cost to Implement Carbon Neutral Plan ($millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Total Expected Cost 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 2.7 Maximum Cost (@0.15₵/kWh) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12 City of Palo Alto Page 4 At its December 2012 meeting, the UAC unanimously recommended Council approve the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. At its January 2013 meeting, the UAC reviewed the expected and maximum costs of the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan again and recommended a rate impact cap of 0.15₵/kWh. Background Policy Direction Council approved the City’s Climate Protection Plan (CPP) in December 2007 (CMR 435:07). The CPP set a goal to reduce GHG emissions by 15% from 2005 levels by the year 2020. In March 2011 Council approved the Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP) (Staff Report 1317) establishing general direction for efforts to reduce the electric portfolio’s carbon intensity. In July 2011 Council approved the Utilities Strategic Plan (Staff Report 1880), including a performance measure to reduce the carbon intensity of the electric portfolio. When Council last updated LEAP in April 2012 (Staff Report 2710), it clarified that the City’s RPS is to pursue renewable purchases of at least 33% of retail sales by 2015 within a retail rate impact of 0.5¢/kWh. The LEAP implementation plan included a task to evaluate the costs, benefits and impacts of implementing a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio policy and/or setting quantitative GHG emission goals for the electric supply portfolio. On May 21, 2012, Council unanimously directed staff to develop a plan by December 2012 to achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio by January 2015 (Staff Report 2525). On November 5, 2012, Council approved the following definition of carbon neutrality for the City’s electric supply portfolio (Staff Report 3194): Carbon Neutrality: A carbon neutral electric supply portfolio will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, measured at the Citygate1, in accordance with The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector protocol for GHG emissions measurement and reporting. On December 10, 2012, the Council approved a policy for the use of cap-and-trade revenues (Staff Report 33342) which is intended to be consistent with the goals set forth in the State of California’s Global Warming Act, also known as Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32). Recognizing a potential cap-and-trade program revenue benefit of approximately $4.5 million per year for the City’s electricity customers, the policy establishes the proper use of the potential revenues, 1 Citygate is the industry term for the location of the City’s main meter where the City interconnects to the Pacific Gas and Electric transmission system. City of Palo Alto Page 5 including funding investments in activities to reduce GHG emissions and/or achieve a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio. Electric Portfolio Mix Energy Efficiency: As required by state law (AB 2021, 2006), publicly owned electric utilities must identify all potentially achievable cost-effective electric energy efficiency (EE) savings and establish annual targets for energy efficiency over 10 years. The ten-year energy savings and demand reduction targets are required to be updated every four years to reflect changes in technologies, building codes, equipment standards, energy cost, etc. These targets were last updated in December 2012, when the Council adopted the latest 10-year cumulative electric savings target of 4.8% for 2014 to 2023, which included an explicit accounting of savings attributed to appliance codes and building standards upgrades (Staff Report 3358). Renewable Energy: Staff expects to reach an RPS of 33% of retail sales by 2015 and an RPS of about 50% of retail sales by 2017 within the 0.5₵/kWh RPS rate impact limit. These committed and expected RPS resources are all from long-term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs). The cost of each resource is compared to the cost of an equivalent amount of brown power and the increased (or decreased) cost, or “green premium” of the renewable energy is calculated. Table 3 is a summary of the City’s committed renewable resources and the green premium for each resource type. As shown, the green premium for all committed resources totals $3.86 million, or a rate impact of 0.38¢/kWh. Table 3 – Summary of Currently Committed Renewable Energy Supplies in 2015 Annual Generation (GWh) Total Annual Green Premium ($1000) Small Hydro 10.0 0 Wind 120.3 (339) Landfill Gas to Energy 126.0 2,229 Geothermal 33.1 1,107 Solar 50.7 857 Total Committed Renewable Supplies 340.0 3,855 *Annual green premium associated with a rate impact of 0.5¢/kWh is equal to $5.1 million Community Support for Carbon Neutrality Sensitive to adding even modest costs to the electric supply portfolio in a time when costs are projected to increase substantially due to external factors including transmission and delivery costs and increased regulatory requirements, staff sought input from the community to assess City of Palo Alto Page 6 support for carbon neutral efforts and their willingness to pay for a carbon neutral electric supply. In general, support by residents for efforts to achieve carbon neutral are high, with 73% of those residents surveyed indicating a willingness to pay at least $2 more per month to achieve carbon neutrality and 63% willing to pay $5 or more. By contrast, 63% of a relatively small sampling of commercial customers responded to the same anonymous survey and indicated that they would not be willing to pay more in support of carbon neutrality. A summary of the survey responses is provided as Attachment C. In addition, staff individually contacted many of the largest commercial customers and found that all those contacted supported the City’s pursuit of a carbon neutral electric portfolio at a moderate cost and stated that such an endeavor would assist them in meeting their own corporate GHG emissions reduction goals. Discussion The definition of carbon neutrality establishes the measuring point, scope, and balancing period for the achievement of zero net GHG emissions for the electric supply portfolio. While the Carbon Neutral Plan provides for how and when carbon neutrality will be achieved, it is intended to work in concert with the City’s EE goals, local resource generation efforts and RPS to achieve the overall goal of cost effectively eliminating GHG emissions from the electric supply portfolio. Base Case (Make no extra attempt to achieve carbon neutrality) The current (“Base Case”) electric supply portfolio consists of hydroelectric resources, which provide about 51% of the City’s electric needs in an average year. In addition, committed RPS- eligible renewable resources account for 23% and 27% of the City’s needs in 2013 and 2014, respectively and 33% of the City’s needs in 2015 and beyond. In addition, the City’s ten-year EE goals and the long-term PV Partners program goals are assumed to be met. Since the committed renewable resources consume about 0.38₵/kWh of the RPS green premium, the Base Case assumes that additional renewables will be pursued to meet the City’s additional long-term electric needs. Based on the responses to a solicitation released in the Fall of 2012 for additional renewable energy PPAs, staff expects to be able to purchase long-term renewable energy resources for the balance of the City’s electric needs within the 0.5₵/kWh rate impact limit starting in 2017. Therefore, due to the RPS goal, and even without a carbon neutral goal, carbon-free large hydroelectric resources would provide about half of the electric supplies required and long- term RPS-eligible resources would provide the other half starting in 2017 (when the additional City of Palo Alto Page 7 long-term resources are expected to be on-line and delivering energy). Staff expects that this can be achieved with a rate impact of only 0.4₵/kWh. Table 4 is a summary of the Base Case resource mix, including the current and additional resources to meet the RPS goal. Figure 1 shows the committed and expected resources to meet the City’s RPS in the Base Case portfolio. Table 4: Committed and Expected (Base Case) Resource Supply Mix 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Load (GWh) 1,040 1,053 1,056 1,054 1,052 1,054 1,057 1,059 Large hydroelectric (% of Load) 43% 44% 51% 51% 51% 51% 51% 51% Committed renewable RPS-compliant resources Committed renewable resources (GWh) 234 281 340 340 339 339 339 339 % of Retail Sales (RPS) 23% 28% 33% 33% 33% 33% 33% 33% % of Load 23% 27% 32% 32% 32% 32% 32% 32% RPS Green Premium consumed (¢/kWh) 0.10 0.24 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 Total committed plus hydro resources (% of Load) 65% 71% 83% 83% 83% 83% 83% 83% Committed plus additional long-term RPS-compliant renewables – BASE CASE Additional long-term resources (GWh) 0 0 0 0 180 176 176 175 % of Retail Sales (RPS) 23% 28% 33% 33% 51% 51% 50% 50% % of Load 23% 27% 32% 32% 49% 49% 49% 48% RPS Green Premium consumed (¢/kWh) 0.10 0.24 0.38 0.38 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 Total committed and additional renewables plus hydro resources (% of Load) 65% 71% 83% 83% 100% 100% 100% 100% City of Palo Alto Page 8 Figure 1: Electric Portfolio Load and Expected Resource Supply Mix (Base Case) Due to the electric supply portfolio’s heavy reliance on hydroelectric sources, the volume of system energy purchases can vary substantially from year to year given variations in the hydrologic cycle. These hydroelectric generation variations are an important driver of the costs associated with zeroing out GHG emissions in dry years. Electric Portfolio’s GHG Emissions Under the adopted carbon neutrality definition, which uses The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector (TCR EPS) protocol, GHG emissions from all supply resources must be counted (See Attachment D for a summary of the TCR EPS protocol). According to the protocol, the only resources in the Base Case with GHG emissions are associated with renewable energy generated from the geothermal project, the small amount of emissions associated with the City-owned back-up generator (COBUG), and the market purchases. The TCR EPS protocol allows the use of a default emissions factor for landfill-gas-to-energy projects of 38 lb CO2e/MWh if there is no information about the emissions associated with the specific projects in the portfolio. The emissions for these projects are derived from the use of City of Palo Alto Page 9 fossil-fuel based natural gas used to supplement the renewable landfill gas used in the generators. However, for Palo Alto’s PPAs for landfill-gas-to-energy projects, only landfill gas is used, so those resources are carbon-free and an emissions factor of 0 lb CO2e/MWh is applied. Table 5 shows the GHG emissions for the Base Case for the years 2013 thorugh 2020. As shown, the bulk of the GHG emissions for the near term are due to the market purchases. After 2017, due to the large amount of renewable resources, the GHG emissions are projected to be very small. Table 5: Base Case Electric Supply Resources and GHG Emissions by Year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Load and Resources (GWh) Load 1,040 1,053 1,056 1,054 1,052 1,054 1,057 1,059 Committed Carbon- Free Resources (1) 681 744 840 844 843 846 848 848 Geothermal 0 5 33 33 33 33 33 33 Additional renewables 0 0 0 0 180 176 176 175 Market Purchases (“System Energy”) (2) 359 304 182 177 -4 -1 1 3 GHG emissions (Metric Tons CO2e) Geothermal 0 589 3,523 3,533 3,523 3,523 3,523 3,533 COBUG 278 278 278 279 278 278 278 279 Market Purchases (2) 107,634 91,120 54,720 52,998 0 0 242 934 Total GHG emissions 107,912 91,987 58,521 56,810 3,801 3,801 4,043 4,746 (1) Includes hydroelectric, wind, landfill gas-to-energy, and solar resources (2) A Market Purchase, also called System Energy, is “brown” power whose source is unspecified, or not tied to a specific generator Resources that Can Be Used to Achieve Carbon Neutrality Emissions from the sources listed in Table 5 can be zeroed out through three primary methods: purchasing RECs, purchasing renewable energy, and purchasing carbon offsets. RECs can be purchased separately from the associated energy (“unbundled”) or together with the energy from the renewable energy project (“bundled”). City of Palo Alto Page 10 Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) – A Primer The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has provided a definition and descriptions of the various types of RECs2. According to EPA: “A REC represents the property rights to the environmental, social, and other non- power qualities of renewable electricity generation. A REC, and its associated attributes and benefits, can be sold separately from the underlying physical electricity associated with a renewable-based generation source. RECs provide buyers flexibility in procuring green power across a diverse geographical area, and in applying the renewable attributes to the electricity use at a facility of choice. This flexibility allows organizations to support renewable energy development and protect the environment when green power products are not locally available. “All grid-tied renewable-based electricity generators produce two distinct products: physical electricity and RECs. At the point of generation, both product components can be sold together or separately, as a bundled or unbundled product. In either case, the renewable generator feeds the physical electricity onto the electricity grid, where it mixes with electricity from other generation sources. Since electrons from all generation sources are indistinguishable, it is impossible to track the physical electrons from a specific point of generation to a specific point of use. “As renewable generators produce electricity, they create one REC for every 1000 kilowatt-hours (or 1 megawatt-hour) of electricity placed on the grid. If the physical electricity and the associated RECs are sold to separate buyers, the electricity is no longer considered “renewable” or “green.” The REC product is what conveys the attributes and benefits of the renewable electricity, not the electricity itself. “RECs serve the role of laying claim to and accounting for the associated attributes of renewable-based generation. The REC and the associated underlying physical electricity take separate pathways to the point of end use. As renewable generators produce electricity, they have a positive impact, reducing the need for fossil fuel-based generation sources to meet consumer demand. RECs embody these positive environmental impacts and convey these benefits to the REC owner.” 2 See EPA’s white paper on RECs at: http://www.epa.gov/greenpower/documents/gpp_basics-recs.pdf City of Palo Alto Page 11 Unbundled RECs System energy emissions can be eliminated on a carbon accounting basis through purchasing an equal amount of RECs, which are denominated in MWhs. In essence, this “converts” system energy into non-emitting renewable energy. This is similar in concept to how green pricing programs such as PaloAltoGreen are administered. These unbundled RECs are also referred to as “Bucket 3” RECs3 and qualifying Bucket 3 RECs can meet a portion of the RPS goals. TCR protocols allow entities that procure unbundled RECs to adjust their emissions inventories to account for these products. Even though the physical energy is not delivered, TCR allows the use of unbundled RECs—whether RPS eligible or not—to displace an equivalent amount of power from the actual power mix. This adjustment is allowed because the RECs include all renewable and environmental attributes associated with the production of electricity from the renewable energy resource. RECs are also denominated in pounds of CO2e emissions reductions. Each REC can be used for its MWh denomination, or its carbon intensity, but not both. RECs are assigned carbon emissions factors based on the location of the renewable energy project associated with the REC. The TCR protocol allows such uses of RECs to zero out emissions associated with emitting renewable or brown resources. As described by the EPA above, RECs mitigate the environmental harm associated with brown power purchases by creating and maintaining the market for renewable energy and providing renewable generators a source of income from buyers wishing to purchase the renewable attribute, even if physical delivery of the energy is too expensive or complicated to complete. In addition, the cost of this mitigation is reasonable, particularly now when the cost of unbundled RECs is quite low. For example, when last purchased for the PaloAltoGreen program, unbundled REC prices were less than 1₵/kWh so a REC buyer could “green up” brown power purchases for a modest cost. Renewable Energy – Bundled Energy and RECs To eliminate GHG emissions, carbon-free resources can be purchased instead of system energy. In other words, instead of purchasing system energy in the spot market or on a forward basis to meet loads, CPAU would purchase energy from carbon-free resources. These carbon-free resources can be purchased in the spot markets, on a forward basis in the short-term (less than three years out), or in the long-term markets (similar to the City’s long-term renewable PPAs). 3 California’s RPS rules classify RPS eligible products into three Procurement Categories or “Buckets.” Bucket 1 is for bundled energy and RECs that are generated in-state. Bucket 2 is for “firmed and shaped” bundled energy and RECs – which generally means energy from a resource located out-of-state that is delivered to California after it is generated. Bucket 3 is for REC only products (RECs separated, or “unbundled”, from the underlying energy). City of Palo Alto Page 12 These carbon-free resources may or may not be RPS-eligible resources. RPS-eligible bundled energy and RECs are also referred to as “Bucket 1” (in-state) and “Bucket 2” (out-of-state) resources. Environmental Offsets GHG emissions can be zeroed out, or “neutralized”, by purchasing GHG offsets in amounts equal to the emissions. This is a relatively straightforward calculation of computing the total annual tonnage of emissions and purchasing an equivalent tonnage of third party certified carbon offsets. GHG offsets4 are tradable credits issued for emissions reductions resulting from qualifying GHG mitigation projects. They can be purchased in the voluntary market (for example to achieve carbon neutral objectives) or in the compliance markets (for example, to meet cap-and-trade requirements). The California Air Resources Board (CARB) currently recognizes offsets issued by the Climate Action Reserve for several types of GHG mitigation projects—including forestry, urban forestry, livestock methane, and ozone depleting substances—for use in meeting AB32 GHG reduction goals. With the uncertainty associated with the use and eligibility of various types of offset products coupled with the lack of compliance-driven buyers, the market for offsets is currently very illiquid and there is a great deal of uncertainty around the long-term market price of these products. Alternative Carbon Neutral Portfolios Alternative electric supply portfolios can be constructed to achieve carbon neutrality. Given the timing of the committed and planned additional renewable resources, it is helpful to evaluate the near term (2013 through 2016) separately from the longer term (2017 and beyond). In the longer term, since the Base Case portfolio consists of hydro resources and long- term renewable PPAs, resources will only be needed to neutralize the small amount of carbon emissions from the portfolio and to balance actual energy production and usage on an annual basis. The types of resources available to achieve carbon neutrality are limited in the near term to short-term bundled renewable resources, unbundled RECs from existing facilities, or environmental offsets. While the carbon neutral definition allows for the use of environmental 4 The World Resource Institute defines a carbon offset as “a unit of carbon dioxide-equivalent (CO2e) that is reduced, avoided, or sequestered to compensate for emissions occurring elsewhere.” City of Palo Alto Page 13 offsets to neutralize carbon, staff is not recommending using them at this time, however will continue to evaluate for future consideration. The cost of acquiring renewable resources is dependent on the area from which the renewable energy is derived, whether or not it qualifies as an RPS-eligible renewable resource and the RPS compliance category it falls within. Table 6 is a summary of the estimated green cost premium (cost of green resource above the cost of brown power) of each product. Table 6: Short-term Products to Achieve Carbon Neutrality Product RPS Eligible Cost Premium ($/MWh) Bundled renewable energy with RECs from California Yes – Bucket 1 $10-$30 Bundled renewable energy RECs imported into California Yes – Bucket 2 $5-$25 Unbundled RECs Yes – Bucket 3 $1-$10 Non-RPS Unbundled RECs No $1-$5 To assess how the different products can alter the costs of achieving carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio, staff developed three alternatives to the Base Case portfolio to evaluate how changes in the resource mix result in different costs. In each case, the Base Case portfolio is the starting point so that the long-term portfolio (beyond 2016) is essentially the same for each alternative (about 50% hydro and 50% long-term RPS-eligible PPAs). The alternative portfolios are: 1. Proposed Carbon Neutral Plan: In this plan, carbon neutrality is achieved in the near term (2013 to 2016) by acquiring RPS-eligible unbundled RECs to green up brown market purchases on an annual basis. In dry years, the plan also calls for the purchase of RPS-eligible unbundled RECs to meet needs. 2. Non-RPS Unbunbled RECs Plan: This plan involves procuring non-RPS eligible, unbundled RECs to achieve carbon neutrality in the near term and in dry years. 3. Hard Resources Plan: This alternative limits the purchase of unbundled RECs and, instead, displays a strong preference for actual renewable energy deliveries. In this plan, carbon neutrality is achieved in the near term through commitments to short-term renewable resources (bundled energy and RECs). In dry years, to the extent they are available, short-term renewable resources would be purchased as well. If unavailable, unbundled RECs would be purchased in dry years to meet needs. City of Palo Alto Page 14 In all years and for all of the alternatives, non-RPS eligible unbundled RECs will be used to neutralize actual GHG emissions (e.g. from geothermal resources and the COBUG units) and to cover variations in needs associated with deviations in load, renewable energy and hydroelectric generation output. These purchases will likely be made after the calendar year is over when actual load and resources are known. Staff could pursue acquiring additional hard resources and/or RPS-eligible resources to cover the deviations, however given the timing of when the purchases will be made, it is less likely that such resources will be available and therefore unbundled non-RPS compliant RECs may be the only viable alternative. Table 7 summarizes the Base Case and the alternatives evaluated. Table 7: Summary of Base Case (Do Nothing) and Carbon Neutral Alternatives Base Case Recommended Plan Non-RPS Unbundled RECs Hard Resources Resources for balance of needs in near term (2013- 2016) Market purchases Market purchases plus RPS-eligible unbundled RECs Market purchases plus non-RPS eligible unbundled RECs Short-term bundled renewable resources Additional resources required in dry years Market purchases Market purchases plus non-RPS eligible unbundled RECs Short-term bundled renewables (if available) or market purchases plus unbundled RECs Balancing for actual needs and actual generation Market purchases/ sales Market purchases/sales, banking plus unbundled RECs Resources to neutralize GHG emissions associated with renewables and COBUG None Non-RPS eligible unbundled RECs Resources for long-term needs (beyond 2016) Long-term RPS-eligible PPAs and hydro resources to meet approximately 100% of needs Table 8 illustrates the cumulative cost, financial impacts, and RPS for the various alternatives relative to the Base Case, in which carbon neutrality is not pursued. City of Palo Alto Page 15 Table 8: 2013-2020 Cumulative Costs and RPS of Various Alternatives 2013-2020 Base Case Recommended Plan Non-RPS Unbundled RECs Hard Resources Cost and Rate Impacts Incremental Cost to Base Case ($M) N/A $2.93 $1.86 $16.5 Rate Impact (¢/kWh) N/A 0.035 0.022 0.20 Rate Impact (%) * N/A 0.3% 0.2% 1.7% Average Residential Bill Impact ($/year) • N/A $1.70 $1.08 $9.60 RPS 2013 23% 58% 23% 58% 2014 28% 57% 28% 57% 2015 and 2016 33% 51% 33% 51% Beyond 2016 51% 51% 51% 51% * Rate impact calculations assume that the system average retail rate for the Base Case is 12.1¢/kWh in 2015  Assuming median residential class usage of 407 kWh/month (actual from FY 2011) The analysis shows that the cumulative cost (from 2013 through 2020) of achieving carbon neutrality under the recommended plan is expected to be $2.93 million more than the Base Case and would result in an average increase in rates of 0.035₵/kWh over the Base Case. The analysis also shows that carbon neutrality can be achieved at lower costs by purchasing non- RPS compliant RECs as in the Non-RPS Unbundled RECs case. The cost of pursuing the Recommended Carbon Neutral Plan is $1.07 million more than the Non-RPS Unbundled RECs alternative, with the majority of the cost occurring in the near term. While the Non-RPS Unbundled RECs alternative is less expensive than the Recommended Carbon Neutral Plan, it does not increase the City’s RPS in the near term, which may be of value to the community. Conversely, pursuing the Hard Resources alternative would result in a significantly higher cost— $16.5 million over the Base Case and $13.6 million more than the Recommended Carbon Neutral Plan—while having the same RPS as the Recommended Carbon Neutral Plan. Sensitivity Analysis The alternatives were evaluated under different scenarios including variations in the green premium price of resources and generation from hydroelectric resources. The estimated rate impact of each alternative plan was assessed under the expected case, which assumes average hydroelectric generation and expected green premiums, and four scenarios, including: City of Palo Alto Page 16 1. High Renewable Premium Price – assumes average hydroelectric generation and that the price of acquiring renewables is 50% higher than expected; 2. Dry Hydroelectric Year – assumes the expected renewable premium price for purchasing carbon neutral resources for quantities up to the amount needed under average hydroelectric conditions. The increased amount needed between the dry hydro and average hydroelectric conditions is made up with non-RPS eligible unbundled RECs, since these RECs would likely be the most readily available; 3. Dry Hydroelectric Year and High Renewable Premium Price – same as the second scenario, but the premiums for acquiring all resources is 50% higher than expected; and 4. Wet Hydroelectric Year – assumes favorable hydroelectric conditions and the expected price for acquiring and/or selling surplus renewables. City of Palo Alto Page 17 Table 9: Cost of Carbon Neutrality of Alternative Plans versus Base Case Plan (cents per kWh) Strategy/Scenario 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Expected - Average Hydro Year, Base Green Premium Prices 1. Recommended Plan 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 2. Non-RPS Unbundled RECs 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 3. Hard Resources 0.35 0.43 0.35 0.42 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 Average Hydro Year, High Green Premium Prices 1. Recommended Plan 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 2. Non-RPS Unbundled RECs 0.05 0.07 0.05 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 3. Hard Resources 0.52 0.65 0.52 0.63 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02 Dry Hydro Year, Base Green Premium Prices 1. Recommended Plan 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.15 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 2. Non-RPS Unbundled RECs 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 3. Hard Resources 0.35 0.45 0.39 0.47 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.11 Dry Hydro Year, High Green Premium Prices 1. Recommended Plan 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.19 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.11 2. Non-RPS Unbundled RECs 0.06 0.09 0.10 0.13 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 3. Hard Resources 0.53 0.67 0.56 0.68 0.06 0.09 0.11 0.11 Wet Hydro Year, Base Green Premium Prices 1. Recommended Plan 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2. Non-RPS Unbundled RECs 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3. Hard Resources 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 As shown in Table 9, the cost to achieve carbon neutrality is minimal after 2016 due to the high level of long-term renewable PPAs in the portfolio. In those years, the cost increases somewhat in dry years, but no more than 0.11₵/kWh. In the near term, under the average hydroelectric conditions and expected green premium prices, the cost of achieving carbon neutrality can range from zero to 0.43₵/kWh, depending on the plan. When subjected to high green premiums and a dry hydro year, the cost to achieve carbon neutrality increases and can be as high as 0.68₵/kWh, depending on the plan. Under the Recommended and Non-RPS Unbundled RECs plans, however, the incremental cost under City of Palo Alto Page 18 all scenarios is expected to remain under the proposed 0.15₵/kWh carbon neutral rate impact limit except in the scenario with dry hydro conditions and high green premium prices. In fact, given that the expected RPS cost is 0.41₵/kWh, the cost of both RPS and carbon neutrality is under 0.50₵/kWh in all but the worst cases. The analysis shows that the cost in any given year can vary significantly. For example, in 2016 the cost for the Hard Resources plan is expected to be 0.42₵/kWh, but can be as high as 0.68₵/kWh under adverse hydroelectric and market conditions. In such a case, the incremental cost of achieving carbon neutrality is significantly higher than the recommended carbon neutral rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh. Should the estimated incremental cost in any year exceed the rate impact limit, staff will seek Council direction about whether or not to pursue carbon neutrality for that year. Conversely, in favorable hydroelectric conditions, the portfolio can have more carbon neutral resources than needed to meet load. Should this condition materialize, staff will carry over, or “bank”, the renewable attributes from one year to the next to the extent allowed under the TCR EPS protocol. The protocol does not allow for the banking of renewable attributes associated with the City’s existing hydroelectric resources, therefore only attributes from the City’s other renewable resources will be banked. Should the portfolio contain surplus carbon neutral resources in consecutive years, then the City could sell excess renewable attributes to offset the cost of achieving carbon neutrality. Summary of the Carbon Neutral Plan The attached Carbon Neutral Plan (Attachment B) provides a summary of the resource acquisition strategies, management of existing hydroelectric resources, communication and reporting to stakeholders, funding carbon neutrality and describes the implementation plan. In summary, the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan comprises the following policy decisions: 1. What to do in the near term: The options are to buy short-term renewables, unbundled RPS-eligible RECs, or unbundled non-RPS RECs. The proposed plan is to allow staff discretion to buy unbundled RECs with a preference for RPS-eligible RECs, but, depending on the price difference between RPS-eligible and non-RPS RECs, allow the purchase of non-RPS RECs. The expected cost difference is shown in the Table 10. City of Palo Alto Page 19 Table 10: Expected Cost to Achieve Carbon Neutrality in the Near Term 2013 2014 2015 2016 Expected cost for Recommended Plan (use RPS-eligible RECs) $630,000 $610,000 $570,000 $910,000 Expected cost to use non-RPS eligible RECs $360,000 $460,000 $390,000 $470,000 Expected cost to use short-term renewables $3,600,000 $4,600,000 $3,700,000 $4,400,000 Table 10 also shows the cost to achieve carbon neutrality as early as 2013. If carbon neutrality is not pursued until 2015, for example, the costs shown for 2013 and 2014 would be avoided. Based on the relatively low costs, the Recommended Carbon Neutral Plan is to achieve carbon neutrality starting in 2013. 2. Balancing to true up loads and resources each year: Truing up loads and resources each year to ensure carbon neutrality will occur each year after the fact. This means that loads and resources will not be trued up on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, but on an annual basis for purposes of achieving a carbon neutral portfolio. The recommended resources for these small amounts are unbundled RECs. Staff expects to purchase these RECs to ensure that the end of the year GHG emissions counting will result in a carbon neutral portfolio. If RECs are needed, staff will purchase them and, if resources are greater than loads, RECs will be banked as allowed by the TCR EPS protocol. 3. What to do in dry years: Additional resources will be required in dry years. Staff requests discretion in what resources to purchase in these years within the allowable rate impact limit. At least some of the purchases will likely take place after the fact as the loads and resources are balanced and unbundled RECs will likely be the best product for this balancing. 4. What to do in wet years: In wet years, banking of RECs will be pursued as allowed by the TCR EPS protocol. However, not all RECs may be able to be banked, or there may be consecutive wet years so staff expects to sell surplus renewable and/or hydro resources and/or RECs to cost-effectively balance resources and needs. 5. Neutralizing GHG emissions: The plan to neutralize the portfolio’s GHG emissions from renewable resources (i.e. geothermal PPA) and the COBUG units is to buy unbundled RECs for their CO2e emissions reductions. Staff plans to buy the lowest cost RECs (in $/pound of CO2e emissions) for these requirements. The geothermal project and the COBUG are estimated to have 3,811 metric tons per year of GHG emissions. The cost City of Palo Alto Page 20 for the RECs (denominated in pounds of CO2e emissions) to neutralize these emissions is expected to cost about $10,000 per year. Figure 2 shows the resources planned for the Proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. As shown, large hydroelectric supplies provide about 50% of the City’s needs while committed renewable resources provide an additional 35% of the City’s needs starting in 2017. The plan is for future long-term contracts for renewable energy to provide the balance of the City’s needs in the long- term. Short-term renewable energy purchases or RECs are proposed to be used to achieve carbon neutrality until 2017. Figure 2: Electric Portfolio Expected Resource Supply Mix for Proposed Carbon Neutral Plan GHG Emission Reductions Beyond the Electric Supply Portfolio Once the electric supply portfolio is carbon neutral, the primary sources of GHG emissions for the City and community are related to the use of natural gas and transportation fuels. Strategies to reduce GHG emissions for those sources will be addressed in the Climate City of Palo Alto Page 21 Protection Plan and could include some of the following strategies that may impact the electric utility: 1. Support the expanded use of electric vehicles. 2. Support customers who wish to switch from natural gas to electric for appliances. 3. Support customers who wish to switch from natural gas or propane to electric for water or space heating. 4. Modify the PaloAltoGreen program to compliment a carbon neutral electric portfolio consistent with existing participants’ sustainability goals. The proposed Carbon Neutral Plan for the electric supply portfolio does not address these strategies, but their implementation will affect the electric utility’s load and, therefore, the Carbon Neutral Plan. Commission Review and Recommendation At its December 5, 2012 meeting, the UAC discussed the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan for the electric supply portfolio. Staff provided a brief presentation of the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan, which at that time included a rate impact limit of 0.25₵/kWh. The presentation was followed by oral comments from community members in favor of the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. The discussion by the UAC commissioners centered on the cost of achieving carbon neutrality in the near term versus long-term and the bill impact for residential and commercial customers. The UAC requested that it be noted that savings could be achieved by not pursuing carbon neutrality as soon as 2013 and requested that staff clearly provide Council with the annual cost to achieve carbon neutrality. The UAC voted unanimously to recommend that Council approve the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan with a rate impact limit of 0.25₵/kWh. The minutes of the UAC’s December 5, 2012 meeting are provided as Attachment E. Subsequent to the UAC’s December meeting, members of the UAC provided a Commissioners’ Memorandum (Attachment F) requesting further discussion about the expected cost of achieving carbon neutrality and the proposed spending limit of 0.25₵/kWh. A discussion about the Commissioners’ Memorandum, which advised a cap on total spending between 2013 and 2016 and a cap on the price per REC purchased, was held at the UAC’s January 9, 2013 meeting. The Commission discussed the impacts of the 0.25₵/kWh limit in the case of adverse conditions, noting that costs could range from $2.5 million to $5 million to achieve carbon neutrality in 2013 instead of 2015, which is the date by which the Council requested staff City of Palo Alto Page 22 develop the plan to achieve carbon neutrality. The Commission made clear that it supported the Carbon Neutral Plan, but was concerned about expenditures that might be required to do so. Commissioner Eglash made a motion to revise the rate impact cap to 0.15₵/kWh, instead of 0.25₵/kWh. The motion to recommend that Council achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio within a cost cap of 0.15₵/kWh passed (4-2) with Foster and Melton opposed and Waldfogel absent. Draft minutes of the UAC’s January 9, 2013 meeting are provided as Attachment G. Following the UAC’s January 2013 meeting, staff decided to revise its recommendation for the spending cap to a rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh with the idea that, if additional funds are needed to achieve carbon neutrality, it will return to the UAC for recommendation and to the Council for direction. Resource Impact Adoption of the Carbon Neutral Plan will not result in a need to adjust the adopted electric commodity budget for FY 2013. Any purchases of RECs and/or renewable resources for CY 2013 will most likely occur after the fiscal year has ended and will be included as part of the proposed FY 2014 Electric Fund budget. The cost of reporting and verifying GHG emissions to The Climate Registry will also be identified and included in the annual budget process. Existing staff resources are sufficient to implement the Carbon Neutral Plan. Table 11 shows the expected cost per calendar year for the next five years, assuming average hydroelectric generation and the expected cost of acquiring renewable resources based on the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan. Table 11 also shows the impact of these additional costs on the median residential annual electric bill (based on the median residential monthly consumption level of 407 kWh). The actual cost is subject to actual load, availability of hydroelectric generation , renewable energy costs, renewable attributes banked from one calendar year to the next, and emissions emitted by existing renewable resources and the City’s back-up generator. The timing for a rate increase to implement the plan depends upon other aspects of the electric budget and the level of reserves. However, if Council approves the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan, the cost would increase as shown in Table 11 as early as 2013. Deferring implementation of the Carbon Neutral Plan to 2015 or 2017 would result in not spending $1.24 million or $2.72 million, respectively. City of Palo Alto Page 23 Table 11: 5-Year Expected Cost and Bill Impact to Achieve Carbon Neutrality 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Total Cost $630,000 $610,000 $570,000 $910,000 $ 40,000 Median Residential Bill Impact ($/year) $3.07 $2.93 $2.73 $4.36 $0.19 As part of the City’s annual budget process, staff will estimate the incremental cost associated with implementing the Carbon Neutral Plan based on the latest forecast for electric load projections, supply resource conditions and the price of acquiring renewable resources. Further, through the annual budget process, staff will assess the financial situation of the Electric Fund and recommend how to cover any cost increases associated with implementing the Carbon Neutral Plan including the use of Electric Fund reserves, revenues from the sale of allowances in the cap-and-trade auctions and/or electric rate increases. Table 12 shows the expected and maximum costs (given rate impact limits of 0.15₵/kWh and 0.25₵/kWh) from 2013 to 2020. As shown, the expected cost for the recommended Carbon Neutral Plan is $2.7 million from 2013 to 2020. The maximum cost over that time with a rate impact limit of 0.15₵/kWh is $12 million and the maximum cost with a rate impact limit of 0.25₵/kWh is $20 million. Table 12: Annual Cost to Implement Carbon Neutral Plan ($millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Total Expected Cost 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 2.7 Maximum Cost (with a rate impact limit of 0.15 ₵/kWh) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12 Maximum Cost (with a rate impact limit of 0.25 ₵/kWh) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 20 Table 13 illustrates potential bill impacts under different usages and for the median residential customer, should Council adjust rates to reflect the cost of achieving carbon neutrality in 2013 and how the City’s bill would compare to neighboring communities including those served by Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E). City of Palo Alto Page 24 Table 13: Monthly Electric Bill Comparison for 2013 Usage (kWh/month) Palo Alto’s Current Bill ($/month) Palo Alto’s Bill with Carbon Neutral Plan ($/month) Santa Clara ($/month) PG&E ($/month) Expected Cost With 0.15₵/kWh Residential Customer Monthly Bill 300 $28.57 $28.75 $29.02 $30.37 $38.54 (Median) 407 $42.50 $42.77 $43.18 $41.66 $53.21 650 $76.33 $76.72 $77.31 $67.11 $117.72 1,200 $172.03 $172.75 $173.83 $124.84 $300.23 Commercial Customer Monthly Bill 1,000 $127 $128 $129 $156 $163 160,000 $17,245 $17,341 $17,485 $18,002 $18,801 500,000 $50,430 $50,730 $51,180 $54,352 $54,285 2,000,000 $178,800 $180,000 $181,800 $210,129 $222,168 Policy Impacts Approval of the recommended Carbon Neutral Plan is consistent with the Council-approved LEAP Objectives; Strategies and Implementation Plan; supports the Council-approved 2011 Utilities Strategic Plan’s environmental sustainability objective; is consistent with the City’s Climate Protection Plan; and supports environmental sustainability, one of the City Council’s top priorities. Environmental Impacts Implementation of the Carbon Neutral Plan is expected to reduce 330,000 metric tons of GHG emissions in 2013 through 2016 (based on the EPA’s eGRID emissions factor for California for 2012 of 661.2 pounds of CO2e per MWh). Beyond 2016, reductions of GHG emissions are mostly attributed to other Utilities efforts – principally achieving an RPS of about 50%. Adopting a carbon neutral plan does not meet the California Environmental Quality Act‘s (CEQA) definition of a “project” under California Public Resources Code Sec. 21065, thus no environmental review is required. Attachments:  Attachment A: Draft Resolution Approving Carbon Neutral Plan (PDF) City of Palo Alto Page 25  Attachment B: Carbon Neutral Plan (PDF)  Attachment C: Carbon Neutral Survey Results (PDF)  Attachment D: Summary of TCR EPS protocol (PDF)  Attachment E: Excerpted Final UAC Minutes of December 5, 2012 (PDF)  Attachment F: UAC Colleagues Memo, December 16, 2012 (PDF)  Attachment G: Excerpted Draft UAC Minutes of January 9, 2013 Special Meeting (PDF) * NOT YET APPROVED * 250113 sdl 6051879 Resolution No. _________ Resolution of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013 A. In an effort to combat climate change in December 2007 the City of Palo Alto (“City”) adopted the Climate Protection Plan, which set aggressive greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction goals to be achieved by the year 2020. B. In March 2011, the City unanimously approved the Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP) a strategic planning document focused on how the City’s Utilities Department (CPAU) can successfully balance environmental and economic sustainability as it provides electric service to CPAU customers. LEAP was updated in April 2012 through Resolution 9241. C. In accordance with the LEAP Climate Protection Strategy #5 to reduce the electric portfolio’s carbon intensity, staff evaluated the costs, benefits and impacts of the implementation of an electric portfolio carbon neutral policy and the setting of quantitative goals. Staff’s preliminary findings were presented to the Utilities Advisory Commission (“UAC”), Finance Committee and Council and in May 2012, the City Council directed staff to develop a plan to achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio by January 2015 (Staff report 2525). D. On November 5, 2012, Council approved (Staff Report 3194) the following definition of carbon neutrality for the City’s electric supply portfolio: A carbon neutral electric supply portfolio will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, measured at the Citygate, in accordance with The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector protocol for GHG emissions measurement and reporting. E. Staff presented the Carbon Neutral Plan to the UAC on December 5, 2012 and the UAC voted unanimously (six in favor and one absent) to recommend that the City adopt the Carbon Neutral Plan. F. On December 16, 2012, UAC Commissioners James Cook (Chair), Steve Eglash and John Melton provided a Commission Memorandum to request the Carbon Neutral Plan be revisited. The Commission Memorandum was discussed at the January 9, 2013 UAC meeting and the UAC voted (four in favor, two opposed and one absent) to recommend to Council that the Carbon Neutral Plan’s rate cap be reduced from 0.25 cents/kWh to 0.15 cents/kWh. G. Subsequent to the January 2013 UAC meeting, staff revised its spending cap recommendation to limit any future electric rate impact to 0.15 cents/kWh. H. On February 5, 2013, the Finance Committee voted _________________________. * NOT YET APPROVED * 250113 sdl 6051879 The Council of the City of Palo Alto does hereby RESOLVE as follows: SECTION 1. The Council hereby adopts the resolution approving the Carbon Neutral Plan as provided for in Exhibit A. SECTION 2. The Council directs staff to return to the UAC and the Council in the event that the cost of City’s achievement of carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio would exceed an electric retail rate impact of 0.15 cents/kWh. SECTION 3. The Council finds that any eventual changes to the City’s electric rates impacted by Council’s adoption of the Carbon Neutral Plan shall not create special taxes because such rates shall be charges imposed for a specific government service or product provided directly to the payor that are not provided to those not charged, and which shall not exceed the reasonable costs to the City of providing the service or product. SECTION 4. The Council finds that the adoption of this resolution does not constitute a project under Section 21065 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and the CEQA Guidelines, and therefore, no environmental assessment is required. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ___________________________ ___________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ___________________________ ___________________________ Senior Deputy City Attorney City Manager ___________________________ Director of Utilities ___________________________ Director of Administrative Services ATTACHMENT B 1 Exhibit A to Resolution No XXXX Adopted by City Council on ________________________________ City of Palo Alto Utilities Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Plan 1. Carbon Neutral Definition A carbon neutral electric supply portfolio will demonstrate annual net zero greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, measured at the Citygate1, in accordance with The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector protocol for GHG emissions measurement and reporting. 2. Carbon Neutral Plan Objective Reduce the City of Palo Alto’s overall community GHG emissions by achieving carbon neutrality for the Electric Supply Portfolio starting in calendar year 2013 within an annual rate impact not to exceed 0.15 cents per kilowatt-hour (₵/kWh) primarily through the: 1) engagement of customers to increase energy efficiency; 2) expansion of long-term renewable resource commitments; 3) promotion of local renewable resources; 4) continued reliance on existing hydroelectric resources; and 5) meeting short-term balancing requirements and/or neutralizing residual carbon through the use of short-term purchases of renewable resources and/or renewable energy certificates (RECs). 3. Resource Strategies a. Energy Efficiency i. Continue to pursue energy efficiency strategies as identified in the Council- approved ten-year Energy Efficiency Plan. b. Long-term Renewable Resources i. Continue to pursue the City’s Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) goal to purchase renewable energy to supply at least 33% of retail sales by 2015 while ensuring that the retail rate impact of these purchases does not exceed 0.5 ₵/kWh. ii. Continue to pursue local renewable resources through the Palo Alto CLEAN and PV Partners programs. iii. Pursue additional RPS-eligible, long-term renewable resources (beyond the RPS goals) to achieve a target of 100% carbon-free resources based on average year hydroelectric generation. 1 Citygate is the location of the City’s main meter where the City interconnects to the Pacific Gas and Electric transmission system. Emissions associated with of the output of the locally sited fossil gas fired combustions units (COBUG), while not measured at Citygate, will be neutralized. ATTACHMENT B 2 c. Short-term Renewable Resources and Renewable Energy Certificates i. For calendar years 2013 through 2016, procure short-term renewables, if the price is comparable to that of an un-bundled REC; ii. For calendar years 2013 through 2016, procure RPS-eligible, un-bundled RECs as needed to achieve carbon neutrality based on actual load and resources; iii. Neutralize anthropogenic GHG emissions associated with renewable resources with unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible. d. Banking and Truing Up i. In the event that there are surplus renewables beyond the load in a particular year, bank as many RECs as allowable under the TCR EPS protocol from qualifying renewables from that year to minimize the need for purchasing RECs in subsequent years. ii. Neutralize emissions associated with market purchases resulting from deviations between expected and actual load and renewable and hydroelectric generation resources with unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible. 4. Hydroelectric Resources a. Continue to preserve and advocate for existing carbon-neutral hydroelectric generation resources that provide approximately 50% of average year resource needs. b. Plan for and acquire carbon neutral resources assuming average hydroelectric conditions going forward. c. Under adverse hydroelectric conditions, procure unbundled-RECs, which may or may not be RPS-eligible, to achieve carbon neutrality up to the 0.15 ₵/kWh rate impact limit and seek Council direction if carbon neutrality cannot be achieved within the rate impact limit. d. Under favorable hydroelectric conditions, where carbon neutral resources are expected to be surplus to needs, even after allowable banking, then pursue selling short-term renewable energy, or the renewable attributes, associated with one or more carbon- neutral resources in the portfolio. 5. Financial and Rate Payer Impacts a. In addition to the RPS annual rate impact limit of 0.5 ₵/kWh, the cost of achieving carbon neutrality shall not exceed 0.15 ₵/kWh based on an average hydro year. b. Revenues collected from surplus energy sales related to hydroelectric resources under favorable conditions (e.g. wet years), will be maintained within reserves to adjust for the cost of achieving carbon neutrality under adverse hydroelectric years. c. To the extent available and allowable, revenues from the auction of cap-and-trade allowances may be used to fund resources acquired to meet the carbon neutrality goals. 6. Reporting and Communication a. Develop a communication plan for stakeholders to inform them of the City’s efforts towards achieving a carbon neutral electric supply. ATTACHMENT B 3 b. Submit an annual, verified report of the carbon content of the electric supply portfolio to The Climate Registry. c. Provide customers a report of the electric supply portfolio’s carbon content to supplement the mandated Power Content Label. d. Inform large commercial and/or corporate customers of the City’s carbon neutral portfolio and its relevance to their individual corporate sustainability goals. 7. Implementation Plan The tasks that need to be completed in the next two years pending Council approval of the Carbon Neutral Plan in February 2013 are listed in the table below. Item Timeframe 1. Modify electric supply portfolio models and Energy Risk Management Policies, Guidelines and Procedures to account for Carbon Neutral objectives, balancing, banking of renewable attributes, reporting and financial impacts. By April 2013 2. Modify the Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP) to include the carbon neutral objective By June 2013 3. Develop communication plan to inform customers and stakeholders of Carbon Neutral Plan and efforts. February to April 2013 4. Based on response to the Fall 2012 request for proposals, seek approval of new renewable power purchase agreements to meet the City’s RPS up to approximately 100% of the long-term resource needs in average hydro years. December 2012 to June 2013 5. Determine resource needs for CY 2013 through CY 2016 and develop plan to acquire short-term renewable resources. By June 2013 6. Determine long-term renewable purchase volumes for beyond CY 2016 and develop plan to acquire long-term renewable resources. By September 2013 7. Procure RECs as needed to neutralize carbon emissions based on actual load and resources for CY 2013. By May 2014 8. Along with annual Power Content Label, produce and report to customers the carbon intensity of the electric supply portfolio. May/June 2014 and annually thereafter 9. Produce and submit Electric Power Sector (EPS) and Local Governments Operation Protocol (LGOP) reports to The Climate Registry (TCR) for CY 2013. July and October 2014 and annually thereafter 10. Get independent verification of TCR reports and submit audited reports to TCR. By December 2014 and annually thereafter 11. Redesign the PaloAltoGreen program according to Council direction. By December 2013 Attachment C City of Palo Alto Utilities – Electric Supply Portfolio Carbon Neutral Survey Residential Customers 1. How much more would you be willing to pay on your electric bill for 100% renewable energy supplies? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count No more 27.3% 259 $2 more per month 9.0% 85 Up to $5 more per month 22.2% 210 Up to $10 more per month 23.3% 221 More than $10 more per month 18.2% 173 answered question 948 skipped question 11 2. Are you currently a PaloAltoGreen customer? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count Yes 58.1% 554 No 41.9% 399 answered question 953 skipped question 6 3. If your electricity supply is 100% carbon-free, and your electric rate has increased about 4% as a result, would you be more or less motivated to invest in energy efficiency improvements? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count More motivated 27.5% 261 Less motivated 12.1% 115 No change in motivation 60.3% 572 answered question 948 skipped question 11 4. Do you have any further comments for us on the idea only purchasing “green” carbon-free power? answered question 514 skipped question 444 # Response Text Count Negative - Bills too high 93 Negative - Other Issues 88 Other Issues – Neutral 125 Positive – Qualified 85 Positive – Unqualified 123 Grand Count 514 Commercial Customers 1. How much more would you be willing to pay on your electric bill for 100% renewable energy supplies? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count No more 63.0% 17 2% more per month 14.8% 4 Up to 5% more per month 7.4% 2 Up to 10% more per month 7.4% 2 More than 10% per month 7.4% 2 answered question 27 skipped question 1 2. Are you currently a PaloAltoGreen customer? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count Yes 25.0% 7 No 75.0% 21 answered question 28 skipped question 0 3. If your electricity supply is 100% carbon-free, and your electric rate has increased about 4% as a result, would you be more or less motivated to invest in energy efficiency improvements? Answer Options Response Percent Response Count More motivated 14.8% 4 Less motivated 14.8% 4 No change in motivation 70.4% 19 answered question 27 skipped question 1 Q4. Do you have any further comments for us on the idea only purchasing “green” carbon- free power? Response Count 10 answered question 10 skipped question 18 Page 1 of 10 ATTACHMENT D Summary of Implementation of The Climate Registry’s Electric Power Sector Protocol in Pursuit of Carbon Neutrality for the City of Palo Alto’s Electric Portfolio The key policy elements discussed in the TCR EPS protocol include: 1. Measurement, Accounting, Reporting and Verification Protocol 2. Inventory Scope of GHG Emissions Covered by Definition 3. GHG Emission Factor by Resource 4. Balancing Periods and Banking 5. Role of PaloAltoGreen Program 6. Portfolio Alternatives to Achieve Carbon Neutrality 1. Measurement, Accounting, Reporting and Verification Protocol There are several GHG accounting standards in the industry, although all are based on the accounting architecture developed by The World Resources Institute (WRI). WRI is regarded as a global leader on the topic of GHG measurement and accounting standards through its development of accounting tools for governments and businesses that enable them to understand, quantify, and manage GHG emissions. WRI’s methodology divides GHG emissions into three types: Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3. For a GHG reporting entity such as the City, Scope 1 includes the direct emissions the entity has control over, such as factory emissions, building emissions, emissions from utility owned generation and emissions from vehicles it owns or controls. Scope 2 includes primarily emissions associated with electricity the reporting entity consumes for its own operations but did not produce. Scope 3 emissions are all other emissions over which the reporting entity does not have control. Scope 3 emissions include sources such as electricity purchased by electric utilities for the use of its customers, commutes by employees and emissions associated with concrete purchased for construction. The WRI protocol is the accounting foundation for The Climate Registry (TCR) GHG reporting protocol. TCR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) recognized national GHG reporting public platform, and the City has been reporting to this agency (and its predecessor agency, the California Climate Action Registry) since 2005. Figure 1 is an illustration of the various emissions types and how they are accounted for under WRI’s Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 definitions. Page 2 of 10 Figure 1: Overview of Scope 1, 2, and 3 GHG Emissions Source: World Resources Institute TCR protocol directs an electric utility to report its own Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions under the General Reporting Protocol (GRP), and allows for the utility to compute the emissions (in metric tons of CO2e) using standardized emission factors (in pounds of CO2e per unit of electricity delivered to different customers) under the Electric Power Sector (EPS) protocol1. The portfolio or program level emission factors generated by electricity providers, calculated using the EPS protocol, may then be used by end-use customers to report the Scope 2 emissions associated with their own electricity usage. To help ensure transparency and credibility of the City’s efforts towards carbon neutrality, staff recommends that TCR’s EPS protocol be adopted as the standard for accounting, reporting, and verification. 2. Inventory Scope of GHG Emissions Covered by Definition Electric Supply Staff recommends limiting the scope of the emissions to be counted to those associated with the electric supply portfolio as measured at the City’s main meter (Citygate) plus output from City-owned generation facilities (the city-owned back-up generator, or COBUG) within City boundaries. The electric supply portfolio consists of all resources purchased and/or owned, including deliveries from its two hydroelectric resources, Western and Calaveras, all renewable resources acquired under power purchase agreements, and net market purchases (total 1 www.theclimateregistry.org/resources/protocols/electric-power-sector-protocol Page 3 of 10 purchases minus total sales in the wholesale markets) made to meet load requirements on an annual, calendar year basis. Electric Grid Reliability & Transmission Losses Given the highly variable nature of the City’s long-term electric supply resources—on a minute- to-minute, month-to-month and year-to-year level—it is inevitable that the City will rely to some extent on generation reserves connected to the California Independent System Operator (CAISO) grid. Specifically, some generation capacity is always reserved to follow loads in the event that actual load and generation resources deviate widely from forecasted levels. Consistent with the EPS protocol, the emissions associated with these load-following resources are reported by the generation owners as Scope 1 emissions. To the extent that CPAU requires these resources to meet unplanned electric load, this energy will be delivered to Citygate and thus the emissions associated with the energy will be counted as Scope 2 or 3 emissions on the City’s emissions inventory, just like all of its purchased power. In 2008 the City effected a 15-year assignment of its share in the California-Oregon Transmission Project (COTP). Since the City currently does not own or operate transmission, according to the TCR EPS protocol it does not need to include transmission line losses in its emissions calculation. Emissions associated with transmission losses may need to be considered in future inventories depending on TCR protocols, or if the City reacquires transmission ownership rights. Distribution System In addition to the GHG emissions associated with electric supply, electric distribution operations also generate GHG emissions. The City reports to TCR on electric utility operational activities producing GHG emissions2 including fuel consumption by the CPAU vehicle fleet (Scope 1), potential SF6 emissions from substation breakers (Scope 1), and electricity used in CPAU buildings (Scope 2). However, since carbon neutrality is being defined as emissions related to electricity supply only, emissions associated with operations will not be included in the emission inventory. Electricity losses in distribution system wires, which are estimated at five percent of electric purchases, will be accounted for since the electric supply is measured at Citygate and not at customer meters. Table 1 below is a summary of the emissions to be included in the City’s electric supply portfolio inventory. 2 GHG emissions from electric operations represent less than 0.5 percent of all emissions produced by the electric utility. Page 4 of 10 Table 1: Electric Portfolio Carbon Neutral Emission Inventory Scope Categories Description 1 Stationary combustion Emissions from owned/controlled facilities. For CPAU this includes COBUG 2 Distribution system losses CPAU owned distribution line losses only Purchased power for own consumption Electricity used by all City facilities is included in the measure at the City’s meter (Citygate) 3 Purchased power for customers Electricity purchased for resale to the City’s customers measured at Citygate 3. GHG Emission Factor by Resource TCR protocols allow for project-specific emissions factors, in pounds of CO2e per megawatt- hour (MWh), to be used as the basis for calculating portfolio emissions. These emissions would be based on actual metered fossil fuel consumption or measurement of GHG releases. If project-specific emissions factors are not known, TCR allows the use of generic technology- based emission factors based on US EPA numbers as shown in Table 2. Table 2: Default Emissions Factors for Power Purchases from Specific Resources Resource Emissions Factor (pounds CO2/MWh) CPAU Resources Natural Gas Combined Cycle – Two Turbines 909 N/A Combined Cycle – Single Shaft 860 N/A Combustion Turbine 1,329 N/A Steam Turbine 1,532 N/A Internal Combustion 1,226 COBUG Biogenic Fuels Anthropogenic Biogenic Landfill Gas3 38 2,677 6 Ameresco PPAs Municipal Solid Waste 1,353 2,513 N/A Geothermal (Non-binary) 200 lbs CO2/MWh 1.66 lbs CH4/MWh n/a Western GeoPower PPA Source: The Climate Registry Electric Power Sector Protocol for Voluntary Reporting Program (Annex 1 to the General Protocol) v1.0, June 2009. California Non-specific Emissions Factor The wholesale brown market power purchases that the City executes to balance its resource supply with its load are not from a specific generator, and are called “unspecified” resources. TCR protocols dictate that the emissions associated with power purchases from unspecified resources be calculated by applying a default emissions factor based on the geographic region 3 Bio-gas and anaerobic digester plants are assumed to have roughly the same amount of anthropogenic emissions as landfill gas generation. Page 5 of 10 from which the power likely originated. These geography-based non-specific emissions factors are found in the US EPA’s Emissions & Generation Resource Integrated Database (eGRID). It is assumed that all of the City’s wholesale market power purchases originate in the “WECC California” eGRID subregion, for which the current emissions factor is 661.2 pounds of CO2e per MWh. Biogenic and Anthropogenic Emissions TCR protocols require that both biogenic and anthropogenic emissions be counted – and reported separately – in an entity’s emissions inventory. Biogenic emissions of GHGs are those that would occur naturally from living organisms’ respiration and digestion. Anthropogenic GHG emissions are due to human activity, mostly from burning of fossil fuels. In the electric generation sector, examples of biogenic emissions include CO2 emissions resulting from the combustion of plant biomass, sludge digester gas or landfill gas. Since biogenic emissions are not a GHG consequence of City projects and activities, the emissions will not be included in the calculation of emissions for the city’s electric supply portfolio. Anthropogenic emissions factors are shown in Table 2 for various types of generation resources that will be counted in the City’s emission inventory along with the eGRID listed emission factors for unspecified resources. For illustrative purposes, Table 3 shows the expected 2015 GHG emissions intensity of the City’s electric supply portfolio assuming a 4.2% reduction in usage from energy efficiency; a 33% RPS; average hydroelectric conditions; and the remaining load met through unspecified market purchases. Table 3: GHG Emissions Associated with the City’s 2015 Electric Supply Resources Resource Type Generation (GWh) Emissions Coefficient (lb CO2e/MWh) Total Emissions (Metric Tons CO2e) Hydro 533 0 0 Wind 120 0 0 Landfill Gas 126 04 0 Geothermal 33 235 3,523 Other Renewables (for a total RPS 33% of sales) 51 0 0 COBUG 0.5 1,226 278 Market Purchases 193 661 57,869 Total 1,056 61,670 4. Balancing Periods and Banking The City’s electric load requirements and supply resources vary significantly on an hourly, daily, monthly and annual basis. Under the current plan in 2015, the City’s electric portfolio is expected to require market purchases of about 19% of the annual load; however, even in an 4 The TCR EPS protocol allows the use of a default emissions factor of 38 lb CO2e/MWh for landfill-gas-to-energy plants, but the facilities that Palo Alto has contracted the energy from do not use any fossil-fuel natural gas to supplement the landfill gas so the anthropogenic emissions factor for Palo Alto’s projects is zero. Page 6 of 10 average hydroelectric year the portfolio’s electric resources will exceed loads in months when hydroelectric generation and wind output are highest. Figure 2 is an illustration of monthly variability in load and supply resources in 2015. The City’s hydroelectric resources cause large variations in supply resources on an annual basis. Hydroelectric supplies provide from 30% to 80% of the City’s annual electric needs depending on hydrologic conditions. Currently, under wet hydrologic conditions the City may have resources surplus to load by as much as 55% during the spring months. Adding additional carbon neutral resources to the portfolio would extend these surpluses even further, particularly if the new resources had an annual load shape like hydroelectric, California wind or solar resources. Figure 2: Expected Monthly Load and Resource Balance in 2015 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Jan-15 Feb-15 Mar-15 Apr-15 May-15 Jun-15 Jul-15 Aug-15 Sep-15 Oct-15 Nov-15 Dec-15 Mo n t h l y L o a d a n d R e s o u r c e S u p p l y ( G W h ) LOAD Geothermal Hydro Generation Wind Generation Landfill Generation Solar Operationally the City’s electric load must be balanced with a supply resource every 10 minutes. As the City’s scheduling coordinator, the Northern California Power Agency (NCPA) actively buys and sells electricity through the CAISO on a daily, hourly, and real-time basis. The level of granularity the City seeks to pursue through its carbon neutral effort will influence the cost of achieving carbon neutrality and, to some extent, will dictate the types of resources available. Ensuring that the City’s portfolio is carbon neutral on a monthly (or even daily) basis may prove to be costly insofar as it leads to more transaction costs incurred. For example, in the spring Page 7 of 10 and some summer months, the City’s availability of carbon-free resources from wind and hydroelectric resources is highest. Since it is not possible to schedule resources in excess of load, NCPA sells excess supply as a “system sale” (i.e., non-resource specific) and the renewable attributes associated with the resource are retained by the City. Conversely, in months where the City is deficient, NCPA makes system purchases to meet load. Assuring carbon neutrality in time increments less than on an annual basis would require that the City sell excess renewable resources in surplus months and purchase additional renewable resources in deficit months. The TCR EPS reporting protocol requires an annual report showing net emissions for the calendar year, thus allowing for the carryover of surplus renewable attributes (i.e., RECs) from some months to be used to cover deficits in other months. Further, the protocol allows for the carryover of surplus renewable attributes beyond the calendar year in which they were produced. This practice is referred to as “banking” and is commonly used to minimize transaction costs. TCR protocols allow for banking only for new renewable resources (less than 15 years old), with restrictions on how long the RECs can be banked. As such, because the City’s two hydroelectric resources are older than 15 years, RECs from these two resources may only be counted towards offsetting emissions in the calendar year in which they are produced. Figure 3 shows the City’s electric supply portfolio emissions following the recommended reporting protocol given 33% RPS and unspecified market purchases. These emissions would need to be “zeroed out” through the purchase of RECs and/or offsets to achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio. The wide annual variation in emissions for the period from 2005 through 2011 is primarily due to variations in generation from hydro resources. The declining amount of emissions projected after 2012 is due to additional renewable resources expected to become available. Page 8 of 10 Figure 3: Actual/Projected GHG Emissions for the City’s Electric Supply Portfolio 0 20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 120,000 140,000 160,000 180,000 200,000 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 To t a l E l e c t r i c i t y S u p p l y E m i s s i o n s ( T o n n e s C O 2 e ) Calendar Year Total Emissions (Actual / Projected) Total Emissions (Average Hydro) Total Emissions with New Renewables PPAs Actual ProjectedActualProjected 5. Role of PaloAltoGreen Program PaloAltoGreen, which started in 2003, is a voluntary program where customers elect to pay a premium in order to ensure that their supply is comprised of 100% renewable resources.5 With roughly 25% of the City’s customers (8% of retail load) on PaloAltoGreen, the City’s program is recognized as the top-ranked voluntary renewable program in the country by participation rate. In 2011, PaloAltoGreen accounted for approximately 28,000 metric tons of CO2e of GHG reductions for the community. At the time the PaloAltoGreen program started, the City did not have a renewable resource portfolio standard and participants received 100% renewable resources for their needs. However, as the City approaches its RPS goal, PaloAltoGreen participants may have less incentive to remain part of the program and pay extra for renewable resources. In the event that the City continues to offer PaloAltoGreen as an alternative to the City’s regular supply portfolio, the TCR EPS protocol allows for the reporting of multiple electric 5 In 2011 PaloAltoGreen was sourced through RECs purchased from wind projects in Washington and Wyoming (97.5% of supply) and solar projects in California (2.5% of supply). Page 9 of 10 supply emission tables to be used by customers in their voluntary reporting of their own Scope 2 emissions. However, the TCR EPS protocol does not allow emission reductions from PaloAltoGreen to be counted towards carbon neutrality efforts of the non-voluntary portfolio. A task to redesign the PaloAltoGreen program is part of the LEAP Implementation Plan. That redesign will be done in the context of the pursuit of carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio. As PaloAltoGreen has tapped into an important community resource involving a willingness to support environmental stewardship, PaloAltoGreen redesign efforts will explore alternatives for continuing to provide GHG emission reduction efforts throughout the community. 6. Product Alternatives to Achieve Carbon Neutrality There are several types of resources and/or environmental products that the City could use under TCR protocols to achieve carbon neutrality for the electric portfolio. A general description of these products is provided below. The plan to achieve carbon neutrality will provide further detail regarding costs and availability of each resource along with a recommendation of whether or not to use them as part of the City’s carbon neutral efforts. RPS Eligible Resources: RPS eligible resources are those certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) and are included in the CEC’s RPS Eligibility Guidebook. The City’s RPS requires that resources meet the CEC RPS eligibility requirements as well. The list of renewable resource technologies that meet the CEC’s RPS eligibility standards includes energy from landfill gas-to-energy, solar photovoltaic, solar thermal electric, wind, small hydroelectric, and geothermal projects. Under California’s RPS law (SB X1-2), unbundled RECs (i.e., RECs without any physical energy associated with them, or Bucket 3) and renewable resources that are located out-of-state (i.e., Bucket 2) can be used for RPS compliance, with some restrictions on the degree to which these resources can be relied upon to meet the state RPS requirement. For the purpose of reporting emissions, the TCR protocol does not distinguish between RPS eligible resources and non-RPS eligible resources. REC-Only Products TCR protocols allow entities that procure unbundled RECs to adjust their emissions inventories to account for these products. Even though the physical energy is not delivered to the entity, TCR allows the use of unbundled RECs—whether RPS eligible or not—to displace an equivalent amount of power from the actual power mix. This adjustment is allowed because the RECs include all renewable and environmental attributes associated with the production of electricity from the renewable energy resource. Carbon-free, Non-RPS Eligible Renewable Resources Non-RPS eligible resources that can be reported as being carbon-free under the TCR protocols include large hydroelectric (such as from Western and Calaveras resources), nuclear and out-of- state renewable resources built before 2005. Page 10 of 10 Environmental Offsets GHG offsets6 are tradable credits issued for emissions reductions resulting from qualifying GHG mitigation projects. They can be purchased on the voluntary market (for example to achieve carbon neutral objectives) or in the compliance markets (for example to meet cap-and-trade requirements). Qualified offsets for California’s cap-and-trade system are certified and issued by the Climate Action Reserve and are typically transacted on a bilateral basis. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) currently recognizes offsets issued by the Climate Action Reserve for several types of GHG mitigation projects—including forestry, urban forestry, livestock methane, and ozone depleting substances—for use in meeting AB32 GHG reduction goals for 2020. There are other international offset markets, such as the Clean Development Mechanism which facilitates offsets from developing countries to be sold into the European Union’s Emission Trading Scheme. With the uncertainty associated with the use and eligibility of various types of offset products coupled with the lack of compliance-driven buyers, the market for offsets is currently very illiquid and there is a great deal of uncertainty around the long-term market price of these products. Table 4 is a summary of the various products including RPS specifications and how they are currently reported under California’s Power Content Label requirements. Table 4: Summary of Various Renewable Energy and Environmental Products RPS Eligible Energy RPS Eligible RECs Non-RPS RECs Non-RPS Carbon- free Energy Environmental Offsets Description Bucket 1: In- state projects, and Bucket 2: firmed and shaped products from out-of- state resources Bucket 3: REC- only deals or other transactions, subject to compliance limits Unbundled RECs from projects not RPS certified by the CEC These could include large hydro, nuclear, or older out-of-state renewable energy projects Emissions reduction credits from qualifying GHG mitigation projects RPS Eligible? Yes Yes No No No Power Content Label Eligible Renewable Eligible Renewable Eligible Renewable Specific Resource Unspecified Market The Climate Registry Emissions reported * Emissions reported * Emissions reported * Zero emissions Emission reductions counted * Anthropogenic emissions, if applicable, reported. 6 WRI defines a carbon offset as “a unit of carbon dioxide-equivalent (CO2e) that is reduced, avoided, or sequestered to compensate for emissions occurring elsewhere.” Utilities Advisory Commission Minutes Approved on: January 9, 2013 Page 1 of 4 EXCERPTED FINAL MINUTES OF THE DECEMBER 5, 2012 UTILITIES ADVISORY COMMISSION MEETING ITEM 4: ACTION: Utilities Advisory Commission Recommendation that Council Approve a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio Senior Resource Planner Monica Padilla presented a summary of the carbon neutral plan report. She stated that after 2016, the portfolio will have very low carbon content due to RPS resources as well as hydroelectric contracts. The key policy decisions include what types of resources to pursue in the near term (until 2016) and long term, what types of resources to use for annual true-ups of load and resources and for covering anthropogenic greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Padilla described the proposed Carbon Neutral Plan as pursuing short-term renewables and/or unbundled renewable energy certificates (RECs) in the near term and using RECs for balancing and for neutralizing the geothermal and back-up generator GHG emissions. Vice Chair Foster asked if there were any other communities that have pursued carbon neutral plans. Padilla responded that through a study conducted by Navigant Consulting, staff has learned that other communities including Seattle City Light and the Marin Energy Authority are pursuing 100% renewable portfolios through the use of hydroelectric supplies, bundled renewables and RECs. Public Comment Walt Hayes indicated his support for the proposed plan and described the moderate cost as well as the strong leadership shown by Palo Alto. Commissioner Eglash asked Mr. Hayes if he supported this because of the symbolism, or the GHG emissions reductions. Mr. Hayes responded that the City has taken the initiative and stated that after Palo Alto's Green Ribbon task force, other cities nearby began to develop their own sustainability plans. Bruce Hodge, from Carbon Free Palo Alto, stated his strong support of the plan, especially the move to get to carbon neutral as soon as 2013. He urged the UAC to recommend approval of the plan. Dirk Morbitzer, stated that he follows market developments of renewable energy across the globe. He stated that other cities across the U.S. and the world will follow Palo Alto's lead. He Utilities Advisory Commission Minutes Approved on: January 9, 2013 Page 2 of 4 recommended that the solar resource be local since that strategy keeps financial resources local and assists with electricity availability in case of emergencies. He noted that solar costs have fallen in Europe and can further fall in the U.S. Gary Hedden, Los Altos Environmental Commission, noted that the plan is inspirational, but may not be repeatable since they buy their energy from PG&E. Craig Lewis, CLEAN Coalition, supported the proposed plan and acknowledged the work of staff and community members to complete the plan. He stated that in Germany, local solar projects cost as low as 7 cents/kWh now, which is less than remote renewable energy projects transported to Palo Alto two years from now. Mr. Lewis added that Palo Alto's actions are seen widely around the country and its actions are followed by others since other areas want to emulate what’s done in Palo Alto. Bret Anderson, local resident, supported the proposed plan. He stated that it was important to him that the energy source is green, which makes using an electric car for transportation truly green. Commissioner Chang asked if the plan for the near term included purchasing short-term renewables and/or RECs to cover the brown energy. Padilla stated that staff plans to shop for both products—short-term renewables and unbundled RECs—and choose the least costly resource. She noted that this is clearly spelled out in the plan, which is Attachment A to the report, under Section 3.b.i. Vice Chair Foster thanked the speakers for expressing their opinions at the meeting. He noted that the falling price of renewable energy has made the decision an easy one to support the proposed plan. Commissioner Eglash stated that reducing GHG emissions to be a very important goal. He noted that GHG emissions accrue from many of our actions and the use of electricity is but a small source. He is concerned that the plan is primarily an accounting exercise and that it is symbolic at most since the electric portfolio is almost carbon neutral already. He stated that the cost is low since the impact is low. Vice Chair Foster responded to Commissioner Eglash's concerns by saying that this is a significant step and that we can then turn to other sources of GHG emissions reductions. Commissioner Waldfogel said that we should get to carbon neutrality since we're almost there and it's better to be there, than almost there. He asked if the City considered stopping RPS at 33% and then using the additional money under the 0.5 cent/kWh rate impact for carbon neutrality. Assistant Director Jane Ratchye stated that the Council adopted an RPS goal of reaching at least 33% RPS, but to go as far as possible within the rate impact limit. Commissioner Waldfogel asked if the PaloAltoGreen program was ended, would other customers see a rate increase as a result of the loss in PaloAltoGreen revenues. Padilla said Utilities Advisory Commission Minutes Approved on: January 9, 2013 Page 3 of 4 that the revenues for the voluntary PaloAltoGreen program are separate and used only to offset the cost of procuring RECs for PaloAltoGreen so there would be no impact. Commissioner Eglash asked about the cost of achieving carbon neutrality by 2017 instead of 2013. He noted that the cost of carbon neutrality in the near term is $2.7 million for 2013 to 2016 and that this cost will be paid primarily by non-residential customers. Vice Chair Foster asked how the increased cost (0.05 to 0.09 cents/kWh) would impact the rates and how it would compare to surrounding communities. Director Fong stated that the increase would be minor and that our rates are low compared to PG&E. Vice Chair Foster noted that this is a very small expense to pay for this important program and that we should go ahead now since time is of the essence. Chair Cook read a statement provided by Commissioner Hall, who was unable to attend the meeting: “I wholeheartedly support Staff’s proposed efforts to achieve carbon neutrality ahead of the January 2015 target date set by the Council. I note that the percentage of surveyed residents who are willing to pay more than $2 per month was 66% - a good majority. Happily, it appears possible for residents to support carbon neutrality by the end of 2013 for an average of not much more than $2 per year using the recommended strategy. And, given that the anticipated Cap-and-Trade revenues will far exceed the cost of this program, it’s preferable to utilize a sufficient portion of Cap and Trade revenues to offset the cost of this program – so that residents will see no rate increase at all.” Chair Cook asked about risks of the plan, especially the risks of costs rising to implement the plan, for example, if the cost of renewable energy rises significantly leading to a rapid rise in rates. Director Fong stated that the renewable energy contracts have locked in prices so there is protection of rising costs there. In addition, the plan proposed a rate impact limit of 0.25 cents/kWh to protect ratepayers. Chair Cook thanked the public speakers and noted that the involvement of the community by attending the meeting, providing comments, and sending emails is the most he has experienced in his time on the UAC. He stated that he also supported the plan and stated that the low price to achieve the plan is acceptable. Chair Cook noted that this is a great policy, but there is still more to do. Commissioner Eglash noted that the cost of getting to carbon neutrality in the near term (2013 to 2016) at $2.7 million accounts for the majority of the costs and that most of the cost will be borne by commercial customers. Commissioner Eglash further asked if the City delayed getting to carbon neutrality from 2013 to 2017 whether the funds could be used for other carbon reduction efforts such as energy efficiency. Director Fong noted that Council directed staff to develop a plan to get to carbon neutrality by January 2015 so staff would not have proposed achieving carbon neutrality by 2017. In addition, the Council has already adopted a very aggressive energy efficiency program. Director Fong stated that if the City decided not to achieve carbon neutrality before 2017, then the funds would simply not be spent so if the City Utilities Advisory Commission Minutes Approved on: January 9, 2013 Page 4 of 4 was not going to seek to achieve carbon neutrality, then the costs would simply not be incurred. Commissioner Melton asked that in order to aid Council in their decision it be noted in upcoming staff reports the cost of getting to carbon neutrality based on alternative start years (i.e., 2013 versus 2017) and to explicitly state that it is expected to cost an additional $2.7 million to achieve carbon neutrality in 2013 instead of 2017. Then Council will have the information of the price tag to be paid by ratepayers from that policy direction. Director Fong agreed to provide this information in the report and note the discussion in the upcoming staff reports to Council. Chair Cook added that a representative from the UAC can attend Finance Committee and Council meetings to underscore the UAC’s discussions. ACTION: Vice Chair Foster moved to support the staff's recommendation. Commissioner Melton seconded the motion. The motion carried unanimously (6-0) with Commissioner Hall absent. 5 CITY OF PALO ALTO UTILITIES ADVISORY COMMISSION COMMISSIONER MEMO TO: Valerie Fong, Director, Utilities Audrey Chang, Jonathan Foster, Garth Hall, and Asher Waldfogel, Utilities Advisory Commission FROM: James Cook (Chair), Steve Eglash, and John Melton, Utilities Advisory Commission DATE: Initially submitted December 16, 2012; final version December 28, 2012 SUBJECT: Request to agendize and revisit the cost limitations of the carbon neutral plan for the electric portfolio at the January 9, 2013, UAC meeting Background. At the December 5, 2012, UAC Meeting the commissioners voted unanimously (six in favor and one absent) to recommend that the City Council adopt staff’s carbon neutral plan for the electric portfolio. This plan directs staff to achieve carbon neutrality for the City’s electric portfolio beginning in 2013 by purchasing RECs to make up for any brown power consumed by the City. The proposed plan includes Council authorization for CoPA Utilities to spend up to $0.0025/kWh to achieve carbon neutrality. The expected cost is between zero and $2.7 million total for the period 2013 – 2016 and very low thereafter. The issue. The discussion at the December 5, 2012, UAC Meeting focused primarily on the expected cost and relatively little time was devoted to the spending cap. The authorization permits CoPA Utilities to spend up to $0.0025/kWh, equivalent to approximately $2.5 million per year or $10 million total for the period 2013 – 2016. There is no limit on the price per REC. The purpose of this memo is to request that the carbon neutrality topic be discussed at the January 9, 2013, UAC Meeting with a particular focus on spending limits. Two types of spending caps are recommended: a cap on total spending during 2013 – 2016 and a cap on the price per REC regardless of the number of RECs to be purchased. Two examples serve to illustrate the possible need for a lower total cap during 2013 – 2016 and the possible need for a cap on the price to be paid for a REC at all times. Example 1. In the event of a dry hydro year, the City might use more brown power than assumed in the likely scenario. In this case the carbon neutrality plan directs staff to purchase RECs up to a rate impact of $0.0025/kWh, or roughly $2.5 million per year. In the unlikely event that poor hydro conditions required the Utility to do this for all four years 2013 – 2016, then the carbon neutrality plan would cost the rate payers $10 million, not $2.7 million as in the likely scenario discussed in the memo and at the UAC meeting. The authors of this Commissioner Memo would like the UAC to discuss whether a more restrictive cap on total spending is appropriate during 2013 – 2016. One possibility is a cap of $1 million per year, which would have the effect of limiting total spending during the four-year period to $4 million. Commissioner Memo December 28, 2012 Page 2 Example 2. There is no limit in the proposed plan on the price per REC. In order to protect ratepayers from paying a relatively large amount for a small reduction in carbon emissions, the authors of this Commissioner Memo would like the UAC to consider setting a maximum price per REC that the Utility is authorized to spend, regardless of how few RECs are to be purchased. One possibility is a cap of $20/MWh. (Staff has indicated that the expected price of RPS- eligible unbundled RECs is $1-10/MWh.) Such a limit would be in addition to the limit on total annual spending described in Example 1. To be clear, it is not the authors’ intention to backtrack from our support for the carbon neutrality plan, but rather to put appropriate limits on what the City should spend (more accurately, what the City’s ratepayers should be asked to spend) in achieving carbon neutrality. In consideration of the UAC’s oversight role, of the UAC’s advisory role to the City Council, and of being good stewards of our residential and business ratepayers’ money, we believe that the issues raised in this memo should be discussed by the UAC. EXCERPTED DRAFT MINUTES OF THE JANUARY 9, 2013 UTILITIES ADVISORY COMMISSION MEETING ITEM 5: ACTION: Commissioners’ Memo Recommendation that the Utilities Advisory Commission Discuss and Potentially Act Upon the Cost Limitation Provision of the Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Portfolio Commissioner Eglash provided a brief synopsis of the memo signed by Chair Cook, and Commissioners Eglash and Melton and stated that the discussion at the UAC's December meeting focused on the expected cost to achieve carbon neutrality and not on the potential maximum cost. Particularly before the long-term renewable resources are on-line, for 2013 through 2016, the cost could be significant to get to carbon neutrality. He summarized the recommendations in the memo as limiting total spending during 2013 to 2016 and a cap on the price of Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs). Public Comment: Bruce Hodge stated that the additional limitations recommended by the Commissioners' Memo are unnecessary and supported the cost cap in the proposed plan. He shared his analysis of the bill impact for customers using different amounts of electricity per month and showed that the impact was small and reasonable. Walt Hays agreed with Bruce Hodge since Bruce Hodge had done the analysis. Walt Hays reminded the Commission of the risks of climate change and said that the City should not quibble with the small costs being proposed in the plan. He added that the plan is more than symbolic and, even if only symbolic, may have greater impact as the bold plan it is. Commissioner Melton asked for staff’s opinion of the recommendations in the Commissioners’ Memo. Director Fong stated that staff has put its proposal forward and the Commissioners’ Memo provides another option. Vice Chair Foster stated that he feels like the message the plan sends is valid and that the plan has only a small rate impact anyway and he doesn't support a lower cost limitation. However, he stated that he could support the proposed REC cost limitation. Commissioner Melton stated that the spending limit proposed in the memo is a "black swan" protection device. He stated that we need some maximum spending limitation in case something changes dramatically. Responding to Commissioner Melton’s recommendation, Vice Chair Foster stated that he agreed that there needed to be a spending limit and that the proposed plan does have a limitation of $2.5 million/year. Commissioner Eglash agreed that the proposed plan does have a spending limit of about $2.5 million per year. He stated that the question at hand is whether we are comfortable with the proposed rate cap for our residential and commercial customers. This is especially an issue in the years from 2013 to 2016 before the long-term renewable contracts come on line. Commissioner Chang asked how the cap in the proposed plan of 0.25 cents/kWh was derived. Director Fong said it was proposed by staff to cover the uncertainties in hydroelectric production and the future cost of RECs. She stated that another idea is to have a dollar amount that is a trigger point when staff needs to return to the Council for further direction. Commissioner Hall stated that he supports a 0.15 cents/kWh which appears to be an adequate cap rather than a total dollar cap. In addition, he doesn't support a price cap on RECs as that limits staff and removes flexibility. Commissioner Eglash said that the concern raised in the memo is that we could look foolish by some ratepayers, particularly those who are cost sensitive. He doesn't want to spend any amount of money to get the last little bit of carbon neutrality when that additional cost could be extreme. Vice Chair Foster stated that he supports a trigger point to ensure that costs are not exceeded, but not necessarily a lower cost cap. Commissioner Melton stated that he supports a trigger point. Chair Cook said that the point of the memo was to ensure that the UAC has done its job and clearly thought through the costs to make sure that the costs are reasonable. Vice Chair Foster was concerned that any action will show that the UAC supports carbon neutrality, but doesn't want to pay much at all for it. He would rather not take a new formal action, but rely on staff to less formally provide an early heads up to the UAC and Council if costs are higher than anticipated. Commissioner Melton asked if staff could come back to the UAC with an update of the cost to get to carbon neutral based on better information about hydroelectric conditions. He asked a cost trigger could be put in place which if met would prompt staff to come back to the UAC to discuss whether or not it made sense to pursue carbon neutrality for that year. The cost trigger would be less than the cap approved by Council, so that staff would not have to return to Council if the decision was to move forward with carbon neutrality. Director Fong asked Senior Resource Planner Monica Padilla to discuss how a cost trigger would be used by staff. Padilla stated that RECs will be purchased after the fact when hydro conditions are known and we'll have a better idea of REC costs and that staff could return to the UAC with updated costs before purchasing RECs. ACTION: Commissioner Eglash made a motion to recommend that Council direct staff that, if cost is higher than 0.15 cents/kWh, staff should come back to the UAC for additional discussion. He explained that it could be left to staff's discretion to inform the UAC regarding a significant increase in the cost of RECs. Commissioner Hall made a substitute motion to revise the cap to 0.15 cents/kWh, instead of 0.25 cents/kWh. Commissioner Eglash seconded the substitute motion. Commissioner Hall explained that it's more straightforward to have a cap, rather than a trigger point to return for discussions. If it looks like the cap will be exceeded, staff could return and request additional spending authority. Vice Chair Foster stated that he supports a request for discussion, rather than a lowering of the cap. But, if a lower cap is proposed, then he would support a cap of 0.2 cents/kWh, not 0.15 cents/kWh. Commissioner Eglash stated that Council supported carbon neutral by 2015, but the additional costs to move it up to 2013 were high and a cap will reduce the cost of moving up the date of implementation. Vice Chair Foster proposed an amendment to the substitute motion to revise the cap to 0.2 cents/kWh. The amendment died for lack of second. The substitute motion to recommend that Council achieve carbon neutrality for the electric supply portfolio within a cost cap of 0.15 cents/kWh passed (4-2) with Foster and Melton opposed and Waldfogel absent. FINANCE COMMITTEE DRAFT MINUTES Page 1 of 16 Regular Meeting Tuesday, February 5, 2013 Chairperson Burt called the meeting to order at 7:00 P.M. in the Council Conference Room, 250 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, California. Present: Berman, Burt (Chair), Schmid, Shepherd Absent: ORAL COMMUNICATIONS None AGENDA ITEMS 1. Utilities Advisory Commission Recommendation that the City Council Adopt a Resolution Approving a Carbon Neutral Plan for the Electric Supply Portfolio to Achieve Carbon Neutrality by 2013. Monica Padilla, Senior Resource Planner reported in December 2007 the Council approved the Climate Protection Plan (CPP), setting out broad goals to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. In March 2011, the Council approved an updated Long-term Electric Acquisition Plan (LEAP), setting broad objections for management of the portfolio and directing Staff to review cost benefits of achieving a carbon neutral portfolio. Staff determined the City could achieve carbon neutrality quickly with minimal risk. In May 2012 the Council directed Staff to develop a Plan to achieve carbon neutrality by 2015. First, Staff defined carbon neutrality, and the Council approved the definition in November 2012. In developing a Carbon Neutral Plan (Plan), Staff established high level objectives: achieve community-wide reductions in GHG emissions consistent with the CPP; achieve carbon neutrality quickly and with a reasonable cost; support the City's continued commitment to energy efficiency and long-term renewables; and meet the Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) for remote and local renewables and large hydroelectric generation. If the Council took no action, Staff expected to have approximately 50 percent of supply needs DRAFT MINUTES Page 2 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 met through large hydroelectric generation, 33-35 percent through committed renewable resources, and the remainder through market purchases. Beyond 2016, Staff expected to bring on some new renewable resources to meet RPS within the 1/2 cent rate impact limit. Through those contracts for renewable resources, Staff believed the City could attain 100 percent carbon neutrality by 2017 within the 1/2 cent rate impact. In struggling with actions to take between 2013 and 2016, Staff considered key policy decisions of using 100 percent long-term renewables, combining long- term and short-term renewables, using Renewable Energy Certificates (REC), allowing for banking, buying unbundled RECs, and using cap-and- trade revenues or other ratepayer funds. Staff's recommendation did not include a method to pay for carbon neutrality, because that would be part of the Budget process. In developing the recommended Plan, Staff considered alternative strategies that could be employed to reach carbon neutrality. Chair Burt requested an explanation of acronyms. Ms. Padilla explained Power Purchase Agreements were PPAs, and RPS was Renewable Portfolio Standard. The recommended Plan included continued purchases from the brown market in order to meet load requirements, while neutralizing those purchases through the use of RPS eligible unbundled RECs and possibly short-term renewables if available at a comparable price. In a dry year, the City would continue to make market purchases to meet load and neutralize market purchases with non-RPS-eligible unbundled RECs. Use of only RPS-eligible renewables could be quite exorbitant in a dry year. To annually true up the portfolio, Staff proposed banking as much as possible, and then using unbundled RECs to neutralize resources. To neutralize anthropogenic and small emissions associated with the cooperatively owned backup unit generator (COBUG), the City would use non-RPS-eligible unbundled RECs. Use of non-RPS unbundled RECs was less expensive; however, use of only short-term bundled renewable resources was the gold standard for a carbon neutral portfolio. Chair Burt asked Staff to explain the difference between RPS-eligible renewables, non-RPS-eligible unbundled RECs, and other resources. Ms. Padilla explained the California Energy Commission certified resources to meet the RPS. There were some vintage requirements that resources be built after a certain date and that resources cover a variety of types of generation including biogas, wind, solar, small hydroelectric, and geothermal. Chair Burt inquired whether resources must be in state or could be out of state. DRAFT MINUTES Page 3 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Ms. Padilla stated out-of-state renewables were RPS eligible but there were limits on the number that could be brought into California. Chair Burt reiterated that only a certain portion of resources in the RPS- eligible category could be out-of-state. Ms. Padilla agreed. Chair Burt added those out-of-state resources must have certain characteristics. Ms. Padilla explained a REC was essentially the green attribute associated with a particular renewable facility. The REC could be stripped from the actual energy and sold as an unbundled REC. Under the RPS rules an unbundled REC was an RPS-eligible resource but there were limitations on how many a portfolio could contain. A bundled REC was the renewable attribute and the energy together. They were eligible for RPS with few limitations. Valerie Fong, Utilities Director noted all renewable resources currently under contract were fully eligible under the state rules because the City was keeping the energy and the green attribute together. There were markets to purchase bundled and unbundled RECs. Ms. Padilla reported all resources in the City's RPS were RPS eligible. To meet carbon neutrality, the City did not have to pursue RPS-eligible resources; resources had to be carbon free and/or renewables. James Keene, City Manager asked why market purchases were included in resources for the near term. Ms. Padilla explained the City had to make market purchases in order to meet load requirements. Once the City knew how many market purchases were made to meet load requirements, it would then buy an equivalent amount of RECs. Mr. Keene inquired whether offsetting RECs would negate the market purchases. Ms. Padilla answered yes. Chair Burt posed the scenario of utilizing 50 percent hydroelectric, 40 percent renewables, and 10 percent market purchases, and asked if the City DRAFT MINUTES Page 4 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 would then need to purchase under this proposal non-RPS-eligible unbundled RECs to compensate for the 10 percent of market purchases. Ms. Fong replied yes, under that scenario. Council Member Berman inquired whether the City could purchase either RPS-eligible RECs or non-RPS-eligible RECs. Ms. Fong suggested the City could purchase RPS-eligible unbundled RECs. Mr. Keene inquired about a scenario that would allow the City to bank RECs. Ms. Padilla stated a wet hydroelectric year would allow that. Chair Burt indicated the recommendation was to offset market purchases with RPS-eligible RECs. Ms. Padilla noted the table on Packet Page 15 discussed the prices of the different products. The least expensive product was a non-RPS unbundled REC with a premium between $1 and $5. An RPS-eligible unbundled REC had a premium between $1 and $10. A bundled renewable energy and REC, short -term bundled product, had a premium between $5 and $25 for an out-of-state product, and a premium between $10 and $30 for an in-state product. The prices were market prices at the time the report was produced and were subject to change. Council Member Berman noted the City did not have to meet the RPS standards yet; however, the portfolio had to reach 33 percent at some point. Chair Burt stated the portfolio had to reach 33 percent by 2020. Ms. Padilla explained those were interim compliance requirements, and the City was on track to meet all of them. Council Member Berman believed the real reason for purchasing RPS versus non-RPS RECs was the environmental benefit. Chair Burt provided an overview of the Council's discussions of and objectives for carbon neutrality. The Plan was not driven by state or federal mandate but by a Palo Alto initiative. Council Member Berman inquired about the cost difference between the recommended Plan and the non-RPS Plan using the hypothetical of 50 percent hydroelectric, 40 percent renewables, and 10 percent market DRAFT MINUTES Page 5 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 purchases. Ms. Padilla reported the recommended Plan fell between the two alternatives. All plans achieved carbon neutrality by the adopted definition. Staff recommended implementing the recommended Plan as early as 2013 because it could be achieved relatively inexpensively. From 2013 through 2015 the City could achieve carbon neutrality through the use of short-term renewables, if they were available at a reasonable price, and/or unbundled RECs to neutralize brown energy associated with market purchases. Beyond 2016, use of the 1/2 cent would achieve 50 percent carbon neutrality. The City could reach carbon neutrality with hydroelectric and renewables in 2017 while balancing unbundled RECs and utilizing the banking mechanism to the extent the possibilities. Anthropogenic emissions and COBUG emissions could be neutralized with non-RPS-eligible RECs. Chair Burt requested an explanation of anthropogenic and COBUG. Ms. Padilla explained anthropogenic emissions were the result of man extracting steam from geothermal plants. No anthropogenic emissions were associated with Palo Alto's landfill gas generators. Chair Burt stated anthropogenic emissions were associated with renewables. Ms. Padilla explained biogenic emissions occurred naturally and anthropogenic emissions occurred because man did something to the site to extract energy. Staff recommended neutralizing anthropogenic emissions with non-RPS-eligible RECs. COBUG had emissions because of the fossil-fuel fired generator. Vice Mayor Shepherd asked why COBUG did not need to have RECs. Ms. Fong explained COBUG was exempt from the compliance requirements. Ms. Padilla reported Staff recommended achieving carbon neutrality within a rate impact limit of 0.15 cents per kWh. If Staff determined the limit would be exceeded they would return to the Council for direction. Between 2013 and 2016 market purchases were covered with short-term renewables or RECs to neutralize that part of the portfolio. Everything else remained the same. If the Plan was approved and implemented Staff expected the cost to attain carbon neutrality would be relatively moderate. In 2013-2016 the cost would range between $610,000 and $910,000 annually. Beyond 2016 the costs became minimal at approximately $40,000 per year, associated mainly with the anthropogenic emissions and COBUG. The costs were based on expected hydroelectric production and expected product costs. The DRAFT MINUTES Page 6 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 expected cumulative costs between 2013 and 2020 would be approximately $2.9 million. An average residential bill would increase between $2.60 and $4.20 a year. Beyond 2016 an average residential bill would increase approximately 10 cents a year. Ms. Fong requested Ms. Padilla explain why there was a marked contrast between the 2013-2016 period and beyond 2016. Ms. Padilla reported beyond 2016 Staff used the 1/2 cent premium allocated to the RPS. Costs were in addition to the 1/2 cent premium. At 0.15 cents per kWh, the cap on costs to reach carbon neutrality equated to approximately $1.5 million per year. Ms. Fong indicated the $1.5 million amount compared to the expected value of $610,000 to $910,000 per year. Ms. Padilla stated if costs reached the maximum of $1.5 million a year the cumulative costs between 2013 and 2020 would be approximately $12 million. Because the portfolio and all cost assessments were based on expected values, which were not likely to occur, Staff considered different scenarios for the recommended portfolio and the alternatives. There are very few months in a dry year when the City could meet load requirements. In a wet year, the City had surplus resources in many months. In 2020 when Staff expected to have additional long-term renewables, the problem in a wet year was exacerbated because more renewable resources were available. The Plan called for neutralizing on an annual basis not a monthly basis. Council Member Berman suggested Staff provide the average monthly load requirement and the average monthly amount generated for the different options to understand it did even out. Ms. Padilla reported the scenario analysis provided the expected costs in a wet year, a dry year, a high-price year, and a hybrid. With the exception of 2016, in all years Staff expected to be within that 0.15 cent rate limit. The analysis assumed that those renewables being evaluated were viable and could be billed and delivered at the price expected. Mr. Keene inquired whether Chart 1 assumed the baseline scenario and whether the gap would be made up through the new renewable portfolio in 2020. Ms. Padilla indicated the portfolio would reflect Chart 1 in 2020 with the new renewables. DRAFT MINUTES Page 7 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Ms. Fong explained in the expected year, the City would not meet load requirements. The winter months typically had less hydroelectric generation and the summer months had more hydroelectric generation. That was the pattern for determining the value in the market. Ms. Padilla stated the City did not have sufficient hydroelectric resources to meet load requirements in every month, so market purchases would be used to compensate. Mr. Keene noted the projection for 2020 was 100 percent renewable resources, so the market purchases would be of renewable resources. Ms. Fong explained all the excess would be used to average out the gap. It was an annual accounting issue when discussing the annual profile for carbon neutrality under the adopted protocol. Ms. Padilla reported the graph showed what the costs under expected hydroelectric and market price conditions would be for the different portfolios. Costs for the recommended Plan were approximately 0.06 cents per kWh through 2016 when Staff expected costs to increase slightly due to an increased price of renewable resources. Ms. Fong stated the City would have more renewables in its portfolio. Vice Mayor Shepherd asked if renewables were hard resources. Ms. Fong explained hard resources were the bundled energy plus the renewable attribute. Ms. Padilla added shorter-term PPAs as hard resources. In that case, the City would not reach carbon neutrality at less than 0.15 cents even under expected conditions. Staff sought community input regarding willingness to pay and support for pursuit of carbon neutrality. 27 percent of residential customers were not willing to pay any more for carbon neutrality; however, the vast majority were willing to pay at least $2 more per month to reach carbon neutrality. 58 percent of survey participants were PaloAltoGreen participants. Chair Burt inquired whether Staff knew how low the monthly cost would be when it conducted the survey. Ms. Padilla answered no. Chair Burt felt more residents would participate if the new cost was only 25 DRAFT MINUTES Page 8 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 cents per month. Ms. Padilla reported the proposed Plan relied heavily on aggressive energy efficiency efforts, long-term pursuit of RPS, and large hydroelectric resources. It was comprised of 100 percent renewable resources and relied on RECs only until long-term renewable resources came online in 2017. The Plan could be implemented as early as 2013 at a moderate cost, supported Palo Alto environmental leadership goals, and followed a verifiable and established protocol. Staff asked that the Finance Committee support the recommendation to recommend to the Council adoption of a Resolution to approve the Plan with the 0.15 cent per kWh rate impact. Steve Eglash, Utilities Advisory Commissioner reported the Utilities Advisory Commission (UAC) and public comments overwhelmingly supported the Plan. The UAC had no disagreement on any of the high level points, but recommended significant limits on the amount to spend to achieve carbon neutrality, particularly prior to 2016. Because of the City's progress in meeting its RPS, beginning in 2017 the cost would be zero. The UAC attempted to balance the benefits of carbon neutrality with respect for the ratepayers. In trying to balance that, the UAC voted for a slightly tighter limit on spending between now and 2016. The UAC recommendation was reflected in Staff's recommendation. Chair Burt inquired whether the 0.15 cent cap on rate impact was Staff's recommendation and the UAC's recommendation. Ms. Fong answered yes. Mr. Keene believed Staff had been promoting the higher rate but was convinced by the UAC and the fact that the cap could be revisited. Mr. Eglash indicated Commissioners who did not support a tighter cap felt the message of achieving carbon neutrality was more effective; however, the majority of Commissioners supported the rate cap. Chair Burt asked if Staff considered use of cap-and-trade revenues to offset this expense. Ms. Fong reported Staff left the funding source open, because they would need to explain how they proposed spending cap-and-trade funds during the Budget process. Cap-and-trade revenues could be used for energy efficiency or for this Plan. Chair Burt suspected that there would be some difference in thinking by the DRAFT MINUTES Page 9 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Council, the UAC, and members of the public if the cost of the Plan was offset by cap-and-trade revenues. From a policy standpoint, whether or not the Plan impacted ratepayers would influence the parties. Mr. Eglash stated the UAC did not discuss cap-and-trade revenues in relation to the Plan. Ms. Fong reported one tenet for spending cap-and-trade revenues was to spend those monies on projects the Council would do anyway in case of a legal challenge. Bruce Hodge was pleased to offer unqualified support for the Plan. Both the timeline and costs were worth noting. Beyond the immediate benefits, this Plan would send a message of hope and change to the larger audience. Walt Hays felt climate change was the most severe threat humankind had faced. If people knew the cost would be only 25 cents per month, the percentage of survey respondents agreeing would have been substantially higher. He hoped the Finance Committee would follow Staff's recommendation. Herb Borock stated this was the first time a legal reason had been asserted for not recommending the use of cap-and-trade revenue. In the UAC discussion regarding the rate impact limit, the argument was made that the cumulative amounts paid by commercial customers could be a burden on them; however, the amount paid by top commercial electric users was minute. Council Member Schmid felt the issue was presenting the Plan to the public and noted the survey indicated 58 percent of residents participated in PaloAltoGreen, whereas the performance report indicated 20 percent of residents participated in PaloAltoGreen. Ms. Padilla clarified that 58 percent of those responding to the survey participated in PaloAltoGreen. Council Member Schmid suggested Staff be careful how they present information regarding customers. Ms. Fong agreed. Council Member Schmid understood the 1/2 cent per kWh would attain the goal of 33 percent and asked if it would attain the 50 percent goal. DRAFT MINUTES Page 10 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Ms. Fong answered yes. Council Member Schmid inquired whether Staff was confident that given the price structure of renewables the amount approved two years ago was enough to attain the 50 percent goal. Ms. Fong indicated the Council approved the amount six or seven years ago and got it right. Council Member Schmid stated that was a real accomplishment given the cap set years ago. He recalled a scenario of a dry hydroelectric year with high renewable prices and felt that was a likely scenario. Ms. Fong explained if RECs were increasingly high the cap would take effect. Council Member Schmid inquired about the effects of 100 percent renewable resources or carbon neutrality on the PaloAltoGreen program. Ms. Fong stated the Council would have a Study Session on PaloAltoGreen the following week. Chair Burt reported the Study Session recognized that the PaloAltoGreen program would not serve a purpose in its present form as the City moved to 100 percent renewables. Council Member Schmid noted the trading or banking of hydroelectric credits had to be made within a calendar year and inquired about the effect of using the City's fiscal year; which would split the wet season between years. Ms. Padilla reported the carbon neutral definition required use of the calendar year basis not fiscal. Council Member Schmid asked what would be the effect if the fiscal year was used. Ms. Fong stated the Council adopted the protocol of the calendar year. Mr. Keene clarified that Council Member Schmid asked for the implication if it were structured on the fiscal year. Council Member Schmid expressed concern about the ability to bank. The goal could be achieved more effectively if the diagram was split in half. Ms. Fong indicated a protocol had to be followed once it was adopted. It DRAFT MINUTES Page 11 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 was difficult to change accounting rules in midstream with respect to meeting goals. Council Member Schmid explained that at the end of the year in December, the City could not use the surplus generated in hydroelectric past that date. The City would have a surplus that could be shared with others, but the City was not able to use the surplus effectively. Ms. Fong stated it was a bit more complicated than that. In hydroelectric generation, the reservoirs allowed for crossover to different fiscal years or even into different calendar years. The reservoir heights were typically managed such that not all hydroelectric fuel was burned in one year. Council Member Schmid noted several statements indicating it could not be done after the calendar year was over as allowable, yet Staff implied it was more flexible. Ms. Fong reported the definition, the protocol and the accounting were not flexible. Council Member Schmid was concerned that water in the reservoir would be used in one year; however, hydroelectric generation was not typically run that way. Council Member Schmid indicated there was a substantial change year from year with regard to dry, average and high, and there would not be much banking, trading, shifting, or moving. Mr. Keene did not understand why that was different if the year was divided in July rather than December. Chair Burt inquired whether the graph indicated there was a year-to-year fluctuation of a high hydroelectric, low and median, or was it a range over several years. Ms. Padilla reported the graph represented how hydroelectric generation would materialize in a typical year on a month-to-month basis. Chair Burt inquired whether the graph reflected what might occur in a single year of a dry or wet year or did it level out the impact over several years. Ms. Fong explained the graph was what Staff predicted would happen in 2015 under wet conditions and dry conditions in terms of the actual generation. What was not shown was what 2016 might look like. Vice Mayor Shepherd asked if dry and wet years could be merged if this year DRAFT MINUTES Page 12 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 was dry and the next was wet. Ms. Padilla answered no. The Climate Registry's protocol did not allow for banking of hydroelectric generation. Ms. Fong indicated a calendar year or fiscal had to be chosen and used. Council Member Schmid stated under this scenario trading could not occur in December. At the peak of the summer period, it would be easy to say this was a great year and to use that credit in the next year. Mr. Keene asked for clarification of Council Member Schmid's question. Chair Burt said the hydroelectric suppliers were not draining the reservoirs in a dry year and overproducing in a wet year; thus, it would level out. Council Member Schmid stated the graph showed quite dramatically that there was a very different outcome in electrical generation from the hydroelectric sources in different years, and the sharing was very weak. Chair Burt believed it did not show how hydroelectric was leveled. If a fiscal year was used, then Council Member Schmid's argument would only hold true if hydroelectric was not leveled. Otherwise, there was an impact in the second half of the outlying fiscal year. Ms. Fong stated the net result was almost the same. Mr. Keene explained there would not be enough credits at the beginning of the year to cover the winter, resulting in the same scenario whether a fiscal year or calendar were used. Ms. Fong felt it was irrelevant whether the 12-month period began in July or January. Council Member Schmid inquired where The Climate Registry's protocols came from. Ms. Fong indicated it was the Council's discretion. Chair Burt indicated that topic was not before the Finance Committee. Ms. Fong explained if a different protocol was chosen Staff would work with the new parameters. DRAFT MINUTES Page 13 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Council Member Schmid felt issues were raised about banking, saving, and the time period of 15 years. He asked if that meant that next year every solar array that was produced 16 years ago would drop out of the RPS standard portfolio. Ms. Fong stated those hypotheticals did not apply. The City signed its first renewable contract in 2005. The oldest resource was hydroelectric generation, which was not RPS eligible. Council Member Schmid believed by agreeing to that, 50 percent of carbon neutral energy generation was not renewable. Ms. Fong reiterated that it was acknowledged as carbon neutral, and the discussion concerned carbon neutrality. Council Member Schmid recalled a few years past PaloAltoGreen considered coal as renewable energy, now it was carbon neutral. Ms. Fong said PaloAltoGreen was 100 percent green through RECs, not through hard resources. RECs were used to make a portfolio have a different look. Chair Burt stated the discussion would not revisit the definition of carbon neutral, which the Council adopted the prior year. The topic for discussion was the proposed Plan based upon the adopted definition. Council Member Schmid believed they were approving The Climate Registry's definitions. Chair Burt stated the adopted definitions had to be included in the Plan. It was not a reconsideration of a definition. Council Member Schmid felt it was reasonable when considering consequences. Chair Burt overruled Council Member Schmid. Ms. Fong reported Staff's recommendation was to approve the Plan to attain carbon neutrality. The key points were the year to reach carbon neutrality and the cap to apply to the carbon neutral portfolio. Council Member Berman inquired whether the Finance Committee would recommend a Plan. DRAFT MINUTES Page 14 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Mr. Keene clarified that to mean which purchases to make. Ms. Fong indicated the recommended Plan included the renewable RPS. Council Member Berman felt it was helpful to understand the decision points. MOTION: Vice Mayor Shepherd moved, seconded by Chair Burt to recommend the City Council adopt the Resolution adopting the Carbon Neutral Plan, enabling the City to achieve a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio starting in calendar year 2013 within an annual rate impact not to exceed 0.15 cents per kilowatt-hour. Vice Mayor Shepherd noted the Council had made incremental decisions to reach the current point. One of the decisions was the technique for discussing purchases and consideration of the label of carbon neutrality. The COBUG was exempt. Ms. Fong clarified COBUG was exempt from AB 32 compliance. Exempt meant the City did have to purchase allowances to offset the emissions. Vice Mayor Shepherd applauded the UAC's questioning and study of issues. RECs were limited and using them was a privilege. Chair Burt reported the history of the definition of carbon neutral. The City was able to use a budget established seven years ago for renewables to achieve a greater outcome than originally projected to have costs lower than Pacific, Gas, and Electric (PG&E)'s costs was quite an achievement. Implementation of a Plan would assist corporate customers with achieving their own sustainability goals. Council Member Berman supported achieving a carbon neutral electric supply portfolio in 2013; utilizing a rate cap of 0.15 cents per kWh; Staff's recommended model; and the Motion. The City should share its achievements to encourage other cities to consider a carbon neutral plan. Council Member Schmid felt the use of the 0.15 cents per kWh cap while achieving 50 percent renewables should be the main focus of the discussion. Mr. Keene indicated possible changes in the PaloAltoGreen program could leverage more investments resulting in a more sustainable Palo Alto. MOTION PASSED: 4-0 DRAFT MINUTES Page 15 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 FUTURE MEETINGS AND AGENDAS Lalo Perez, Administrative Services Director reported the next scheduled meeting was February 19, 2013. Topics for upcoming Agendas included the following: 2/19/13 (Shepherd Absent) FY 2013 Q2 Financial Results and Midyear BAO—capture changes in the Budget Potential Modification to Street Sweeping Program—Pilot program recommendation Contract Amendment with Brad Lozares—five-year agreement for management of the Golf Course Clubhouse 3/5/13 Review of Follow up Items from Human Services Needs Assessment— follow-up from previous year 3/19/13 Cost of Services Study—sample methodologies and timeline He provided a timeline of the May Budget hearings, and requested the Finance Committee (Committee) members provide him with dates they would not be available. Three members present were needed for a quorum. The Budget wrap-up would allow the Committee to revisit decisions made when a member was absent. Council Member Schmid inquired whether the final vote on the Budget would be held on June 10, 2013. Mr. Perez indicated the Budget wrap-up could be held on May 21, 2013 with a back-up date on May 23rd if necessary. The Council's Budget hearing would open on June 3rd with adoption of the Budget on June 10th. James Keene, City Manager reported the schedule was designed to provide the Council with a few meeting dates between Budget adoption and the Council recess. Chair Burt noted fiber to the premises was not included in the items for referral to the Committee, even though it was elevated to a priority consideration. DRAFT MINUTES Page 16 of 16 Finance Committee Regular Meeting Draft Minutes 02/05/13 Mr. Keene would provide a timeline for the Committee on fiber to the premises. Vice Mayor Shepherd stated the topic would come to the Committee before being presented to the Council. ADJOURNMENT: Meeting adjourned at 8:35 pm. City of Palo Alto (ID # 3556) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: CITY/PAUSD 2013 Summer Enrichment Program Title: Staff Recommends Approval of an Agreement with Palo Alto Unified School District (PAUSD) under which the City of Palo Alto (City) will Provide the District with Fiscal Services as part of the PAUSD 2013 Summer Enrichment Program and Provide Collaborative After-School Summer Programs. From: City Manager Lead Department: Community Services RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that Council approve, and authorize the City Manager or designee to execute, the attached contract with the Palo Alto Unified School District (PAUSD), authorizing the City to act as the fiscal agent for PAUSD’s 2013 summer enrichment program; and, working in collaboration with PAUSD, provide an after-school camp program and a variety of other summer programs on PAUSD sites. DISCUSSION In 2001, it was agreed that the City and PAUSD would collaborate in order to facilitate summer enrichment programs for PAUSD. The collaboration is evaluated annually and continues to be very successful. The terms and conditions of this agreement are essentially the same as previous years. Staff has modified terms to better define Summer Enrichment programs, that is, they are ancillary learning classes offered by PAUSD and camps are offered by the City that complement, but do not replace or make up, PAUSD classes offered throughout the academic year. The Summer Enrichment programs (classes and camps) are not for credit classes for elementary, middle or high school graduation requirements. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Under the agreement, the City acts as the fiscal agent for PAUSD’s summer enrichment classes at selected schools. PAUSD collects the checks and credit card forms made payable to the City and delivers them to the City. The City deposits the checks and credit card charges into the General Fund, and returns 92 percent of the revenue collected to PAUSD, while retaining the remaining 8 percent as administrative fees for its fiscal services. In 2013 the City anticipates processing $500,000 for PAUSD’s summer enrichment classes for approximately 1,400 participants. In addition to the City’s role as the fiscal agent, PAUSD and the City’s Community Services Department will again work collaboratively to provide summer enrichment recreation and art camps during the summer school period. One of the 2013 summer enrichment/recreation camps is entitled ‘Camp JIVE.’ This Middle School camp takes place during PAUSD Summer School session. City staff will work closely with PAUSD Summer School staff at the summer school campus to provide a variety of activities after summer school ends. Typically located in a classroom on the summer school campus Camp JIVE provides a safe and fun place for students to visit during the afternoons. Participants will meet new friends, swim at Rinconada Pool twice a week, participate in special events, play sports and create art projects. This year the City and PAUSD will also offer a two-week camp that will challenge students to explore and create art. Using a variety of different media, students will learn new art techniques or continue to strengthen their artistic talents. Art Explosion is a full day camp. In the morning and early afternoon students will be in a classroom with a PAUSD teacher and in the afternoon will participate in recreation activities and field trips with the City’s Recreation staff. Both the teacher and Recreation staff work closely to ensure continuity between morning and afternoon programs. In the past, the City has offered Future Authors and Coastal Adventures camps similar to the Art Explosion full day camp. PAUSD will also provide 6 additional classrooms for other City summer camps at no cost to the City as part of this agreement RESOURCE IMPACT The contract will generate sufficient revenues to offset the expense of providing this service; a budget amendment is not required. POLICY IMPLICATIONS The recommendation in this report is consistent with current City policies. City of Palo Alto Page 3 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW This contract is not a project as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is not subject to CEQA requirements. Attachments: Attachment A - Agreement with PAUSD for the Annual Summer Enrichment Program (DOCX) PAUSD Insurance Cert (PDF) EXHIBIT B - Palo-Alto-Unified-Liability (PDF) ATTACHMENT A 130115 dm 00710142A 1 ANNUAL SUMMER ENRICHMENT PROGRAM AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND THE PALO ALTO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT This Annual Summer Enrichment Program Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated, for convenience, __________________, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) is made by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation (the “CITY”) and the PALO ALTO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT, a unified school district of the State of California (the “DISTRICT”) (individually, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”), in reference to the following facts and circumstances: RECITALS: A. For many years, the Parties have collaborated in providing a summer enrichment program at various DISTRICT schools located within the CITY’s jurisdictional boundary, including the public elementary, middle and high schools. B. The Parties wish to continue to work collaboratively on a summer enrichment program, whereby the CITY will sponsor and manage, directly or indirectly, an after-school summer camp program in conjunction with the summer enrichment school program. C. The Parties wish and fully expect that the DISTRICT’s students will have an opportunity for an enriching, learning experience during the summer months and the CITY’s young residents will have the opportunity to participate in recreational and learning activities. D. The Summer Enrichment programs are ancillary learning classes offered by the DISTRICT and camps offered by the CITY that complement, but do not replace or make up, the DISTRICT classes offered throughout the academic year. The Summer Enrichment programs (classes and camps) may not be taken for credit toward elementary, middle or high school graduation requirements. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals A through C, inclusive, which are a substantive part of this Agreement, and the following covenants, terms, and conditions, the Parties agree: AGREEMENT: SECTION 1. TERM. 1.1 This Agreement shall have a term of one (1) contract year, commencing as of the Effective Date. The original term may be renewed for two (2) additional, consecutive one- contract year terms, unless and until it is earlier terminated by a Party upon furnishing notice in accordance with Section 6.2. ATTACHMENT A 130115 dm 00710142A 2 SECTION 2. PARTIES’ SUMMER ENRICHMENT PROGRAMS 2.1 At the start of each contract year and prior to offering any classes to the public, the Parties shall agree, in writing, on the Summer Enrichment classes and camps to be offered, including the respective locations of the classes and camps by the DISTRICT and the CITY, respectively, and the start and end dates of each Summer Enrichment class and camp program to be offered during that contract year. 2.2 The CITY will periodically offer a new Summer Enrichment camp program, as appropriate. The Parties agree, in writing, to the camps the CITY will provide and the dates, on which the camps will be held prior to offering to the public. The DISTRICT shall be solely responsible for designing the curricula of the DISTRICT’s Summer Enrichment classes, which shall be scheduled to commence no earlier than 8:00 a.m. and to end no later than 12:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, holidays included. The CITY’s Community Services Department (the “Department”) shall design and provide the camp activities for participants attending the CITY’s Summer Enrichment camps, which shall be offered from 12:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, holidays included. The Parties may collaborate in other ways in an effort to provide complementary full-day programs for students during the summer season. The commencing and ending times for to-be-specified DISTRICT Summer Enrichment classes and for to-be-specified CITY Summer Enrichment camps may be extended by mutual agreement of the Parties to allow for the conduct of all-day classes and camps. The Parties agree that their individual and joint Summer Enrichment classes and camps programs will include a variety of recreation and/or art programs and field trips, which will be held at various DISTRICT and CITY sites located within the boundaries of Palo Alto. 2.3 In consideration of the DISTRICT’s provision of teacher(s) necessary for the CITY’s Summer Enrichment camps, the CITY will pay the DISTRICT a fee of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per teacher, per contract year; the fee shall be deducted from the administrative fee payable to the CITY, as referred to in Section 3.3. The Parties may agree to alternative payment arrangements, which may be dependent on the shorter length of courses and workshops, provided, however, the CITY’s obligation to pay any such administrative fee will extend only to any teacher(s) hired for the CITY’s 2013 Summer Enrichment program, commencing on or after June 10, 2013 and ending on or before August 31, 2013. SECTION 3. DISTRICT OBLIGATIONS 3.1 The DISTRICT shall provide its Summer Enrichment classes in accordance with, and subject to all applicable standards and obligations required of a public school district, at the DISTRICT elementary, middle and high schools. 3.2 The DISTRICT shall provide a minimum of six (6) classrooms for CITY camps, at no cost to the CITY beyond the administrative fee payable pursuant to Section 3.4, ATTACHMENT A 130115 dm 00710142A 3 3.3 The DISTRICT shall collect the checks, and credit card forms made in payment for the Parties’ Summer Enrichment classes and camps, excluding any camps to be offered at various DISTRICT school sites, which will be made payable to the CITY, and deliver them to the CITY in a manner approved by the CITY’s Revenue Collections Division. The CITY will deposit checks and credit card payments into the CITY’s General Fund. The CITY shall prepare and provide to the DISTRICT an accounting of the deposits, and shall return 92% of the total funds collected to the DISTRICT, and shall retain the remaining eight percent (8%) as an administrative fee for its fiscal services. All supporting documentation relating to the CITY’s role as fiscal agent for the DISTRICT will be available for review by the DISTRICT, upon request. The CITY will directly collect and handle all fees for its own Summer Enrichments camps. 3.4 Student participants enrolling in any of the joint CITY and DISTRICT’s Summer Enrichment classes and camps may register through the CITY’s registration process. The CITY shall prepare and provide to the DISTRICT an accounting of all revenues and expenses for all camps. Revenue will be used to cover all camp expenses and any net income will be distributed evenly between the DISTRICT and the City. 3.5 The DISTRICT shall provide teacher(s) who will be necessary to staff the CITY’s Summer Enrichment camps, and will provide the necessary information, in writing, regarding the teacher(s) prior to the commencement of the Summer Enrichment camps. SECTION 4. INDEMNITY 4.1 The DISTRICT will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the CITY and its elected and appointed officials, officers, and employees from and against any and all loss, damage, claim or liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or alleged to arise out of the DISTRICT’s negligent acts, errors or omissions in its performance under this Agreement. The DISTRICT will obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, the insurance coverage described in Exhibit “A,” insuring not only the DISTRICT and its contractors, if any, but also, with the exception of workers’ compensation and employer’s liability, naming the CITY as an additional insured concerning DISTRICT’s obligations under this Agreement. 4.2 The CITY will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the DISTRICT and its officers, employees, and board members from and against any and all loss, damage, claim or liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or alleged to arise out of the CITY’s negligent acts, errors or omissions under this Agreement. The CITY is a self-insured governmental entity and therefore will not be required to obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, any insurance coverage, unless they are specifically identified in Exhibit “B.” Any such insurance with the exception of workers’ compensation and employer’s liability, will name the DISTRICT as an additional insured concerning CITY’S obligations under this Agreement. Evidence of adequate self-insurance shall be acceptable compliance with this requirement. SECTION 5. NOTICES ATTACHMENT A 130115 dm 00710142A 4 5.1 All notices shall be submitted, in writing, and sent by the United States mail, certified and postage prepaid by private express delivery service, by facsimile transmission followed by delivery of hard copy, or by any other process mutually acceptable to the parties to the addresses stated below or to any other address noticed in writing. To CITY: Office of the City Clerk City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94301 With a copy to: Recreation Division Manager 1305 Middlefield Rd. Palo Alto, CA 94301 To DISTRICT: Superintendent Palo Alto Unified School District 25 Churchill Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94306 SECTION 6. MISCELLANEOUS 6.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 6.2 Either Party may terminate this Agreement upon 120 days’ prior written notice, with or without cause, to the other Party of its intent to terminate this agreement. 6.3 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 6.4 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning its subject matter, and there are no other oral or written agreements between the Parties not incorporated in this Agreement. 6.5 This Agreement shall not be modified, unless the parties first agree to and approve of such modification in writing through a duly authorized amendment. 6.6 If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect. 6.7 The prevailing Party in any action brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement may recover from the other Party its reasonable costs and attorney’s fees expended in connection with such an action. ATTACHMENT A 130115 dm 00710142A 5 6.8 Both Parties shall give their personal attention to the faithful performance of this Agreement and shall not assign, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any right, title or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the other party, and then only subject to such terms and conditions as the other Party may require. A consent to one assignment shall not be deemed to be such a consent to any subsequent assignments. Any assignment without such approval shall void and, at the option of the other party, shall terminate this Agreement and any license or privilege granted herein. This Agreement and any interest herein shall not be assigned by operation of law without the prior written consent of the other Party. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties by their duly appointed representatives have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF PALO ALTO _________________________________ __________________________ Senior Asst. City Attorney City Manager APPROVED: _________________________________ Director of Administrative Services PALO ALTO UNIFIED SCHOOL _________________________________ DISTRICT Director of Community Services By: ___________________________ Name: ___________________________ Title: ____________________________ Attachments: Exhibit “A”: District’s Insurance Requirements Exhibit “B”: City Insurance Requirements CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE Issue Date ADMINISTRATOR: COVERED PARTY: LICENSE # ENTITIES AFFORDING COVERAGE: ENTITY A: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE COVERAGES LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE COVERED PARTY NAMED ABOVE FOR THE PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE COVERAGE AFFORDED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH COVERAGE DOCUMENTS. ENT LTR TYPE OF COVERAGE COVERAGE DOCUMENTS EFFECTIVE/ EXPIRATION DATE MEMBER RETAINED LIMIT / DEDUCTIBLE LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY PROPERTY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT EACH OCCURRENCE STUDENT PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/RESTRICTIONS/SPECIAL PROVISIONS: CERTIFICATE HOLDER: CANCELLATION…...SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED COVERAGES BE CANCELED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING ENTITY/JPA WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL _____ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE ENTITY/JPA, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE [ ] GENERAL LIABILITY [ ] CLAIMS MADE ( ) OCCURRENCE [ ] GOVERNMENT CODES [ ] ERRORS & OMISSIONS [ ] [ ] ANY AUTO [ ] HIRED AUTO [ ] NON-OWNED AUTO [ ] GARAGE LIABILITY [ ] AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE EACH OCCURRENCE OTHER $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ENTITY B: ENTITY C: ENTITY D: ENTITY E: WORKERS COMPENSATION [ ] EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY [ ] WC STATUTORY LIMITS [ ] OTHER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMITS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT EACH OCCURRENCE $ $ $ [ ] ALL RISK [ ] EXCLUDES EARTHQUAKE & FLOOD [ ] BUILDER’S RISK $ $ $ www.eCertsOnline.com EXCESS WORKERS COMPENSATION [ ] EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY $ AFFORDED BY THE COVERAGE DOCUMENTS BELOW. 3 333 NCR 01705-11 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 1,000,00050,000 33333 NCR 01705-11 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 50,000 1,000,000 NCR 01705-11 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 250,000,00050,000 NCR 01705-11 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 50,000 Included Excess Workers Comp WSRSWC00025704 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 500,000 Keenan & Associates 1740 Technology Drive, Suite 300 San Jose, CA 95110 www.keenan.com Northern California ReLiEF A A 10/19/2012 0451271 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 33 A A D Northern California ReLiEF WCX 0034148 03 7/1/2011 7/1/2012 1,000,0003C Arch Insurance Company 3 408-441-0754 Castle Point Insurance Company Graham Grice Palo Alto Unified School District 25 Churchill Avenue Palo Alto CA 94306 City of Palo Alto Recreation and Youth Sciences 1305 Middlefield Road Palo Alto CA 94301 30XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX The City of Palo Alto is named Additional Covered Party as respects to use of facilities at Lucie Stern Community Center for Team building/staff event on December 14, 2012, as scheduled. CERT NO.: 14441806 CLIENT CODE: PALOALTU Marcia Malone 10/19/2012 4:08:37 PM Page 1 of 2 ENDORSEMENT ADDITIONAL COVERED PARTY COVERED PARTY COVERAGE DOCUMENT ADMINISTRATOR Subject to all its terms, conditions, exclusions, and endorsements, such additional covered party as is afforded by the coverage document shall also apply to the following entity but only as respects to liability arising directly from the actions and activities of the covered party described under “as respects” below. Additional Covered Party: As Respects: ____________________________________________ Authorized Representative Issue Date: 10/19/2012 Palo Alto Unified School District NCR 01705-11 Keenan & Associates The City of Palo Alto is named Additional Covered Party as respects to use of facilities at Lucie Stern Community Center for Team building/staff event on December 14, 2012, as scheduled. City of Palo AltoRecreation and Youth Sciences1305 Middlefield RoadPalo Alto CA 94301 CERT NO.: 14441806 CLIENT CODE: PALOALTU Marcia Malone 10/19/2012 4:08:37 PM Page 2 of 2 CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF EVIDENCE ONLY AND CONFERES NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING COVERAGE PROVIDER, AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: IF THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS AN ADDITIONAL COVERED PARTY, THE MEMORANDUM OF COVERAGE MUST BE ENDORSED. A STATEMENT ON THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CONFER RIGHTS TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IN LIEU OF SUCH ENDORSEMENT(S). IMPORTANT: IF SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE AN ENDORSEMENT MAY BE REQUIRED. A STATEMENT ON THE CERTIFICATE DOES NOT CONFER RIGHTS TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IN LIEU OF SUCH ENDORSEMENT(S). NAMED COVERED PARTY PROGRAM AFFORDING COVERAGE A: B: C: COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE COVERAGE IS AFFORDED TO THE ABOVE NAMED MEMBER, AS PROVIDED BY THE MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE, FOR THE PERIOD SHOWN BELOW, NOT WITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE PROGRAM DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE. THE FOLOWING COVERAGE IS IN EFFECT. JPALTR TYPE OF COVERAGE MEMORANDUM NUMBER COVERAGE EFFECTIVEDATE (MM/DD/YY)COVERAGE EXPIRATIONDATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ CLAIMS MADE OCCUR MED EXPENSE (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ GEN’L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ MEMOR-ANDUM PROJECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT(Ea accident) $ ANY AUTO $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE/OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? IF YES, DESCRIBED UNDER SPECIAL PROVISION BELOW WCSTATUTORYLIMITS OTHER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE – EA EMPLOYEE $ E.L. DISEASE – POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL/PROVISIONS CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEMORANDUM(S) OF COVERAGE PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACCEL Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. 100 Pine Street, 11th floor San Francisco CA 94111 ACCEL - City of Palo Alto 250 Hamilton Avenue Attn: Sandra Blanch Palo Alto CA 94303 6/29/2012 A Public Entity Liability ACC1213PAL171 7/1/2012 7/1/2013 $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Per Occur S.I.R. Palo Alto Unified School District, its officers, agents and employees are named as additional insured for liability but only with respect to the use of facilities for City of Palo Alto functions. Palo Alto Unified School District (PAUSD) 25 Churchill Avenue Palo Alto CA 94303 City of Palo Alto (ID # 3552) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: BAO and Award of Contract for CNG Honda Civics Title: Adoption of a Budget Amendment Ordinance in the Amount of $468,283.19 to Fund the Purchase and Make Ready Costs of up to 17 Honda Civic Natural Gas Vehicles and Approval of a Purchase Order with Stevens Creek Honda in an Amount of $459,783.19 to Purchase up to 17 Compressed Natural Gas Honda Civics From: City Manager Lead Department: Public Works Recommendation Staff recommends that Council: 1. Adopt the attached Budget Amendment Ordinance (BAO) in the amount of $468,283.19 to provide an appropriation for the replacement of up to seventeen (17) Honda Civic Natural Gas Vehicles through the Equipment Replacement CIP (VR-13000) and 2. Approve and authorize the City Manager or designee to execute a purchase order with Stevens Creek Honda in the amount of $459,783.19 for the purchase of up to seventeen (17) Compressed Natural Gas Honda Civics. This amount includes $468,283.19 for the vehicles and $8,500 for minor modifications necessary to make these vehicles ready for service. Discussion The vehicle and equipment replacement policy described in City Policy and Procedures 4-1 (Vehicle and Equipment Use, Maintenance, and Replacement), provides for the on-going replacement of City fleet vehicles and equipment. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Replacements are scheduled using guidelines based on age, mileage accumulation, and obsolescence. Audit of Vehicle Utilization and Replacement This purchase is being conducted in keeping with recommendations from the 2010 “Audit of Fleet Replacement and Utilization”, which recommended that when possible, future vehicle replacements be alternative fuel vehicles. The vehicles being replaced through this purchase have, on average, greatly exceeded the minimum mileage accumulation of 2,500 miles or 50 usage hours annually. The Fleet Review Committee (FRC), which is comprised of representatives from the City Manager, Public Works, Fire, Utilities and Administrative Services Departments has reviewed these vehicles proposed for replacement and has authorized their replacement. The FRC approved the replacement of these vehicles in accordance with the audit recommendations. The approval was based on:  An examination of each vehicle’s current usage;  An analysis of each vehicle’s operating and replacement costs;  A comparison of the age, mileage, operating cost and performance of each vehicle with others in the class; and  An analysis of alternatives to ownership, such as mileage reimbursement; pooling/sharing; the reassignment of another underutilized vehicle, or renting. The City’s pool car fleet currently includes 15 compressed natural gas (CNG) fueled sedans. These pool cars are shared by multiple departments and are located at several city facilities including City Hall, Municipal Services Center, Lucie Stern, Elwell Court, and Cubberley Community Center. Unlike gasoline fueled vehicles, CNG vehicles come with fuel tanks that are only certified for use for a limited amount of time. Once the expiration date on the fuel tanks is reached, the CNG vehicles can no longer be operated. At that point, the options are to either have new fuel tanks installed (at a cost of approximately $6,000 per City of Palo Alto Page 3 vehicle) or eliminate the vehicles from the fleet for a considerably low resale value. The City currently operates 15 CNG Honda Civics that have fuel tanks scheduled to expire in 2013. Staff recommends replacing the existing CNG pool cars now while the fuel tanks are still useable so that there is an opportunity to benefit from the resale value. There is currently a strong demand for alternate fueled vehicles which is creating higher than normal resale values on CNG vehicles, as long as the vehicles’ fuel tanks are not yet expired. Because the cost to re-tank a vehicle is more than the resale value, staff does not recommend re- tanking the vehicles. Fourteen of the fifteen current CNG vehicles will be replaced with similar CNG vehicles. One CNG vehicle will be replaced with a non- CNG vehicle to meet the individual department’s specific need for more carrying capacity and longer driving range per tank of gas. Staff is also proposing to expand the use of alternative fuel vehicles and replace two existing gasoline fueled sedans with CNG vehicles. The first vehicle is a 2000 Chevrolet Impala assigned to the Police Department, with an odometer reading of 110,000 miles. Fleet Management staff has realized higher than normal maintenance costs on this vehicle. Policy and Procedures 4-1 recommends that Police staff cars be replaced at 5-years and/or 70,000 miles. This vehicle has exceeded the replacement criteria in both mileage and age. The second vehicle that will be replaced is a sedan that was damaged in a vehicle accident and considered totaled. The final CNG vehicle is designated for the newly hired Fire Chief. To continue expanding the use of alternative fuel, standardize vehicles within the fleet, and to meet the needs of the department, staff recommends that a Honda CNG be purchased for this application. Fleet Management is working toward standardizing vehicles whenever possible to take advantage of efficiency and cost savings related to bidding, equipment mechanic training and parts inventories. The FRC determined that there are no alternatives to outright replacement of the vehicles included in this report. They are each used on a continuous daily basis, are at remote locations, and/or are already being used as part of the shared pool system. There are no similar, underutilized vehicles available to use as replacements for these vehicles. City of Palo Alto Page 4 Bidding and Selection Process On two occasions in 2012 (November 5 and December 5), staff initiated a Request for Quotations (RFQ) to purchase these vehicles. On both occasions, the city received no bids. Staff contacted potential vendors to identify why no bids were received and the response was that vendors were concerned about being able to provide all of the vehicles at one time. Honda is no longer building the 2012 model and does not yet have enough stock of the 2013 models for vendors to commit to obtaining all of the units. Staff then contacted several vendors to obtain individual pricing and identify workable delivery schedules. Pricing from the three lowest bidders was: Oxnard Honda $26,417 per car plus tax and License Anderson Honda $25,707 per car plus tax and license Stevens Creek Honda $24,744 per car plus tax and license Staff has reviewed all informal bids submitted and recommends that the bid submitted by Stevens Creek Honda be declared as the lowest bidder. Stevens Creek Honda will acquire as many vehicles as are available with the goal of purchasing seventeen cars. If seventeen cars are not available, Palo Alto will purchase as many vehicles as possible and the remainder of the cars will be purchased later in the year. As of February 6, 2013, there are enough cars available for this purchase. Staff met with Stevens Creek Honda staff and has also checked references supplied by the vendor for previous contracts and has found no significant complaints. Resource Impact The attached Budget Amendment Ordinance will provide for the transfer of funding from the Vehicle Replacement Fund Reserve into the current year’s Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacement CIP (VR-13000). As a result of this appropriation, the Vehicle Replacement Fund Reserve will decrease to $6,697,584. City of Palo Alto Page 5 Policy Implications Authorization of the contract does not represent any change to the existing policy. Purchase of these vehicles supports Comprehensive Plan(s) N5, N40 and N41 by supporting the use of alternative fuel vehicles and also removing older, more polluting vehicles from the roadways and replacing them with newer, more efficient ones. Environmental Review The vehicles being supplied are in conformance with all applicable emissions laws and regulations. Accordingly, this purchase is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act under the CEQA guidelines (Section 15061). Attachments:  Attachment A- Budget Amendment Ordinance (DOC) ORDINANCE NO.xxxx ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 2013 TO PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATION OF $468,283 TO CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM PROJECT NUMBER VR-13000, SCHEDULED VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENTS The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ordain as follows: SECTION 1. The Council of the City of Palo Alto finds and determines as follows: A. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 12 of Article III of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto, the Council on June 18, 2012 did adopt a budget for fiscal year 2013; and B. City policy on vehicle and equipment replacement provides for the on-going replacement of City fleet vehicles and equipment. Specifically, Policy 4-1 prescribes replacement intervals using guidelines based on age, mileage accumulation, and obsolescence; and C. The Fleet Review Committee (FRC) approved the purchase of seventeen Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Honda Civics for $459,783 to replace fifteen CNG-fueled sedans and two gasoline-fueled sedans. Funding for these vehicles was not included in VR-13000 Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacements; and D. Funding of $8,500 is needed for minor modifications to make these vehicles ready for service; and E. These purchases are being conducted with full consideration for the Audit of Vehicle Utilization and Replacement which was conducted by the City Auditor; and F. City Council authorization is needed to amend the 2013 budget as hereinafter set forth. SECTION 2. The sum of Four Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($468,283) is hereby appropriated to CIP Project Number VR-13000. SECTION 3. The Vehicle Replacement Fund Reserve is hereby reduced by Four Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Three Dollars ($468,283) to Six Million Six Hundred Ninety-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Eighty-Four Dollars ($6,697,584). SECTION 4. As specified in Section 2.28.080(a) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, a two-thirds vote of the City Council is required to adopt this ordinance. SECTION 5. As provided in Section 2.04.330 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, this ordinance shall become effective upon adoption. SECTION 6. The vehicles being purchased are in compliance with all applicable emissions laws and regulations. Accordingly, this purchase is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act under the CEQA guidelines (Section 15061). INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSTENTIONS: ABSENT: ATTEST: _________________________ City Clerk __________________________ Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: _________________________ Senior Assistant City Attorney __________________________ City Manager __________________________ Director of Public Works __________________________ Director of Administrative Services City of Palo Alto (ID # 3477) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: 60kV Reconductoring from Quarry Sub to Encina Title: Approval and Authorization of the City Manager to execute an Electric Enterprise Fund Construction Contract with PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc. in the Amount of $961,460 to Rebuild a Portion of the 60kV Overhead Transmission System From: City Manager Lead Department: Utilities Recommendation Staff recommends that Council approve and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute the attached construction contract with PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc., in the amount of $961,460 to rebuild the 60kV overhead electric conductor system from the Quarry Electric Substation to Encina Avenue. Staff recommends that Council approve and authorize the City Manager or his designee to negotiate and execute one or more change orders to the contract with PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc., for related, additional but unforeseen, work which may develop during the project; the total of which shall not exceed $96,146 (10% of contract amount). Background This is the second phase of a multiyear Capital Improvement Program, EL-11015, to rebuild a section of the 60kV electric system. This project will install higher capacity conductor and new insulators in a section of the 60kV system; eliminating overloading of this section of conductor during emergencies. Discussion City of Palo Alto Page 2 The work to be performed under this contract involves the replacement of 5,000 feet of overhead transmission conductor from Quarry Substation to Encina Avenue. Removing the existing conductor and installing a new lightweight conductor, ACCR (Aluminum Conductor Composite Reinforcement) increases the transmission line capacity without requiring the replacement of any poles in this section of the circuit. Reuse of the existing poles reduces the cost of the work. Included in the contract are the construction activities necessary to install alternate electric feeds to customers impacted during construction, new conductors, and associated hardware. This includes labor, equipment, material and management of all field activities in coordination with the City’s Utilities Electric Operation’s staff and Transportation Division. The construction portion of the project is being contracted out as there are insufficient resources within the Utilities Department to construct these larger projects. The following table is a summary of the bid process: Bid Name / Number 60kV Reconductoring With ACCR on City’s Overhead Electric Sub-Transmission System IFB – 148111 Proposed Length of Project 3 months Number of Bids Mailed to Contractors 10 Number of Bids Mailed to Builder’s Exchanges 13 Total Days to Respond to Bid 27 Pre-Bid Meeting Yes, Dec. 19, 2012 Number of Company Attendees at Pre-Bid Meeting 6 Number of Bids Received 3 Bid Price Range From $961,460 to $1,977,639 * Bid summary provided as attachment. Staff has reviewed all bids submitted (Attachment B: Bid Summary) and recommends that the bid of $961,460 submitted by PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc. be accepted and that PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc. be declared the lowest responsible bidder by Council. The contingency amount of $96,146, which equals 10% of the total contract, is requested for additional unforeseen work that may develop during the project. City of Palo Alto Page 3 Staff confirmed with the Contractor’s State License Board that the recommended contractor has an active license on file. Staff checked references supplied by the contractor for previous work performed and found all to be satisfactory. Timeline Construction is scheduled to begin the week of July 1, 2013 and is to be completed within 90 days. Resource Impact Funds for this capital improvement project are available in the Electric Enterprise Fund’s FY2012 – 2013 60kV Reconductoring Project (EL-11015) budget. Policy Implications The approval of this contract is consistent with existing City policies, including the Council approved Utilities Strategic Plan Key Strategy No. 1 to ensure a high level of system reliability in a cost effective and timely manner and, Objective No. 1, to enhance customer satisfaction and utility infrastructure. Environmental Review This project is categorically exempt from California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines section 15302 (replacement or reconstruction of existing utility systems and/or facilities involving negligible or no expansion of capacity). Attachments:  Attachment A: Contract C13148111 (PDF)  Attachment B: Bid Summary (PDF)  Attachment C: Map (PDF)                                  Rev. July 2012                CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT    Contract No. C13148111        City of Palo Alto    and    PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.       PROJECT    “Reconductoring 60 kV from Quarry Substation to Encina”                                  Rev. July 2012       CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT             TABLE OF CONTENTS      SECTION 1. INCORPORATION OF RECITALS AND DEFINITIONS……………………………….. .................... 5  1.1 Recitals ................................................................................................................  5  1.2 Definitions ...........................................................................................................  5  SECTION 2. THE PROJECT……………………………………………………………………………… .............................. 5  SECTION 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS…………………………………………………………. ......................... 5            3.1           List of Documents …………………………………………………………………………………………. ..... 5            3.2           Order of Precedence …………………………………………………………………………… ................ 6  SECTION 4. THE WORK ………………………………………………………………………………… .............................. 6  SECTION 5. PROJECT TEAM ………………………………………………………………………….. ............................. 7  SECTION 6. TIME OF COMPLETION ………………………………………………………………….. .......................... 7  6.1 Time Is of Essence ........................................................................................ ……… 7  6.2 Commencement of Work .....................................................................................  7  6.3 Contract Time .......................................................................................................  7  6.4 Liquidated Damages .............................................................................................  7  6.4.1 Entitlement…………………………………………………………………………………………….   7  6.4.2 Daily Amount………………………………………………………………………………………….   7  6.4.3 Exclusive Remedy…………………………………………………………………………………..   7  6.4.4 Other Remedies…………………………………………………………………………………...     7  6.5 Adjustments to Contract Time ........................................................................... … 8  SECTION 7. COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR………………………………………………………………………...  8  7.1 Contract Sum ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8  7.2 Full Compensation …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8  7.3 Compensation for Extra or Deleted Work …………………………………………………………….8  7.3.1 Self Performed Work………………………………………………………………………………… 8  7.3.2 Subcontractors…………………………………………………………………………………………. 8  SECTION 8. STANDARD OF CARE ...................................................................................................   10  SECTION 9. INDEMNIFICATION ...................................................................................................... 10  9.1 Hold Harmless…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10  9.2 Survival………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 10  SECTION 10. NONDISCRIMINATION .............................................................................................. 10  SECTION 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS .......................................................................................... 11                                  Rev. July 2012  SECTION 12. PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS .......................................................................... 11  SECTION 13. NOTICES .................................................................................................................... 11  13.1 Method of Notice ………………………………………………………………………………………………..11  13.2 Notice Recipients .................................................................................................   11  13.3 Change of Address ...............................................................................................  12  14.1 Resolution of Contract Disputes ...........................................................................  12  14.2 Resolution of Other Disputes ...............................................................................  12  14.2.1 Non‐Contract Disputes ……………………………………………………………………………….12  14.2.2 Litigation, City Election ……………………………………………………...........................13    14.3 Submission of Contract Dispute …………………………………………………………………………..13  14.3.1 By Contractor …………………………………………………………………………………………. 13  14.3.2 By City ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13    14.4 Contract Dispute Resolution Process ............................................................... …… 13  14.4.1 Direct Negotiation………………………………………………………………………… ………….13  14.4.2 Deferral of Contract Disputes …………………………………………………………………   14  14.4.3 Mediation ………………………………………………………………………………………………….14  14.4.4 Binding Arbitration ……………………………………………………………………………………15    14.5 Non‐Waiver …………………………………………………………………………………………………………16  SECTION 15. DEFAULT ................................................................................................................... 16  15.1 Notice of Default ..................................................................................................  16  15.2 Opportunity to Cure Default ................................................................................  16  SECTION 16. CITY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .................................................................................. 16  16.1 Remedies Upon Default .......................................................................................  16  16.1.1 Delete Certain Servic………………………………………………………...........................16  16.1.2 Perform and Withhold ……………………………………………………………………………. 16  16.1.3 Suspend The Construction Contract ………………………………………………………….16  16.1.4 Terminate the Construction Contract for Default ……………………………………..17  16.1.5 Invoke the Performance Bond ………………………………………………………………….17  16.1.6 Additional Provisions ……………………………………………………………………………….17    16.2 Delays by Sureties ................................................................................................  17  16.3 Damages to City ...................................................................................................  17  16.3.1 For Contractor's Default …………………………………………………………………………..17  16.3.2 Compensation for Losses ………………………………………………………………………….17    16.5 Suspension by City for Convenience .....................................................................  18  16.6 Termination Without Cause .................................................................................  18                                  Rev. July 2012  16.6.1 Compensation ………………………………………………………………………………………….18  16.6.2 Subcontractors …………………………………………………………………………………………18    16.7 Contractor’s Duties Upon Termination .................................................................  19  SECTION 17. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ................................................................... 19  17.1 Contractor’s Remedies .........................................................................................  19  17.1.1 For Work Stoppage ………………………………………………………………………………….. 19  17.1.2 For City's Non‐Payment …………………………………………………………………………… 19    17.2 Damages to Contractor ........................................................................................  19  SECTION 18. ACCOUNTING RECORDS ............................................................................................ 19  18.1 Financial Management and City Access .......................................................... ……. 19  18.2 Compliance with City Requests ........................................................................ …. 20  SECTION 19. INDEPENDENT PARTIES ............................................................................................. 20  SECTION 20. NUISANCE ................................................................................................................. 20  SECTION 21. PERMITS AND LICENSES ............................................................................................ 20  SECTION 22. WAIVER .................................................................................................................... 20  SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW ..................................................................................................... 20  SECTION 24. COMPLETE AGREEMENT ........................................................................................... 21  SECTION 25. SURVIVAL OF CONTRACT .......................................................................................... 21  SECTION 26. PREVAILING WAGES .................................................................................................. 21  SECTION 27. NON APPROPRIATION .............................................................................................. 21  SECTION 28. GOVERNMENTAL POWERS ........................................................................................ 21  SECTION 29. ATTORNEY FEES ........................................................................................................ 21  SECTION 30. COUNTERPARTS ........................................................................................................ 21  SECTION 31. SEVERABILITY ........................................................................................................... 21                               Rev. July 2012    CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT    THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT entered into on March 4, 2013 (“Execution Date”) by and between the  CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation ("City"), and PAR ELECTRICAL  CONTRACTORS, INC., 1416 Midway Road, Vacaville, CA 95688, a Missouri corporation ("Contractor"), is  made with reference to the following:    R E C I T A L S:    A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of  California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the  State of California and the Charter of City.    B. Contractor is a corporation duly organized and in good standing in the State of Missouri,  Contractor’s License Number 687343. Contractor represents that it is duly licensed by the State of  California and has the background, knowledge, experience and expertise to perform the obligations set  forth in this Construction Contract.    C. On December 11, 2012, City issued an Invitation for Bids (IFB) to contractors for the  Reconductoring 60 kV from Quarry Substation to Encina (“Project”).  In response to the IFB, Contractor  submitted a bid.    D. City and Contractor desire to enter into this Construction Contract for the Project, and other  services as identified in the Bid Documents for the Project upon the following terms and conditions.    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings hereinafter set forth  and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows:    SECTION 1 INCORPORATION OF RECITALS AND DEFINITIONS.    1.1 Recitals.    All of the recitals are incorporated herein by reference.    1.2 Definitions.    Capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Construction Contract and/or in the  General Conditions.  If there is a conflict between the definitions in this Construction Contract and  in the General Conditions, the definitions in this Construction Contract shall prevail.  SECTION 2 THE PROJECT.    The Project is the construction of the Reconductoring 60 kV from Quarry Substation to Encina ("Project").    SECTION 3 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.    3.1  List of Documents.  The Contract Documents (sometimes collectively referred to as “Agreement” or “Bid Documents”) consist  of the following documents which are on file with the Purchasing Division and are hereby incorporated by  reference.       1) Change Orders                             Rev. July 2012    2) Field Change Orders    3) Contract    4) Project Plans and Drawings    5) Technical Specifications    6) Special Provisions  7)    Notice Inviting Bids  8)    Instructions to Bidders  9)    General Conditions  10) Bidding Addenda  11) Invitation for Bids    12) Contractor's Bid/Non‐Collusion Affidavit    13)   Reports listed in the Bidding Documents    14)   Public Works Department’s Standard Drawings and Specifications dated 2007 and                updated from time to time    15) Utilities Department’s Water, Gas, Wastewater, Electric Utilities Standards dated 2005  and updated from time to time    16)  City of Palo Alto Traffic Control Requirements    17)  City of Palo Alto Truck Route Map and Regulations    18)  Notice Inviting Pre‐Qualification Statements, Pre‐Qualification Statement, and Pre‐  Qualification Checklist (if applicable)    19)  Performance and Payment Bonds    20)  Insurance Forms      3.2  Order of Precedence.    For the purposes of construing, interpreting and resolving inconsistencies between and among the  provisions of this Contract, the Contract Documents shall have the order of precedence as set forth in the  preceding section.  If a claimed inconsistency cannot be resolved through the order of precedence, the City  shall have the sole power to decide which document or provision shall govern as may be in the best  interests of the City.  SECTION 4 THE WORK.    The Work includes all labor, materials, equipment, services, permits, fees, licenses and taxes, and all other  things necessary for Contractor to perform its obligations and complete the Project, including, without                           Rev. July 2012    limitation, any Changes approved by City, in accordance with the Contract Documents and all Applicable  Code Requirements.    SECTION 5 PROJECT TEAM.    In addition to Contractor, City has retained, or may retain, consultants and contractors to provide  professional and technical consultation for the design and construction of the Project.  The Project requires  that Contractor operate efficiently, effectively and cooperatively with City as well as all other members of  the Project Team and other contractors retained by City to construct other portions of the Project.    SECTION 6 TIME OF COMPLETION.  6.1 Time Is of Essence.    Time is of the essence with respect to all time limits set forth in the Contract Documents.    6.2 Commencement of Work.    Contractor shall commence the Work on the date specified in City’s Notice to Proceed.       6.3 Contract Time.    Work hereunder shall begin on the date specified on the City’s Notice to Proceed and shall be  completed not later than May 30, 2013.    6.4 Liquidated Damages.    6.4.1 Entitlement.    City and Contractor acknowledge and agree that if Contractor fails to fully and  satisfactorily complete the Work within the Contract Time, City will suffer, as a result of  Contractor’s failure, substantial damages which are both extremely difficult and  impracticable to ascertain.  Such damages may include, but are not limited to:  (i) Loss of public confidence in City and its contractors and consultants.  (ii) Loss of public use of public facilities.  (iii) Extended disruption to public.  6.4.2 Daily Amount.    City and Contractor have reasonably endeavored, but failed, to ascertain the actual  damage that City will incur if Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the  entire Work within the Contract Time.  Therefore, the parties agree that in addition to all  other damages to which City may be entitled other than delay damages, in the event  Contractor shall fail to achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work within the  Contract Time, Contractor shall pay City as liquidated damages the amount of $500 per  day for each Day occurring after the expiration of the Contract Time until Contractor  achieves Substantial Completion of the entire Work.  The liquidated damages amount is  not a penalty but considered to be a reasonable estimate of the amount of damages City  will suffer by delay in completion of the Work.    6.4.3 Exclusive Remedy.    City and Contractor acknowledge and agree that this liquidated damages provision shall  be City’s only remedy for delay damages caused by Contractor’s failure to achieve  Substantial Completion of the entire Work within the Contract Time.    6.4.4 Other Remedies.    City is entitled to any and all available legal and equitable remedies City may have where  City’s Losses are caused by any reason other than Contractor’s failure to achieve  Substantial Completion of the entire Work within the Contract Time.                             Rev. July 2012    6.5 Adjustments to Contract Time.    The Contract Time may only be adjusted for time extensions approved by City and agreed to by  Change Order executed by City and Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the  Contract Documents.  SECTION 7 COMPENSATION TO CONTRACTOR.    7.1 Contract Sum.    Contractor shall be compensated for satisfactory completion of the Work in compliance with the  Contract Documents the Contract Sum of Nine Hundred Sixty One Thousand Four Hundred Sixty  Dollars ($961,460).         7.2 Full Compensation.    The Contract Sum shall be full compensation to Contractor for all Work provided by Contractor  and, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of the Contract Documents, shall cover  all Losses arising out of the nature of the Work or from the acts of the elements or any unforeseen  difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in performance of the Work until  its Acceptance by City, all risks connected with the Work, and any and all expenses incurred due to  suspension or discontinuance of the Work.  The Contract Sum may only be adjusted for Change  Orders issued, executed and satisfactorily performed in accordance with the requirements of the  Contract Documents.    7.3 Compensation for Extra or Deleted Work.    The Contract Sum shall be adjusted (either by addition or credit) for Changes in the Work involving  Extra Work or Deleted Work based on one or more of the following methods to be selected by  City:  1. Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or agreed upon by City and Contractor,   which unit prices shall be deemed to include Contractor Markup and   Subcontractor/Sub‐subcontractor Markups permitted by this Section.    2. A lump sum agreed upon by City and Contractor, based on the estimated Allowable   Costs and Contractor Markup and Subcontractor Markup computed in accordance   with this Section.    3. Contractor’s Allowable Costs, plus Contractor Markup and Subcontractor Markups   applicable to such Extra Work computed in accordance with this Section.    Contractor Markup and Subcontractor/Sub‐subcontractor Markups set forth herein are the full  amount of compensation to be added for Extra Work or to be subtracted for Deleted Work that is  attributable to overhead (direct and indirect) and profit of Contractor and of its Subcontractors  and Sub‐subcontractors, of every Tier.  When using this payment methodology, Contractor  Markup and Subcontractor/Sub‐subcontractor Markups, which shall not be compounded, shall be  computed as follows:    7.3.1 Markup Self‐Performed Work.    10% of the Allowable Costs for that portion of the Extra Work or Deleted Work to be  performed by Contractor with its own forces.    7.3.2 Markup for Work Performed by Subcontractors.    15% of the Allowable Costs for that portion of the Extra Work or Deleted Work to be  performed by a first Tier Subcontractor.                                 Rev. July 2012    SECTION 8 STANDARD OF CARE.    Contractor agrees that the Work shall be performed by qualified, experienced and well‐supervised  personnel.  All services performed in connection with this Construction Contract shall be performed in a  manner consistent with the standard of care under California law applicable to those who specialize in  providing such services for projects of the type, scope and complexity of the Project.     SECTION 9 INDEMNIFICATION.    9.1 Hold Harmless.    To the fullest extent allowed by law, Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless City, its  City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, employees, representatives and volunteers  (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Indemnitees"), through legal counsel acceptable to City,  from and against any and all Losses arising directly or indirectly from, or in any manner relating to  any of, the following:  (i) Performance or nonperformance of the Work by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub‐ subcontractors, of any tier;  (ii) Performance or nonperformance by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub‐ subcontractors of any tier, of any of the obligations under the Contract Documents;  (iii) The construction activities of Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub‐subcontractors, of  any tier, either on the Site or on other properties;  (iv) The payment or nonpayment by Contractor to any of its employees, Subcontractors or  Sub‐subcontractors of any tier, for Work performed on or off the Site for the Project; and  (v) Any personal injury, property damage or economic loss to third persons associated with  the performance or nonperformance by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub‐ subcontractors of any tier, of the Work.    However, nothing herein shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any Indemnitee for Losses  resulting from the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee.  Contractor  shall pay City for any costs City incurs to enforce this provision.  Nothing in the Contract  Documents shall be construed to give rise to any implied right of indemnity in favor of Contractor  against City or any other Indemnitee.    9.2 Survival.    The provisions of Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Construction Contract.    SECTION 10 NONDISCRIMINATION.    As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.30.510, Contractor certifies that in the performance of  this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person because of the race, skin color,  gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status,  familial status, weight or height of such person. Contractor acknowledges that it has read and understands  the provisions of Section 2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relating to Nondiscrimination  Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and will comply with all requirements of Section  2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment.                             Rev. July 2012    SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS.    On or before the Execution Date, Contractor shall provide City with evidence that it has obtained insurance  and Performance and Payment Bonds satisfying all requirements in Article 11 of the General Conditions.   Failure to do so shall be deemed a material breach of this Construction Contract.    SECTION 12 PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS.    City is entering into this Construction Contract based upon the stated experience and qualifications of the  Contractor and its subcontractors set forth in Contractor’s Bid.  Accordingly, Contractor shall not assign,  hypothecate or transfer this Construction Contract or any interest therein directly or indirectly, by  operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of City. Any assignment, hypothecation or  transfer without said consent shall be null and void.    The sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of  Contractor or of any general partner or joint venturer or syndicate member of Contractor, if the Contractor  is a partnership or joint venture or syndicate or co‐tenancy shall result in changing the control of  Contractor, shall be construed as an assignment of this Construction Contract. Control means more than  fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation or other entity.     SECTION 13 NOTICES.    13.1 Method of Notice.    All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under this Construction Contract shall be given in  writing and shall be deemed served on the earlier of the following:  (i) On the date delivered if delivered personally;  (ii) On the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and   addressed as hereinafter provided;   (iii) On the date sent if sent by facsimile transmission;   (iv) On the date sent if delivered by electronic mail; or   (v) On the date it is accepted or rejected if sent by certified mail.     13.2 Notice Recipients.     All notices, demands or requests (including, without limitation, Claims) from Contractor to City   shall include the Project name and the number of this Construction Contract and shall be   addressed to City at:      To City:  City of Palo Alto     City Clerk     250 Hamilton Avenue     P.O. Box 10250     Palo Alto, CA 94303     Copy to:  City of Palo Alto     Utilities Engineering  250 Hamilton Avenue  Palo Alto, CA 94301  Attn: Jim Bujtor                             Rev. July 2012       In addition, copies of all Claims by Contractor under this Construction Contract shall be provided  to the following:    Palo Alto City Attorney’s Office  250 Hamilton Avenue  P.O. Box 10250  Palo Alto, California 94303       All Claims shall be delivered personally or sent by certified mail.    All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to:    PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.  1416 Midway Road  Vacaville, CA  95688      13.3 Change of Address.    In the event of any change of address, the moving party shall notify the other party of the change  of address in writing.  Each party may, by written notice only, add, delete or replace any  individuals to whom and addresses to which notice shall be provided.    SECTION 14 DISPUTE RESOLUTION.     14.1 Resolution of Contract Disputes.    Contract Disputes shall be resolved by the parties in accordance with the provisions of this Section  14, in lieu of any and all rights under the law that either party have its rights adjudged by a trial  court or jury.  All Contract Disputes shall be subject to the Contract Dispute Resolution Process set  forth in this Section 14, which shall be the exclusive  recourse of Contractor and City for such  Contract Disputes.    14.2 Resolution of Other Disputes.     14.2.1 Non‐Contract Disputes.    Contract Disputes shall not include any of the following:  (i) Penalties or forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulation imposed by a  governmental agency;  (ii) Third party tort claims for personal injury, property damage or death relating to  any Work performed by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub‐subcontractors  of any tier;  (iii) False claims liability under California Government Code Section 12650, et. seq.;  (iv) Defects in the Work first discovered by City after Final Payment by City to  Contractor;  (v) Stop notices; or  (vi) The right of City to specific performance or injunctive relief to compel  performance of any provision of the Contract Documents.                             Rev. July 2012    14.2.2 Litigation, City Election.    Matters that do not constitute Contract Disputes shall be resolved by way of an action  filed in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Santa Clara, and shall not  be subject to the Contract Dispute Resolution Process. However, the City reserves the  right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to treat such disputes as Contract Disputes.  Upon written notice by City of its election as provided in the preceding sentence, such  dispute shall be submitted by the parties and finally decided pursuant to the Contract  Dispute Resolution Process in the manner as required for Contract Disputes, including,  without limitation, City’s right under Paragraph 14.4.2 to defer resolution and final  determination until after Final Completion of the Work.    14.3 Submission of Contract Dispute.    14.3.1 By Contractor.    Contractors may commence the Contract Dispute Resolution Process upon City's written  response denying all or part of a Claim pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.9 or 4.2.10 of the  General Conditions.  Contractor shall submit a written Statement of Contract Dispute (as  set forth below) to City within seven (7) Days after City rejects all or a portion of  Contractor's Claim.  Failure by Contractor to submit its Statement of Contract Dispute in a  timely manner shall result in City’s decision by City on the Claim becoming final and  binding.  Contractor’s Statement of Contract Dispute shall be signed under penalty of  perjury and shall state with specificity the events or circumstances giving rise to the  Contract Dispute, the dates of their occurrence and the asserted effect on the Contract  Sum and the Contract Time.  The Statement of Contract Dispute shall include adequate  supporting data to substantiate the disputed Claim.  Adequate supporting data for a  Contract Dispute relating to an adjustment of the Contract Time shall include both of the  following:  (i) All of the scheduling data required to be submitted by Contractor under the  Contract Documents to obtain extensions of time and adjustments to the  Contract Time and  (ii) A detailed, event‐by‐event description of the impact of each event on  completion of Work.  Adequate data to support a Statement of Contract Dispute  involving an adjustment of the Contract Sum must include both of the following:   (a) A detailed cost breakdown and   (b) Supporting cost data in such form and including such information and   other supporting data as required under the Contract Documents for   submission of Change Order Requests and Claims.  14.3.2 By City.    City's right to commence the Contract Dispute Resolution Process shall arise at any time  following City's actual discovery of the circumstances giving rise to the Contract Dispute.   City asserts Contract Disputes in response to a Contract Dispute asserted by Contractor.   A Statement of Contract Dispute submitted by City shall state the events or  circumstances giving rise to the Contract Dispute, the dates of their occurrence and the  damages or other relief claimed by City as a result of such events.    14.4 Contract Dispute Resolution Process.    The parties shall utilize each of the following steps in the Contract Dispute Resolution  Process in the sequence they appear below.  Each party shall participate fully and in good  faith in each step in the Contract Dispute Resolution Process, and good faith effort shall  be a condition precedent to the right of each party to proceed to the next step in the  process.    14.4.1 Direct Negotiations.    Designated representatives of City and Contractor shall meet as soon as possible (but not  later than ten (10) Days after receipt of the Statement of Contract Dispute) in a good                           Rev. July 2012    faith effort to negotiate a resolution to the Contract Dispute.  Each party shall be  represented in such negotiations by an authorized representative with full knowledge of  the details of the Claims or defenses being asserted by such party in the negotiations,  and with full authority to resolve such Contract Dispute then and there, subject only to  City’s obligation to obtain administrative and/or City Council approval of any agreed  settlement or resolution.  If the Contract Dispute involves the assertion of a right or claim  by a Subcontractor or Sub‐subcontractor, of any tier, against Contractor that is in turn  being asserted by Contractor against City (“Pass‐Through Claim”), then the Subcontractor  or Sub‐Subcontractor shall also have a representative attend the negotiations, with the  same authority and knowledge as described above.  Upon completion of the meeting, if  the Contract Dispute is not resolved, the parties may either continue the negotiations or  any party may declare negotiations ended.  All discussions that occur during such  negotiations and all documents prepared solely for the purpose of such negotiations shall  be confidential and privileged pursuant to California Evidence Code Sections 1119 and  1152.    14.4.2 Deferral of Contract Disputes.    Following the completion of the negotiations required by Paragraph 14.4.1, all  unresolved Contract Disputes shall be deferred pending Final Completion of the Project,  subject to City’s right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to require that the Contract  Dispute Resolution Process proceed prior to Final Completion.  All Contract Disputes that  have been deferred until Final Completion shall be consolidated within a reasonable time  after Final Completion and thereafter pursued to resolution pursuant to this Contract  Dispute Resolution Process. The parties can continue informal negotiations of Contract  Disputes; provided, however, that such informal negotiations shall not be alter the  provisions of the Agreement deferring final determination and resolution of unresolved  Contract Disputes until after Final Completion.    14.4.3 Mediation.    If the Contract Dispute remains unresolved after negotiations pursuant to Paragraph  14.4.1, the parties shall submit the Contract Dispute to non‐binding mediation before a  mutually acceptable third party mediator.    .1 Qualifications of Mediator.  The parties shall endeavor to select a mediator who  is a retired judge or an attorney with at least five (5) years of experience in  public works construction contract law and in mediating public works  construction disputes.  In addition, the mediator shall have at least twenty (20)  hours of formal training in mediation skills.    .2 Submission to Mediation and Selection of Mediator.  The party initiating  mediation of a Contract Dispute shall provide written notice to the other party  of its decision to mediate.  In the event the parties are unable to agree upon a  mediator within fifteen (15) Days after the receipt of such written notice, then  the parties shall submit the matter to the American Arbitration Association  (AAA) at its San Francisco Regional Office for selection of a mediator in  accordance with the AAA Construction Industry Mediation Rules.    .3 Mediation Process.  The location of the mediation shall be at the offices of City.   The costs of mediation shall be shared equally by both parties.  The mediator  shall provide an independent assessment on the merits of the Contract Dispute  and recommendations for resolution.  All discussions that occur during the  mediation and all documents prepared solely for the purpose of the mediation  shall be confidential and privileged pursuant to California Evidence Code  Sections 1119 and 1152.                             Rev. July 2012    14.4.4 Binding Arbitration.    If the Contract Dispute is not resolved by mediation, then any party may submit the  Contract Dispute for final and binding arbitration pursuant to the provisions of California  Public Contract Code Sections 10240, et seq.  The award of the arbitrator therein shall be  final and may be entered as a judgment by any court of competent jurisdiction.  Such  arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the following:    .1 Arbitration Initiation.  The arbitration shall be initiated by filing a complaint in  arbitration in accordance with the regulations promulgated pursuant to  California Public Contract Code Section 10240.5.    .2 Qualifications of the Arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall be approved by all parties.  The arbitrator shall be a retired judge or an attorney with at least five (5) years  of experience in public works construction contract law and in arbitrating public  works construction disputes.  In addition, the arbitrator shall have at least  twenty (20) hours of formal training in arbitration skills.  In the event the parties  cannot agree upon an arbitrator, the provisions of California Public Contract  Code Section 10240.3 shall be followed in selecting an arbitrator possessing the  qualifications required herein.    .3 Hearing Days and Location.  Arbitration hearings shall be held at the offices of  City and shall, except for good cause shown to and determined by the arbitrator,  be conducted on consecutive business days, without interruption or  continuance.    .4 Hearing Delays.  Arbitration hearings shall not be delayed except upon good  cause shown.    .5 Recording Hearings.  All hearings to receive evidence shall be recorded by a  certified stenographic reporter, with the costs thereof borne equally by City and  Contractor and allocated by the arbitrator in the final award.    .6 Limitation of Depositions.  The parties may conduct discovery in accordance  with the provisions of section 10240.11 of the Public Contract Code; provided,  however, that depositions shall be limited to both of the following:    (i) Ten (10) percipient witnesses for each party and 5 expert witnesses per  party.      Upon a showing of good cause, the arbitrator may increase the number of  permitted depositions.  An individual who is both percipient and expert shall, for  purposes of applying the foregoing numerical limitation only, be deemed an  expert.  Expert reports shall be exchanged prior to receipt of evidence, in  accordance with the direction of the arbitrator, and expert reports (including  initial and rebuttal reports) not so submitted shall not be admissible as  evidence.    .7 Authority of the Arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall have the authority to hear  dispositive motions and issue interim orders and interim or executory awards.                             Rev. July 2012    .8 Waiver of Jury Trial.  Contractor and City each voluntarily waives its right to a  jury trial with respect to any Contract Dispute that is subject to binding  arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 14.4.4.   Contractor shall include this provision in its contracts with its Subcontractors  who provide any portion of the Work.    14.5 Non‐Waiver.    Participation in the Contract Dispute Resolution Process shall not waive, release or compromise  any defense of City, including, without limitation, any defense based on the assertion that the  rights or Claims of Contractor that are the basis of a Contract Dispute were previously waived by  Contractor due to Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents, including, without  limitation, Contractor’s failure to comply with any time periods for providing notice of requests  for adjustments of the Contract Sum or Contract Time or for submission of Claims or supporting  documentation of Claims.    SECTION 15 DEFAULT.    15.1 Notice of Default.    In the event that City determines, in its sole discretion, that Contractor has failed or refused to  perform any of the obligations set forth in the Contract Documents, or is in breach of any  provision of the Contract Documents, City may give written notice of default to Contractor in the  manner specified for the giving of notices in the Construction Contract.    15.2 Opportunity to Cure Default.  Except for emergencies, Contractor shall cure any default in performance of its obligations under  the Contract Documents within two (2) Days (or such shorter time as City may reasonably require)  after receipt of written notice.  However, if the breach cannot be reasonably cured within such  time, Contractor will commence to cure the breach within two (2) Days (or such shorter time as  City may reasonably require) and will diligently and continuously prosecute such cure to  completion within a reasonable time, which shall in no event be later than ten (10) Days after  receipt of such written notice.  SECTION 16 CITY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.    16.1 Remedies Upon Default.    If Contractor fails to cure any default of this Construction Contract within the time period set forth  above in Section 15, then City may pursue any remedies available under law or equity, including,  without limitation, the following:    16.1.1 Delete Certain Services.    City may, without terminating the Construction Contract, delete certain portions of the Work,  reserving to itself all rights to Losses related thereto.    16.1.2 Perform and Withhold.    City may, without terminating the Construction Contract, engage others to perform the Work or  portion of the Work that has not been adequately performed by Contractor and withhold the cost  thereof to City from future payments to Contractor, reserving to itself all rights to Losses related  thereto.    16.1.3 Suspend The Construction Contract.    City may, without terminating the Construction Contract and reserving to itself all rights to Losses  related thereto, suspend all or any portion of this Construction Contract for as long a period of  time as City determines, in its sole discretion, appropriate, in which event City shall have no                           Rev. July 2012    obligation to adjust the Contract Sum or Contract Time, and shall have no liability to Contractor  for damages if City directs Contractor to resume Work.    16.1.4 Terminate the Construction Contract for Default.    City shall have the right to terminate this Construction Contract, in whole or in part, upon the  failure of Contractor to promptly cure any default as required by Section 15.  City’s election to  terminate the Construction Contract for default shall be communicated by giving Contractor a  written notice of termination in the manner specified for the giving of notices in the Construction  Contract.  Any notice of termination given to Contractor by City shall be effective immediately,  unless otherwise provided therein.    16.1.5 Invoke the Performance Bond.    City may, with or without terminating the Construction Contract and reserving to itself all rights to  Losses related thereto, exercise its rights under the Performance Bond.    16.1.6 Additional Provisions.    All of City’s rights and remedies under this Construction Contract are cumulative, and shall be in  addition to those rights and remedies available in law or in equity.  Designation in the Contract  Documents of certain breaches as material shall not waive the City’s authority to designate other  breaches as material nor limit City’s right to terminate the Construction Contract, or prevent the  City from terminating the Agreement for breaches that are not material.  City’s determination of  whether there has been noncompliance with the Construction Contract so as to warrant exercise  by City of its rights and remedies for default under the Construction Contract, shall be binding on  all parties.  No termination or action taken by City after such termination shall prejudice any other  rights or remedies of City provided by law or equity or by the Contract Documents upon such  termination; and City may proceed against Contractor to recover all liquidated damages and  Losses suffered by City.    16.2 Delays by Sureties.    Without limiting to any of City’s other rights or remedies, City has the right to suspend the  performance of the Work by Contractor’s sureties in the event of any of the following:  (i) The sureties’ failure to begin Work within a reasonable time in such manner as to insure  full compliance with the Construction Contract within the Contract Time;  (ii) The sureties’ abandonment of the Work;  (iii) If at any time City is of the opinion the sureties’ Work is unnecessarily or unreasonably  delaying the Work;  (iv) The sureties’ violation of any terms of the Construction Contract;  (v) The sureties’ failure to perform according to the Contract Documents; or  (vi) The sureties’ failure to follow City’s instructions for completion of the Work within the  Contract Time.    16.3 Damages to City.    16.3.1 For Contractor's Default.    City will be entitled to recovery of all Losses under law or equity in the event of  Contractor’s default under the Contract Documents.     16.3.2 Compensation for Losses.   In the event that City's Losses arise from Contractor’s default under the Contract Documents, City  shall be entitled to withhold monies otherwise payable to Contractor until Final Completion of the  Project.  If City incurs Losses due to Contractor’s default, then the amount of Losses shall be  deducted from the amounts withheld.  Should the amount withheld exceed the amount deducted,  the balance will be paid to Contractor or its designee upon Final Completion of the Project.  If the  Losses incurred by City exceed the amount withheld, Contractor shall be liable to City for the  difference and shall promptly remit same to City.                           Rev. July 2012    16.4 Suspension by City for Convenience.    City may, at any time and from time to time, without cause, order Contractor, in writing, to  suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time, up to an  aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the Contract Time.  The order shall be specifically identified as  a Suspension Order by City.  Upon receipt of a Suspension Order, Contractor shall, at City’s  expense, comply with the order and take all reasonable steps to minimize costs allocable to the  Work covered by the Suspension Order.  During the Suspension or extension of the Suspension, if  any, City shall either cancel the Suspension Order or, by Change Order, delete the Work covered  by the Suspension Order.  If a Suspension Order is canceled or expires, Contractor shall resume  and continue with the Work.  A Change Order will be issued to cover any adjustments of the  Contract Sum or the Contract Time necessarily caused by such suspension.    A Suspension Order  shall not be the exclusive method for City to stop the Work.    16.5 Termination Without Cause.    City may, at its sole discretion and without cause, terminate this Construction Contract in part or  in whole by giving thirty (30) Days written notice to Contractor. The compensation allowed under  this Paragraph 16.5 shall be the Contractor’s sole and exclusive compensation for such  termination and Contractor waives any claim for other compensation or Losses, including, but not  limited to, loss of anticipated profits, loss of revenue, lost opportunity, or other consequential,  direct, indirect or incidental damages of any kind resulting from termination without cause.      16.5.1 Compensation.    Following such termination and within forty‐five (45) Days after receipt of a billing from  Contractor seeking payment of sums authorized by this Paragraph 16.5, City shall pay the  following to Contractor as Contractor’s sole compensation for performance of the Work :    .1 For Work Performed.  The amount of the Contract Sum allocable to the portion  of the Work properly performed by Contractor as of the date of termination,  less sums previously paid to Contractor.    .2 For Close‐out Costs.  Reasonable costs of Contractor and its Subcontractors and  Sub‐subcontractors for:  (i) Demobilizing and  (ii) Administering the close‐out of its participation in the Project (including,  without limitation, all billing and accounting functions, not including  attorney or expert fees) for a period of no longer than thirty (30) Days  after receipt of the notice of termination.    .3 For Fabricated Items.  Previously unpaid cost of any items delivered to the  Project Site which were fabricated for subsequent incorporation in the Work.    16.5.2 Subcontractors.      Contractor shall include provisions in all of its subcontracts, purchase orders and other contracts  permitting termination for convenience by Contractor on terms that are consistent with this  Construction Contract and that afford no greater rights of recovery against Contractor than are  afforded to Contractor against City under this Section.                             Rev. July 2012    16.6 Contractor’s Duties Upon Termination.    Upon receipt of a notice of termination for default or for convenience, Contractor shall, unless the  notice directs otherwise, do the following:  (i) Immediately discontinue the Work to the extent specified in the notice;  (ii) Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities,  except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work that is not  discontinued;  (iii) Provide to City a description, in writing no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the  notice of termination, of all subcontracts, purchase orders and contracts that are  outstanding, including, without limitation, the terms of the original price, any changes,  payments, balance owing, the status of the portion of the Work covered and a copy of  the subcontract, purchase order or contract and any written changes, amendments or  modifications thereto, together with such other information as City may determine  necessary in order to decide whether to accept assignment of or request Contractor to  terminate the subcontract, purchase order or contract;  (iv) Promptly assign to City those subcontracts, purchase orders or contracts, or portions  thereof, that City elects to accept by assignment and cancel, on the most favorable terms  reasonably possible, all subcontracts, purchase orders or contracts, or portions thereof,  that City does not elect to accept by assignment; and  (v) Thereafter do only such Work as may be necessary to preserve and protect Work already   in progress and to protect materials, plants, and equipment on the Project Site or in   transit thereto.  SECTION 17 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.    17.1 Contractor’s Remedies.    Contractor may terminate this Construction Contract only upon the occurrence of one of the  following:    17.1.1 For Work Stoppage.    The Work is stopped for sixty (60) consecutive Days, through no act or fault of Contractor, any  Subcontractor, or any employee or agent of Contractor or any Subcontractor, due to issuance of  an order of a court or other public authority other than City having jurisdiction or due to an act of  government, such as a declaration of a national emergency making material unavailable.  This  provision shall not apply to any work stoppage resulting from the City’s issuance of a suspension  notice issued either for cause or for convenience.    17.1.2 For City's Non‐Payment.    If City does not make pay Contractor undisputed sums within ninety (90) Days after receipt of  notice from Contractor, Contractor may terminate the Construction Contract (30) days following a  second notice to City of Contractor’s intention to terminate the Construction Contract.    17.2 Damages to Contractor.   In the event of termination for cause by Contractor, City shall pay Contractor the sums provided  for in Paragraph 16.5.1 above.  Contractor agrees to accept such sums as its sole and exclusive  compensation and agrees to waive any claim for other compensation or Losses, including, but not  limited to, loss of anticipated profits, loss of revenue, lost opportunity, or other consequential,  direct, indirect and incidental damages, of any kind.  SECTION 18 ACCOUNTING RECORDS.    18.1 Financial Management and City Access.    Contractor shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary  for proper financial management under this Construction Contract in accordance with generally                           Rev. July 2012    accepted accounting principles and practices. City and City's accountants  during normal business  hours, may  inspect, audit and copy Contractor's records, books, estimates, take‐offs, cost reports,  ledgers, schedules, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, subcontracts, purchase  orders, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to this Project. Contractor shall retain these  documents for a period of three (3) years after the later of (i) final payment or (ii) final resolution  of all Contract Disputes and other disputes, or (iii) for such longer period as may be required by  law.    18.2 Compliance with City Requests.    Contractor's compliance with any request by City pursuant to this Section 18 shall be a condition  precedent to filing or maintenance of any legal action or proceeding by Contractor against City  and to Contractor's right to receive further payments under the Contract Documents.  City many  enforce Contractor’s obligation to provide access to City of its business and other records referred  to in Section 18.1 for inspection or copying by  issuance of a writ or a provisional or permanent  mandatory injunction by a court of competent jurisdiction based on affidavits submitted to such  court, without the necessity of oral testimony.    SECTION 19 INDEPENDENT PARTIES.    Each party is acting in its independent capacity and not as agents, employees, partners, or joint ventures’  of the other party.  City, its officers or employees shall have no control over the conduct of Contractor or  its respective agents, employees, subconsultants, or subcontractors, except as herein set forth.  SECTION 20 NUISANCE.    Contractor shall not maintain, commit, nor permit the maintenance or commission of any nuisance in  connection in the performance of services under this Construction Contract.  SECTION 21 PERMITS AND LICENSES.    Except as otherwise provided in the Special Provisions and Technical Specifications, The Contractor shall  provide, procure and pay for all licenses, permits, and fees, required by the City or other government  jurisdictions or agencies necessary to carry out and complete the Work.  Payment of all costs and expenses  for such licenses, permits, and fees shall be included in one or more Bid items. No other compensation  shall be paid to the Contractor for these items or for delays caused by non‐City inspectors or conditions set  forth in the licenses or permits issued by other agencies.  SECTION 22 WAIVER.    A waiver by either party of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition contained herein shall not be  deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition  contained herein, whether of the same or a different character.  SECTION 23 GOVERNING LAW.    This Construction Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of  California.                             Rev. July 2012    SECTION 24 COMPLETE AGREEMENT.    This Agreement represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and supersedes all  prior negotiations, representations, and contracts, either written or oral. This Agreement may be amended  only by a written instrument, which is signed by the parties.  SECTION 25 SURVIVAL OF CONTRACT.    The provisions of the Construction Contract which by their nature survive termination of the Construction  Contract or Final Completion, including, without limitation, all warranties, indemnities, payment  obligations, and City’s right to audit Contractor’s books and records, shall remain in full force and effect  after Final Completion or any termination of the Construction Contract.  SECTION 26 PREVAILING WAGES.         This Project is not subject to prevailing wages. The Contractor is not required to pay prevailing wages in the  performance and implementation of the Project, because the City, pursuant to its authority as a chartered  city, has adopted Resolution No. 5981 exempting the City from prevailing wages.  The City invokes the  exemption from the state prevailing wage requirement for this Project and declares that the Project is  funded one hundred percent (100%) by the City of Palo Alto.  SECTION 27 NON APPROPRIATION.    This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto  Municipal Code. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty (a) at the end of any fiscal year in the  event that the City does not appropriate funds for the following fiscal year for this event, or (b) at any time  within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds  for this Construction Contract are no longer available.  This section shall take precedence in the event of a  conflict with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement.   SECTION 28 AUTHORITY.    The individuals executing this Agreement represent and warrant that they have the legal capacity and  authority to do so on behalf of their respective legal entities.  SECTION 29 ATTORNEY FEES.    Each Party shall bear its own costs, including attorney’s fees through the completion of mediation. If the  claim or dispute is not resolved through mediation and in any dispute described in Paragraph 14.2, the prevailing party in any action brought to enforce the provision of this Agreement may recover its  reasonable costs and attorney’s fees expended in connection with that action.  The prevailing party shall be  entitled to recover an amount equal to the fair market value of legal services provided by attorneys  employed by it as well as any attorney’s’ fees paid to third parties.  SECTION 30 COUNTERPARTS  This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts, which shall, when executed by all the parties,  constitute a single binding agreement.  SECTION 31 SEVERABILITY.    In case a provision of this Construction Contract is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.                             Rev. July 2012        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Construction Contract to be executed the   date and year first above written.             CITY OF PALO ALTO    ____________________________  City Manager      APPROVED AS TO FORM:    ___________________________  Senior Asst. City Attorney        PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.     By:___________________________    Name:_________________________    Title:________________________        BID SUMMARY Invitation For Bid 148111 Title 60kV Reconductoring with ACCR Date January 16, 2013 List of Bidders (Company Name) Bid Total 1. Cupertino Electric 1,977,639.00$ 2. Wilson Construction Company -$ Received Letter Stating No Bid Due to Insufficient Resources 3. PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.961,460.00$ * Lowest Bidder City of Palo Alto (ID # 3328) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Council Priority: Environmental Sustainability Summary Title: Recycled Water Project Contract Title: Approval of a Water Enterprise Fund Contract with RMC Water and Environment, Inc. for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $193,914 to Complete the Environmental Analysis of Expanding the City's Recycled Water Delivery System From: City Manager Lead Department: Utilities Recommendation Staff recommends that Council approve a contract with RMC Water and Environment, Inc. (RMC) to complete the environmental analysis of an expanded recycled water project to serve the Stanford Research Park for $176,286, plus a contingency of $17,628, for an amount not to exceed $193,914. Staff also recommends that Council approve this contract as a “sole source” exemption from the City’s competitive bidding process under its authority in Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 2.30.360(d). Executive Summary Staff continues to prepare the environmental documents for the proposed project to extend the recycled water distribution system to customers in the Stanford Research Park area. Due to unforeseen delays largely related to completion of the project’s environmental impact report (EIR), the project has extended beyond the consultant’s contract termination date. Staff requests approval of a new contract with RMC to complete the work. The expiration date for the new contract is December 2014. Funds remaining from the expired contract will be re- authorized for the new contract, so there is no funding increase included in this request. A contract extension will allow the City to capture the remaining grant funds from the Bureau of Reclamation. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Background On April 16, 2007, the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute a contract with RMC for preparation of a recycled water Facility Plan and associated environmental documents for Capital Improvement Project WS-07001 (CMR 191:07). RMC completed the Facility Plan for the project in June 2008, and staff has been working on the Federal and State environmental documents since then. Since execution of the original contract, Council has approved three amendments to the contract. The project cost and approval chronology are provided in Table 1 along with actual expenditures to date. Table 1: RMC Budget and Cost Summary1 Approved Budgeted Costs Actual Expenditures Original RMC Contract April 16, 2007 (CMR: 191:07) $242,700 $242,700 Amendment No. 1 June 2, 2008 (CMR: 255:08) $25,000 $25,000 Amendment No. 2 Nov. 8, 2008 (CMR: 431:08) $35,000 $35,000 Amendment No. 3 April 12, 2010 (CMR: 207:10) $372,000 $161,848 Total RMC Contract with all amendments $674,700 $464,442 1These are gross costs, and do not include grants. Project costs net of grants are discussed below Discussion The recycled water project has experienced significant delays since completion of the Facility Plan in June 2008, and the RMC contract expired in June 2011. While staff has addressed many issues regarding a future recycled water project, the replacement of high quality potable water with recycled water remains a concern for the landscape community and has required staff and RMC to complete additional work in preparation of the project’s EIR. These additional studies and consultations were a major factor in pushing the project completion date beyond the deadline in the RMC contract. Staff has also re-directed efforts on several occasions to activities unrelated to the preparation of the environmental documents, but critical to position the recycled water project project for success (i.e. grant funding pursuits). Completion of the environmental document is essential for securing Federal or State grant or loan funding for the construction of the project. City of Palo Alto Page 3 Staff is recommending that Council approve a new contract with RMC to extend the time to complete the work required. The tasks and scope of work – completion of the environmental documents - are substantially the same with minor modifications to the deadlines and individual tasks to ensure they are consistent with current information and the new project schedule. The scope has also been updated to reflect work already completed and to ensure that updated NEPA requirements from the US Bureau of Reclamation are included. The City selected RMC through a competitive bidding process for the original contract. Staff has consulted with Purchasing and recommends that the Council approve this new contract with RMC as a sole source contract. This project qualifies for an exception to the competitve bidding process under Palo Alto Municipal Code Section 2.30.360(d) since there is no adequate substitute for this consultant’s services given the substantial work done to date on this complex project. The City has completed significantly more than half of the work required on this project and has been using the same consultant for these professional services throughout. . Staff anticipates the remaining funds in the expired RMC contract will be sufficient to complete both the Federal and State environmental documents. The project received a $75,000 grant from the State Water Resources Control Board (SRWCB) to complete the Facility Plan. Since Amendment #3 to the prior contract with RMC, staff applied for and received an additional planning grant. The new grant is a 50% cost share planning grant administered by the Federal Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) under the Title XVI recycled water program. Staff has submitted and received reimbursement for approximately 2/3 of the grant. Table 2 illustrates the net project cost (total projected cost less grants). The total RMC cost for the expired contract and the new proposed contract has been lowered from $674,700 (as shown in Table 1) to $658,336 (as shown in Table 2) due to a lower contingency amount in the new contract. Table 2: Project costs and grants Staff costs included in CIP Budget $42,300 Total RMC Cost (including new contract) $658,336 Total CIP Budget $700,636 Less SWRCB Planning Grant (State) ($75,000) Less Bureau of Reclamation Planning Grant (Federal) ($326,000) Total Net CIP Cost $299,636 The Reclamation grant is a cost share agreement, so the City must first incur the costs in order to get reimbursement. The City has already received about $219,000 from Reclamation. Once City of Palo Alto Page 4 the environmental documents are complete, staff will submit invoices to Reclamation for reimbursement of the remaining grant amount of approximately $107,000. Reclamation has strict grant administration guidelines, and the new RMC contract is important to ensure staff can resume progress on the project and capture the remaining grant funds. Resource Impact The proposed contract does not require any additional funds to complete all necessary work. There is approximately $210,000 remaining in Capital Improvement Project WS-07001 funds originally budgeted for the expired contract to complete the environmental work for the project. The $193,914 needed for the new contract will be reauthorized in this request, and the balance will return to the Water Fund reserves. The new contract funding requirement is lower than that of the expired contract due to a reduction in the contingency amount. Policy Implications Executing the proposed contract is consistent with Council policy. This project is consistent with the Council-adopted Water Integrated Resource Plan Guideline 3: “Actively participate in development of cost effective regional recycled water plans.” The project is also consistent with Council direction to reduce imported water supplies and limit or reduce diversions from the Tuolumne River. Environmental Review The project is undergroing Federal and State-mandated environmental review. Attachments:  Attachment A - Contract (PDF) Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 CITY OF PALO ALTO CONTRACT NO. C13148958 AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND RMC WATER AND ENVIRONMENT, INC. FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES This Agreement is entered into on this 4th day of March, 2013, (“Agreement”) by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation (“CITY”), and RMC WATER AND ENVIRONMENT, INC., a California corporation, located at 2290 North First Street, Suite 212, San Jose, CA 95131 ("CONSULTANT"). RECITALS The following recitals are a substantive portion of this Agreement. A. CITY intends to study the water quality impacts of irrigation with recycled water (“Project”) and desires to engage a consultant to prepare a single-issue EIR to address the water quality impacts with recycled water in connection with the Project (“Services”). B. CONSULTANT has represented that it has the necessary professional expertise, qualifications, and capability, and all required licenses and/or certifications to provide the Services. C. CITY in reliance on these representations desires to engage CONSULTANT to provide the Services as more fully described in Exhibit “A”, attached to and made a part of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, covenants, terms, and conditions, this Agreement, the parties agree: AGREEMENT SECTION 1. SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONSULTANT shall perform the Services described in Exhibit “A” in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The performance of all Services shall be to the reasonable satisfaction of CITY. SECTION 2. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be from the date of its full execution through December 31, 2014 unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 19 of this Agreement. SECTION 3. SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE. Time is of the essence in the performance of Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall complete the Services within the term of this Agreement and in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit “B”, attached to and made a part of this Agreement. Any Services for which times for performance are not specified in this Agreement shall be commenced and completed by CONSULTANT in a reasonably prompt and timely manner based upon the circumstances and direction communicated to the CONSULTANT. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 CITY’s agreement to extend the term or the schedule for performance shall not preclude recovery of damages for delay if the extension is required due to the fault of CONSULTANT. SECTION 4. NOT TO EXCEED COMPENSATION. The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT for performance of the Services described in Exhibit “A”, including both payment for professional services and reimbursable expenses, shall not exceed One Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Six Dollars ($176,286). In the event Additional Services are authorized, the total compensation for services and reimbursable expenses shall not exceed One Hundred Ninety Three Thousand Nine Hundred Fourteen Dollars ($193,914). The applicable rates and schedule of payment are set out in Exhibit “C”, entitled “COMPENSATION ” which is attached to and made a part of this Agreement. Additional Services, if any, shall be authorized in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Exhibit “C”. CONSULTANT shall not receive any compensation for Additional Services performed without the prior written authorization of CITY. Additional Services shall mean any work that is determined by CITY to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which is not included within the Scope of Services described in Exhibit “A”. SECTION 5. INVOICES. In order to request payment, CONSULTANT shall submit monthly invoices to the CITY describing the services performed and the applicable charges (including an identification of personnel who performed the services, hours worked, hourly rates, and reimbursable expenses), based upon the CONSULTANT’s billing rates (set forth in Exhibit “C”). If applicable, the invoice shall also describe the percentage of completion of each task. The information in CONSULTANT’s payment requests shall be subject to verification by CITY. CONSULTANT shall send all invoices to the City’s project manager at the address specified in Section 13 below. The City will generally process and pay invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt. SECTION 6. QUALIFICATIONS/STANDARD OF CARE. All of the Services shall be performed by CONSULTANT or under CONSULTANT’s supervision. CONSULTANT represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel necessary to perform the Services required by this Agreement and that the personnel have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Services assigned to them. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subconsultants, if permitted, have and shall maintain during the term of this Agreement all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perform the Services. All of the services to be furnished by CONSULTANT under this agreement shall meet the professional standard and quality that prevail among professionals in the same discipline and of similar knowledge and skill engaged in related work throughout California under the same or similar circumstances. SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. CONSULTANT shall keep itself informed of and in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders that may affect in any manner the Project or the performance of the Services or those engaged to perform Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by law in the performance of the Services. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 SECTION 8. ERRORS/OMISSIONS. CONSULTANT shall correct, at no cost to CITY, any and all errors, omissions, or ambiguities in the work product submitted to CITY, provided CITY gives notice to CONSULTANT. If CONSULTANT has prepared plans and specifications or other design documents to construct the Project, CONSULTANT shall be obligated to correct any and all errors, omissions or ambiguities discovered prior to and during the course of construction of the Project. This obligation shall survive termination of the Agreement. SECTION 9. COST ESTIMATES. If this Agreement pertains to the design of a public works project, CONSULTANT shall submit estimates of probable construction costs at each phase of design submittal. If the total estimated construction cost at any submittal exceeds ten percent (10%) of the CITY’s stated construction budget, CONSULTANT shall make recommendations to the CITY for aligning the PROJECT design with the budget, incorporate CITY approved recommendations, and revise the design to meet the Project budget, at no additional cost to CITY. SECTION 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. It is understood and agreed that in performing the Services under this Agreement CONSULTANT, and any person employed by or contracted with CONSULTANT to furnish labor and/or materials under this Agreement, shall act as and be an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY. SECTION 11. ASSIGNMENT. The parties agree that the expertise and experience of CONSULTANT are material considerations for this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement nor the performance of any of CONSULTANT’s obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the city manager. Consent to one assignment will not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent assignment. Any assignment made without the approval of the city manager will be void. SECTION 12. SUBCONTRACTING. CONSULTANT shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement without the prior written authorization of the city manager or designee. CONSULTANT shall be responsible for directing the work of any subconsultants and for any compensation due to subconsultants. CITY assumes no responsibility whatsoever concerning compensation. CONSULTANT shall be fully responsible to CITY for all acts and omissions of a subconsultant. CONSULTANT shall change or add subconsultants only with the prior approval of the city manager or his designee. SECTION 13. PROJECT MANAGEMENT. CONSULTANT will assign Suet Chau as the Project Supervisor to have supervisory responsibility for the performance, progress, and execution of the Services and to represent CONSULTANT during the day-to-day work on the Project. If circumstances cause the substitution of the project director, project coordinator, or any other key personnel for any reason, the appointment of a substitute project director and the assignment of any key new or replacement personnel will be subject to the prior written approval of the CITY’s project manager. CONSULTANT, at CITY’s request, shall promptly remove personnel who CITY finds do not perform the Services in an acceptable manner, are uncooperative, or present a threat to the adequate or timely completion of the Project or a threat to the safety of persons or property. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 The City’s project manager is Nicolas Procos, Utilities Department, Resource Division, 250 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94303, Telephone: (650)329-2214. The project manager will be CONSULTANT’s point of contact with respect to performance, progress and execution of the Services. The CITY may designate an alternate project manager from time to time. SECTION 14. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS. Upon delivery, all work product, including without limitation, all writings, drawings, plans, reports, specifications, calculations, documents, other materials and copyright interests developed under this Agreement shall be and remain the exclusive property of CITY without restriction or limitation upon their use. CONSULTANT agrees that all copyrights which arise from creation of the work pursuant to this Agreement shall be vested in CITY, and CONSULTANT waives and relinquishes all claims to copyright or other intellectual property rights in favor of the CITY. Neither CONSULTANT nor its contractors, if any, shall make any of such materials available to any individual or organization without the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee. CONSULTANT makes no representation of the suitability of the work product for use in or application to circumstances not contemplated by the scope of work. SECTION 15. AUDITS. CONSULTANT will permit CITY to audit, at any reasonable time during the term of this Agreement and for three (3) years thereafter, CONSULTANT’s records pertaining to matters covered by this Agreement. CONSULTANT further agrees to maintain and retain such records for at least three (3) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. SECTION 16. INDEMNITY. 16.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONSULTANT shall protect, indemnify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorneys fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements (“Claims”) resulting from, arising out of or in any manner related to performance or nonperformance by CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party. 16.2. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section 16 shall be construed to require CONSULTANT to indemnify an Indemnified Party from Claims arising from the active negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party. 16.3. The acceptance of CONSULTANT’s services and duties by CITY shall not operate as a waiver of the right of indemnification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement. SECTION 17. WAIVERS. The waiver by either party of any breach or violation of any covenant, term, condition or provision of this Agreement, or of the provisions of any ordinance or law, will not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term, covenant, condition, provisions, ordinance or law, or of any subsequent breach or violation of the same or of any other term, covenant, condition, provision, ordinance or law. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 C13148958 SECTION 18. INSURANCE. 18.1. CONSULTANT, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, the insurance coverage described in Exhibit "D". CONSULTANT and its contractors, if any, shall obtain a policy endorsement naming CITY as an additional insured under any general liability or automobile policy or policies. 18.2. All insurance coverage required hereunder shall be provided through carriers with AM Best’s Key Rating Guide ratings of A-:VII or higher which are licensed or authorized to transact insurance business in the State of California. Any and all contractors of CONSULTANT retained to perform Services under this Agreement will obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, identical insurance coverage, naming CITY as an additional insured under such policies as required above. 18.3. Certificates evidencing such insurance shall be filed with CITY concurrently with the execution of this Agreement. The certificates will be subject to the approval of CITY’s Risk Manager and will contain an endorsement stating that the insurance is primary coverage and will not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits, by the insurer except after filing with the Purchasing Manager thirty (30) days' prior written notice of the cancellation or modification, CONSULTANT shall be responsible for ensuring that current certificates evidencing the insurance are provided to CITY’s Purchasing Manager during the entire term of this Agreement. 18.4. The procuring of such required policy or policies of insurance will not be construed to limit CONSULTANT's liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the policy or policies of insurance, CONSULTANT will be obligated for the full and total amount of any damage, injury, or loss caused by or directly arising as a result of the Services performed under this Agreement, including such damage, injury, or loss arising after the Agreement is terminated or the term has expired. SECTION 19. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF AGREEMENT OR SERVICES. 19.1. The City Manager may suspend the performance of the Services, in whole or in part, or terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, by giving ten (10) days prior written notice thereof to CONSULTANT. Upon receipt of such notice, CONSULTANT will immediately discontinue its performance of the Services. 19.2. CONSULTANT may terminate this Agreement or suspend its performance of the Services by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to CITY, but only in the event of a substantial failure of performance by CITY. 19.3. Upon such suspension or termination, CONSULTANT shall deliver to the City Manager immediately any and all copies of studies, sketches, drawings, computations, and other data, whether or not completed, prepared by CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, or given to CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, in connection with this Agreement. Such materials will become the property of CITY. 19.4. Upon such suspension or termination by CITY, CONSULTANT will be paid Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 C13148958 for the Services rendered or materials delivered to CITY in accordance with the scope of services on or before the effective date (i.e., 10 days after giving notice) of suspension or termination; provided, however, if this Agreement is suspended or terminated on account of a default by CONSULTANT, CITY will be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT only for that portion of CONSULTANT’s services which are of direct and immediate benefit to CITY as such determination may be made by the City Manager acting in the reasonable exercise of his/her discretion. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement: 14, 15, 16, 19.4, 20, and 25. 19.5. No payment, partial payment, acceptance, or partial acceptance by CITY will operate as a waiver on the part of CITY of any of its rights under this Agreement. SECTION 20. NOTICES. All notices hereunder will be given in writing and mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, addressed as follows: To CITY: Office of the City Clerk City of Palo Alto Post Office Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 With a copy to the Purchasing Manager To CONSULTANT: Attention of the project director at the address of CONSULTANT recited above SECTION 21. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 21.1. In accepting this Agreement, CONSULTANT covenants that it presently has no interest, and will not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services. 21.2. CONSULTANT further covenants that, in the performance of this Agreement, it will not employ subconsultants, contractors or persons having such an interest. CONSULTANT certifies that no person who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of CITY; this provision will be interpreted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Government Code of the State of California. 21.3. If the Project Manager determines that CONSULTANT is a “Consultant” as that term is defined by the Regulations of the Fair Political Practices Commission, CONSULTANT shall be required and agrees to file the appropriate financial disclosure documents required by the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Political Reform Act. SECTION 22. NONDISCRIMINATION. As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code section 2.30.510, CONSULTANT certifies that in the performance of this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person because of the race, skin color, gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status, familial status, Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 C13148958 weight or height of such person. CONSULTANT acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of Section 2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relating to Nondiscrimination Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and agrees to meet all requirements of Section 2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment. SECTION 23. ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED PURCHASING AND ZERO WASTE REQUIREMENTS. CONSULTANT shall comply with the City’s Environmentally Preferred Purchasing policies which are available at the City’s Purchasing Department, incorporated by reference and may be amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall comply with waste reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal requirements of the City’s Zero Waste Program. Zero Waste best practices include first minimizing and reducing waste; second, reusing waste and third, recycling or composting waste. In particular, Consultant shall comply with the following zero waste requirements:  All printed materials provided by Consultant to City generated from a personal computer and printer including but not limited to, proposals, quotes, invoices, reports, and public education materials, shall be double-sided and printed on a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer content paper, unless otherwise approved by the City’s Project Manager. Any submitted materials printed by a professional printing company shall be a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer material and printed with vegetable based inks.  Goods purchased by Consultant on behalf of the City shall be purchased in accordance with the City’s Environmental Purchasing Policy including but not limited to Extended Producer Responsibility requirements for products and packaging. A copy of this policy is on file at the Purchasing Office.  Reusable/returnable pallets shall be taken back by the Consultant, at no additional cost to the City, for reuse or recycling. Consultant shall provide documentation from the facility accepting the pallets to verify that pallets are not being disposed. SECTION 24. NON-APPROPRIATION 24.1. This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty (a) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that funds are not appropriated for the following fiscal year, or (b) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds for this Agreement are no longer available. This section shall take precedence in the event of a conflict with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement. SECTION 25. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 25.1. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California. 25.2. In the event that an action is brought, the parties agree that trial of such action will be vested exclusively in the state courts of California in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. 25.3. The prevailing party in any action brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement may recover its reasonable costs and attorneys' fees expended in connection with that Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 C13148958 action. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover an amount equal to the fair market value of legal services provided by attorneys employed by it as well as any attorneys’ fees paid to third parties. 25.4. This document represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, and contracts, either written or oral. This document may be amended only by a written instrument, which is signed by the parties. 25.5. The covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement will apply to, and will bind, the heirs, successors, executors, administrators, assignees, and consultants of the parties. 25.6. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement or any amendment thereto is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement and any amendments thereto will remain in full force and effect. 25.7. All exhibits referred to in this Agreement and any addenda, appendices, attachments, and schedules to this Agreement which, from time to time, may be referred to in any duly executed amendment hereto are by such reference incorporated in this Agreement and will be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. 25.8 If, pursuant to this contract with CONSULTANT, City shares with CONSULTANT personal information as defined in California Civil Code section 1798.81.5(d) about a California resident (“Personal Information”), CONSULTANT shall maintain reasonable and appropriate security procedures to protect that Personal Information, and shall inform City immediately upon learning that there has been a breach in the security of the system or in the security of the Personal Information. CONSULTANT shall not use Personal Information for direct marketing purposes without City’s express written consent. 25.9 All unchecked boxes do not apply to this agreement. 25.10 The individuals executing this Agreement represent and warrant that they have the legal capacity and authority to do so on behalf of their respective legal entities. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Agreement on the date first above written. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 C13148958 CITY OF PALO ALTO ____________________________ City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: __________________________ Senior Asst. City Attorney RMC WATER AND ENVIRONMENT, INC. By:___________________________ Name:_________________________ Title:________________________ Attachments: EXHIBIT “A”: SCOPE OF WORK EXHIBIT “B”: SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE EXHIBIT “C”: COMPENSATION EXHIBIT “D”: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 EXHIBIT “A” SCOPE OF SERVICES RMC will prepare a single-issue EIR to address water quality impacts of irrigation with recycled water. The EIR will be based on the same pipeline alignments and pump station sites as evaluated in the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration (IS/MND) published by the City in March 2009. RMC will, in consultation with the City, determine the alternatives to be analyzed upon reinitiation of the project. RMC will evaluate the No Project Alternative, Proposed Project, and one other alternative (e.g. additional treatment). This approach is preliminary; the scope of the CEQA alternatives analysis would be confirmed and may require revision following the public scoping period and conclusion of the water quality impact evaluation. RMC will also prepare environmental documents that meet the Bureau of Reclamation National Environmental Policy Act requirements. Each task is described below. Environmental Impact Report Notice of Preparation and Scoping Meeting This task has been completed. Draft EIR Preparation The Draft EIR will focus on the water quality analysis of impacts of irrigation on landscape plants in the project area, with particular emphasis on redwood trees. The Initial Study (IS) Checklist, which includes the analysis for the remaining environmental topic areas, will be included as an appendix. Other Draft EIR-related sections not specific to an environmental resource area, including the Summary, Introduction, Project Description, and Alternatives will be presented in the upfront sections of the EIR. Tasks for completion of the EIR are described below. Administrative Draft EIR The RMC team began work on the Project starting April 2010 and had prepared, to varying degrees, different sections of the Administrative EIR. RMC will resume work on the Administrative Draft EIR upon completion of the Project Description. Project Description RMC previously submitted a draft Project Description to the City. Upon receipt of requested details and comments by the City, RMC will revise the project description. The City will confirm the strategy for addressing redwood trees and other vegetation, If necessary, the Adaptive Management Program that was included in the original project description will be modified to include any recommendations developed as part of the water quality analysis. RMC will update the project description that is included in the EIR. Water Quality Analysis The Water Quality section will focus only on salinity issues, with particular emphasis on effects on redwood trees/vegetation. Other topics relating to hydrology and water quality have already been addressed in the IS, which will be included as an appendix. The EIR will describe the existing environmental and regulatory setting relevant to evaluation of salinity impacts, state where relevant the impact significance criteria, describe the impacts of the proposed project, assess their significance, and develop feasible mitigation measures as applicable to reduce or eliminate identified impacts. The EIR will identify any cumulative and unavoidable impacts associated with use of Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 recycled water for irrigation. HortScience, Inc. completed an investigation in June 2011 to evaluate impacts on plants of irrigation with recycled water. The investigation consisted of the following: 1) collecting and sampling of soils; 2) identifying plant species present and rating their appearance; 3) inspecting and describing soil profiles within root zones; 4) mapping the 12 locations where such activities occurred; 5) performing a survey-level soil landscape evaluation; 6) identifying constraints in using recycled water on plants; and describing the effects of irrigation with recycled water. A summary report was prepared following the above work activities. The findings of the HortScience report will be incorporated into the EIR as appropriate. Initial Study Update RMC will update the IS/MND to reflect comments made during public review of the March 2009 IS/MND, and to meet new Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) requirements for quantification of construction-period emissions. A new CNDDB search and a new NWIC search were conducted in 2011 to determine if new, sensitive biological and cultural resources occur in the project area. Beside the searches, field work and analysis had been initiated in 2011 on these subjects, and more than 90 percent of the biological resources work and approximately 20 percent of the cultural resources work had been done. The City will provide additional details requested in the Project Description to complete the biological and cultural resources efforts. Due to the delays in the project, there may be changes in the regulatory environment that warrant new searches be conducted and revisions to the work already completed. This scope does not include such efforts. The biological and cultural resources reports previously prepared for SWRCB will be updated as necessary for submittal to the SWRCB. Please refer to Exhibits C, D and E regarding the scope and budget for the biological and cultural resources tasks conducted by Christopher Joseph and Associates (now Environ) and William Self Associates, respectively. CEQA Required Analyses Most of the CEQA required analyses can be based on the analysis contained in the IS/MND. This section will include evaluation of growth inducing impacts and cumulative impacts, and identification of any significant irreversible environmental changes or significant unavoidable adverse impacts. The EIR will also include a summary and evaluation of alternatives, including identification of the environmentally superior alternative. With the exception of the cumulative analysis, the other sections will be integrated in the upfront portion of the EIR. The cumulative analysis will be included in the IS Checklist. Document Preparation RMC will prepare a concise, clearly written, and easily understandable Administrative Draft EIR (ADEIR) summarizing the information developed in the above tasks. RMC will prepare all CEQA Mandated Sections. RMC will include tangible (i.e., quantifiable) performance objectives for all identified mitigation to the extent feasible, identification of appropriately timed monitoring, identification of agency or staff responsible for monitoring, and mitigation or measures to be implemented should the performance objectives not be met. RMC will submit the ADEIR to the City for internal review and comment. Screencheck Draft EIR The City will provide comments on a single annotated comment copy of the ADEIR that provides clear direction for revisions. Upon receipt of comments from the City, RMC will hold a meeting to review comments and discuss the approach for revising the document. RMC will prepare a Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 Screencheck Draft EIR incorporating necessary revisions and refinements based upon comments received from the City on the ADEIR. RMC will ensure that all City comments are addressed thoroughly. Deliverables: RMC will submit an ADEIR to the City. City staff will have up to three (3) weeks to review the ADEIR and provide comments. Following receipt of comments from the City, RMC will submit a Screencheck Draft within three (3) weeks. The City will have up to one (1) week to review the Screencheck Draft EIR. Public Review of Draft EIR RMC will prepare a Draft EIR, incorporating necessary revisions and refinements based upon the City’s final edits on the Screencheck Draft EIR. RMC will submit the Draft EIR in hard copy (20 bound copies, one unbound copy, and 20 CD copies) and electronic format ready for posting on the City’s website. RMC will also submit a draft Notice of Availability and Notice of Completion (NOC) to the City so that the City can advertise in the local newspaper and file the NOC at the State Clearinghouse (along with 15 CD copies of the Draft EIR), respectively. RMC will submit 8 hard copies of the Draft EIR and supporting documentation to the SWRCB. RMC will work with the City to refine the NOP distribution list to produce a distribution list for the EIR. RMC will work with the City to plan and conduct a public meeting to answer questions regarding the Draft EIR. The public meeting may include an open house format to allow the maximum opportunity for the public to ask questions and get information about the project. Deliverables: RMC will prepare a Draft EIR within one (1) week of receipt of comments from the City on the Screencheck Draft EIR. RMC will submit a NOA and NOC to the City. RMC will assist the City in preparing for and conducting a public review meeting during the EIR public comment period. Final EIR and Associated Documents RMC will meet with the City at the close of the comment period during the final EIR phase to identify and develop approaches for key issues raised. If appropriate, RMC may use master responses for topics of greatest interest to local agencies and the surrounding community. The scope of work assumes 78 hours of staff time to determine with the City the approach to respond to public comments, bracket the comments, and provide written response to the comments; should the estimated level of effort for preparing responses exceed the hours assumed, additional work would need to be authorized through a contract modification. Draft Final EIR (Response to Comments document), MMRP, and Findings The Final EIR will consist of the Response to Comments (RTC) document and Public Draft EIR. RMC will prepare an a RTC document that includes: 1) all letters received on the Draft EIR and summaries of all substantive comments made on the Draft EIR at the public meeting, 2) responses to each comment, and 3) text revisions to the Draft EIR shown in errata format. RMC will also prepare a Draft MMRP, which will consolidate all required and recommended mitigation measures into one table. In addition, RMC will prepare draft Findings. RMC will submit the Draft Response to Comments document, Draft MMRP, and Draft Findings to the City for review. Screencheck Final EIR (RTC document), MMRP, and Findings RMC will revise the Draft RTC document, Draft MMRP, and Draft Findings per City recommendations and a screencheck will be submitted for review. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 Final EIR (RTC document), MMRP, and Findings RMC will submit the Final Response to Comments document, MMRP, and Findings to the City in electronic format. RMC will provide 20 bound copies and one unbound copy of the final Response to Comments document. RMC will attend the certification hearing and will be prepared to answer questions from the City Council. RMC will prepare a Notice of Determination for the City to file with the State Clearinghouse. Deliverables: RMC will prepare a Draft Response to Comments document, draft and Final MMRP, and draft and Final Findings. RMC will also prepare a Notice of Determination. The City will have up to two (2) weeks to review and provide comments. Following receipt of comments, RMC will submit a Screencheck Response to Comments Document, MMRP, and Findings to the City within one (1) week. The City will have one (1) week to review and provide comments. Following receipt of comments, RMC will submit the Final EIR, MMRP, and Findings within one week. NEPA Documentation RMC will assist the City in obtaining NEPA clearance from the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (USBR), so that the project can qualify for federal funding. Previously, it was assumed that an EA would be required for USBR compliance. As such, preparation of the EA had occurred in parallel with the EIR. However, based on communication with USBR in July 2011, a new strategy has been identified. USBR recommended preparation of a brief Supplemental Information Document. Combined with the CEQA EIR, the Supplemental Information Document would lead to a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI). USBR has suggested that the Supplemental Information Document would be prepared close to the completion of the EIR (during the latter part of the Final EIR preparation stage), so that all issues have been dealt with adequately in the EIR process. RMC will complete the tasks identified below. Please refer to Exhibits C, D and E regarding the scope and budget for the biological and cultural resources tasks conducted by Environ and William Self Associates, respectively. Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document RMC will prepare Administrative Drafts of a Supplemental Information Document to submit to USBR. The Supplemental Information Document will be brief (less than 20 pages) and would include additional topical analysis required by NEPA, including socioeconomics and environmental justice. Deliverables: RMC will submit an Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document to USBR. It is assumed that USBR staff will require up to four (4) weeks to review and comment on the Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document and associated documents. Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Document USBR will provide comments on a single annotated comment copy of the Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document that provides clear direction for revisions. Upon receipt of comments from USBR, RMC will revise the document and prepare a Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Document, incorporating necessary revisions and refinements based upon comments received from USBR on the supplemental document . RMC will ensure that all USBR comments are addressed thoroughly. Deliverables: Following receipt of comments from USBR, RMC will submit a Screencheck Draft within three (3) weeks. USBR will have up to one (1) week to review the Screencheck Draft EA. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 Final Supplemental Information Document RMC will prepare the Final Supplemental Information Document, incorporating necessary revisions and refinements based upon USBR final edits on the Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Document. RMC will submit the Final Supplemental Information Document to USBR in hard copy (10 bound copies and one unbound copy) and electronic format. Deliverables: RMC will prepare a Final Supplemental Information Document within one (1) week of receipt of comments from USBR on the Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Documents. Project Management / Meetings RMC will coordinate with the City, USBR, RMC’s subconsultants and internal staff on all CEQA and NEPA items related to the project. This task also includes two conference calls / one meeting with the City and/or USBR to discuss CEQA / NEPA issues at key junctures of the process. This task also covers preparation of monthly invoices and progress reports. It should be noted that as the project timeframe has been extended well beyond the anticipated 10 months (although a portion of time the project was on hold), and project management tasks (including conference calls and meetings) were still being conducted to address outstanding issues (e.g., salinity approach), the remaining budget for this task is limited. Deliverables: RMC will submit monthly status reports to the City. Optional Services The following tasks are optional tasks that will require authorization by the City before can be initiated. It should be noted that portions of the optional tasks have been authorized for both Environ and WSA. NEPA Documentation USBR may have additional consultation requirements related to Section 7 and Section 106 consultation. The need for and level of consultation have not been determined and will be determined based on discussions with USBR. The optional tasks include both Sections 7 and 106 consultations. Please refer to Exhibits C, D and E regarding the scope and budget for the biological and cultural resources tasks conducted by Environ and William Self Associates, respectively. The current strategy related to Section 7 consultation (to address biological resources effects) is to include biological resources-related environmental commitments (Avoidance Measures) in the Project Description so the City can proceed with informal consultation with the USFWS (rather than formal consultation). We will need the City’s confirmation to commit to these measures. It should be noted that the final determination for formal or informal consultation has not yet been determined and will be determined by USFWS. Assumptions  Additional outreach beyond the EIR preparation is not assumed in this scope of work / budget.  No new substantive issues (beyond those the City has already encountered during the public comment phase of the IS/MND) are assumed to arise.  The Project Description is assumed to be generally complete, with the exception of additional details that will require City input. Once the City responds to the requested information on the Project Description and provides direction on salinity strategy, the project Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 will be reinitiated. Currently, the project is anticipated to reinitiate on March 4, 2013. For the purposes of the Microsoft schedule the initiation date is assumed to be March 4, 2013.  The City will provide comments (including requested information) on all deliverables promptly.  Other sections of the EIR that will be developed include: Summary, Introduction, Alternatives, and Cumulative Impacts. With the exception of the Cumulative Impacts, the other sections will be included in the upfront portion of the EIR.  One public meeting is assumed during the public comment period for the Public Draft EIR. RMC will provide support (presentation preparation) and attend the Public Meeting (4 hours for two staff members). The City will coordinate the meeting planning, present at, and facilitate the meeting.  ODCs for the Public Draft EIR covers printing, mailing, and travel expenses. Graphics in the document will be printed in black and white only. A maximum of 28 hard copies will be printed (which includes 20 copies for the City and 8 copies for SWRCB), a maximum of 50 copies of a CD will be burned if needed (15 will be sent to SCH), and a maximum of 100 notices (NOA) if needed will be printed. The City will be responsible for publishing the notice in the local newspaper and/or posting the notice at the project sites.  Preparation of the Response to Comments document is based on hours, which may increase depending on the number of comments received. Should the estimated level of effort exceed the hours assumed, additional work would need to be authorized through a contingency release or other appropriate contract modification.  The City will prepare and send response letters to responsible agencies commenting on the EIR.  The Draft EIR and the Response to Comments (with errata) constitutes the Final EIR document; RMC will not print an Integrated EIR.  For all deliverables, only one administrative draft and one screencheck are proposed. If additional deliverables are included, then the work effort will increase.  For all CEQA-related deliverables, we assume one set of consolidated, non-conflicting comments from the Utilities and Planning Departments.  For all NEPA-related deliverables, we assume they will be reviewed by the USBR only (not the City). Thus, the hours identified for preparation of NEPA deliverables are based on two rounds of comments from USBR only, and not additional comments from the City.  For NEPA deliverables, we assume one set of consolidated, non-conflicting comments from the USBR.  USBR will be responsible for all noticing of NEPA documents.  The City will file the Notice of Determination with the State Clearinghouse.  It is assumed that the NEPA Supplemental Information Document would be published after the publication of the EIR, such that any issues arising from the EIR will have been resolved. The EIR, in combination with the Supplemental Information Document, is the basis of the FONSI. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010  Project management includes coordination with the City, USBR, and the internal team. It is possible that the schedule as shown will be delayed if the initiation date is delayed, the salinity approach requires further refinement beyond RMC’s control, or the NEPA process takes longer than expected.  We assume that protocol-level surveys for special-status plants or animal species or formal delineation of waters and wetlands will not be conducted. The Environ biological team can conduct such studies if required and requested; however, an expanded scope and cost estimate would be required for such services. Professional Services Rev. June 2, 2010 EXHIBIT “B” SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE CONSULTANT shall perform the Services so as to complete each milestone within the number of days/weeks specified below. The time to complete each milestone may be increased or decreased by mutual written agreement of the project managers for CONSULTANT and CITY so long as all work is completed within the term of the Agreement. CONSULTANT shall provide a detailed schedule of work consistent with the schedule below within 2 weeks of receipt of the notice to proceed. Task Name Duration Start Finish Project Reinitiated / City provides all outstanding items on PD 1 day Mon 3/4/13 Mon 3/4/13 1.2 DEIR Preparation 176 days Tue 3/5/13 Mon 11/11/13 RMC Prepares ADEIR 80 days Tues 3/5/13 Tues 6/25/13 City reviews ADEIR 45 days Wed 6/26/13 Wed 8/28/13 RMC prepares Screencheck DEIR 25 days Thu 8/29/13 Thu 10/3/13 City reviews Screencheck DEIR 25 days Fri 10/4/13 Fri 11/8/13 Meeting with City to discuss City comments on Screencheck EIR 1 day Mon 11/11/13 Mon 11/11/13 1.3 Public Review of Draft EIR 55 days Tue 11/12/13 Mon 2/3/14 RMC prepares Draft EIR, NOA, and NOC 25 days Tue 11/12/13 Wed 12/18/13 DEIR publication 0 days Wed 12/18/13 Wed 12/18/13 DEIR public review period 47edays Wed 12/18/13 Mon 2/3/14 Public Meeting 0 days Mon 1/13/14 Mon 1/13/14 1.4 Final EIR and Associated Documents 129 days Tue 2/4/14 Wed 8/6/14 Meeting with City to discuss public comments on DEIR 1 day Tue 2/4/14 Tues 2/4/14 RMC prepares Draft RTC, MMRP, Findings 30 days Wed 2/5/14 Wed 3/19/14 City reviews Draft RTC, MMRP, Findings 30 days Thu 3/20/14 Wed 4/30/14 RMC prepares screencheck RTC, MMRP, and Findings 20 days Thu 5/1/14 Thu 5/29/14 City reviews screencheck RTC, MMRP, and Findings 20 days Fri 5/30/14 Thu 6/26/14 RMC prepares Final RTC, MMRP, and Findings 20 days Fri 6/27/14 Fri 7/25/14 EIR Certification/Project Approval (2nd and last Weds of the month) 1 day Tue 8/5/14 Tue 8/5/14 File NOD 1 day Wed 8/6/14 Wed 8/6/14 2 NEPA Documentation 128 days Fri 6/27/14 Wed 12/31/14 RMC prepares Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document 30 days Fri 6/27/14 Fri 8/8/14 USBR reviews Administrative Draft Supplemental Information Document 30 days Mon 8/11/14 Mon 9/22/14 RMC prepares Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Document 20 days Tue 9/23/14 Tue 10/21/14 USBR reviews Screencheck Draft Supplemental Information Document 20 days Wed 10/22/14 Wed 11/19/14 RMC prepares Final Supplemental Information Document 8 days Thu 11/20/14 Tue 12/2/14 Supplemental Information Document and FONSI Publication/signatures 20 days Wed 12/3/14 Wed 12/31/14 Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 EXHIBIT “C” COMPENSATION The CITY agrees to compensate the CONSULTANT for professional services performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and as set forth in the budget schedule below. Compensation shall be calculated based on the hourly rate schedule as in Exhibit C up to the not to exceed budget amount for each task set forth below. The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT under this Agreement for all services described in Exhibit “A” (“Basic Services”) and reimbursable expenses shall not exceed $176,286. CONSULTANT agrees to complete all Basic Services, including reimbursable expenses, within this amount. In the event CITY authorizes any Additional Services, the maximum compensation shall not exceed $193,914. Any work performed or expenses incurred for which payment would result in a total exceeding the maximum amount of compensation set forth herein shall be at no cost to the CITY. CONSULTANT shall perform the tasks and categories of work as outlined and budgeted below. The CITY’s Project Manager may approve in writing the transfer of budget amounts between any of the tasks or categories listed below provided the total compensation for Basic Services, including reimbursable expenses, does not exceed $176,286 and the total compensation for Additional Services does not exceed $17,628. BUDGET SCHEDULE NOT TO EXCEED AMOUNT Task 1 $97,778 (Environmental Impact Report) Task 2 $31,507 (NEPA Documentation) Task 3 $8,601 (Project Management) Task 4 $38,400 (Optional Tasks) Sub-total Basic Services $176,286 Total Basic Services and Reimbursable expenses $176,286 Additional Services (Not to Exceed) $17,628 Maximum Total Compensation $193,914 REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 The administrative, overhead, secretarial time or secretarial overtime, word processing, photocopying, in-house printing, insurance and other ordinary business expenses are included within the scope of payment for services and are not reimbursable expenses. CITY shall reimburse CONSULTANT for the following reimbursable expenses at cost. All requests for payment of expenses shall be accompanied by appropriate backup information. Any expense anticipated to be more than $500 shall be approved in advance by the CITY’s project manager. ADDITIONAL SERVICES The CONSULTANT shall provide additional services only by advanced, written authorization from the CITY. The CONSULTANT, at the CITY’s project manager’s request, shall submit a detailed written proposal including a description of the scope of services, schedule, level of effort, and CONSULTANT’s proposed maximum compensation, including reimbursable expense, for such services based on the rates set forth in Exhibit C. The additional services scope, schedule and maximum compensation shall be negotiated and agreed to in writing by the CITY’s Project Manage and CONSULTANT prior to commencement of the services. Payment for additional services is subject to all requirements and restrictions in this Agreement Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 EXHIBIT “D” INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTORS TO THE CITY OF PALO ALTO (CITY), AT THEIR SOLE EXPENSE, SHALL FOR THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN INSURANCE IN THE AMOUNTS FOR THE COVERAGE SPECIFIED BELOW, AFFORDED BY COMPANIES WITH AM BEST’S KEY RATING OF A-:VII, OR HIGHER, LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED TO TRANSACT INSURANCE BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. AWARD IS CONTINGENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH CITY’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, AS SPECIFIED, BELOW: REQUIRED TYPE OF COVERAGE REQUIREMENT MINIMUM LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE YES YES WORKER’S COMPENSATION EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY STATUTORY STATUTORY YES GENERAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING PERSONAL INJURY, BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE BLANKET CONTRACTUAL, AND FIRE LEGAL LIABILITY BODILY INJURY PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY & PROPERTY DAMAGE COMBINED. $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 YES AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY, INCLUDING ALL OWNED, HIRED, NON-OWNED BODILY INJURY - EACH PERSON - EACH OCCURRENCE PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, COMBINED $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS, MALPRACTICE (WHEN APPLICABLE), AND NEGLIGENT PERFORMANCE ALL DAMAGES $1,000,000 YES THE CITY OF PALO ALTO IS TO BE NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED: CONTRACTOR, AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE, SHALL OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN, IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE TERM OF ANY RESULTANT AGREEMENT, THE INSURANCE COVERAGE HEREIN DESCRIBED, INSURING NOT ONLY CONTRACTOR AND ITS SUBCONSULTANTS, IF ANY, BUT ALSO, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF WORKERS’ COMPENSATION, EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY AND PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE, NAMING AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS CITY, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES. I. INSURANCE COVERAGE MUST INCLUDE: A. A PROVISION FOR A WRITTEN THIRTY DAY ADVANCE NOTICE TO CITY OF CHANGE IN COVERAGE OR OF COVERAGE CANCELLATION; AND B. A CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR CONTRACTOR’S AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY CITY. C. DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF $5,000 REQUIRE CITY’S PRIOR APPROVAL. II. CONTACTOR MUST SUBMIT CERTIFICATES(S) OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING REQUIRED COVERAGE. III. ENDORSEMENT PROVISIONS, WITH RESPECT TO THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO “ADDITIONAL INSUREDS” A. PRIMARY COVERAGE WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED, INSURANCE AS AFFORDED BY THIS POLICY IS PRIMARY AND IS NOT ADDITIONAL TO OR CONTRIBUTING WITH ANY OTHER INSURANCE CARRIED BY OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS. B. CROSS LIABILITY Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 THE NAMING OF MORE THAN ONE PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION AS INSUREDS UNDER THE POLICY SHALL NOT, FOR THAT REASON ALONE, EXTINGUISH ANY RIGHTS OF THE INSURED AGAINST ANOTHER, BUT THIS ENDORSEMENT, AND THE NAMING OF MULTIPLE INSUREDS, SHALL NOT INCREASE THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY UNDER THIS POLICY. C. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION 1. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE ISSUING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A THIRTY (30) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. 2. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE ISSUING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A TEN (10) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. NOTICES SHALL BE MAILED TO: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION CITY OF PALO ALTO P.O. BOX 10250 PALO ALTO, CA 94303 City of Palo Alto (ID # 3426) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Crossbore Contract Amendment #1 Title: Approval of Amendment No. 1 to Contract #C12140966 in the Amount of $500,000 with Hydromax USA, Inc. To Provide Additional Services Associated with the Cross-Bore Investigation Project, for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $4,300,000 From: City Manager Lead Department: Utilities Recommendation Staff recommends that Council approve Amendment Number 1 to Contract #C12140966 in the amount of $500,000 with Hydromax USA, Inc. to provide additional services associated with the Cross-Bore Investigation Project for a total revised contract not to exceed amount of $4,300,000. As part of this Amendment, staff also recommends that Council approve a one year time extension to December 31, 2013, to allow the Contractor to complete the field investigations. Background On July 11, 2011, Council awarded a contract to Hydromax USA, Inc. for the Cross-Bore Investigation Project. Council approved a total budget of $3,523,950 and a contingency amount of $276,050 for this project. The request for proposals for this project was sent to ten vendors on April 13, 2011. Hydromax USA, Inc. was selected because of its specialization in this line of work, availability of equipment to complete this project and its demonstrated ability to meet the City’s critical quality assurance methods. A cross-bore is the unintentional installation of one utility within another. Typically, this can occur during trenchless pipe installation. This contract with Hydromax USA, Inc. included cross-bore investigations of 18,000 existing sanitary sewer laterals within the City. The project started in late July 2011 and was scheduled City of Palo Alto Page 2 to be finished within 18 months, or by January 2013. As of the start of January 2013, Hydromax USA, Inc. has attempted to investigate 13,579 laterals in the existing sanitary sewer system, which is broken down as follows:  Total inspections in quality control review or completed = 6,563  Total properties requiring additional inspection = 7,016 o Incomplete inspection (needs construction or resolution of other access issues) = 3218 o Field inspection in process = 3,798  Field inspection not yet attempted = 4,421 Since the cross-bore program began, there have been 19 gas cross-bores found and corrected. This is roughly 1 gas cross-bore per 500 sewer laterals inspected. As the crossbore investigation progressed, the contractor discovered that there were several aspects of the required work that were unforeseen and beyond the scope of the original contract. These unforeseen items include the longer than average lateral length, unforeseen number of branched laterals camera size limiting the ability to inspect 6” and less sanitary sewer main sizes and poor conditions of some of the existing laterals. Some of the conditions encountered include buried cleanouts, roots, offset pipes, and no access in the private and public parts of the laterals preventing completion of inspections. To complete the inspection of some of these laterals will require construction work outside of the scope of this contract to remove the impediments in the laterals that are preventing inspection. This work may be completed by in-house crews or through existing contract construction crews. Discussion After the original contract with Hydromax USA, Inc. was signed and accepted by the City (Staff Report #1615), conditions not covered in the contract resulted in an increase in work needed by the Contractor. As a result, the project costs have increased by approximately $500,000 and the project completion date has been extended approximately one year to December 31, 2013. The following describes the additional work needed in order to see the project through to completion: 1. For the private side of some of the existing laterals, along with some of the City’s existing laterals, it has been problematic to complete video inspections due to the existing condition of the pipes. The original contract does not include construction on mains or laterals. It has been found that there are several thousand laterals that require: A) excavation to locate and raise cleanouts, B) installation of new cleanouts, C) lateral City of Palo Alto Page 3 spot repair and D) other means to complete the investigation. At this time, outside Contractors and available City staff are being used to resolve these various construction issues. Once the construction issues are resolved, Hydromax USA, Inc will return to each site one more time to complete the crossbore investigation at no additional cost. 2. Per the original contract, the average anticipated lateral length was calculated to be approximately 65 feet. To date, investigations have determined that the actual average lateral length is closer to 84 feet, requiring 29% more lateral inspections and coding than originally anticipated. The increased footage requiring inspection is the result of finding branched laterals servicing multiple structures on a parcel. In addition to this, the longer lateral lengths have required an additional camera crew with specialized equipment at the cleanouts to complete some lateral investigations due to the length limitations of the cameras launched from the mains. 3. The bid documents did not specify the main footages by size. The contractor assumed that the similar conditions existed as on other jobs they had performed. In the Palo Alto system the footages of 6 inch mains was higher than anticipated. Additionally, lined 6”pipe and the amount of 6 inch pipe with issues such as offsets, protruding laterals or blockages due to tree roots have created a significant increase of work. This increased the cost because the main-launched camera equipment proved difficult to use in the City’s 6 inch pipes and could not be used in the lined 6 inch pipes. As a result, extra camera crews with specialized equipment were needed to return to the site and perform the inspections. Because even the most diligent technician and complex verification process can miss a critical observation in the sanitary sewer lateral, City staff is continuing to recommend that customers call the City at (650) 329-2579 (Utility Dispatch) first before having their laterals cleaned. The costs associated with the uncompleted out of scope work described above total $500,000 and bring the total cost of this contract to $4,300,000. Resource Impact The attached Amendment Number 1, Attachment A, requests an additional appropriation of $500,000 for the contract with Hydromax USA, Inc. The funds for this project were included in the FY 2013 Utilities Operating Budget. No additional City resources will be required to manage this project. Policy Implications City of Palo Alto Page 4 Amendment Number 1 does not represent a change to existing policies. This recommendation is consistent with the Council-approved Utilities Strategic Plan (Staff Report 1880), especially Key Strategy #1, “Ensure a high level of system reliability in a cost effective and timely manner.” Environmental Review This project is categorically exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guideline Sections 15301 (b) repair, maintenance of existing facilities and 15302 (c) replacement or reconstruction of existing facilities. Attachments:  Attachment A: PA Amendment One to Contract C12140966 with Hydromax USA (PDF) City of Palo Alto (ID # 3371) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Maybell Short Term Loan Title: Adoption of Budget Amendment Ordinance to Provide Additional Loan to Palo Alto Housing Corporation and Approval of a Short Term Loan to Palo Alto Housing Corporation in the Amount of $2,600,000 to Palo Alto Housing Corporation for the Acquisition of 567-595 Maybell Avenue for Purposes of Developing a Below Market Rate Senior Housing Project From: City Manager Lead Department: Planning and Community Environment Recommendation Staff recommends that the City Council: 1. Approve and authorize the City Manager or designee to execute in substantially identical form the Revised and Restated Acquisition and Development Agreement (ADA) with Palo Alto Housing Corporation (PAHC) to provide a short term loan of $2,600,000 from the Stanford University Medical Center (SUMC) Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities and Affordable Housing Fund; and 2. Authorize the City Manager or designee to execute all other documents required to implement the ADA and related transaction, including escrow instructions, deed of trust, subordination agreements, and to administer the provisions of the agreements; and 3. Adopt the attached Budget Amendment Ordinance (BAO) to amend the Fiscal Year 2013 Operating Budget to increase General Expense by $2.6 million and correspondingly reduce SUMC reserves. Executive Summary Council approval of the recommended actions will provide a short-term $2,600,000 loan from the SUMC fund to Palo Alto Housing Corporation, Inc. (PAHC) for the acquisition of two parcels, located at 567-595 Maybell Avenue for the purpose of developing the site into a 60-unit affordable rental housing project for extremely-low and very-low and low income seniors and a City of Palo Alto Page 2 15-unit market rate single family residential subdivision. Review of entitlements (zoning and site design) and site specific environmental review will occur subsequent to the land acquisition when an application is made and plans are developed for the project. Background On June 22, 2012, Palo Alto Housing Corporation (PAHC), entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Maybell Sambuceto Properties, LLC and Sambuceto Partners, A California Limited Partnership, to acquire the properties located at 567-595 Maybell Avenue for the purpose of developing an affordable housing project to be named the Maybell Orchard Apartments. Initially, PAHC approached the City seeking $6.5 million of financial assistance for the site acquisition. As project development costs were further refined, however, the final request amount was finalized at $5,820,220. Due to limitations of the City’s Housing Fund, the City was initially able to provide only a $3,220,220 loan. On November 19, 2012, the Council approved a $3,220,220 long term loan for the acquisition of the Maybell properties and directed staff to prepare a short-term $2,600,000 loan, using Stanford Medical Center Development Agreement Funds, to be able to fund the full amount of PAHC’s request. Discussion PAHC Purchase Agreement for Site The Palo Alto Housing Corporation (PAHC) and Maybell Sambuceto Properties, LLC and Sambuceto Partners, a California Limited Partnership, executed a purchase and sale agreement detailing the terms of the acquisition of both parcels. Escrow closed on November 30, 2012 and PAHC is the owner of the property. An appraisal was prepared by Hulberg & Associates, Inc., dated June 26, 2012. The appraised value for the property was estimated at $15,640,000. Project Site and Description The project site is comprised of two parcels (APN # 137-25-109 and -108) located at the corner of Maybell and Clemo Avenues. The combined lot size is approximately 107,422 sq. ft. (2.46 acres). The larger parcel (93,654 sq. ft.) and the smaller parcel (13,768 sq. ft.) are zoned RM15 and R2, respectively, as shown in Attachment A. Both parcels are within one-quarter of a mile from El Camino Real with access to VTA bus route 88. City of Palo Alto Page 3 PAHC plans to subdivide the property and apply for rezoning of the 2.46-acre property. The affordable rental apartments would be on an one acre parcel and would include (59) 1- bedroom apartments and (1) 2-bedroom apartment for an onsite manager, common areas such as a community room with computer lab, laundry room, manager’s office, a resident services office, as well as outdoor common area space. The affordable apartments would have an average size of 600 square feet and be affordable to senior households earning 30-60% of the Area Median Income (AMI). The project would be designed to meet or exceed the City’s green point rating system. The market rate units would be located on the remaining 1.46 acres, running adjacent to the perimeter of the property, bordering Maybell and Clemo Avenues. The 15-unit subdivision would be fee simple lots of approximately 4,000 square feet with residence sizes between 1,900 -3,200 square feet. In order to avoid parking impacts on Maybell and Clemo Avenue, garage parking would be provided at the rear of each unit, accessed by an alley in the interior of the lot. To provide equity for the senior affordable housing development, PAHC anticipates selling the subdivision to a developer once the entitlements have been obtained rather than constructing the units themselves and then selling the completed units. Surrounding Uses The project site is surrounded by the following land uses: West- Single-family residences North - Multi-family residences (Arastradero Park owned by PAHC) East- Multi-family residences (The Tan Plaza Continental) South- Briones Park $2,600,000 Proposed Short-Term Loan The proposed $2,600,000 short-term loan would be a two year loan with an option of a 1-year extension. The interest rate would be 3% per annum with payments deferred for the term of the loan. Staff proposes to revise and restate the existing loan agreement to include the addition of this short-term loan from the SUMC Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities and Affordable Housing Fund. As various commercial and housing developments pay their affordable housing in-lieu fees over the next two-years for future residential and commercial projects, those fees would be used to reimburse the SUMC Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities and Affordable Housing Fund. When the future in-lieu fees are received by the City, the fees will be added to the long term loan amount and the short term loan amount will be proportionately reduced. For example, if a $200,000 fee payment is received, it would be applied towards the long term loan by $200,000 and the short term loan amount would be reduced by $200,000. The SUMC fund would be reimbursed City of Palo Alto Page 4 $200,000. Please note, with the future fee payments, it will not increase the City’s overall loan commitment of $5.8 million. Except for the loan term and method of repayment to the short term loan, all other provisions and requirements of the approved $3.2 million loan agreement apply to this loan. All City loan agreements provide the City with remedies to recoup the loan if the developer defaults or the project does not otherwise move forward (such as securing sufficient financing for the development or not receiving the necessary land use entitlements by a certain date). The PAHC required a total of approximately $5.8 million in loans from the City to close escrow and to enhance the likelihood of obtaining needed State tax credits for the project. The City did not have sufficient funds available in the commercial and residential housing funds to lend the full amount. On November 19, 2012, the Council approved a long term loan of $3,220,220, the full amount of housing funds available to the project. Council also provided direction to staff to prepare the $2.6 million loan. An interim letter of credit allowed PAHC to make up the $2.6 million and close escrow on the purchase on November 30. The short-term loan will replace PAHC’s interim line of credit. Staff acknowledges that while the loan should be paid back within 2-3 years, the City is likely to have other demands on the SUMC funds for infrastructure needs during this period, and that the short-term loan may defer the availability of the full complement of SUMC funding for this period. This housing project, however, is an opportunity to fulfill City housing goals with a project comprised of senior housing units expected to have little effect on traffic and school capacity. City Financial Commitment per Unit Developed The commitment of $5.8 million for 60 affordable housing units at this site provides a City contribution equivalent to approximately $100,000 per unit. For the two most recent City- funded new construction affordable housing projects, the City’s commitment was approximately $150,000 per unit for the Tree House Apartments at 488 W. Charleston Road and $400,000 per unit (including loans and land donation) for the 801 Alma family housing project. Rents and Occupancy of the Apartments In order to succeed in the competition for the State’s tax credit allocation, PAHC needs to emphasize housing for extremely low-income and very-low income households. The project’s proposed rent categories and income limits are shown below; actual rents may change somewhat by the time the project is constructed and ready for occupancy due to changes in the County median income. City of Palo Alto Page 5 Maybell Housing Project – Description of Proposed Units and Rental Structure Rent As A Percent of Median Income 1-Bedroom Units Extremely Low Income (30% of AMI) 20 Very Low Income (45% of AMI) 6 Very Low Income (50% of AMI) 24 Low Income (60% of AMI) 9 Manager’s Unit 1 Total Units 60 Notes: AMI means the Area Median Income for Santa Clara County, which equals $105,000 for a household of four persons as published on February 1, 2012. Development Review Zoning and site plan review will be required subsequent to the PAHC purchase of the site and submittal of a development application. The process will include review by the Architectural Review Board, the Planning and Transportation Commission, and the City Council. On September 18, 2012, PAHC presented conceptual site and elevation plans for the proposed project to the City Council for comment and feedback. PAHC plans to incorporate responses to those comments when it submits an application for land use approvals. However, providing this loan does not commit the City to any particular course of action related to decisions on the land use entitlements and the agreement specifically states that the City retains full discretion to approve or disapprove the site-specific land use approvals. Resource Impacts The attached Budget Amendment Ordinance (Attachment A) addresses changes to the expense budget for the SUMC Fund. To fund the short-term loan, staff proposes to use $2.6 million from the SUMC Fund. As part of the SUMC Development Agreement, SUMC agreed to pay approximately $44.3 million in public benefit funds. Of the $44.3 million, approximately $23.2 million has been earmarked for the SUMC Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities and Affordable Housing Fund. The City has received $32,533,666 in SUMC public benefit funds as of December 5, 2012 of which $15.5 million was deposited in the SUMC Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities and Affordable Housing Fund. City of Palo Alto Page 6 Of that amount, $1.7 million was dedicated specifically to affordable housing. Council committed $1.0 million of this dedicated amount to the Stevenson House rehabilitation and $0.7 million for the Maybell long-term loan. The attached BAO appropriates money from the remaining balance of the Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities, and Affordable Housing Fund. The SUMC Parties will pay an additional $11.7M in public benefit funds upon substantial completion of the Lucile Packard Children’s Hospital expansion, expected in 2018. After funding the $3.2 million long-term loan (BAO 5171), the balance in the Residential Housing In-Lieu Fund is approximately $3.7 million. Approximately $3.6 million in this fund cannot be spent until the ongoing Sterling Park litigation is resolved. The City’s other housing fund, the Commercial Housing In-Lieu Fund, has balance of approximately $0.1 million. The overall development cost for the affordable senior development is approximately $21.6 million. The sale of the market rate home subdivision will help buy down some of the development costs. PAHC also plans on submitting an application for tax credit financing and applying for a conventional mortgage. A summary of the sources of funding for the acquisition of the site and sources and uses for the senior development are included as Attachment B. Policy Implications The actions recommended in this report implement the City’s adopted Housing Element policies and programs supporting the development of very low and extremely low income housing. Policy H-12 calls for encouraging, fostering and preserving diverse housing opportunities for very low-, low- and moderate-income households. In addition, Policy H-18 supports housing that incorporates facilities and services to meet the health care, transit, or social service needs of households with special needs, including seniors and persons with disabilities. These 60 units will be counted towards the City’s housing production goals for the 2007 to 2014 Housing Element period. The proposed project is a 100% affordable housing development that will serve individuals who are earning 30 to 60 percent of the area wide median income. A large percentage of Palo Alto’s seniors are in this targeted income range. This population is underserved in the City and many cannot afford to pay market rate rents. State Housing Element law requires that localities provide for their “fair share” of the region’s housing need. The Association of Bay Area Governments (ABAG) determined that Palo Alto’s projected need for the period from January 1, 2007 – June 30, 2014 will be 2,860 units, of which 633 units are presently unmet need in the Very Low Income category. This project will also provide 20 of the 60 units to households below 35% of the AMI, considered Extremely Low Income, which will help the City address State requirements to assist in meeting housing needs of this population. City of Palo Alto Page 7 Environmental Review By approving this acquisition loan agreement, the City has made no commitment to approve the project or any particular application for land use approvals on the property. The provision of financing for acquisition of the property is consistent with the land use element of the City’s Comprehensive plan and with the City’s affordable housing goals as outlined in the Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan, and the approval of this agreement is within the scope of that program EIR and no new environmental review is required in that no specific plans for development of the property have been submitted that would create additional environmental impacts. Site-specific environmental review will be completed when an application for specific land use approvals is made and plans are developed for the project. Attachments:  Attachment A: Budget Amendment Ordinance Short term PAHC Loan (DOCX)  Attachment B: Sources and Uses for Maybell Orchard Apartments (PDF)  Attachment C: Loan Agreement (PDF) ORDINANCE NO. ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AMENDING THE BUDGET FOR FISCAL YEAR 2013 TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL APPROPRIATION OF $2,600,000 FROM THE STANFORD UNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER (SUMC) INFRASTRUCTURE, SUSTAINABLE NEIGHBORHOODS AND COMMUNITIES, AND AFFODABLE HOUSING FUND TO AMEND AND INCREASE THE EXISTING LOAN TO PALO ALTO HOUSING CORPORATION FOR THE ACQUISITION OF TWO PARCELS The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ordain as follows: SECTION 1. The Council of the City of Palo Alto finds and determines as follows: A. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 12 of Article III of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto, the Council on June 18, 2012 did adopt a budget for Fiscal Year 2013; and B. On November 18, 2012, the Council authorized the City Manager to issue a long-term loan for Three Million Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($3,220,220) to the Palo Alto Housing Corporation for the acquisition of two parcels, located at 567-595 Maybell Avenue for the purpose of developing the site into a 60- unit affordable rental housing project for extremely-low and very-low and low income seniors and a 15 unit market rate single family residential subdivision; and C. An additional short-term loan of Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000) is needed to complete the project; and D. The 2011 Stanford University Medical Center (SUMC) Development Agreement provided funds for use in connection with infrastructure, sustainable neighborhoods and communities, and affordable housing; and E. The available balance in the Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities, and Affordable Housing Fund is Fourteen Million One Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Eighty-Seven Dollars ($14,178,087); and F. City Council authorization is needed to amend the Fiscal Year 2013 Operating Budget as hereinafter set forth. SECTION 2. The sum of Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000) is hereby appropriated to General Expense in the Planning and Community Environment budget for the purposes of increasing the existing loan and the available balance of the SUMC Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities, and Affordable Housing Fund is hereby reduced to Eleven Million Five Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Eighty-Seven Dollars ($11,578,087). SECTION 3. As specified in Section 2.28.080(a) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, a two-thirds vote of the City Council is required to adopt this ordinance. SECTION 4. As provided in Section 2.04.330 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code, this ordinance shall become effective upon adoption. SECTION 5. The Council of the City of Palo Alto hereby finds that this is not a project under the California Environmental Quality Act and, therefore, no environmental impact assessment is necessary. INTRODUCED AND PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSTENTIONS: ABSENT: ATTEST: APPROVED: __________________________ ___________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: ___________________________ City Manager __________________________ ___________________________ City Attorney Director of Planning and Community Environment __________________________ Director of Administrative Services ATTACHMENT B SOURCES AND USES FOR MAYBELL ORCHARD APARTMENTS Sources for the Acquisition of the Parcel  ACQUISITION FINANCING PRIOR TO MARKET RATE LAND SALE ACQUISITION SOURCES total - County Loan $ 2,759,780 LISC Loan $ 3,500,000 LIIF Loan $ 3,500,000 City Loan $ 3,220,220 City Short Term Loan $ 2,600,000 total $ 15,580,000   PAHC estimates the overall development cost for the 60‐unit Maybell project to be  $21.1 million as shown below.    MAYBELL ORCHARD SENIOR HOUSING DEVELOPMENT BUDGET ACQUISITION total per unit Land $ 6,480,000 $ 108,000 Other Acquisition Costs $ 292,550 $ 4,876 Total Acquisition Costs $ 6,772,550 $ 112,876 HARD COSTS Construction/Rehabilitation $ 8,397,784 $ 139,963 Commercial Costs $ - $ - Site Work $ 650,000 $ 10,833 General Contractor O&P $ 827,850 $ 13,798 Total Hard Costs $ 9,875,634 $ 164,594 SOFT COSTS Architectural $ 603,671 $ 10,061 Survey & Engineering $ 325,000 $ 5,417 Construction Interest + Fees $ 798,628 $ 13,310 Financing & Syndication $ 150,439 $ 2,507 Local Permits and Fees $ 260,000 $ 4,333 Legal Fees $ 100,000 $ 1,667 Developer Fee $ 1,400,000 $ 23,333 $ - $ - Relocation $ - $ - Reserves $ 135,113 $ 2,252 Other Soft Costs $ 705,000 $ 11,750 Total Soft Costs $ 4,477,851 $ 74,631 TOTAL DEVELOPMENT COSTS $ 21,126,035 $ 352,101   Financing for the development is expected from the following funding sources:      MAYBELL ORCHARD SENIOR HOUSING FINANCING total per unit PERMANENT SOURCES - - Conventional Mortgage $ 1,228,000 $ 20,467 City Loan $ 3,220,220 $ 53,671 Tax Credit Investor Proceeds $ 11,318,034 $ 188,634 County SAHF loan $ 2,759,780 $ 45,996 City Short Term Loan $ 2,600,000 $ 43,333 total $ 21,126,035 $ 352,101 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT LOAN AGREEMENT AND OPTION TO PURCHASE by and between THE CITY OF PALO ALTO A Chartered City and Municipal Corporation and PALO ALTO HOUSING CORPORATION A California Non-Profit Public Benefit Corporation For the Real Property Located at: 567-595 Maybell Avenue (APN: 137-25-108, 137-25-109) Dated __________, 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 i ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS 3  Section 1.1 Definitions.........................................................................................................3  Section 1.2 Exhibits. ............................................................................................................7  ARTICLE 2 LOAN PROVISIONS 7  Section 2.1 Loan. .................................................................................................................7  Section 2.2 Interest. ..............................................................................................................8  Section 2.3 Use of Funds. ....................................................................................................8  Section 2.4 Security. ............................................................................................................8  Section 2.5 Subordination. ...................................................................................................9  Section 2.6 Disbursement Requirements – Acquisition Loan. ..........................................10  Section 2.7 Subordination to Construction Financing. ......................................................12  Section 2.8 Subordination to Permanent Financing. ..........................................................14  Section 2.9 Repayment of the City Loan. ..........................................................................14  Section 2.10 Non-Recourse. ..............................................................................................17  ARTICLE 3 PREDEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES 18  Section 3.1 Predevelopment Activities. .............................................................................18  Section 3.2 Land Use Approvals and CEQA Review........................................................18  Section 3.3 Tax Credit and Other Financing Applications. ...............................................19  Section 3.4 Financing Plan. ...............................................................................................19  Section 3.5 Building Permit. ..............................................................................................20  ARTICLE 4 ONGOING OBLIGATIONS 20  Section 4.1 Periodic Reports. .............................................................................................20  Section 4.2 Information. ....................................................................................................20  Section 4.3 Records. ..........................................................................................................20  Section 4.4 Audits. .............................................................................................................21  Section 4.5 Compliance with Laws; Prevailing Wages. ....................................................21  Section 4.6 Relocation. ......................................................................................................22  Section 4.7 Hazardous Materials. ......................................................................................22  Section 4.8 Maintenance and Damage. ..............................................................................25  Section 4.9 Mechanics Liens, Stop Notices, and Notices of Completion. .........................25  Section 4.10 Fees and Taxes. .............................................................................................26  Section 4.11 Notices. .........................................................................................................26  Section 4.12 Non-Discrimination. .....................................................................................26  Section 4.13 Insurance Requirements. ...............................................................................27  Section 4.14 Transfer. ........................................................................................................27  Section 4.15 Other Indebtedness and Liens. ......................................................................28  Section 4.16 Use as Affordable Housing ...........................................................................28  ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER 29  TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 ii Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties. .....................................................................29  Section 5.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. ..................................................31  ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 31  Section 6.1 Termination of Agreement. .............................................................................31  Section 6.2 Events of Default. ...........................................................................................31  Section 6.3 Remedies. ........................................................................................................33  Section 6.4 Option to Purchase, Enter and Possess. .............................................................34  Section 6.5 Right of Contest. .............................................................................................35  Section 6.6 Remedies Cumulative. ....................................................................................35  ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS 35  Section 7.1 Agreement Coordination .................................................................................35  Section 7.2 Relationship of Parties. ...................................................................................36  Section 7.3 No Claims. ......................................................................................................36  Section 7.4 Amendments. ..................................................................................................36  Section 7.5 Entire Understanding of the Parties. ...............................................................36  Section 7.6 Indemnification. ..............................................................................................36  Section 7.7 Non-Liability of CITY and CITY Officials, Employees and Agents. ............37  Section 7.8 No Third Party Beneficiaries. .........................................................................37  Section 7.9 Action by the CITY; Amendments. ................................................................37  Section 7.10 Waivers. ........................................................................................................37  Section 7.11 Notices, Demands and Communications. .....................................................37  Section 7.12 Applicable Law and Venue. ..........................................................................38  Section 7.13 Parties Bound. ...............................................................................................38  Section 7.14 Attorneys' Fees. .............................................................................................39  Section 7.15 Severability. ..................................................................................................39  Section 7.16 Force Majeure. ..............................................................................................39  Section 7.17 Conflict of Interest. .......................................................................................39  Section 7.18 Time of Essence. ...........................................................................................40  Section 7.19 Title of Parts and Sections; Exhibits. ............................................................40  Section 7.20 Multiple Originals; Counterpart. ...................................................................40  Section 7.21 Recording of Memo of Agreement. ..............................................................40  Section 7.22 Further Actions. ............................................................................................40  EXHIBIT A: Legal Description of the Property EXHIBIT B: Note EXHIBIT C: Deed of Trust EXHIBIT D: Estimated Project Costs and Sources of Funds EXHIBIT E: Schedule of Performance EXHIBIT F: Assignment of Documents EXHIBIT G: Insurance Requirements 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 1 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT LOAN AGREEMENT AND OPTION TO PURCHASE (Maybell Orchard Apartments, 567-595 Maybell Avenue, Palo Alto, California) This First Amended and Restated Acquisition and Development Loan Agreement and Option to Purchase (the "Agreement"), initially executed as of November 28, 2012 (the "Effective Date"), as fully amended and restated as of __________, 2013, by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a chartered city and a municipal corporation (the "CITY") and PALO ALTO HOUSING CORPORATION, a California non-profit public benefit corporation, with offices at 725 Alma Street, Palo Alto, California 94301 (the "BORROWER"). RECITALS A. On June 22, 2012, BORROWER entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Maybell Sambuceto Properties, LLC, a California limited liability company, and Sambuceto Partners, a California limited partnership, to acquire the property located at 567-595 Maybell Ave., Palo Alto, California (the “Property”) for a purchase price of Fifteen Million Five Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($15,580,000) for the purpose of developing an affordable rental housing project. A legal description of the Property is attached as Exhibit A. B. BORROWER proposes to construct approximately sixty (60) residential rental units (the "Project") on a portion of the Property, of which fifty-nine (59) units would be affordable to low, very low, and extremely low income senior households earning between thirty percent (30%) and sixty percent (60%) of area median income as determined by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development. BORROWER further desires to sell a portion of the Property totaling approximately 1.46 acres (the "Market-Rate Parcel") to a third party for construction of market-rate housing to reduce the acquisition and development costs related to the Project. C. CITY has established the Residential In-Lieu Housing Fund (the "In-Lieu Housing Fund") for the purpose of providing loans to support the development of affordable rental housing. The expenditure of funds for site acquisition to secure a site for possible use as low income housing is an eligible activity under the CITY’s adopted Guidelines for use of the Residential In-Lieu Housing Fund. CITY has further established the Stanford University Medical Center Infrastructure, Sustainable Neighborhoods and Communities, and Affordable Housing Fund (the "SUMC Fund") in part to support the development of affordable housing. There is a severe shortage of rental housing affordable to senior residents with extremely low, very low, and low incomes in Palo Alto and nearby areas. D. The CITY made a loan to BORROWER in the amount of Three Million Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($3,220,220) (the "Original Loan") from the In-Lieu Housing Fund pursuant to that Acquisition and Development Loan Agreement and Option to Purchase by and between the CITY and the BORROWER dated November 28, 2012 (the "Original Loan Agreement") and a Promissory Note executed by the BORROWER 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 2 dated November 26, 2012 (the "Original Note"), which was secured by a Deed of Trust with Assignment of Rents dated November 16, 2012 (the "Original Deed of Trust"). The purpose of the Original Loan was to assist in the acquisition of the Property. While the BORROWER was able to acquire the Property in a timely fashion, BORROWER was required to borrow from other assets. To further assist in the acquisition of the Property for possible use as affordable housing, BORROWER wishes to borrow an additional Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000) from the SUMC Fund. BORROWER and the CITY wish to amend and restate the Original Loan Agreement to increase the total loan from the CITY to Five Million Eight Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($5,820,220) (the "City Loan"). E. The portion of the City Loan funded from the SUMC Fund ($2,600,000) must be repaid by January 31, 2015, unless CITY grants an extension of up to one year for repayment. The amount of the City Loan attributable to the SUMC Fund shall decrease as CITY receives additional funds designated for the In-Lieu Housing Fund, as further described in Section 2.1 of this Agreement, Only those portions of the City Loan that remain attributable to the SUMC Fund must be repaid by January 31, 2015 or any extension of that date. F. Concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the BORROWER will execute a First Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the "Note", attached as Exhibit B) evidencing the City Loan, which will be secured by a deed of trust recorded against the Property (the “Deed of Trust,” attached as Exhibit C). The City Loan will be further secured by an Assignment of Documents as defined below. As a condition to disbursement of the remaining proceeds of the City Loan, the CITY will cancel the Original Note and reconvey the Original Deed of Trust. G. Through this Agreement, the City has made no commitment to approve the Project nor any particular application for Land Use Approvals (as defined below) on the Property, and site- specific environmental review will be completed when such application is made and plans are developed for the Project. The provision of financing for acquisition of the Property, without commitment to any specific project, is consistent with the Land Use Element of the Comprehensive Plan and with the CITY’s affordable housing goals as outlined in the Housing Element of the Comprehensive Plan. A program Environmental Impact Report on the CITY'S Comprehensive Plan was certified by the Palo Alto City Council on July 20, 1998. The approval of this Agreement is within the scope of that program EIR, and no new environmental document is required, in that no specific plans for development of the Property have been proposed that would create additional environmental impacts. H. This Agreement amends and restates the Original Loan Agreement in its entirety. BORROWER and CITY desire to enter into this Agreement to establish certain terms and conditions relating to the City Loan. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements specified herein, and subject to its terms and provisions, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 3 AGREEMENT The foregoing recitals are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement. This Agreement is entered into to assist the BORROWER in the acquisition of the Property and the development of the Project, which consists of multifamily rental housing reserved for occupancy by extremely low, very low, and low income households. This Agreement sets forth the respective duties and responsibilities of CITY and BORROWER regarding the acquisition of the Property and financing for the development of the Project, establishes a schedule of performance by BORROWER, and provides for a termination of this Agreement under certain conditions. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND EXHIBITS Section 1.1 Definitions. The following capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.1 wherever used in this Agreement, unless otherwise provided: (a) "Agreement" is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (b) “Annual Operating Expenses” is defined in Section 2.9 below. (c) "Approved Acquisition Financing" shall mean all of the following loans: (1) Loan from the Local Initiatives Support Corporation (“LISC”), a New York not-for-profit corporation with its principal offices located at 501 Seventh Avenue, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10018, in the approximate amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) (including an interest reserve not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)), secured by a shared, first priority deed of trust on the Property (the "LISC Loan"); (2) Loan from the Low Income Investment Fund (“LIIF”), a California nonprofit public benefit corporation with offices located at 100 Pine Street, Suite 1800, San Francisco, California 94111, in the approximate amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) (including an interest reserve not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)), secured by a shared, first priority deed of trust on the Property (the "LIIF Loan"); (3) Loan from the County of Santa Clara in the approximate amount of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty Dollars ($2,759,780) (the "County Loan"). 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 4 (d) "Approved Construction Financing" shall mean the City Loan, the County Loan, and the following additional financing: (1) Tax Credit Investor Proceeds in the approximate amount of One Million One Hundred Thirty Two Thousand Dollars ($1,132,000); and (2) Construction Loan in the approximate amount of Ten Million One Hundred Sixty One Thousand Dollars ($10,161,000), on terms reasonably approved by the CITY. (e) "Approved Financing" means the Approved Acquisition Financing, the Approved Construction Financing, and/or the Approved Permanent Financing. (f) "Approved Permanent Financing" shall mean the City Loan, the County Loan, and the following additional financing: (1) Tax Credit Investor Proceeds in the approximate amount of Eleven Million Three Hundred Eighteen Thousand Dollars ($11,318,000); and (2) Conventional Mortgage in the approximate amount of One Million Two Hundred Twenty Eight Thousand Dollars ($1,228,000), on terms reasonable approved by the CITY. (g) “Assignment of Documents” is defined in Section 2.4. The form of the Assignment of Documents is attached hereto as Exhibit F. (h) "BORROWER" is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (i) "CEQA" means the California Environmental Quality Act, Public Resources Code Section 21000 et seq. (j) "CITY" is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (k) "City Council" means the City Council of the CITY. (l) "City Loan" is defined in paragraph D of the Recitals. The City Loan is more particularly described in Section 2.1 below. (m) "City Manager" means the City Manager of the CITY or the City Manager's designee. (n) "Construction Bond" is defined in Section 2.7 below. (o) "Construction Closing" means the date upon which all financing necessary for the construction of the Project on the Property closes, and any deeds of trust related to such financing are recorded against the Property. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 5 (p) "Construction Contract" is defined in Section 2.7 below. (q) "Deed of Trust" is defined in Recital F. The form of the Deed of Trust is attached hereto as Exhibit C. (r) "Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 below. (s) "Default Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 below. (t) "DIR" is the California Department of Industrial Relations. (u) "Effective Date" is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (v) "Financing Plan" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 below. (w) "Force Majeure" is defined in Section 7.16 below. (x) "General Contractor" is defined in Section 2.7 below. (y) "Gross Revenue" is defined in Section 2.9 below. (z) "Hazardous Materials" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 below. (aa) "Hazardous Materials Claim" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 below. (bb) "Hazardous Materials Law" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 below. (cc) "In-Lieu Housing Fund" is defined in Recital C. (dd) "Land Use Approvals" is defined in Section 3.2 below. (ee) "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Note, the Deed of Trust, the Assignment of Documents, the Memo of Agreement, the Regulatory Agreement, and any other document or agreement evidencing the City Loan. (ff) "Market-Rate Parcel" is defined in Recital B. (gg) "Memo of Agreement" means the Memorandum of Acquisition and Development Loan Agreement and Option to Purchase to be recorded against the Property upon acquisition by BORROWER. (hh) "Note" is defined in Recital F. The form of the Note is attached hereto as Exhibit B. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 6 (ii) "Notice of Exercise" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 below. (jj) "Option to Purchase" is defined in Sections 2.4 and 6.4 below. (kk) "Original Deed of Trust" is defined in Recital D. (ll) "Original Loan" is defined in Recital D. (mm) "Original Loan Agreement" is defined in Recital D. (nn) "Original Note" is defined in Recital D. (oo) "Permanent Closing" means the date upon which all financing necessary for the operation of the Project on the Property closes, and any deeds of trust related to such financing are recorded against the Property. (pp) "Predevelopment Activities" means the activities to be performed by BORROWER during the Term, as further described in Article 3 below. (qq) "Project" is defined in Recital B. (rr) "Project Budget" is the pro forma acquisition and construction budget for the Project, including sources and uses of funds, as approved by the CITY, and attached as Exhibit D. (ss) "Project Documents" are defined in Section 2.4(b) below. (tt) "Property" is defined in Recital A, and is more particularly described in the attached Exhibit A. (uu) "Regulatory Agreement" means covenants entered into between the CITY and the BORROWER, to be recorded prior to Construction Closing, which requires that the Project, if approved by the CITY, be maintained and operated as housing affordable to extremely low, very low, and low-income households. (vv) "Residual Receipts" are defined in Section 2.9 below. (ww) "Schedule of Performance" is defined in Section 3.1 below, and is more particularly described in Exhibit E. (xx) "Senior Lenders" are defined in Section 2.5 below. (yy) "Senior Loan" is defined in Section 2.5 below. (zz) "SUMC Fund" is defined in Recital C. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 7 (aaa) "TCAC" means the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee. (bbb) "Term" is defined in Section 2.9 below. (ccc) "Termination Notice" is defined in Section 6.1 below. (ddd) "Third Party Buyer" is defined in Section 4.14 below. (eee) "Transfer" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14 below. Section 1.2 Exhibits. The following exhibits are attached to this Agreement and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference: EXHIBIT A: Legal Description of the Property EXHIBIT B: Note EXHIBIT C: Deed of Trust EXHIBIT D: Estimated Project Costs and Sources of Funds EXHIBIT E: Schedule of Performance EXHIBIT F: Assignment of Documents EXHIBIT G: Insurance Requirements ARTICLE 2 LOAN PROVISIONS Section 2.1 Loan. (a) Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6, the CITY shall loan to the BORROWER the City Loan in the total principal amount of Five Million Eight Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($5,820,220) for the purposes set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement. The obligation to repay the City Loan shall be evidenced by the Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. (b) CITY is funding the principal amount of the City Loan from two sources, not to exceed a total of Five Million Eight Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars (($5,820,220). As of the date of execution of this Agreement, Three Million Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($3,220,220) has been disbursed to BORROWER from the In-Lieu Housing Fund to assist in the purchase of the Property. The remaining Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000) shall be funded from the SUMC Fund. (c) As CITY receives additional funds designated for the In Lieu Housing Fund, CITY will increase the outstanding principal balance of the City Loan attributable to the In Lieu 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 8 Housing Fund and will decrease the outstanding principal balance of the City Loan attributable to the SUMC Fund by the same amount, until the entire outstanding principal balance of the City Loan that is attributable to the SUMC Fund is zero, or until the date that the unpaid principal balance attributable to the SUMC Fund must be paid in full pursuant to Section 2.9(b), whichever comes first. CITY shall document changes to the balances attributable to each fund and, upon request, shall provide BORROWER with statements detailing such balances. As an example, if CITY receives $200,000 for the In-Lieu Housing Fund, the outstanding principal balance of the City Loan attributable to the In-Lieu Housing Fund shall be increased by $200,000 (to $3,420,000) and the outstanding principal balance attributable to the SUMC Fund shall be decreased by $200,000 (to $2,400,000).) Section 2.2 Interest. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(b) below, the outstanding principal balance of the City Loan will bear simple interest at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum commencing with the date of the Permanent Closing. (b) In the event of a Default, interest on the City Loan will begin to accrue, as of the date of Default and continue until such time as the City Loan funds are repaid in full or the Default is cured, at the default rate of the lesser of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded annually (the "Default Rate") and the highest rate permitted by law. Section 2.3 Use of Funds. BORROWER shall use the City Loan to fund the acquisition and development of the Property. BORROWER shall not use the City Loan for any other purpose without the prior written consent of the CITY. Section 2.4 Security. (a) Deed of Trust. The BORROWER shall secure its obligation to repay the City Loan, as evidenced by the Note, by executing the Deed of Trust, and recording it as a lien against the Property senior in lien priority to all other deeds of trust recorded against the Property except the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan. The BORROWER shall also cause or permit the Memo of Agreement to be recorded against the Property. (b) Assignment of Documents. As further consideration and security for the City Loan, the BORROWER hereby assigns to the CITY its rights and obligations with respect to certain agreements, plans, specifications, other documents, and approvals (the "Project Documents"), pursuant to an Assignment of Agreements, Plans and Specifications, and Approvals (the "Assignment of Documents"), substantially in the form set forth in the attached Exhibit F. The assignments set forth in the Assignment of Documents shall become effective immediately upon the occurrence of a Default (as defined below in Section 6.2) or upon termination as described in Section 6.1. The CITY shall not have any obligation under any contracts or agreements assigned pursuant to the Assignment of Documents until the CITY expressly agrees in writing to be bound by such contracts or agreements. Upon Default or 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 9 termination, the CITY may use any of the foregoing assigned documents pursuant to the Assignment of Documents for any purpose for which the BORROWER could have used them for development of the Project, and the BORROWER shall cooperate with the CITY to implement the Assignment of Documents and shall immediately deposit with the CITY for the CITY'S use all Project Documents that are the subject of the Assignment of Documents. (c) Option to Purchase. As further consideration and security for the City Loan, BORROWER hereby grants and gives to the CITY a right to purchase all of BORROWER's right, title and interest in and to the Property upon Default on the terms set forth in Section 6.4 (the "Option to Purchase"). Section 2.5 Subordination. The Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement may (which includes the City’s Option to Purchase), shall be subordinated to other loans approved by the CITY (in each case, a "Senior Loan"), but only on condition that all of the following conditions are satisfied. The LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan are considered a Senior Loan. (a) Subordination to Construction Financing. The CITY shall subordinate the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement to Senior Loans proposed for Construction Closing if all of the conditions contained in Section 2.7 and in subsection (c) of this Section have been complied with. (b) Subordination to Permanent Financing. The City shall subordinate the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement to Senior Loans proposed for Permanent Closing if all of the conditions contained in Section 2.8 and in subsection (c) of this Section have been complied with. (c) Conditions Applicable to All Subordination Agreements. In addition to compliance with the requirements of subsection (a) or (b) above, all of the following conditions must be satisfied in all agreements subordinating the CITY's Loan Documents: (1) All of the proceeds of the proposed Senior Loan, less any transaction costs, must be used to provide acquisition, construction, rehabilitation, and/or permanent financing for the Project; (2) The proposed lender (each, a "Senior Lender") must be a state or federally chartered financial institution, a nonprofit corporation or a public entity that is not affiliated with BORROWER or any of the BORROWER'S affiliates, other than as a depositor or a lender; (3) BORROWER must demonstrate to the CITY'S reasonable satisfaction that subordination of the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement is necessary to secure adequate acquisition, construction, rehabilitation and/or permanent financing to ensure the operation of the Project, if approved, as affordable housing, as required by the Loan Documents. To satisfy this requirement, BORROWER must provide to the CITY, in addition to any other information reasonably 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 10 required by the CITY, evidence demonstrating that the proposed amount of the Senior Loan is necessary to provide adequate acquisition, construction, rehabilitation and/or permanent financing to ensure the viability of the Project, and that adequate financing for the Project would not be available without the proposed subordination; (4) The subordination agreement(s) must be structured to minimize the risk that the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement would be extinguished as a result of a foreclosure by the Senior Lender or other holder of the Senior Loan. To satisfy this requirement, the subordination agreement must provide the CITY with adequate rights to cure any defaults by BORROWER, including: (i) providing the CITY or its successor with copies of any notices of default at the same time and in the same manner as provided to BORROWER; and (ii) providing the CITY with a cure period of at least forty-five (45) days to cure any default; (5) No subordination may limit the effect of the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement before a foreclosure, nor require consent of the holder of the Senior Loan to exercise of any remedies by the CITY under the Loan Documents, except for limited standstill periods of up to ninety (90) days as required by the subordination agreements related to the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan; (6) The subordination(s) described in this Section 2.5 may be effective only during the original term of the Senior Loan and any extension of its term or refinancing approved in writing by the CITY, except as otherwise provided in the subordination agreements related to the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan. Upon a determination by the City Attorney that the conditions in this Section have been satisfied, the City Manager or his/her designee will be authorized to execute the approved subordination agreement without the necessity of any further action or approval. Section 2.6 Disbursement Requirements – Acquisition Loan. (a) The CITY has previously disbursed Three Million Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($3,220,220) to BORROWER subject to the following conditions precedent: (1) There exists no Default nor any act, failure, omission or condition that would constitute an event of Default under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the CITY and the BORROWER; (2) BORROWER will close escrow and complete the acquisition of the Property on or before May 31, 2013. The City Manager may extend the date for close of escrow pursuant to Section 2.9(a); (3) BORROWER has delivered to the CITY copies of all of BORROWER's organizational documents, a certificate of status for the BORROWER dated within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, and a copy of a corporate authorizing resolution authorizing BORROWER's execution of the Loan Documents; 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 11 (4) BORROWER has furnished the CITY with evidence of the insurance coverage meeting the requirements of Exhibit G (5) BORROWER has executed and delivered to the CITY the Loan Documents and any other instruments and policies required under the Loan Documents, except the Regulatory Agreement; (6) The Memo of Agreement and Deed of Trust have been, or will be concurrently with the acquisition of the Property, recorded against the Property in the Office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara in a lien position acceptable to the CITY; (7) The BORROWER and all Contractors, as defined in the Assignment of Documents, have executed and delivered to the CITY the Assignment of Documents in the form attached as Exhibit F; (8) BORROWER has executed and delivered to the CITY all other documents, instruments, and policies required under the Loan Documents; (9) A title insurer reasonably acceptable to the CITY is unconditionally and irrevocably committed to issuing an ALTA Lender's Policy of insurance insuring the priority of the Memo of Agreement and Deed of Trust in the amount of the City Loan, subject only to such exceptions and exclusions as may be reasonably acceptable to the CITY, and containing such endorsements as the CITY may reasonably require; and (10) The CITY has received a written draw request with complete documentation of acquisition expenses from the BORROWER, including all closing costs, demonstrating that the undisbursed proceeds of the City Loan, together with other funds or firm commitments for funds that BORROWER has obtained in connection with the Property, are not less than the amount that the CITY determines is necessary to pay for acquisition of the Property. If CITY determines that the entire City Loan is not required to pay reasonable and necessary acquisition costs for the Property, CITY may disburse to BORROWER only those funds required to acquire the Property. (b) The CITY is not obligated to make any disbursement of the remaining Two Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,600,000) for the acquisition of the Property or take any other action under the Loan Documents unless all of the following conditions precedent are satisfied: (1) There exists no Default nor any act, failure, omission or condition that would constitute an event of Default under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the CITY and the BORROWER; (2) BORROWER has delivered to the CITY copies of all of BORROWER's organizational documents, a certificate of status for the BORROWER dated within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, and a copy of a corporate authorizing resolution authorizing BORROWER's execution of the Loan Documents; 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 12 (3) BORROWER has furnished the CITY with evidence of the insurance coverage meeting the requirements of Exhibit G (4) BORROWER has executed and delivered to the CITY the Loan Documents and any other instruments and policies required under the Loan Documents, except the Regulatory Agreement; (5) The Memo of Agreement and Deed of Trust have been, or will be concurrently with the acquisition of the Property, recorded against the Property in the Office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara in a lien position acceptable to the CITY, and CITY has received executed subordination agreements as required to ensure that the Deed of Trust remains in the same lien position as the Original Deed of Trust; (6) The BORROWER and all Contractors, as defined in the Assignment of Documents, have executed and delivered to the CITY the Assignment of Documents in the form attached as Exhibit F; (7) BORROWER has executed and delivered to the CITY all other documents, instruments, and policies required under the Loan Documents; (8) A title insurer reasonably acceptable to the CITY is unconditionally and irrevocably committed to issuing an ALTA Lender's Policy of insurance insuring the priority of the Memo of Agreement and Deed of Trust in the amount of the City Loan, subject only to such exceptions and exclusions as may be reasonably acceptable to the CITY, and containing such endorsements as the CITY may reasonably require; and (9) The CITY has received a written draw request with complete documentation of acquisition expenses from the BORROWER, including all closing costs, demonstrating that the undisbursed proceeds of the City Loan, together with other funds or firm commitments for funds that BORROWER has obtained in connection with the Property, are not less than the amount that the CITY determines is necessary to pay for acquisition of the Property. If CITY determines that the entire City Loan is not required to pay reasonable and necessary acquisition costs for the Property, CITY may disburse to BORROWER only those funds required to acquire the Property. (c) Following reconveyance of the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan, if the entire City Loan was not required to pay reasonable and necessary acquisition costs for the Property, BORROWER may submit a written draw request to CITY to disburse the remaining portion of the City Loan for reasonable predevelopment expenses, such as architectural and engineering fees, upon presentation of signed contracts for such services. The City Manager may authorize disbursement of any remaining City Loan funds upon BORROWER's compliance with this subsection (c) and subsections (b)(1) – (3). Section 2.7 Subordination to Construction Financing. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 13 The City shall not subordinate the Deed of Trust or Memo of Agreement to Senior Loans proposed for Construction Closing unless all of the conditions contained in Section 2.5 and in this Section have been complied with. (a) BORROWER has executed and delivered to the CITY the Regulatory Agreement, and the Regulatory Agreement has been, or will be concurrently with the Construction Closing, recorded against the Property in the Office of the Recorder of the County of Santa Clara in a lien position acceptable to the CITY. (b) BORROWER has submitted to the CITY, and CITY has approved, the Financing Plan as described in Section 3.4, demonstrating that the BORROWER holds sufficient funds and/or binding commitments for sufficient funds to complete the construction of the Project in accordance with the plans and specifications for the Project and to subsequently operate and maintain the Project. The development budget may provide for a developer's fee or a similar fee or fees based on submittal of the Final Budget to the City. City must approve the Final Budget. (c) BORROWER has submitted to the CITY a fully executed copy of a legally binding contract for construction of the Project (the "Construction Contract") which obligates a reputable and financially responsible general contractor (the “General Contractor”), licensed in California and experienced in completing the type of Project contemplated by this Agreement, to commence and complete the construction of the Project, with a guaranteed maximum fixed price consistent with the Final Construction and Permanent Financing Plan. The Construction Contract shall provide for construction of the Project at a guaranteed maximum fixed price, subject to such reasonable adjustments as are customarily allowed with respect to construction contracts. The Construction Contract shall provide for retention of at least ten (10) percent from each progress payment until the final payment, and the final payment shall not be paid to the General Contractor until the occurrence of (1), (2) or (3), below: (1) The expiration of thirty (30) days if a Unconditional Waiver and Release has been issued by the General Contractor or the expiration of sixty-five (65) days from the date of recording by BORROWER, as owner, of a Notice of Completion for the Project, which BORROWER agrees to record promptly within the times specified by law for the recording of such Notice; and the settlement and discharge of all liens and charges claimed by persons who supplied either labor or materials for the construction of such Project; or (2) The posting of a bond, acceptable to the CITY in form and amount, insuring the Property and any interest therein against loss arising from any mechanics’, laborers’, materialmens’ or other like liens filed against the Property; or (3) BORROWER shall have provided such other assurances as may be acceptable to the CITY protecting the Property and any interest therein against loss arising from any mechanics’, laborers’, materialmens’ or other like liens filed against the Property. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 14 (d) The Construction Contract shall require the General Contractor to warrant all work and materials for at least one year after issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Project. (e) The CITY shall have received satisfactory evidence that the insurance required by Exhibit G of this Agreement is in effect. (f) The CITY shall have received a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond (in the form of AIA form A311 or A312) (the "Construction Bond"), issued by a surety acceptable to the CITY in the CITY's reasonable discretion, securing the faithful performance by the General Contractor of the completion of the construction of the Project free of all liens and claims, within the time provided in the updated Schedule of Performance. The Construction Bond shall be in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Construction Contract, shall name the CITY as a co-obligee, and shall be issued by a company acceptable to the CITY and listed in the current United States Treasury Department circular 570 and otherwise within the underwriting limits specified for that company in such circular. Section 2.8 Subordination to Permanent Financing. The City shall not subordinate the Deed of Trust, Regulatory Agreement, and/or Memo of Agreement to Senior Loans proposed for Permanent Closing unless all of the conditions contained in Section 2.5 and in this Section have been complied with. (a) Construction of the Project has been completed, as evidenced by a certificate of occupancy or equivalent certification provided by the CITY and an architect's or engineer's certificate of completion. (b) A notice of completion has been timely recorded. (c) Either the lien period has expired and there are no unreleased mechanics' liens or stop notices; or lien releases have been recorded for all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who provided labor or materials for the Project. Section 2.9 Repayment of the City Loan. (a) Term. The "Term" of this Agreement commences as of the Effective Date, and expires, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement, on the date that is fifty-five (55) years after the date of the Permanent Closing. (b) Due in Full. BORROWER shall pay to CITY any unpaid principal balance of the City Loan that is attributable to the SUMC Fund (as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.1), together with any accrued interest thereon, no later than January 31, 2015, except that CITY, at its sole discretion, may extend the date for repayment for up to one year (to January 31, 2016). BORROWER shall pay all other outstanding principal and accrued interest on the City Loan, in full, on the earliest to occur of (i) any Transfer not authorized by the CITY, (ii) a Default, (iii) on January 31, 2015 or any extension of that date if the Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1, and (iv) the expiration of the Term. The CITY and the BORROWER shall have the right, 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 15 but not the obligation, to extend the period for repayment of the City Loan or to modify the terms of the City Loan, including the option to forgive the portion of the City Loan attributable to the In-Lieu Housing Fund, if desirable to serve the purposes of this Agreement. (c) Annual Payments. No later than April 30th of each calendar year after Permanent Closing, the BORROWER shall make repayments of any remaining unpaid principal balance of the City Loan for that prior calendar year based on the available amount of Residual Receipts (as defined below in subsection (c)(3)). The CITY shall, in its reasonable discretion, share Residual Receipts proportionately with other lenders in proportion to their respective loan amounts to the Project. These payments shall be credited first against accrued interest and then against outstanding principal of the City Loan, and shall be accompanied by the BORROWER's report of Residual Receipts (including an independent auditor's report regarding the auditor's review of Gross Revenue and Annual Operating Expenses). The BORROWER shall provide the CITY with any documentation reasonably requested by the CITY to substantiate the BORROWER's determination of Residual Receipts. The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this subsection (c): (1) "Annual Operating Expenses," with respect to a particular calendar year during the Term, means the following costs reasonably and actually incurred for operation and maintenance of the Project to the extent that they are consistent with an annual independent audit performed by a certified public accountant using generally accepted accounting principles: property taxes and assessments imposed on the Project; debt service currently due on a non-optional basis (excluding debt service due from residual receipts or surplus cash of the Project) on permanent loans that are Senior Loans or part of the Approved Financing; property management fees and reimbursements, excluding incentive management fees, not to exceed fees and reimbursements which are standard in the industry; premiums for property damage and liability insurance; utility services not paid for directly by tenants, including water, sewer, and trash collection; maintenance and repair; any annual license or certificate of occupancy fees required for operation of the Project; security services; advertising and marketing; cash deposited into reserves for capital replacements of the Project in the amount required by Senior Lenders, or if there are no Senior Lender requirements, an amount consistent with California Tax Credit Allocation Committee standards; cash deposited into an operating reserve for the Project in an amount required by Senior Lenders or the investor's limited partner, or if there are no Senior Lender or limited partner requirements, an amount consistent with California Tax Credit Allocation Committee standards; extraordinary operating costs specifically approved by the CITY; payments of deductibles in connection with casualty insurance claims not normally paid from reserves, the amount of uninsured losses actually replaced, repaired or restored, and not normally paid from reserves; deferred BORROWER fees; and other ordinary and reasonable operating expenses approved by the CITY and not listed above. Annual Operating Expenses shall not include the following: depreciation, amortization, depletion or other non-cash expenses or any amount expended from a reserve account. (2) "Gross Revenue," with respect to a particular calendar year during the Term, means all revenue, income, receipts, and other consideration actually received from operation and leasing of the Project. "Gross Revenue" shall include, but not be 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 16 limited to: all rents, fees and charges paid by tenants, Section 8 payments or other rental subsidy payments received for the dwelling units, deposits forfeited by tenants, all cancellation fees, price index adjustments and any other rental adjustments to leases or rental agreements resulting in actual income; proceeds from vending and laundry room machines; the proceeds of business interruption or similar insurance; subject to the rights of Senior Lenders, the proceeds of casualty insurance to the extent not utilized to repair or rebuild the Project (or applied toward the cost of recovering such proceeds) and not payable to the Senior Lenders; and condemnation awards for a taking of part or all of the Project for a temporary period. "Gross Revenue" shall also include the fair market value of any goods or services provided in consideration for the leasing or other use of any portion of the Project. "Gross Revenue" shall not include tenants' security deposits, loan proceeds, capital contributions or similar advances. (3) "Residual Receipts," with respect to a particular calendar year during the Term, means the amount by which Gross Revenue (as defined above) exceeds Annual Operating Expenses (as defined above). (d) Records Regarding Residual Receipts. In connection with the annual payments required by Section 2.9(c), within one hundred fifty (150) days of the end of the BORROWER's fiscal year, the BORROWER shall furnish to the CITY an audited statement duly certified by an independent firm of certified public accountants approved by the CITY, setting forth in reasonable detail the computation and amount of Residual Receipts during the preceding calendar year. (1) The BORROWER shall keep and maintain on the Property, or at its principal place of business, or elsewhere with the CITY's written consent, full, complete and appropriate books, records and accounts relating to the Project, including all such books, records and accounts necessary or prudent to evidence and substantiate in full detail the BORROWER's calculation of Residual Receipts. Books, records and accounts relating to the BORROWER's compliance with the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement shall be kept and maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and shall be consistent with requirements of this Agreement which provide for the calculation of Residual Receipts on a cash basis. All such books, records, and accounts shall be open to and available for inspection by the CITY, its auditors or other CITY authorized representatives at reasonable intervals during normal business hours. Copies of all tax returns and other reports that the BORROWER may be required to furnish any governmental agency shall at all reasonable times be open for inspection by the CITY at the place that the books, records and accounts of the BORROWER are kept. The BORROWER shall preserve records on which any statement of Residual Receipts is based for a period of not less than five (5) years after such statement is rendered, and for any period during which there is an audit undertaken pursuant to subparagraph (d)(2) below then pending. (2) The receipt by the CITY of any statement pursuant to this subsection (d) or any payment by the BORROWER or acceptance by the CITY of any City Loan repayment for any period shall not bind the CITY as to the correctness of such 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 17 statement or such payment. Within three (3) years after the receipt of any such statement, the CITY or any designated agent or employee of the CITY at any time shall be entitled to audit the Residual Receipts and all books, records, and accounts pertaining thereto. Such audit shall be conducted during normal business hours at the principal place of business of the BORROWER and other places where records are kept. Immediately after the completion of an audit, the CITY shall deliver a copy of the results of such audit to the BORROWER. If it shall be determined as a result of such audit that there has been a deficiency in a City Loan repayment to the CITY, then such deficiency shall become immediately due and payable with interest at the non-default rate set forth in the Note (unless BORROWER's failure, refusal, or repeated failure to correctly calculate and/or submit the repayment constitutes an event of default, in which case interest shall be paid at the Default Rate), determined as of and accruing from the date that said payment should have been made. (e) Right to Prepay. BORROWER may prepay the City Loan at any time without premium or penalty. All prepayments shall be credited first applied to accrued interest and then to outstanding principal. The Deed of Trust shall remain in effect for the entire Term to secure the Regulatory Agreement, when recorded. Section 2.10 Non-Recourse. Except as provided below, neither BORROWER, nor any partner of BORROWER, has any personal liability for payment of the principal of, and interest on, the City Loan. Following recordation of the Deed of Trust, the sole recourse of the CITY with respect to the principal of, or interest on, the Note will be to the property described in the Deed of Trust; provided, however, that nothing contained in the foregoing limitation of liability limits or impairs the enforcement of all the rights and remedies of the CITY against all such security for the Note, or impairs the right of CITY to assert the unpaid principal amount of the Note as demand for money within the meaning and intendment of Section 431.70 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any successor provision thereto. The foregoing limitation of liability is intended to apply only to the obligation to repay the principal and interest on the Note. Except as hereafter set forth; nothing contained herein is intended to relieve BORROWER of its obligation to indemnify the CITY under Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, and 7.6 of this Agreement, or liability for (i) loss or damage of any kind resulting from waste, fraud or willful misrepresentation; (ii) the failure to pay taxes, assessments or other charges which may create liens on the Property that are payable or applicable prior to any foreclosure under the Deed of Trust (to the full extent of such taxes, assessments or other charges); (iii) the fair market value of any personal property or fixtures removed or disposed of by BORROWER other than in accordance with the Deed of Trust; and (iv) the misappropriation of any proceeds under any insurance policies or awards resulting from condemnation or the exercise of the power of eminent domain or by reason of damage, loss or destruction to any portion of the Property. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 18 ARTICLE 3 PREDEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Section 3.1 Predevelopment Activities. (a) This Article 3 sets forth various Predevelopment Activities that BORROWER shall seek diligently and in good faith to perform and achieve. (b) Exhibit E (the "Schedule of Performance") describes the tasks that must be completed and the dates proposed by BORROWER for their completion. The Schedule of Performance may be modified in writing by BORROWER and by the City Manager on behalf of the CITY without formal amendment of this Agreement. However, if the Construction Closing has not occurred by January 31, 2015, subject to Force Majeure, the CITY may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1 below as applicable, and exercise its remedies pursuant to this Agreement. (c) Sections 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5 apply only if CITY grants the Land Use Approvals for the Project as described in Section 3.2. Section 3.2 Land Use Approvals and CEQA Review. (a) Within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance, BORROWER shall submit to the CITY a complete application for all discretionary land use entitlements required from the CITY to construct the Project and to create the Market-Rate Parcel (the "Land Use Approvals"). (b) BORROWER shall exercise diligent good faith efforts to seek CITY approval of all Land Use Approvals within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance, in accordance with all applicable legal requirements and procedures. (c) As part of its review of the Land Use Approvals, the CITY shall complete the environmental documents required for the Land Use Approvals. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to compel the CITY to approve or make any particular findings with respect to such environmental documents. The BORROWER shall reasonably assist the CITY in its determination by providing information about the Project as requested. (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the CITY to exercise its discretion regarding the Project in any particular manner. BORROWER acknowledges that execution of this Agreement by the CITY does not constitute approval by the CITY of any Land Use Approvals or any required permits, applications, or maps, and in no way limits the discretion of the CITY in the permit and approval process. BORROWER acknowledges that approval or disapproval of the Land Use Approvals following completion of the environmental review process is within the sole discretion of the CITY without limitation by or consideration of the terms of this Agreement; and that the CITY makes no representation regarding the ability or willingness of the CITY to approve the Land Use Approvals, including the creation of the Market-Rate Parcel, nor any representation regarding the imposition of any mitigation measures 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 19 or other conditions of approval. The parties recognize that the CITY has the sole discretion and right to terminate this Agreement without fault or Default if CITY determines not to approve the Land Use Approvals for the Project. In addition, the BORROWER acknowledges that other local, state or federal agencies may require additional entitlements, including environmental review, and that any approval by the CITY does not bind any other local, state or federal agency. (e) If the CITY approves the Project following completion of the environmental review process and such approval is conditioned upon implementation of specified environmental mitigation measures or other conditions of approval, the BORROWER shall be responsible for implementing such mitigation measures and conditions as part of the Project. Section 3.3 Tax Credit and Other Financing Applications. (a) BORROWER shall submit a timely and complete application to TCAC for a preliminary reservation of nine percent (9%) tax credits within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance. (b) If BORROWER is not successful in obtaining a reservation of tax credits from TCAC in its first application, BORROWER shall submit a second application. (c) BORROWER further agrees to seek construction and permanent funding for the Project from all available and appropriate sources to ensure that the Project will be financially feasible and will provide affordable rental housing for extremely low, very low, and low-income households. Section 3.4 Financing Plan. (a) The preliminary Project Budget is shown in Exhibit D. Within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance BORROWER shall submit for CITY approval a Final Construction and Permanent Financing Plan (the "Financing Plan") containing the following: (1) An updated development budget showing a "sources and uses" breakdown of the costs of constructing the Project. (2) An operating pro forma for the first thirty (30) years of operation of the Project. (3) Copies of all required funding commitments for construction and permanent financing for the Project; or proposed funding, as applicable. (4) Any other information that is reasonably necessary for the CITY to determine that BORROWER has the financial capability to pay all costs of constructing and operating the Project. (b) The CITY shall review the Financing Plan to determine if, in the CITY's reasonable judgment, BORROWER has the financial capability (taking into account all committed funds) to pay all realistically established costs of constructing and operating the 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 20 Project. The CITY shall review the Financing Plan and shall either approve or disapprove the Financing Plan in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt. If disapproved, the CITY shall give specific reasons in writing for disapproval and the required revisions to the previously submitted Financing Plan. If the Financing Plan is disapproved, BORROWER shall resubmit, a revised Financing Plan within thirty (30) days of notification of disapproval. The CITY shall either approve or disapprove the submitted revised Financing Plan within thirty (30) days of the date such revised Financing Plan is received by the CITY. (c) BORROWER shall submit any material revision to an approved Financing Plan to the CITY for its review and approval. Any proposed revised Financing Plan shall be considered and approved or disapproved by the CITY in the same manner and according to the same timeframe set forth in subsection (b) above. Section 3.5 Building Permit. (a) Within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance BORROWER shall submit a complete application to the CITY for a building permit for the construction of the Project. (b) BORROWER shall exercise diligent good faith efforts to obtain the building permit for the Project within the time set forth in the Schedule of Performance. ARTICLE 4 ONGOING OBLIGATIONS Section 4.1 Periodic Reports. During the performance of the Predevelopment Activities set forth in Article 3, BORROWER shall on the first day of each month of the Term, and from time to time as reasonably requested by the CITY, provide the CITY with written progress reports regarding the status of the performance of the Predevelopment Activities. Section 4.2 Information. BORROWER shall provide any information reasonably requested by the CITY in connection with the ownership of the Property and performance of the Predevelopment Activities. Section 4.3 Records. BORROWER shall maintain on a current basis complete records, including books of original entry, source documents supporting accounting transactions, service records, a general ledger, canceled checks, time sheets, and related documents and records to assure proper accounting of funds and performance of the terms of this Agreement. BORROWER shall furnish any and all information and reports which may be required by CITY in connection with this 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 21 Agreement. BORROWER shall further permit access to its books, records and accounts by the representatives and employees of CITY during regular business hours, and with reasonable notice, for the purpose of investigation or audit to ascertain compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders and for the purpose of evaluating and monitoring BORROWER's compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. All such records shall be retained by BORROWER and made available to CITY upon request for review or audit for a period of at least five (5) years following the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Section 4.4 Audits. BORROWER shall provide CITY, during the term of this Agreement, with copies of audited financial statements of BORROWER, including any management letter comments on the adequacy of internal or operational controls, within one hundred fifty (150) days of the close of each fiscal year of the BORROWER. CITY reserves the right, during the term of this Loan Agreement, to audit the records, including the financial records supporting the aforementioned financial statements, and other records and documents pertaining to the operations of the Project. Section 4.5 Compliance with Laws; Prevailing Wages. (a) BORROWER shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of federal, state, county or municipal governments or agencies now in force or that may be enacted hereafter, including (without limitation and where applicable) the prevailing wage provisions of Sections 1770 et seq., of the California Labor Code and implementing rules and regulations as set forth below, in owning the Property, performing the Predevelopment Activities, and constructing the Project on the Property. (b) This Agreement has been prepared with the intention that CITY assistance under this Agreement does not require payment of state prevailing wages in connection with construction work that is paid for in whole or in part out of public funds; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a representation or warranty by the CITY regarding the applicability of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1720 et seq., and the hiring of apprentices pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1777.5 et seq., to the City Loan or Approved Financing. To the extent applicable, BORROWER shall pay and shall cause the General Contractor and subcontractors to pay prevailing wages in connection with the construction of the Development, as those wages are determined pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720 et seq., to employ apprentices as required by Labor Code Sections 1777.5 et seq., and the implementing regulations of the Department of Industrial relations ("DIR"). BORROWER shall and shall cause the consultants and contractors to comply with the other applicable provisions of Labor Code Sections 1720 et seq., 1777.5 et seq., and implementing regulations of the DIR. BORROWER shall cause the contractors to keep and retain such records as are necessary to determine if such prevailing wages have been paid as required pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720 et seq., and apprentices have been employed are required by Labor Code Sections 1777.5 et seq. Copies of the currently applicable current per diem prevailing wages are available from DIR. (c) BORROWER shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to the CITY) the CITY against any claim for damages, compensation, 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 22 fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of the failure or alleged failure of any person or entity (including BORROWER, its contractor and subcontractors) to pay prevailing wages as determined pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720 et seq., to employ apprentices pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1777.5 et seq., and implementing regulations of the DIR or to comply with the other applicable provisions of Labor Code Sections 1720 et seq., 1777.5 et seq., and the implementing regulations of the DIR in connection with the Predevelopment Activities or any other work undertaken or in connection with the Property. The requirements in this subsection (c) shall survive the repayment of the City Loan and the reconveyance of the Deed of Trust. Section 4.6 Relocation. If and to the extent that acquisition and development of the Property will result in the permanent or temporary displacement of persons or businesses entitled to relocation benefits, then BORROWER shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal statutes and regulations, (including without limitation the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended, California Government Code Section 7260 et seq., and accompanying regulations) with respect to preparation of a relocation plan, relocation planning, advisory assistance, and payment of monetary benefits. BORROWER shall be solely responsible for payment of any relocation benefits to any displaced persons and any other obligations associated with complying with such relocation laws. BORROWER shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, (with counsel reasonably acceptable to the CITY), the CITY and its councilmembers, employees, agents, successors and assigns against any claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties, relocation payments or other amounts and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of the failure or alleged failure of any person or entity (including BORROWER, or the CITY) to satisfy relocation obligations related to the acquisition of the Property. This obligation to indemnify shall survive termination of this Agreement. Section 4.7 Hazardous Materials. (a) BORROWER shall keep and maintain the Property in compliance with, and shall not cause or permit the Property to be in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law (defined below), including but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions. BORROWER shall not, and shall not cause or permit the use, generation, manufacture, storage or disposal of on, under, or about the Property or transportation to or from the Property of (i) any substance, material, or waste that is petroleum, petroleum-related, or a petroleum by-product, asbestos or asbestos- containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, flammable, explosive, radioactive, freon gas, radon, or a pesticide, herbicide, or any other agricultural chemical, and (ii) any waste, substance or material defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "toxic materials", "toxic waste", "toxic substances," or words of similar import under any Hazardous Materials Law (collectively referred to hereinafter as "Hazardous Materials"). BORROWER shall cause any persons who may come onto the Property to comply with the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hazardous Materials shall not include substances routinely used in the development and operations of housing in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 23 (b) BORROWER shall immediately notify the CITY in writing if at any time it has any notice of (i) any and all enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened against BORROWER or the Property pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local laws, ordinances, or regulations relating to any Hazardous Materials, health, industrial hygiene, environmental conditions, or the regulation or protection of the environment, and all amendments thereto as of this date and to be added in the future and any successor statute or rule or regulation promulgated thereto ("Hazardous Materials Law"); (ii) all claims made or threatened by any third party against BORROWER or the Property relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials (the matters set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above are hereinafter referred to as "Hazardous Materials Claims"); and (iii) BORROWER's discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of the Property that could cause the Property or any part thereof to be classified as "border-zone property" under the provision of California Health and Safety Code, Sections 25220 et seq., or any regulation adopted in accordance therewith, or to be otherwise subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Property under any Hazardous Materials Law. (c) The CITY shall have the right to join and participate in, as a party if it so elects, and be represented by counsel of its own choice in, any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any Hazardous Materials Claims, and to have its reasonable attorneys' fees in connection therewith paid by BORROWER. (d) BORROWER shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY and its councilmembers, directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any loss, damage, cost, fine, penalty, judgment, award, settlement, expense or liability, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to: (i) any actual or past or present violation of any Hazardous Materials Law; (ii) any Hazardous Materials Claim; (iii) any actual or past or present use, generation, manufacture, storage, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal, transportation, or presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Property; (iv) any investigation, cleanup, remediation, removal, or restoration work of site conditions of the Property relating to Hazardous Materials (whether on the Property or any other property); and (v) the breach of any representation of warranty by or covenant of BORROWER in this Section 4.7, and Section 5.1(h). Such indemnity shall include, without limitation: (i) all consequential damages; (ii) the costs of any required or necessary investigation, repair, cleanup or detoxification of the Property and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plans; and (iii) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the CITY in connection with clauses (i) and (ii), including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and consultant fees. This obligation to indemnify shall survive termination of this Agreement and shall not be diminished or affected in any respect as a result of any notice, disclosure, knowledge, if any, to or by the CITY of Hazardous Materials. (e) Without the CITY's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, BORROWER shall not take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Property, nor enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree, or other compromise in respect to any claims made or threatened by any third party against BORROWER, any tenant, or the Property relating to damage, contribution, cost 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 24 recovery compensation, loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials, which remedial action, settlement, consent decree or compromise might, in the CITY's reasonable judgment, impair the value of the CITY's security hereunder; provided, however, that the CITY's prior consent shall not be necessary: (i) in relation to those remedial actions initiated by the sellers of the Property pursuant to SCCo Case No. 06S2W18L03s; and (ii) in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, or about the Property either poses an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual or is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not reasonably possible to obtain the CITY's consent before taking such action, provided that in such event BORROWER shall notify the CITY as soon as practicable of any action so taken. The CITY agrees not to withhold its consent, where such consent is required hereunder, if either (i) a particular remedial action is ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) BORROWER will or may be subjected to civil or criminal sanctions or penalties if it fails to take a required action; (iii) BORROWER establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the CITY that there is no reasonable alternative to such remedial action which would result in less impairment of the CITY's security hereunder; or (iv) the action has been agreed to by the CITY. (f) BORROWER hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) this Section is intended as the CITY's written request for information (and BORROWER's response) concerning the environmental condition of the Property as required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5, and (ii) each representation and warranty in this Agreement (together with any indemnity obligation applicable to a breach of any such representation and warranty) with respect to the environmental condition of the Property is intended by the Parties to be an "environmental provision" for purposes of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 736. (g) In the event that any portion of the Property is determined to be "environmentally impaired" (as that term is defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(e)(3)) or to be an "affected parcel" (as that term is defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(e)(1)), then, without otherwise limiting or in any way affecting the CITY's or the trustee's rights and remedies under the Deed of Trust, the CITY may elect to exercise its rights under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(a) to (i) waive its lien on such environmentally impaired or affected portion of the Property and (ii) exercise (1) the rights and remedies of an unsecured creditor, including reduction of its claim against BORROWER to judgment, and (2) any other rights and remedies permitted by law. For purposes of determining the CITY right to proceed as an unsecured creditor under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(a), BORROWER shall be deemed to have willfully permitted or acquiesced in a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials, within the meaning of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(d)(1), if the release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials was knowingly or negligently caused or contributed to by any lessee, occupant, or user of any portion of the Property and BORROWER knew or should have known of the activity by such lessee, occupant, or user which caused or contributed to the release or threatened release. All costs and expenses, including (but not limited to) attorneys' fees, incurred by the CITY in connection with any action commenced under this paragraph, including any action required by California Code of Civil Procedure Section 726.5(b) to determine the degree to which the Property is environmentally impaired, plus interest thereon at the rate specified in the Note until paid, shall 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 25 be added to the indebtedness secured by the Deed of Trust and shall be due and payable to the CITY upon its demand made at any time following the conclusion of such action. Section 4.8 Maintenance and Damage. (a) BORROWER shall maintain the Property and the Project in good repair and in a neat, clean and orderly condition. If there arises a condition in contravention of this requirement, and if BORROWER has not cured such condition within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice from the CITY of such a condition, then in addition to any other rights available to the CITY, the CITY shall have the right to perform all acts necessary to cure such condition, and to establish or enforce a lien or other encumbrance against the Property. (b) If any improvement constructed on the Property by BORROWER, now or in the future, is damaged or destroyed, then BORROWER shall, at its cost and expense, diligently undertake to repair or restore such improvement consistent with any plans and specifications approved by the CITY. Such work or repair shall be commenced no later than the later of one hundred twenty (120) days, or such longer period approved by the CITY in writing, after the damage or loss occurs or thirty (30) days following receipt of the insurance proceeds, and shall be complete within one (1) year thereafter. Any insurance proceeds collected for such damage or destruction shall be applied to the cost of such repairs or restoration and, if such insurance proceeds shall be insufficient for such purpose, then BORROWER shall make up the deficiency. Section 4.9 Mechanics Liens, Stop Notices, and Notices of Completion. (a) If any claim of lien is filed against the Property or a stop notice affecting the City Loan is served on the CITY or any other lender or other third party in connection with the Development, then BORROWER shall, within thirty (30) days after such filing or service, either pay and fully discharge the lien or stop notice, effect the release of such lien or stop notice by delivering to the CITY a surety bond in sufficient form and amount, or provide the CITY with other assurance satisfactory to the CITY that the claim of lien or stop notice will be paid or discharged. (b) If BORROWER fails to discharge any lien, encumbrance, charge, or claim in the manner required in this Section, then in addition to any other right or remedy, the CITY may (but shall be under no obligation to) discharge such lien, encumbrance, charge, or claim at BORROWER'S expense. Alternately, the CITY may require BORROWER to immediately deposit with the CITY the amount necessary to satisfy such lien or claim and any costs, pending resolution thereof. The CITY may use such deposit to satisfy any claim or lien that is adversely determined against BORROWER. (c) BORROWER shall file a valid notice of cessation or notice of completion upon cessation of construction on the Development and take all other reasonable steps to forestall the assertion of claims of lien against the Property. BORROWER authorizes the CITY, but without any obligation, to record any notices of completion or cessation of labor, or any other notice that the CITY deems necessary or desirable to protect its interest in the Property. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 26 Section 4.10 Fees and Taxes. BORROWER shall be solely responsible for payment of all fees, assessments, taxes, charges, and levies imposed by any public authority or utility company with respect to the Property or the Project to the extent owned by BORROWER, and shall pay such charges prior to delinquency. However, BORROWER shall not be required to pay and discharge any such charge so long as (a) the legality thereof is being contested diligently and in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, and (b) if requested by the CITY, BORROWER deposits with the CITY any funds or other forms of assurance that the CITY in good faith from time to time determines appropriate to protect the CITY from the consequences of the contest being unsuccessful. Section 4.11 Notices. BORROWER shall notify the CITY promptly in writing of any and all of the following: (a) Any litigation known to BORROWER affecting BORROWER, or the Property and of any claims or disputes that involve a material risk of litigation; (b) Any written or oral communication BORROWER receives from any governmental, judicial, or legal authority giving notice of any claim or assertion that the Property or Project fails in any respect to comply with any applicable governmental law; (c) Any material adverse change in the physical condition of the Property (including any damage suffered as a result of fire, earthquakes, or floods); (d) Any material adverse change in BORROWER's financial condition, any material adverse change in BORROWER's operations, or any change in the management of BORROWER; (e) That any of the statements in Section 5.1(h) regarding Hazardous Materials are no longer accurate; (f) Any Default or event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute a Default; and (g) Any other circumstance, event, or occurrence that results in a material adverse change in BORROWER's ability to timely perform any of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Section 4.12 Non-Discrimination. BORROWER shall not discriminate or segregate in the ownership of the Property, and performance of the Predevelopment Activities, or operation or construction of the Project on the basis of race, color, creed, ancestry, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, age, disability, medical condition, familial status, source of income or any other arbitrary 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 27 basis. BORROWER shall otherwise comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws concerning discrimination. Section 4.13 Insurance Requirements. BORROWER, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement, insurance provided by responsible companies authorized to engage in the offering of insurance services in California in such amounts and against such risks as shall be satisfactory to CITY’S risk manager, including, without limitation, worker’s compensation, employer’s liability, commercial general liability, comprehensive automobile liability, personal injury and property damage insurance, as appropriate, as set forth in Exhibit G, insuring against all liability of BORROWER and its directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives arising out of or in connection with the acquisition, construction and development of the Project or BORROWER'S performance or nonperformance under this Agreement. Section 4.14 Transfer. (a) For purposes of this Agreement, "Transfer" is any sale, assignment, or transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, of (i) any rights and/or duties under this Agreement, and/or (ii) any interest in the Project, including (but not limited to) a fee simple interest, a joint tenancy interest, a life estate, a partnership interest, a leasehold interest, a security interest, or an interest evidenced by a land contract by which possession of the Project is transferred and the BORROWER retains title. "Transfer" shall exclude the leasing of any single unit in the Project to an occupant and the transfer of an easement interest in the Property for utility purposes. The City Manager or his/her designee is authorized to execute assignment and assumption agreements on behalf of the CITY to implement any approved Transfer. (b) CITY is entering into this Agreement based on the experience, skill, and ability to perform of BORROWER. The BORROWER recognizes that its qualifications and identity are of particular concern to the CITY, in view of: (i) the importance of affordable housing to the general welfare of the community; (ii) the reliance by the CITY upon the unique qualifications and ability of the BORROWER to ensure the quality of the affordability, use, operation, and maintenance of the proposed Project, if approved; (iii) the requirement that the Property be used for affordable housing; and (iv) BORROWER's representation that the Property is not to be acquired or used for speculation, but only for use by the BORROWER for affordable housing. (c) No Transfer not specifically authorized in this Section 4.14 shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the CITY, which the CITY may withhold in its sole discretion. The City Loan shall automatically accelerate and be due in full upon any Transfer made without the prior written consent of the CITY. (d) Sale of Market-Rate Parcel. (1) BORROWER desires to sell the portion of the Property identified as the Market-Rate Parcel to a third party (the "Third Party Buyer") for construction of market-rate housing in order to repay the LIIF Loan and the LISC Loan. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 28 (2) If BORROWER has received all required Land Use Approvals to create the Market-Rate Parcel, as described in Section 3.2 and proposes to sell the Market-Rate Parcel to a Third Party Buyer, BORROWER shall provide written notice to the CITY at least forty-five days (45) days prior to the consummation of any proposed sale of the Market-Rate Parcel to a Third Party Buyer. (3) If BORROWER has received all required Land Use Approvals to create the Market-Rate Parcel, as described in Section 3.2, CITY hereby approves the sale of the Market-Rate Parcel to a Third Party Buyer provided that: (i) the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan shall be paid off and the deeds of trust for those loans reconveyed upon sale of the Market-Rate Parcel; and (ii) any proceeds from the sale of the Market- Rate Parcel remaining after repayment of the LISC and LIFF loans shall either be used for the Project, if the CITY approves the Land Use Approvals for the Project; or for other affordable housing purposes, if the City does not approve the Land Approvals for the Project. On the date of the sale of the Market-Rate Parcel in conformance with this subsection (d), CITY agrees to release the Memo of Agreement and reconvey the Deed of Trust from the Market-Rate Parcel. (4) The provisions of this subsection (d) apply only to sale of a fee title interest in the Market-Rate Parcel. All other Transfers are subject to the provisions of subsections (a), (b), (c), and (e) of this Section. (e) The CITY hereby approves the Transfer of this Agreement to a limited partnership, of which BORROWER or BORROWER's wholly controlled affiliate is the general partner. Section 4.15 Other Indebtedness and Liens. Except for the Approved Acquisition Financing, BORROWER shall not incur any indebtedness of any kind or encumber the Property with any liens without the prior written consent of the CITY. Section 4.16 Use as Affordable Housing In consideration for the City Loan to be provided to the BORROWER on below-market terms, the BORROWER hereby agrees to apply for the use of the Property as affordable housing and otherwise use its best good faith efforts to comply with the requirements of Article 3 of this Agreement. If the Project is approved, the use, occupancy and rent restrictions in the Regulatory Agreement shall be compatible with the restrictions of other Approved Financing. BORROWER's compliance with this Section 4.16 is of particular importance to CITY and the main purpose of the City Loan. If the Project is approved, the BORROWER shall record against the Property, prior to Construction Closing, the Regulatory Agreement. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 29 ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties. As a material inducement to the CITY's entry into this Agreement, BORROWER hereby represents and warrants to the CITY as follows and acknowledges, understands, and agrees that the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 5 are deemed to be continuing during all times when any portion of the City Loan remains outstanding: (a) Organization. BORROWER is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and have the power and authority to own their property and carry on their business as now being conducted. (b) Authority of BORROWER. BORROWER has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to make and accept the borrowings contemplated hereunder, to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and all other documents or instruments executed and delivered, or to be executed and delivered, pursuant to this Agreement, and to perform and observe the terms and provisions of all of the above. (c) Authority of Persons Executing Documents. This Agreement and the Loan Documents and all other documents or instruments executed and delivered, or to be executed and delivered, pursuant to this Agreement have been executed and delivered by persons who are duly authorized to execute and deliver the same for and on behalf of BORROWER, and all actions required under BORROWER's 's organizational documents and applicable governing law for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and all other documents or instruments executed and delivered, or to be executed and delivered, pursuant to this Agreement, have been duly taken. (d) Valid Binding Agreements. This Agreement and the Loan Documents and all other documents or instruments which have been executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement constitute or, if not yet executed or delivered, will when so executed and delivered constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms. (e) No Breach of Law or Agreement. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents or of any other documents or instruments executed and delivered, or to be executed or delivered, pursuant to this Agreement, nor the performance of any provision, condition, covenant or other term hereof or thereof, will conflict with or result in a breach of any statute, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree or order of any court, board, commission or agency whatsoever binding on BORROWER, or any provision of the organizational documents of BORROWER, or will conflict with or constitute a breach of or a default under any agreement to which BORROWER is a party, or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any assets or property of BORROWER, other than liens established pursuant hereto. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 30 (f) Pending Proceedings. BORROWER is not in default under any law or regulation or under any order of any court, board, commission or agency whatsoever, and there are no claims, actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of BORROWER, threatened against or affecting BORROWER or the Property, at law or in equity, before or by any court, board, commission or agency whatsoever which might, if determined adversely to BORROWER, materially affect BORROWER's ability to repay the City Loan or impair the security to be given to the CITY pursuant hereto. (g) Title to Land. At the time of recordation of the Deed of Trust, BORROWER will have good and marketable fee title to the Property and there will exist thereon or with respect thereto no mortgage, lien, pledge or other encumbrance of any character whatsoever other than liens for current real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable, and liens in favor of the CITY or approved in writing by the CITY. (h) Hazardous Materials. To the best of BORROWER's knowledge, except as disclosed in writing by BORROWER to the CITY or in the following reports, prior to the date of this Agreement (Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, dated July 2, 2012; Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, dated July20, 2012); (i) no Hazardous Material has been disposed of, stored on, discharged from, or released to or from, or otherwise now exists in, on, under, or around, the Property, (ii) no aboveground or underground storage tanks are now or have ever been located on or under the Property, (iii) neither the Property, nor BORROWER, is in violation of any Hazardous Materials Law; and (iv) neither the Property, nor BORROWER, is subject to any existing, pending or threatened Hazardous Materials Claims. (i) Financial Statements. The financial statements of BORROWER and other financial data and information furnished by BORROWER to the CITY fairly present the information contained therein. As of the date of this Agreement, there has not been any adverse, material change in the financial condition of BORROWER from that shown by such financial statements and other data and information. (j) Sufficient Funds. BORROWER holds sufficient funds and/or binding commitments for sufficient funds to complete the acquisition of the Property and perform the Predevelopment Activities. (k) Taxes. BORROWER and its subsidiaries have filed all federal and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their income or the Property otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There is no proposed tax assessment against BORROWER or any of its subsidiaries that could, if made, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Property, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of BORROWER and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which would be expected to result in a material impairment of the ability of BORROWER to perform under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against BORROWER of any Loan Document. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 31 Section 5.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties of BORROWER shall survive the making of the City Loan and have been or will be relied on by the CITY notwithstanding any investigation made by the CITY. ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES Section 6.1 Termination of Agreement. (a) Failure by the BORROWER to complete the Construction Closing and obtain all Land Use Approvals and building permits required to construct the Project by January 31, 2015, subject to Force Majeure, or CITY's determination not to approve the Land Use Approvals required for the Project, including creation of the Market-Rate Parcel, constitutes a basis for the CITY to terminate this Agreement, subject to the conditions set forth in subsection (b) below. At BORROWER's request, CITY may, at its sole discretion, extend the time for performance contained in this paragraph, provided that BORROWER demonstrates to CITY's reasonable satisfaction that BORROWER is likely to obtain financing and Land Use Approvals required to construct the Project within a reasonable period. (b) Upon the happening of the events described in subsection (a), the City may provide written notice to BORROWER of its intent to terminate this Agreement within one hundred twenty (120) days pursuant to this Section 6.1 (the "Termination Notice"). At its sole discretion, the Termination Notice may indicate CITY's intent to exercise the Option to Purchase pursuant to Section 6.4 provided that the Notice of Exercise is delivered to BORROWER concurrently with the Termination Notice. Upon the effective date of the Termination Notice, the outstanding principal balance of the Note shall be due and payable, and the CITY may exercise all rights pursuant to the Assignment of Documents; and this Agreement will terminate and neither party shall have any rights against or liability to the other pursuant to this Agreement except for the provisions that state they survive termination of this Agreement, and the applicable provisions of this Section 6.1, Section 6.4, and Section 6.5. Section 6.2 Events of Default. Upon the occurrence of Default, as defined in this Section, the CITY will give written notice to BORROWER. If the Default continues uncured for forty-five (45) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the CITY to BORROWER or, if a non-monetary breach cannot be cured within forty-five (45) days, BORROWER diligently undertakes to cure such breach within forty-five (45) days but such breach remains uncured within ninety (90) days, then CITY may terminate this Agreement and exercise all remedies available at law or equity; provided, however, that if a different period or notice requirement is specified under any other provision of this Article 6, the specific provisions shall control. Each of the following shall constitute a "Default" by BORROWER under this Agreement: 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 32 (a) Failure to Make Payment. Failure to repay the principal and any interest on the Loan within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice from the CITY that such payment is due pursuant to the Loan Documents. (b) Breach of Covenants. Failure of BORROWER to duly perform, comply with, or observe any of the conditions, terms, or covenants of any of the Loan Documents. (c) Default Under Other Loans. A default is declared under any other financing for the Project or acquisition of the Property by the lender of such financing, or BORROWER fails to make any payment or perform any of its other covenants, agreements, or obligations under any other agreement with respect to financing for the Project. After the expiration of any cure periods, the occurrence of any of the events of Default in this paragraph shall act to accelerate automatically, without the need for any action by the CITY, the indebtedness evidenced by the Note. (d) Adverse Financial Condition. A material adverse change in BORROWER's financial condition, or an event or condition materially impairing BORROWER's intended use of the Property, or BORROWER's ability to repay the City Loan occurs. (e) Insolvency. A court having jurisdiction shall have made or entered any decree or order (1) adjudging BORROWER to be bankrupt or insolvent, (2) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of BORROWER or seeking any arrangement for BORROWER under the bankruptcy law or any other applicable debtor's relief law or statute of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction, (3) appointing a receiver, trustee, liquidator, or assignee of BORROWER in bankruptcy or insolvency or for any of their properties, (4) directing the winding up or liquidation of BORROWER, if any such decree or order described in clauses (1) to (4), inclusive, shall have continued unstayed or undischarged for a period of ninety (90) days; or (5) BORROWER shall have admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or shall have voluntarily submitted to or filed a petition seeking any decree or order of the nature described in clauses (1) to (5), inclusive. The occurrence of any of the events of Default in this paragraph shall act to accelerate automatically, without the need for any action by the CITY, the indebtedness evidenced by the Note. (f) Assignment; Attachment. BORROWER shall have assigned its assets for the benefit of its creditors or suffered a sequestration or attachment of or execution on any substantial part of its property, unless the property so assigned, sequestered, attached or executed upon shall have been returned or released within ninety (90) days after such event or, if sooner, prior to sale pursuant to such sequestration, attachment, or execution. The occurrence of any of the events of default in this paragraph shall act to accelerate automatically, without the need for any action by the CITY, the indebtedness evidenced by the Note. (g) Suspension; Dissolution. BORROWER shall have voluntarily suspended its business or the dissolution of BORROWER. (h) Liens on Property and the Project. There shall be filed any claim of lien (other than liens approved in writing by the CITY) against the Project, the Property, or any part thereof, 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 33 or any interest or right made appurtenant thereto, or the service of any notice to withhold proceeds of the City Loan and the continued maintenance of said claim of lien or notice to withhold for a period of twenty (20) days without discharge or satisfaction thereof or provision therefor (including, without limitation, the posting of bonds) satisfactory to the CITY. (i) Condemnation. The condemnation, seizure, or appropriation of all or the substantial part of the Property and the Project, except that condemnation by the CITY shall cause the City Loan to accelerate but shall not be a Default. (j) Unauthorized Transfer. Any Transfer other than as permitted by Section 4.14. (k) Representation or Warranty Incorrect. Any representation or warranty of BORROWER contained in this Agreement, or in any application, financial statement, certificate, or report submitted to the CITY in connection with any of the Loan Documents, proves to have been incorrect in any material and adverse respect when made. (l) Applicability to General Partner. In the event BORROWER is a limited partnership or limited liability company, the occurrence of any of the events set forth in subsection (f), subsection (g), or subsection (h) in relation to the general partner of BORROWER. Section 6.3 Remedies. The occurrence of any Default hereunder following the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods will, either at the option of the CITY or automatically where so specified, relieve the CITY of any obligation to make or continue the City Loan and shall give the CITY the right to proceed with any and all remedies set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents, subject to the terms of the subordination agreements related to the LISC Loan and the LIIF Loan, including but not limited to the following: (a) Acceleration of Note. The CITY shall have the right to cause all indebtedness of BORROWER to the CITY under this Agreement and the Note, together with any accrued interest thereon, to become immediately due and payable. BORROWER waives all right to presentment, demand, protest or notice of protest or dishonor. The CITY may proceed to enforce payment of the indebtedness and to exercise any or all rights afforded to the CITY as a creditor and secured party under the law including the Uniform Commercial Code, including foreclosure under the Deed of Trust. BORROWER shall be liable to pay the CITY on demand all reasonable expenses, costs and fees (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) paid or incurred by the CITY in connection with the collection of the City Loan and the preservation, maintenance, protection, sale, or other disposition of the security given for the City Loan. (b) Assignment of Documents. The CITY may exercise all rights under the Assignment of Documents. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 34 (c) Specific Performance. The CITY shall have the right to mandamus or other suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity to require BORROWER to perform its obligations and covenants under the Loan Documents or to enjoin acts or things which may be unlawful or in violation of the provisions of the Loan Documents. (d) Right to Cure at BORROWER's Expense. The CITY shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure any monetary default by BORROWER under a loan other than the City Loan. BORROWER agrees to reimburse the CITY for any funds advanced by the CITY to cure a monetary default by BORROWER upon demand therefore, together with interest thereon from the date of expenditure until the date of reimbursement at the Default Rate. Section 6.4 Option to Purchase, Enter and Possess. (a) In consideration for the City Loan, BORROWER hereby grants the CITY the additional right at the CITY's option, to purchase, enter, and take possession of the Property with all improvements thereon (the "Option to Purchase") upon an uncured event of Default of BORROWER or upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1. (b) If the CITY decides to exercise its Option to Purchase the CITY shall provide BORROWER , LISC, and LIIF with written notice of its intent to do so (the "Notice of Exercise") within sixty (60) days of CITY's notice to BORROWER of an uncured event of Default pursuant to Section 6.2 above or concurrently with delivery of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 6.1 above. The Notice of Exercise will include a date for closing which is the later to occur of the following: (1) not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred fifty (150) days after the date of the Notice of Exercise in the event of an uncured event of Default; (2) not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred fifty (150) days after the effective date of the Termination Notice; or (3) ten (10) days after BORROWER has done all acts and executed all documents required for close of escrow. (c) Upon the CITY's delivery of the Notice of Exercise, BORROWER and the CITY shall promptly open an escrow account. BORROWER shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver a grant deed in a form acceptable to the CITY transferring the Property to the CITY, subject only to the title exceptions that (1) existed at the time of BORROWER’s acquisition of the Property, or (2) were created with the written consent of CITY or approved in writing by CITY or expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement. Closing costs and title insurance shall be paid by CITY and BORROWER pursuant to the custom and practice in the County of Santa Clara at the time of the opening of escrow, or as may be provided otherwise by mutual agreement. BORROWER agrees to do all acts and execute all documents necessary to enable the close of escrow and transfer of the Property to the City. The BORROWER shall also provide the CITY all documents to which the CITY is entitled pursuant to the Assignment of Documents upon the CITY's exercise of the Option to Purchase. (d) The purchase price of the Property under the Option to Purchase will be all amounts due under the City Loan. The CITY shall deem all outstanding amounts due on the City Loan paid in full upon close of escrow and delivery of all documents to which the CITY is entitled pursuant to the Assignment of Documents. The City acknowledges that it will take title to the 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 35 Property subject to the liens of the deeds of trust in favor of the Senior Lenders and the County Loan and the terms and provisions of the documents evidencing the County Loan and the Senior Loans (except for any modification to such Senior Loan documents that require the approval of the City pursuant to the applicable subordination agreement and for which such approval was not obtained). (e) As used in this Section, the term "City Loan" includes any accrued interest as calculated pursuant to Section 2.2. (f) The granting of this Option to Purchase to the CITY shall not impair or limit the CITY's ability to exercise any other rights or remedies granted to the CITY in this Agreement. CITY may enforce this Section 6.4 by specific performance. Section 6.5 Right of Contest. BORROWER shall have the right to contest in good faith any claim, demand, levy, or assessment the assertion of which would constitute a Default hereunder. Any such contest shall be prosecuted diligently and in a manner unprejudicial to the CITY or the rights of the CITY hereunder. Section 6.6 Remedies Cumulative. No right, power, or remedy given to the CITY by the terms of this Agreement or the Loan Documents is intended to be exclusive of any other right, power, or remedy; and each and every such right, power, or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right, power, or remedy given to the CITY by the terms of any such instrument, or by any statute or otherwise against BORROWER and any other person or entity. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of the CITY to exercise any such rights and remedies shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the CITY of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of such right or remedy, or any other right or remedy. ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 7.1 Agreement Coordination (a) CITY’s City Manager shall represent CITY for all purposes under this Agreement. CITY’s Director of Planning and Community Environment is designated by the City Manager as the project manager, and his or her designee shall supervise the progress and execution of this Agreement. (b) The Executive Director of BORROWER shall represent BORROWER for all purposes under this Agreement and, as the project director for BORROWER, shall supervise the progress and execution of this Agreement. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 36 (c) Each party may change the party representing it by notice to the other party. Section 7.2 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted or understood by any of the parties, or by any third persons, as creating the relationship of employer and employee, principal and agent, limited or general partnership, or joint venture between the CITY and BORROWER or BORROWER's agents, employees or contractors, and BORROWER shall at all times be deemed an independent contractor and shall be wholly responsible for the manner in which it or its agents, or both, perform the services required of it by the terms of this Agreement. BORROWER has and retains the right to exercise full control of employment, direction, compensation, and discharge of all persons assisting in the performance of services under the Agreement. In regards to the development of the Project, BORROWER shall be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment of its employees, including compliance with Social Security, withholding and all other laws and regulations governing such matters, and shall include requirements in each contract that contractors shall be solely responsible for similar matters relating to their employees. BORROWER agrees to be solely responsible for its own acts and those of its agents and employees. Section 7.3 No Claims. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create or justify any claim against the CITY, by any person BORROWER may have employed or with whom BORROWER may have contracted relative to the purchase of materials, supplies or equipment, or the furnishing or the performance of any work or services with respect to the development of the Project, and BORROWER shall include similar requirements in any contracts entered into for the development of the Project. Section 7.4 Amendments. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties, provided such amendment is set forth in a writing signed by the parties. The City Manager is authorized to execute any amendments to this Agreement after approval by the City Council and to confer any consents or approvals that may be provided by the City Manager pursuant to this Agreement. Section 7.5 Entire Understanding of the Parties. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties with respect to the City Loan. Section 7.6 Indemnification. Except as directly caused by the CITY's proven gross negligence or willful misconduct, BORROWER agrees to indemnify, protect, hold harmless and defend (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the CITY) the CITY, and its councilmembers, officers and employees, from all suits, actions, claims, causes of action, costs, demands, judgments and liens directly or indirectly 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 37 arising out of or resulting from: (i) the making of the City Loan; (ii) BORROWER's performance or non-performance of its obligations under this Agreement; (iii) any act or omission of BORROWER, any of its agents, employees, licensees, tenants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers, or other person or entity with respect to the City Loan or the Property (iv) the acquisition, ownership and maintenance of the Property; (v) the development, marketing, rental and operation of the Project, or (vi) any documents executed by BORROWER in connection with the Project. The provisions of this Section 7.6 shall survive the repayment and cancellation of the Note, the release and reconveyance of the Deed of Trust, and termination of this Agreement. Section 7.7 Non-Liability of CITY and CITY Officials, Employees and Agents. No member, official, employee or agent of the CITY shall be personally liable to BORROWER, or any successor in interest, in the event of any Default or breach by the CITY, or for any amount which may become due to BORROWER or its successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Section 7.8 No Third Party Beneficiaries. BORROWER lacks any authority or power to pledge the credit of CITY or incur any obligation in the name of CITY. This Agreement shall not be construed or deemed to be an agreement for the benefit of any third party, and no third party shall have any claim or right of action hereunder for any cause whatsoever. Section 7.9 Action by the CITY; Amendments. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, whenever any approval, notice, direction, consent, request, extension of time, waiver of condition, termination, or other action by the CITY is required or permitted under this Agreement, such action may be given, made, or taken by the City Manager without further approval by the City Council, and any such action shall be in writing. Section 7.10 Waivers. Any waiver by the CITY of any obligation or condition in this Agreement must be in writing. No waiver will be implied from any delay or failure by the CITY to take action on any breach or Default of BORROWER or to pursue any remedy allowed under this Agreement or applicable law. Any extension of time granted to BORROWER to perform any obligation under this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver or release from any of its obligations under this Agreement. Consent by the CITY to any act or omission by BORROWER shall not be construed to be a consent to any other or subsequent act or omission or to waive the requirement for the CITY's written consent to future waivers. Section 7.11 Notices, Demands and Communications. All notices, consents, communications or transmittals required by this Loan Agreement 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 38 shall be made, in writing, and shall be communicated by the United States mail, certified, return receipt requested or by express delivery or overnight courier service with a delivery receipt, and shall be deemed given as of the date shown on the delivery receipt as the date of delivery or the date on which delivery was refused, and shall be addressed to the following addresses, or such other address as either party may designate, from time to time, by written notice sent to the other party in like manner: CITY: City of Palo Alto Office of the City Clerk PO Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 With a copy to: City of Palo Alto Director, Department of Planning & Community Environment PO Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 BORROWER: Palo Alto Housing Corporation 725 Alma Street Palo Alto, CA 94301 Attn: Executive Director Such written notices, demands and communications may be sent in the same manner to such other addresses as the affected party may from time to time designate by mail as provided in this Section. Receipt shall be deemed to have occurred on the date shown on a written receipt for delivery or refusal of delivery. Section 7.12 Applicable Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of the State of California, and for the purposes hereof shall be governed and construed by and in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In the event that suit is brought by either party, the parties agree that trial of such action shall be vested exclusively in the state court of California in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California in the City of San Jose. Section 7.13 Parties Bound. Except as otherwise limited herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, legal 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 39 representatives, successors and assigns. Any provision of this Loan Agreement which is characterized as a covenant or a condition shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition. This Agreement is intended to run with the land and shall bind BORROWER and its successors and assigns in the Property and the Project for the entire Term, and the benefit hereof shall inure to the benefit of the CITY and its successors and assigns. Section 7.14 Attorneys' Fees. If any lawsuit is commenced to enforce any of the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will have the right to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of suit from the other party. Section 7.15 Severability. If any term of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall continue in full force and effect unless the rights and obligations of the parties have been materially altered or abridged by such invalidation, voiding or unenforceability. Section 7.16 Force Majeure. In addition to specific provisions of this Agreement, performance by either party shall not be deemed to be in default where delays or defaults are due to to war, insurrection, strikes, lock- outs or other labor disturbances, one or more acts of a public enemy, war, riot, sabotage, blockade, embargo, floods, earthquakes, fires, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, lack of transportation, court order, delays or failures of performance by any governmental authority or utility company (other than the acts or failure to act of the CITY and so long as the party seeking the extension has adequately complied with the applicable processing requirements of such governmental authority or utility company), delays resulting from changes in any applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances or codes, or a change in the interpretation thereof by any governing body with jurisdiction, or any other cause (other than lack of funds of BORROWER or BORROWER's inability to finance the construction of the Project) beyond the reasonable control or without the fault of the party claiming an extension of time to perform or an inability of performance. An extension of time for any cause will be deemed granted if notice by the party claiming such extension is sent to the other within ten (10) days from the commencement of the cause and the party granting the extension agrees to the extension in writing. In no event shall the CITY be required to agree to cumulative delays in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days. Section 7.17 Conflict of Interest. (a) Except for payment of salaries and administrative costs. no person who is an employee, agent, consultant, officer or official of BORROWER who exercises or has exercised any functions or responsibilities concerning the activities under this Agreement, or who is in a position to participate in a decision making process or gain inside information with regard to such activities, may obtain a personal or financial interest or benefit from any such activity, or have an interest in any contract, subcontract, or agreement with respect thereto, or the proceeds 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 40 thereunder, either for him or herself or for those with whom he or she has family or business ties, during his or her tenure or for one year thereafter. (b) BORROWER further covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the services hereunder. BORROWER also covenants that, in the performance of this Agreement, no subcontractor or person having such interest shall be employed by BORROWER. In addition, BORROWER certifies that no one who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of CITY. Section 7.18 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of each of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement. Section 7.19 Title of Parts and Sections; Exhibits. Any titles of the sections or subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be disregarded in interpreting any part of the Agreement's provisions. All exhibits referred to in this Agreement and any addenda, appendices, attachments, and schedules which may, from time to time, be referred to in any duly executed amendment hereto are by such reference incorporated in this Agreement and shall be deemed to be part hereof. Section 7.20 Multiple Originals; Counterpart. This Agreement may be executed in multiple originals, each of which is deemed to be an original, and may be signed in counterparts. Section 7.21 Recording of Memo of Agreement. The CITY and BORROWER shall cause the Memo of Agreement to be recorded against the Property in the Official Records of Santa Clara County. Section 7.22 Further Actions. The parties agree that they will take such further actions, and execute such further documents, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. // // // // 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 41 WHEREFORE, this Agreement has been entered into by the undersigned as of the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Senior Assistant City Attorney APPROVED: Director of Planning and Community Environment Risk Manager EXHIBITS: EXHIBIT A: Legal Description of the Property EXHIBIT B: Note EXHIBIT C: Deed of Trust CITY OF PALO ALTO, a chartered city and municipal corporation City Manager BORROWER: Palo Alto Housing Corporation, a California nonprofit public benefit corporation By: ~---catldiCeR: Gonzalez Executive Vice President TaxpayerLD. No.9/-Q.FI73760 EXHIBIT D: Estimated Project Costs and Sources of Funds EXHIBIT E: Schedule of Performance EXHIBIT F: Assignment of Documents EXHIBIT G: Insurance Requirements Loan Agreement 42 Signature Page 895\0511267519.3 1/2212013 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 EXHIBIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY Real property in the City of Palo Alto, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows: TRACT ONE: PARCEL ONE: PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JUNE 19, 1905 IN BOOK K OF MAPS, AT PAGES 88 AND 89, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A HUB SET AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF 10, AS SAID AVENUE AND LOT ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP ABOVE REFERRED TO, RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 28° 48' WEST ALONG THE SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE 145.00 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED PARCEL OF LAND; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES TO SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, SOUTH 61° 12' EAST 65.00 FEET; THENCE RUNNING PARALLEL WITH SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE SOUTH 28° 48' WEST 111.00 FEET; THENCE NORTH 61° 12' WEST 65.00 FEET TO A POINT IN SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE; THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE NORTH 28° 48' EAST 111.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. PARCEL TWO: PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JUNE 19, 1905 IN BOOK "K' OF MAPS, AT PAGES 88 AND 89, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, DISTANT THEREON S. 28° 48' W. 84.83 FEET FROM THE POINT OF INTERSECTION THEREOF WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, AS SAID AVENUE AND LOT ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP OF MAYBELL TRACT HEREINABOVE REFERRED TO; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, S. 61° 14' 22" E. 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 80.74 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, S. 28° 48' W. 169.66 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, N. 61° 14' 22" W. 15.74 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE N. 28° 48' E. 109.49 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY TINE OF LOT 10 N. 61° 14' 22" W. 65 FEET TO THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE; THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE, N. 28° 48' E. 60.17 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. TRACT TWO: PARCEL ONE: PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JUNE 19, 1905 IN BOOK K OF MAPS, AT PAGES 88 AND 89, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A HUB SET AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, AS SAID AVENUE AND LOT ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP ABOVE REFERRED TO; RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 28° 48' WEST ALONG THE SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE 339.32 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE SET AT THE INTERSECTION THEREOF WITH THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 10; RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 61° 12' EAST ALONG SAID LAST NAMED LINE 96. 14 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE AT THE WESTERNMOST CORNER OF THAT CERTAIN 0.94 ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN THE DEED FROM MARTHA A. CHRISTESON TO GEO M. ANTHONY, DATED MARCH 5, 1937 RECORDED MARCH 26, 1937 IN BOOK 814 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, PAGE 434, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS; RUNNING THENCE NORTH 28° 48' EAST ALONG THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID 0.94 ACRE TRACT 99.68 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE AT THE NORTHERNMOST CORNER THEREOF; RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 57° 27' 38" EAST ALONG THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE SAID 0.94 ACRE TRACT 221.17 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE; THENCE LEAVING SAID LAST NAMED LINE AND RUNNING NORTH 28° 48' EAST AND PARALLEL WITH THE SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE 254.14 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE SET ON THE SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10; RUNNING THENCE NORTH 61° 14' 22" WEST ALONG SAID LAST NAMED LINE 316.84 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. CONTAINING APPROXIMATELY 2 ACRES, SURVEYED AND MONUMENTED IN JANUARY 1951 BY GEO S. NOLTE, CIVIL ENGINEER AND LAND SURVEYOR. EXCEPTING THEREFROM THAT CERTAIN PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JUNE 19, 1905 IN BOOK K OF MAPS, AT PAGES 88 AND 89, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A HUB SET AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, AS SAID AVENUE AND LOT ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP ABOVE REFERRED TO; RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 28° 48' WEST ALONG THE SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE 145.00 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED PARCEL OF LAND; THENCE AT RIGHT ANGLES, TO SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, SOUTH 61° 12' EAST 65.00 FEET; THENCE RUNNING PARALLEL WITH THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE SOUTH 28° 48' WEST 111.00 FEET; THENCE NORTH 61° 12' WEST 65.00 FEET TO A POINT IN SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE; THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE NORTH 28° 48' EAST 111.00 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING. ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM: PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ON JUNE 19, 1905 IN BOOK K OF MAPS, AT PAGES 88 AND 89, AND MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A POINT ON THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, DISTANT THEREON S. 28° 48' W. 84.83 FEET FROM THE POINT OF INTERSECTION THEREOF WITH THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, AS SAID AVENUE AND LOT ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP OF MAYBELL TRACT HEREINABOVE REFERRED TO; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, S. 61° 14' 22" E. 80.74 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE, S. 28° 48' W. 169.66 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, N. 61° 14' 22" W. 15.74 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE N. 28° 48' E. 109.49 FEET; THENCE PARALLEL WITH SAID NORTHEASTERLY TINE OF LOT 10 N. 61° 14' 22" W. 65 FEET TO THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE; THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE, N. 28° 48' E. 60.17 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM: PORTION OF LOT 10, MAP OF MAYBELL TRACT, FILED JUNE 19, 1905, BOOK K OF MAPS AT PAGE 88, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE AND THE NORTHEAST LINE OF CLEMO AVENUE, FORMERLY PARK AVENUE; THENCE FROM SAID POINT OF BEGINNING N. 28° 48' E. ALONG SAID LINE OF MAYBELL AVENUE 13.00 FEET; THENCE LEAVING SAID LINE S. 61° 12' E. 10.00 FEET; THENCE 5. 28° 48' W 3.00 FEET; THENCE ON THE ARC OF A TANGENT CURVE TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 10 FEET, THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 90°, AN ARC DISTANCE OF 15.71 FEET TO SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF CLEMO AVENUE; THENCE ALONG SAID LINE N. 61° 12' W. 20.00 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. PARCEL TWO: BEGINNING AT A POINT IN THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF LOT 10, DISTANT THEREON N. 61° 12' W. 271.16 FEET FROM THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF SAID LOT 10 IN THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF ARASTRADERO ROAD, AS SAID LOT AND ROAD ARE SHOWN UPON THE MAP OF MAYBELL TRACT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO; THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE AND RUNNING N. 28° 48' E., 85.35 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO A POINT IN THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN 0.94 ACRE TRACT DESCRIBED IN THE DEED FROM MARTHA A. CHRISTESON TO GEORGE M. ANTHONY, DATED MARCH 5, 1937 AND RECORDED MARCH 26, 1937 IN BOOK 814 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS PAGE 434, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS; SAID POINT BEING THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF THAT CERTAIN PARCEL OF LAND DESCRIBED IN THE DEED FROM CURTIS DAY, ET UX, TO SCOBLE, INC., A CORPORATION DATED APRIL 29, 1958 AND RECORDED MAY 12, 1958 IN BOOK 4072 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, PAGE 110, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS; THENCE RUNNING ALONG THE SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE 0.94 ACRE PARCEL OF LAND N. 57° 26' W. 221.17 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF SAID 0.94 ACRE PARCEL; THENCE RUNNING ALONG THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID 0.94 ACRE PARCEL, S. 28° 48' W., 99.68 FEET TO THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER THEREOF; THENCE RUNNING ALONG THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF THE SAID 0.94 ACRE PARCEL, SAID LINE ALSO BEING THE SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF LOT 10 HEREINABOVE REFERRED TO, S. 61° 12' E., 220.70 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING, AND BEING A PORTION OF LOT 10, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAYBELL TRACT, MAYFIELD SANTA CLARA CO.", WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ON LIME 19, 1905 IN BOOK "K" OF MAPS, PAGE 88 AND 89. APN: 137-25-108-00 and 137-25-109-00 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 EXHIBIT B SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE This Schedule of Performance summarizes the schedule for various activities under the Acquisition and Development Loan Agreement and Option to Purchase (the "Agreement") to which this exhibit is attached. The description of items in this Schedule of Performance is meant to be descriptive only, and shall not be deemed to modify in any way the provisions of the Agreement to which such items relate. Whenever this Schedule of Performance requires the submission of plans or other documents at a specific time, such plans or other documents, as submitted, shall be complete and adequate for review by the CITY or other applicable governmental entity within the time set forth herein. Prior to the time set forth for each particular submission, BORROWER shall consult with CITY staff informally as necessary concerning such submission in order to assure that such submission will be complete and in a proper form within the time for submission set forth herein. As provided in Section 3.1 of this Agreement, this Schedule of Performance may be modified by agreement of the City Manager on behalf of the CITY and the BORROWER. Action Date 1. Application – Land Use Approvals. BORROWER shall submit a complete application for the CITY Land Use Approvals, including CEQA review. By January 15, 2013. 2. Receipt – Land Use Approvals. BORROWER shall obtain the CITY Land Use Approvals. By July 1, 2013. 3. Application – Tax Credits. BORROWER shall submit an application to TCAC for a preliminary reservation of 9% tax credits. July 2013 (if Land Use Approvals are approved) 4. Application – Building Permit. BORROWER shall apply for a building permit from CITY. September 15, 2013 5. Receipt – Tax Credits. BORROWER receives approval for tax credit allocation. October 31, 2013 895\05\1267519.3 1/22/2013 Action Date 6. Receipt – First Building Permit. BORROWER shall obtain the first building permit from City. October 31, 2013 7. Submission – Final Construction and Permanent Financing Plan. BORROWER shall prepare and submit the Construction Financing Plan for CITY approval. Within 30 days after receipt of tax credit allocation from TCAC. 8. Construction Loan Closing. BORROWER shall satisfy all conditions in Section 2.7 and commence construction. November 31, 2013 to close construction loans. TCAC deadline to start construction April 2014. 9. Permanent Loan Closing and Complete Rent-Up and Occupancy. April 30, 2015. City of Palo Alto (ID # 3375) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: On-Call Transportation Consultant Contracts Title: Approval of On-Call Transportation Consultant Contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants for a Total of $281,820 to Implement Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan and to Provide Project Support Services From: City Manager Lead Department: Planning and Community Environment Recommendation Staff recommends that Council approve and authorize the City Manager or designee to execute contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants (Attachment A) in the amount of $281,820 for On-Call Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning Services. Background The City adopted the Palo Alto - Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan 2012 in July 2012 and has made implementation of the Plan a priority. The plan identifies future bicycle and pedestrian transportation facilities, including bicycle boulevards, enhanced bikeways, off-road trail opportunities, etc. Subsequent to completion of a Request for Proposals (RFP) process, the City identified two firms to complete several key projects and to provide on-call traffic engineering & transportation planning services. Hexagon Transportation Consultants was awarded a contract through a City Manager authorization process, as the contract amount was less than $85,000. This staff report requests approval of a contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants, to complete three specific projects and provide project support services focused on the implementation of the Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan 2012. The City has identified five immediate projects to complete for the on-call work: 1. High Street One-Way to Two-Way Conversion Traffic Study (Hexagon) This traffic study includes evaluating the conversion of High Street between Lytton Avenue and Homer Avenue from a one-way to two-way street, or for select blocks of that segment. The active 801 Homer Street development project on the corner of Alma City of Palo Alto Page 2 Street and Homer Street, when completed, will provide a contraflow bicycle lane between Alma Street and High Street. The City is responsible for studying bicycle routes beyond the contraflow bicycle lane facility to support access into the Downtown; the conversion of High Street to a two-way street between Forest Avenue and Homer Street will provides the Downtown link. 2. Wilkie Way Bicycle & Pedestrian Path Connection Project (Hexagon) The City has an active Capital Improvement Program (CIP) project to build a pedestrian and bicycle path from Wilkie Way to the Summer Hill development at El Camino Real & Deodar Street to provide connectivity to the public park located within the community. This project was identified in the Bicycle and Pedestrian Plan 2012 and consists of a 10 feet wide by 130 feet long path with fencing and landscaping. The purpose of this traffic study is to determine the impacts in terms of pedestrian and bicycle traffic diversion to this new path and to measure changes in the parking occupancy rate on Wilkie Way. 3. Embarcadero Road Traffic Improvements (El Camino Real to Palo Alto High School Ped Xing) (TJKM) This traffic study includes identifying civil engineering improvement opportunities along Embarcadero Road to improve roadway operations between El Camino Real and the Palo Alto High School Pedestrian Crossing, including the Town & Country Shopping Center Driveway. This segment of Embarcadero Road is the focus of frequent community requests for improvement. Palo Alto High School is in the process of implementing on-site improvements to the campus and there may be opportunities to reroute on-site trails on the campus to help eliminate the need for one of the signalized intersections on Embarcadero Road to improve efficiency. The City will also be studying options to improve signal coordination with the Embarcadero Road & El Camino Real intersection operated and maintained by the State of California – Department of Transportation, Caltrans. 4. Embarcadero/Newell Roads School-Focused Traffic Signal Timing Study (TJKM) This study includes studying the intersection of Embarcadero Road & Newell Road for time-of-day pedestrian-only signal intervals consistent with those already in place at Embarcadero Road & Middlefield Road. This is a recommended improvement from the Fairmeadow School – Safe Routes to School evaluation and supports school-commute activities to both Fairmeadow School and JLS Middle School. Pedestrian-only signal intervals will be considered between 7:30AM-8:30AM and 2:00PM-3:00PM. 5. Maybell Avenue-Donald Drive-Georgia Avenue Bicycle Boulevard (TJKM) Maybell Avenue is identified as an existing Bicycle Boulevard in the City’s Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan 2012 between El Camino Real and Donald Drive between Arastradero Road and Georgia Avenue and Georgia Avenue between Donald Drive and the Palo Alto High School Trail entry. Staff intends to prepare a set of improvement plans to improve the Maybell Avenue Bicycle Boulevard and implement the new bicycle City of Palo Alto Page 3 boulevards treatments on Donald Drive and Georgia Avenue. The three streets together serve predominantly student bicyclists attending Gunn High School, Terman Middle School, and Juana Briones Elementary School. This study will develop new concept signage and striping improvement plans for the consideration of the community. Discussion The City received five proposals in response to the RFP solicitation for the On-Call Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning services project. Three of the firms were selected for interviewing and two selected for award of contracts consistent with the RFP. A contract with Hexagon Transportation Consultants was awarded seperately by the Purchasing Manager, and this staff report is for Council approval of a contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants. The solicitation and selection process is outlined below. City of Palo Alto Page 4 Summary of Solicitation Process Proposal Description/Number On-Call Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning Project Proposed Length of Contract: 1 year (with additional 1 yr renewal option) Total Days to Respond to RFP: 25 days Pre-proposal Meeting Date: August 29, 2012 via Teleconference Number of Proposals Received: 5 Proposals Received from: Location (City, State) Selected for oral interview? TJKM Pleasanton, CA Yes Fehr & Peers San Jose, CA Yes Hexagon San Jose, CA Yes AECOM San Jose, CA No Hatch Mott MacDonald Gilroy, CA No The proposals were judged by the following criteria:  Quality and effectiveness of proposed solutions,  Qualifications and experience of the staff assigned to the project,  Proposal quality and completeness,  Response time and ability to perform the work, and  Fee The City released an (RFP) for the design of the On-call Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning Project on August 24, 2012. A pre-bidders teleconference was held on August 29, 2012 to help provide background regarding the projects. Five proposals were received in response to the RFP. An evaluation committee consisting of Public Works, Utilities Electrical Operations and Transportation staff reviewed the proposals and recommended the short-listing of three consultant teams based on proposal content and criteria identified in the RFP. City of Palo Alto Page 5 Three firms were invited to participate in oral interviews held on October 23, 2012. Two consultants, Hexagon and TJKM, were selected for the projects because they demonstrated superior knowledge of traffic engineering and the ability to complete the projects in a timely fashion. Hexagon Consultants was chosen to complete the High Street One–Way to Two-Way Conversion Study and the Wilkie Way Bicycle & Pedestrian Path Project. Staff feels that Hexagon Consultants demonstrated successful completion of various traffic studies and will provide staff with the necessary data required to complete the assessment of the projects. TJKM Consultants were chosen to complete the studies at Embarcadero Road, the Maybell- Donald-Georgia Avenue Bicycle Boulevard project and the Project Support Services role for the Transportation Department. TJKM demonstrated strong skills in completing similar traffic engineering projects. The proposed candidate for the Project Support Services role demonstrated strong skills in AutoCad and Microstation for the development of signing and striping plans that would include innovative bicycle and pedestrian facility design. The contract with Hexagon Transportation Consultants for the studies at Wilkie Way and High Street is for a total amount of $61,425 and does not require Council approval for execution. The Contract with TJKM Transportation Consultants for the traffic studies at Embarcadero Road, Maybell-Donald- Georgia and project support services is for a total of $281,820 and is addressed in this Staff Report. Timeline Immediately upon execution of a contract, staff will meet with the Consultant teams to get them started on each of the projects described above. The study phase of these projects also includes multiple community meetings as well as public hearing with the Planning and Transportation Commission and City Council. Staff estimates all studies, with the exception of the Project Support Services role, will be completed within one year. Resource Impact Funding in the amount of $343,245 for the traffic studies is included in the Capital Improvement Program through various transportation-focused projects, including PL-00026 (Safe Routes to School), PL-04010 (Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan – Implementation Project), PL-12000 (Parking & Transportation Improvements), and the General Fund – Transportation Division Staffing. City of Palo Alto Page 6 Policy Implications The City’s Comprehensive Plan recommends that the City strive to accommodate all modes of travel in its street system. Consistent with this Comprehensive Plan goal, the proposed traffic studies ensure that “Goal T-4: An efficient Roadway Network is provided for all users, including motor vehicles, transit vehicles, bicyclists and pedestrians” is effectuated. Program T-18: “Develop and periodically update a comprehensive bicycle plan” was also amended by Council in July 2012 to include the updated Bicycle and Pedestrian Transportation Plan, which updates and supersedes the 2003 Plan. Environmental Review No environmental review is required for the proposed traffic studies. The findings of each study though may be used to complete future enviromnetal studies. Attachments:  Attachment A: Contract with TJKM Consultants (PDF)  Attachment B: Correspondence Received (PDF) CITY OF PALO ALTO CONTRACT NO. C13147610 AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND TJKM TRANSPORTATION CONSULTAl~TS FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES This Agreement is entered into on this day of March, 2013, ("Agreement") by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation ("CITY"), and TJKM TRANSPORTATION CONSULTANTS, a California corporation, located at 4305 Hacienda Drive, Suite 550, Pleasanton, CA. 94588, Telephone (925) 463-0611 ("CONSUL TANT"). RECITALS The following recitals are a substantive portion of this Agreement. A. CITY intends to begin implementation of the recently adopted Bicycle & Pedestrian Transportation Plan 2012 and other traffic engineering projects as required. ("Project") and desires to engage a consultant to provide traffic engineering and transportation planning services in connection with the Project ("Services"). B. CONSULTANT has represented that it has the necessary professional expertise, qualifications, and capability, and all required licenses and/or certifications to provide the Services. C. CITY in reliance on these representations desires to engage CONSULTANT to provide the Services as more fully described in Exhibit "A", attached to and made a part of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals, covenants, terms, and conditions, this Agreement, the parties agree: AGREEMENT SECTION 1. SCOPE OF SERVICES. CONSULTANT shall perform the Services described in Exhibit "A" in· accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. The performance of all Services shall be to the reasonable satisfaction of CITY. SECTION 2. TERM . . The term of this Agreement shall be from the March, 212013 through September 31,2014 unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 19 of this Agreement. SECTION 3. SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE. Time is of the essence in the performance of Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall complete the Services within the term ofthis Agreement and in accordance with the schedule set forth in Exhibit "B", attached to and made a part of this Agreement. Any Services for which times for performance are not specified in this Agreement shall be commenced and completed by CONSULTANT in a reasonably prompt and Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 timely manner based upon the circumstances and direction communicated to the CONSULT ANT. CITY's agreement to extend the term or the schedule for performance shall not preclude recovery of damages for delay if the extension is required due to the fault of CONSULTANT. The applicable rates and schedule of payment are set out in Exhibit "C-l ", entitled "HOURLY RATE SCHEDULE," which is attached to and made a part ofthis Agreement. Additional Services, if any, shall be authorized in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Exhibit "C" . CONSULTANT shall not receive any compensation for Additional Services performed without the prior written authorization of CITY. Additional Services shall mean any work that is determined by CITY to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which is not included within the Scope of Services described in Exhibit "A". SECTION 4. NOT TO EXCEED COMPENSATION. The compensation to be paid to CONSULTANT for performance of the Services described in Exhibit "A", including both payment for professional services and reimbursable expenses, shall not exceed Two Hundred Eighty One Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty Dollars ($281,820.00). In the event Additional Services are authorized, the total compensation for services and reimbursable expenses shall not exceed Two Hundred Eighty One Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty Dollars ($281,820.00). The applicable rates and schedule of payment are set out in Exhibit "C-I ", entitled "HOURL Y RATE SCHEDULE," which is attached to and made a part of this Agreement. Additional Services, if any, shall be authorized in accordance with and subj ect to the provisions of Exhibit "C". CONSULTANT shall not receive any compensation for Additional Services performed without the prior written authorization of CITY. Additional Services shall mean any work that is determined by CITY to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which is not included within the Scope of Services described in Exhibit "A". SECTION 5. INVOICES. In order to request payment, CONSULTANT shall submit monthly invoices to the CITY describing the services performed and the applicable charges (including an identification of personnel who performed the services, hours worked, hourly rates, and reimbursable expenses), based upon the CONS ULT ANT's billing rates (set forth in Exhibit "C-I "). If applicable, the invoice shall also describe the percentage of completion of each task. The information in CONSULTANT's payment requests shall be subject to verification by CITY. CONSULTANTshall send all invoices to the City's project manager at the address specified in Section 13 below. The City will generally process and pay invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt. SECTION 6. QUALIFICATIONS/STANDARD OF CARE. All of the Services shall be performed by CONSULTANT or under CONSULTANT's supervision. CONSULTANT represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel necessary to perform the Services required by this Agreement and that the personnel have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Services assigned to them. CONSULTANT represents that it, its employees and subconsultants, ifpermitted, have and shall maintain during the term of this Agreement all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perform the Services. All of the services to be furnished by CONSULTANT under this agreement shall meet the professional standard and quality that prevail among professionals in the same discipline and of Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 similar knowledge and skill engaged in related work throughout California under the same or similar circumstance~. SECTION 7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. CONSULTANT shall keep itself informed of and in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders that may affect in any manner the Project or the performance of the Services or those engaged to perform Services under this Agreement. CONSULTANT shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices required by law in the performance of the Services. SECTION 8. ERRORS/OMISSIONS. CONSULTANT shall correct, at no cost to C~TY, any and all errors, omissions, or ambiguities in the work product submitted to CITY, provided CITY gives notice to CONSULTANT. If CONSUL TANT has prepared plans and specifications or other design documents to construct the Proj ect, CONSULTANT shall be obligated to correct any and all errors, omissions or ambiguities discovered prior to and during the course of construction of the Project. This obligation shall survive termination of the Agreement. SECTION 9. COST ESTIMATES. If this Agreement pertains to the design of a public works project, CONSULTANT shall submit estimates of probable construction costs at each phase of design submittal. If the total estimated construction cost at any submittal exceeds ten percent (10%) of the CITY's stated construction budget, CONSULTANT shall make recommendations to the CITY for aligning the PROJECT design with the budget, incorporate CITY approved recommendations, and revise the design to meet the Project budget, at no additional cost to CITY. SECTION 10. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. It is understood and agreed that in performing the Services under this Agreement CONSULTANT, and any person employed by or contracted with CONSULTANT to furnish labor and/or materials under this Agreement, shall act as and be an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY. SECTION 11. ASSIGNMENT. The parties agree that the expertise and experience of CONSULTANT are material considerations for this Agreement. CONSULT ANT shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement nor the performance of any of CONSULTANT's obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the city manager. Consent to one assignment will not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent assignment. Any assignment made without the approval ofthe city manager will be void. SECTION 12. SUBCONTRACTING. Notwithstanding Section 11 above, CITY agrees that subconsultants may be used to complete the Services. The sub consultants authorized by CITY to perform work on this Project are: National Data and Surveying Services 8370 Wilshire Blvd. STB 205 Beverly Hills CA. 90211 Bicycle Solutions 450 Silver Ave. #3 San Francisco, CA. 94112 Professional Services Rev June 2,2010 Fehr & Peers 100 Pringle Avenue, Suite 600 Walnut Creek, CA. 94596 CONSULTANT shall be responsible for directing the work of any subconsultants and for any compensation due to subconsultants. CITY assumes no responsibility whatsoever concerning compensation. CONSULTANT shall be :fully responsible to CITY for all acts and omissions of a sub consultant. CONSULTANT shall change or add subconsultants only with the prior approval of the city manager or his designee. SECTION 13. PROJECT MANAGEMENT. CONSULTANT will assign Chris Kinzel as the Principal-in-Charge to have supervisory responsibility for the performance, progress, and execution of the Services and Christopher Thnay as the Project Manager to represent CONSULTANT during the day-to-day work on the Project. If circumstances cause the substitution of the project director, project coordinator, or any other key personnel for any reason, the appointment of a substitute project director and the assignment of any key new or replacement personnel will be subject to the prior written approval of the CITY's project manager. CONSULTANT, at CITY's request, shall promptly remove personnel who CITY fInds do not perform the Services in an acceptable manner, are uncooperative, or present a threat to the adequate or timely completion of the Project or a threat to the safety of persons or property. The City's project manager is Jaime Rodriguez, Planning & Community Environmental Department, Planning Transportation Division, 245 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94303, Telephone (650) 329-2136, email The Project Manager will be CONSULTANT's point of contact with respect to performance, progress and execution of the Services. The CITY may designate an alternate project manager from time to time. SECTION 14. OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS. Upon delivery, all work product, including without limitation, all writings, drawings, plans, reports, specifIcations, calculations, documents, other materials and copyright interests developed under this Agreement shall be and remain the exclusive property of CITY without restriction or limitation upon their use. CONSULTANT agrees that all copyrights which arise from creation of the work pursuant to this Agreement shall be vested in CITY, and CONSULTANT waives and relinquishes all claims to copyright or other intellectUal property rights in favor of the CITY. Neither CONSULTANT nor its contractors, if any, shall make any of such matcrials available to any individual or organization without the prior written approval of the City Manager or designee. CONSULTANT makes no representation ofthe suitability ofthe work product for use in or application to circumstances not contemplated by the scope of work. SECTION 15. AUDITS. CONSULTANT will permit CITY to audit, at any reasonable time during the term of this Agreement and for three (3) years thereafter, CONSULTANT's records pertaining to matters covered by this Agreement. CONSULTANT further agrees to maintain and retain such records for at least three (3) years after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. SECTION 16. INDEMNITY. 16.1. To the :fullest extent permitted by law, CONSLlLTANT shall protect, indenmify, defend and hold harmless CITY, its Council members, officers, employees and agents Professional Services Rev JUlJe 2, 2010 (each an "Indemnified Party") from and against any and all demands, claims, or liability of any nature, including death or injury to any person, property damage or any other loss, including all costs and expenses of whatever nature including attorneys fees, experts fees, court costs and disbursements ("Claims") that arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the negligence, rec1dessness, or willful misconduct of the CONSULTANT, its officers, employees, agents or contractors under this Agreement, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by an Indemnified Party. 16.2. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Section 16 shall be construed to require CONSULTANT to indemnify an Indemnified Party from Claims arising from the active negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party. 16.3. The acceptance of CONSULTANT's services and duties by CITY shall not operate as a waiver of the right of indemnification. The provisions of this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement. SECTION 17. WAIVERS. The waiver by either party of any breach or violation of any covenant, term, condition or provision of this Agreement, or of the provisions of any ordinance or law, will not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term, covenant, condition, provisions, ordinance or law, or of any subsequent breach or violation (lfthe same or of any other term, covenant, condition, provision, ordinance or law. SECTION 18. INSURANCE. 18.1. CONSULTANT, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term ofthis Agreement, the insurance coverage described in Exhibit "D". CONSUL TANT and its contractors, if any, shall obtain a policy endorsement naming CITY as an additional insured under any general liability or automobile policy or policies. 18.2. All insurance coverage required hereunder shall be provided through carriers with AM Best's Key Rating Guide ratings of A-:VII or higher which are licensed or authorized to transact insurance business in the State of California. Any and all contractors of CONSULTANT retained to perform Services under this Agreement will obtain and maintain, in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, identical insurance coverage, naming CITY as an additional insured under such policies as required above. 18.3. Certificates evidencing such insurance shall be filed with CITY concurrently with the execution of this Agreement. The certificates will be subject to the approval of CITY's Risk Manager and will contain an endorsement stating that the insurance is primary coverage and will not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits, by the insurer except after filing with the Purchasing Manager thirty (30) days' prior written notice of the cancellation or modification, CONSULTANT shall be responsible for ensuring that current certificates evidencing the insurance are provided to CITY's Purchasing Manager during the entire term of this Agreement. 18.4. The procuring of such required policy or policies of insurance will not be construed to limit CONSULTANT's liability hereunder nor to fulfill the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the policy or policies of insurance, CONSULTANT will be obligated for the full and total amount of any damage, injury, or loss caused by or directly arising as a result of the Services performed under this Agreement, including such damage, injury, or loss arising after the Agreement is terminated or the term has expired. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 SECTION 19. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF AGREEMENT OR SERVICES. 19.1. The City Manager may suspend the performance of the Services, in whole or in part, or terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, by giving ten (10) days prior written notice thereof to CONSULTANT. Upon receipt of such notice, CONSULTANT will immediately discontinue its performance of the Services. 19 .2. CONSULTANT may terminate this Agreement or suspend its performance of the Services by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof to CITY, but only in the event of a substantial failure of performance by CITY. 19.3. Upon such suspension or termination, CONSULTANT shall deliver to the City Manager immediately any and all copies of studies, sketches, drawings, computations, and other data, whether or not completed, prepared by CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, or given to CONSULTANT or its contractors, if any, in connection with this Agreement. Such materials will become the property of CITY. 19.4. Upon such suspension or termination by CITY, CONSULTANT will be paid for the Services rendered or materials delivered to CITY in accordance with the scope of services on or before the effective date (i.e., 10 days after giving notice) of suspension or termination; provided, however, if this Agreement is suspended or terminated on account of a default by CONSULTANT, CITY will be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT only for that portion of CONSULTANT's services which are of direct and immediate benefit to CITY as such determination may be made by the City Manager acting in the reasonable exercise ofhislher discretion. The following Sections will survive any expiration or termination ofthis Agreement: 14, 15, 16, 19.4,20, and 25. 19.5. No payment, partial payment, acceptance, or partial acceptance by CITY will operate as a waiver on the part of CITY of any of its rights under this Agreement. SECTION 20. NOTICES. All notices hereunder will be given in writing and mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, addressed as follows: To CITY: Office of the City Clerk . City of Palo Alto Post Office Box 10250 Palo Alto, CA 94303 With a copy to the Purchasing Manager To CONSULTANT: Attention of the project director at the address of CONSULTANT recited above SECTION 21. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 21.1. In accepting this Agreement, CONSULTANT covenants that it presently has no interest, and will not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services. 21.2. CONSULTANT further covenants that, in the peliormance of this Agreement, it will not employ sub consultants, contractors or persons having such an interest. CONSULTANT certifies that no person who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of CITY; this provision will be interpreted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Government Code of the State of California. 21.3. If the Project Manager determines that CONSULTANT is a "Consultant" as that term is defined by the Regulations of the Fair Political Practices Commission, CONSULTANT shall be required and agrees to file the appropriate fmancial disclosure documents required by the Palo Alto Municipal Code and the Political Reform Act. SECTION 22. NONDISCRIMINATION. As set forth in Palo Alto Municipal Code section .2.30.510, CONSULTANT certifies that in the performance of this Agreement, it shall not discriminate in the employment of any person because of the race, skin color, gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of such person. CONSULTANT acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of Section 2.30.510 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code relating to Nondiscrimination Requirements and the penalties for violation thereof, and agrees to meet all requirements of Section 2.30.510 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment. SECTION 23. ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED PURCHASING AND ZERO WASTE REQUIREMENTS. CONSULTANT shall comply with the City's Environmentally Preferred Purchasing policies which are available at the City's Purchasing Department, incorporated by reference and may be amended from time to time. CONSULTANT shall comply with waste . reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal requirements of the City's Zero Waste Program. Zero Waste best practices include frrst minimizing and reducing waste; second, reusing waste and third, recycling or compo sting waste. In particular, Consultant shall comply with the following zero waste requirements: • All printed materials provided by Consultant to City generated from a personal computer and printer including but not limited to, proposals, quotes, invoices, reports, and public education materials, shall be double-sided and printed on a minimum of 30% or greater post-consumer content paper, unless otherWise approved by the City's Project Manager. Any submitted materials printed by a professional printing company shall be a minimum of3 0% or greater post-consumer material and printed with vegetable based inks. • Goods purchased by Consultant on behalf of the City shall be purchased in accordance with the City's Environmental Purchasing Policy including but not limited to Extended Producer Responsibility requirements for products and packaging. A copy of this policy is on file at the Purchasing Office. • Reusable/returnable pallets shall be taken back by the Consultant, at no additional cost to the City, for reuse or recycling. Consultant shall provide documentation from the facility accepting the pallets to verify that pallets are not being disposed. SECTION 24. NON-APPROPRIATION Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 24.1. This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter ofthe City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code. This Agreement will terminate without any penalty ( a) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that funds are not appropriated for the following fiscal year, or (b) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are only appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds· for this Agreement are no longer available. This section shall take precedence in the event of a conflict with any other covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement. SECTION 25. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 25.1. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California. 25.2. In the event that an action is brought, the parties agree that trial of such action will be vested exclusively in the state courts of California in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. 25.3. The prevailing party in any action brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement may recover its reasonable costs and attorneys' fees expended in connection with that action. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover an amount equal to the fair market value of legal services provided by attorneys employed by it as well as any attorneys' fees paid to third parties. 25.4. This document represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, and contracts, either written or oral. This document may be amended only by a written instrument, which is signed by the parties. 25.5. The covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement will apply to, and will bind, the heirs, successors, executors, administrators, assignees, and consultants of the parties. 25.6. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement or any amendment thereto is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement and any amendments thereto will remain in full force and effect. 25.7. All exhibits referred to in this Agreement and any addenda, appendices, attachments, and schedules to this Agreement which, from time to time, may be referred to in any duly executed amendment hereto are by such reference incorporated in this Agreement and will be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. 25.8 If, pursuant to this contract with CONSULTANT, City shares with CONSULTANT personal inforination as defmed in California Civil Code section 1798.81. 5( d) about a California resident ("Personal Information"), CONSULTANT shall maintain reasonable and appropriate security procedures to protect that Personal Information, and shall inform City immediately upon learning that there has been a breach in the security of the system or in the security of the Personal Information. CONSULTANT shall not use Personal Information for direct marketing purposes without City's express written consent. 25.9 All unchecked boxes do not apply to this agreement. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have by their duly authorized representatives executed this Agreement on the date first above written. CITY OF PALO ALTO TJKM TRANSPORTATION CONS~~TA.NTSIDr~~ By: \..:.:.---..... City Manager Name: tJ C\.~a\J\ A'f\J'...\~ APPROVED AS TO FORM: 'P r-e <6.lde..tI\ \- Senior Deputy City Attorney Attachments: EXHIBIT "A": EXHIBIT "B": EXHIBIT "C": EXHIBIT "C-l": EXHIBIT "D": SCOPE OF WORK SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE COMPENSATION SCHEDULE OF RATES INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 25.10 The individuals executing this Agreement represent and warrant that they have the legal capacity and authority to do so on behalf of their respective legal entities. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 TASK I: EXHIBIT "A" SCOPE OF SERVICES EMBARCADERO ROAD TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS CONSULT ANT shall evaluate the Embarcadero Road corridor and determine what civil or traffic signal operation modifications are necessary to improve traffic operations along the corridor between EI Camino Real and Palo Alto High School (Paly High) Pedestrian Crossing (Xing) intersections. CONSULTANT shall collect 12-hour turning movement counts (including separately banked bicycle and pedestrian data) for the following three intersections: 1. Embarcadero RoadlEl Camino Real 2. Embarcadero RoadITown and County Shopping Center 3. Embarcadero RoadlPalo Alto High School Pedestrian Xing CONSULTANT shall collect 24-hour counts on each approach of Embarcadero Road and each of the project driveways for seven days. Upon completion of the data collection process, CONSULTANT shall validate the data and develop Synchro model to evaluate existing conditions. CONSULTANT shall develop base maps for the corridor and develop corridor improvements alternatives (including but not limited to: signal modifications, removal or reconfiguration of the intersections) in consultation with the City staff. Upon completion of development of corridor improvements, CONSULTANT shall evaluate alternatives using Synchro model. Results of the evaluation shall be compared to determine the effectiveness of each alternatives or combination of alternatives to improve traffic operations along the study corridor. CONSULTANT shall develop Concept Plan Line improvements for recommended alternative identifying limits of civil, roadway markings and traffic signal improvements. Upon completion of the development of Concept Plan Line, CONSULTANT shall develop Draft Study Report summarizing the data collected, evaluation of existing conditions and future conditions including the Concept Plan Line and submit to City staff for review and comment. Upon receipt of comments from the City, the Study Report shall be revised to incorporate the comments and Final Study Report shall be submitted to the City for approval. CONSULTANT shall attend four community meetings as part of this project at City's request. TASK II: ElVIBARCADERO ROAD SCHOOL-FOCUSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL TIMING STUDY CONSULTANT shall evaluate the feasibility of implementing a similar all-pedestrian signal interval at the intersection of Embarcadero RoadlNewell Road and develop optimized signal timing plans for the two intersections. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 The timing plan development process shall involve a collection of roadway, signal control, traffic flow data, construction and calibration of a model, testing & final optimization of the model, and implementation & refinement of the timing plans. CONSULTANT shall coordinate the effort closely with City staff. CONSULTANT shall develop an in depth knowledge of existing traffic conditions in the City, short-and long-term plans for transportation system improvements, and local coordination/management priorities should be used to guide the development and operation of the computer model and the model's ultimate application to develop the timing plans. CONSlJLT MIT'S approach to preparing signal timing plans shall consist of the following sequence of responsibilities: • Conduct Field Visit • Develop Optimized Signal • Define Network Timings • Collect Data • Prepare a Simulation Model • Conduct Before Study • Implement Timing Plans • Develop Existing Model • Fine Tune Timing Plans • Calibrate Existing Model • Conduct After Study • Refine Signal Groupings • Prepare Project Report CONSULTANT'S engineers shall consider a number of factors, such as: Controlling Intersections and Locations -The following conditions shall require special attention and a customized analysis using both computerized, off-the-shelf optimization software and manual adjustments based on engineering experience: a) close signal spacing, which may require shorter cycle lengths and/or metering of upstream traffic to prevent queue spill back from the downstream signals and blockage of through lanes by left-turning vehicles; b) freeway interchanges, which often result in unbalanced lane utilization; c) lane drop and dual left-turn lane locations; d) intersections of major streets, which may require coordination along both arterials and may dictate the choice of cycle length for both systems; and e) over-saturated intersections, which may operate better as isolated, fully-actuated intersections. All of these conditions shall be recognized early on, since they typically impose constraints on the treatment of other intersections in a system. Pedestrian Timing -The minimum pedestrian timing may control cycle lengths. In situations where pedestrian timing clearly affects the choice of coordination plans, additional analyses shall be conducted to determine ways of reducing the adverse impacts on coordination of pedestrian timings. Phasing An efficient coordination plan consists not only of the appropriate cycle lengths and splits, but also the appropriate signal phasing. CONSULTANT shall investigate various alternatives for lead-lag left-turn phasing, right-turn overlap phasing, and consider the adverse impacts of split phasing on cycle length. Critical Movements -In developing optimum timing plans, CONSULTANT shall give attention to critical movements that could cause difticulties in signal operation. These critical movements shall be identified in this task. An example is heavy left-turns without sufficient storage capacity. Another example is heavy left turns from a side street feeding into a downstream signal that is only a short Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 distance away. In other words, movements with greater coordination requirement may not be the through movements in special cases. In addition, certain movements might be given higher priority. For example, on heavy commute routes, the City may want to give the heavier direction as large a band width as possible, even if the opposite direction is penalized. Considering these movements and priorities in the timing plans is a matter of practicality. Timing Parameters -A complete review of the existing phase timing data shall be conducted. Due to the study signals ofthe actuated type, many ofthe timing parameters, such as minimum green (or initial), unit extension ( or gap), and pedestrian walk and clearance intervals, could significantly impact the efficiency of the coordinated timing plans, particularly with respect to allowable cycle length and split. This review effort shall identifY modifications that shall improve signal coordination as well as isolated signal operatio~. In exceptional cases, modification of the signal phasing might be worthy of consideration. The CONSULTANT'S Team shall present all signal operation related modifications to the City for review and approval. CONSULTANT shall collect 12-hour (7:00 AM -,7:00 PM) turning movement counts at the intersections of Embarcadero RoadlMiddlefield Road and Embarcadero Road/Newell Road. In addition, CONSULTANT shall also collect queue lengths in the field while collecting turning movement counts so that the Synchro model can be calibrated for existing conditions. Upon completion of data collection, CONSULTANT shall develop Synchro model for existing conditions. Synchro model shall be calibrated and validated to existing conditions based on the data collected. Calibrated Synchro model shall be used to determine the feasibility of implementing all- pedestrian signal interval at the intersection of Embarcadero Road/N ewell Road. If it is determined the implementation is feasible and it can result in improved traffic and pedestrian operations CONSULTANT shall develop optimized signal timing plans for the two intersections with all- pedestrian signal interval. The optimized signal timing plans shall be submitted to City for review and approvaL Upon approval from City staff CONSULTANT shall develop timing sheets in City preferred format. CONS UL TANT shall develop Draft Study Report for the proj ect, summarizing the data collection, evaluation of existing conditions and evaluation of proposed conditions. The Draft Study Report shall also include timing sheets for optimized signal timings at the two study intersections. Upon receipt of comments from City staff, the report shall be revised to incorporate the comments and the Final Study Report shall be submitted to the City for approval. Task III: MAYBELL-DONALD-GEORGIA BIKE BOIlLEVARD Maybell Avenue is an existing bicycle boulevard that provides a connection between El Camino Real and west Palo Alto parallel to Arastradero Road. This corridor serves students at Gunn High School, Terman Middle School, and Juana Briones Elementary School. Existing traffic calming improvements along Maybell Avenue include speed humps, center lines and striped medians, and a short section of striped bike lanes, which help to manage vehicle speeds so the speed differential between bicyclists and drivers is reduced, reducing the risk of and severity of potential bicycle- related collisions. The purpose of this project is to improve the Maybell A venue Bike Boulevard, and extend a bike boulevard to Donald Drive and Georgia Avenue to connect to Gunn High School, the Gunn High School Bike Path, and other local destinations. The City has a separate ongoing' Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 citywide Safe Routes to School project to develop a Walk and Roll to School map for the area surrounding these schools. Data Compilation CONSULTANT shall request available traffic volume, speed surveys and bicycle and pedestrian counts from the City on each of the three streets: Maybell Avenue, Donald Drive, and Georgia Avenue. No new traffic counts are proposed as part of this task. In addition, field visits during the morning school arrival and afternoon school dismissal shall be conducted to review existing bicycle facilities and observe pedestrian, bicyclist, and driver travel patterns, behavior, and interactions. The data and summary of CONSULTANT'S field observations shall be compiled for presentation during the first community meeting. Develop Preliminary Concept Plans Three key design and operational issues require to be addressed in planning and design of bicycle boulevards. CONSULTANT shall address the following: 1. Appropriate volume and speed: Shall the streets require additional measures to reduce the speed and volume of vehicles? 2. Number of bicycle stops required: Stopping and starting requires significant energy and bicyclists often ignore stop signs when they perceive them as unnecessary. Are there opportunities to remove stop signs (flip signs or remove and replace with traffic circles for example) to reduce delay for cyclists on the bike boulevard? 3. Crossing arterials: Bike boulevards are often one-street off of an arterial (in this case, Arastradero Road), the crossings of perpendicular arterials can be challenging. Shall the subject bike boulevard require enhanced crossing treatments at arterials? A base map ofthe study area shall be developed using available aerial photography. CONSULTANT shall prepare Concept Plans to depict preliminary improvement options for Maybell A venue, Donald Drive, and Georgia Avenue. The City anticipates potential improvements to include traffic calming enhancements, signing and striping, geometric modifications at intersections, and potential landscape and streetscape improvements along the corridor. Additional bicycle crossing treatments at the E1 Camino ReallMaybell A venue-EI Camino Way intersection shall be developed (such as bicycle signals, skip-striping through the intersection, bicycle turn lanes, and/or bike boxes). CONSULT ANT shall coordinate this task with the Safe Routes to School program to ensure improvements identified are consistent with the Walk and Roll to School maps. Administrative draft concept plans shall be reviewed with City staff, and feedback shall be incorporated into the draft plans. CONSULTANT shall present draft plan during the first community meeting to gather public input. Modifications based on the public feedback shall be incorporated into the revised draft plans. Develop Final Concept Plans CONSUL T ANT shall take the revised plan back to the second community meeting to review changes to the plans. Input from the community shall be incorporated before the administrative final plans are taken to the public hearings. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 Community Meetings CONSULTANT shall attend five community meetings as part of this project. These meetings include: • Two Community Meetings -first to gather input on key issues and draft concept plans, second to review revised draft plans • Palo Alto Bicycle Advisory Committee (P ABAC) meeting • Planning & Transportation Committee me.eting • City Council meeting Project Team Meetings CONSULTANT shall meet with City staff, at minimum, twice during the conduction of the study. There shall be an initial project start-up meeting between CONSULTANT and City, prior to data collection and a meeting to discuss preliminary concept plans. Documentation CONSULTANT shall prepare a memorandum report that summarizes the data compilation, community feedback, and recommended concepts. CONSULTANT shall submit a draft report to the City for review and comments. CONSULTANT shall have up to eight (8) hours of staff time to respond to any comments on the draft and prepare a final version of the memorandum. Task IV: PROJECT SUPPORT SERVICES The CONSULTANT shall include as part of their team an Assistant Engineer-equivalent team member that can provide staff project support to the City's Transportation Division. The CONSULTANT'S team member shall have at least 3-5 years of working experience in the development of signage & striping plans that include innovative bicycle and pedestrian facility design. The team member shall be well-versed in AutoCAD or Microstation to be able to develop one's improvement plans without the need for coordination by a CAD technician. CONSULTANT shall provide a detailed resume that highlights the proposed team members experience and include fully-burdened hourly rate structure. CONSULT ANT shall identify hourly rates for additional positions that may be utilized to provide support to city projects as required including graphic design, CAD technician, and community meeting facilitator. The City expects the proposed CONSULTANT'S team member to be able to develop simple graphics on their own and to develop CAD-based improvement plans independently without substantial training needs by the City. The use of additional CONSULTANT'S team resources must be authorized by City project manager. The CONSULTANT'S team member shall meet with the City's project manager twice weekly to receive assignments and review work The City shall provide a work area with computer and phone access for use during these visits. Travel time for the CONSULTANT'S team member to arrive on- site to Palo Alto shall not be considered as reimbursable expenditures as part of this task The City accepts the CONSULTANT'S proposed candidate Travis Richards, P.E., Transportation Engineer, to provide staff project support to the Palo Alto Planning Community Environment Department, Transportation Division. In the event Travis Richards cannot perform his duties or vacates the position CONSULTANT shall supply the City with an alternate candidate per the Professional Services Rev J=e 2, 2010 specifications stated above. The City reserves the right to select or reject any or all possible candidates. Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 EXHIBIT "B" SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE CONSULTANT shall perfonn the Services so as to complete each milestone within the number of days/weeks specified below. The time to complete each milestone may be increased or decreased by mutual written agreement of the project managers for CONSULTANT and CITY so long as all work is completed within the tenn of the Agreement. CONSULT ANT shall provide a detailed schedule of work consistent with the schedule below within 2 weeks of receipt of the notice to proceed. Milestones L TASKI EMBARCADERO ROAD TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS 2. TASKII EMBARCADERO ROAD SCHOOL- FOCUSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL TIMING STUDY 3. TASKID MA YBELL-DONALD-GEORGIA BIKE BOULEVARD 4. TASKIV PROJECT SUPPORT SERVICES Completion No. of Days/Weeks FromNTP 48 WEEKS 10 WEEKS 36 WEEKS 18 MONTHS Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 EXIllBIT "C" COMPENSATION The CITY agrees to compensate the CONSULTANT for professional services performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and as set forth in the budget schedule below. Compensation shall be calculated based on the hourly rate schedule attached as exhibit C-l up to the not to exceed budget amount for each task set forth below. The compensation to be paid to CONS1JLTANT under this Agreement for all services described in Exhibit "A" ("Basic Services") includmg reimbursable expenses shall not exceed $281,820.00. CONSULTANT agrees to complete all Basic Services and reimbursable expenses within this amount. In the event CITY authorizes any Additional Services, the maximum compensation shall not exceed $281,820.00. Any work performed or expenses incurred for which payment would result in a total exceeding the maximum amount of compensation set forth herein shall be at no cost to the CITY. CONSULTANT shall perform the tasks and categories of work as outlined and budgeted below. The CITY's Project Manager may approve in writing the transfer of budget amounts between any of the tasks or categories listed below provided the total compensation for Basic Services, including reimbursable expenses, does not exceed $281,820.00 and the total compensation for Additional Services does not exceed $281,820.00. BllDGET SCHEDULE 5. TASK I (EMBARCADERO ROAD TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS) 6. TASK II (EMBARCADERO ROAD SCHOOL- FOCUSED TRAFFIC SIGNAL TIMING STUDY) 7. TASK III (MA YBELL-DONALD-GEORGIA BIKE BOULEVARD) 8. TASK IV (pROJECT SUPPORT SERVICES) NOT TO EXCEED AMOUNT $46,760.00 $15,030.00 $60,030 $157,000.00 Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 Sub-total Basic Services Total Basic Services Reimbursable Expenses Additional Services (Not to Exceed) Maximum Total Compensation REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES $278,820.00 $3000.00 $0.00 $278,820.00 $281,820.00 The administrative, overhead, secretarial time or secretarial overtime, word processing, photocopying, in-house printing, insurance and other ordinary business expenses are included within the scope of payment for services and are not reimbursable expenses. CITY shall reimburse CONSULT ANT for the following reimbursable expenses at cost. Expenses for which CONSULTANT shall be reimbursed are: A. Travel outside the San Francisco Bay area, including transportation and meals, will be reimbursed at actual cost subject to the City of Palo Alto's policy for reimbursement of travel and meal expenses for City of Palo Alto employees. B. Plotting (per Sheet) All requests for payment of expenses shall be accompanied by appropriate backup information. Any expense anticipated to be more than $0.00 shall be approved in advance by the City's project manager. ADDITIONAL SERVICES The CONSULTANT shall provide additional services only by advanced, written authorization from the CITY. The CONSULTANT, at the CITY's Project manager's request, shall submit a detailed written proposal including a description of the. scope of services, schedule, level of effort, and CONSULTANT's proposed maximum compensation, including reimbursable expense, for such services based on the rates set forth in Exhibit C-l. The additional services scope, schedule and maximum compensation shall be negotiated and agreed to in writing by the CITY's Project Manager and CONSULTANT prior to commencement ofthe services. Payment for additional services is subject to all requirements and restrictions in this Agreement Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 Principal Principal Associate Senior Associate Associate Senior Engineer Engineer Contracts Director Assistant Engineer Assistant Planner Senior Designer Graphics Designer Designer Technical Staff Technical Staff II Administrative Staff Production Staff EXIDBIT "C-1" HOURLY RATE SCHEDULE StaffProiect Support (T. Richard) Plotting: ($18.00 Per Sheet) $220 $200 $190 $160 $140 • $130 $120 $115 $85 $100 $100 $85 $80 $35 $80 $55 $110 Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 EXIUBIT "D" INSURANCE REQIDREMENTS CONTRACTORS TO THE CTIY OF PALO ALTO (CITY), AT THEIR SOLE EXPENSE, SHALL FOR THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN INSURANCE IN THE AMOUNTS FOR THE COVERAGE SPECIFIED BELOW, AFFORDED BY COMPANIES WITHAMBEST'S KEY RATING OFA-:VII,ORHIGHER,LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED TO TRANSACT INSURANCE BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALlF'ORNIA. AWARD IS CONTINGENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH CITY'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, AS SPECIFIED, BELOW: I REQUIRED MINIMUM LIMITS TYPE OF COVERAGE REQUIREMENT EACH AGGREGATE OCCURRENCE YES YES YES YES YES YES WORKER'S COMPENSATION STATUTORY EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY STATUTORY BODILY INJURY $1,000,000 $1,000,000 GENERAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING PERSONAL INJURY, BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 PROPERTY DAMAGE BLANKET CONTRACTUAL, AND FIRE LEGAL BODILY INJURY & PROPERTY DAMAGE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 LIABILTIY COMBINED. BODILY INJURY $1,000,000 $1,000,000 -EACH PERSON $1,000,000 $1,000,000 -EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY, INCLUDING ALL OWNED, HIRED, NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY $1,000,000 $1,000,000 • DAMAGE COMBINED PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS, MALPRACTICE (WHEN APPLICABLE), AND NEGLIGENT PERFORMANCE ALL DAt"\1AGES $1,000,000 THE CITY OF P AI,O ALTO IS TO BE NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED: CONTRACTOR, AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE, SHALL OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN, IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE TERM OF ANY RESULTANT AGREEMENT,THEINSURANCECOVERAGEHEREINDESCRIBED,INSURINGNOTONLYCONTRACTORANDITSSUBCONSULTANTS, IF ANY, BUT ALSO, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION, EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY AND PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE, NAMING AS ADDmONAL INSUREDS CITY, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES. I. INSURANCE COVERAGE MUST INCLUDE; A. A PROVISION FOR A WRITTEN TIllRTY DAY ADVANCE NOTICE TO CITY OF CHANGE IN COVERAGE OR OF COVERAGE CANCELLATION; AND B. A CONTRACTUAL llABILITY ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR CONTRACTOR'S AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY CITY. C. THE CITY'S RISK MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT WILL ACCEPT A PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE DEDUCTABLE AMOUNT OF $35,000.00. OR LESS. II. CONTACTOR MUST SUBMIT CERTIFICATES(S) OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING REQUIRED COVERAGE. III. ENDORSEMENT PROVISIONS, WITH RESPECT TO THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO "ADDITIONAL INSUREDS" A. PRIMARY COVERAGE WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED, INSURANCE AS AFFORDED BY TillS POllCY IS PRIMARY AND IS NOT ADDITIONAL TO OR CONTRlBUTING WITH ANY OTHER INSURANCE CARRIED BY OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS. B. CROSS LIABILITY THE NAMING OF MORE THAN ONE PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION AS INSUREDS UNDER THE POllCY SHALL Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 NOT, FOR THAT REASON ALONE, EXTINGUISH ANY RIGHTS OF TIlE INSURED AGAINST ANOTImR, BUT THIS ENDORSEMENT, AND TIlE NAMING OF MULTIPLE INSUREDS, SHALL NOT INCREASE THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY UNDER TIllS POLICY. C. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION 1. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRA110N DATE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE ISSVING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A THIRTY (30) DAY WlUTTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTNE DATE OF CANCELLATION. 2. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR THE NON-PAYMENT . OF PREMIUM, THE ISSUING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A TEN (10) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTNE DATE OF CANCELLATION. NOTICES SHALL BE MAILED TO: PURC.gASING AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION CITY OF PALO ALTO P.O. BOX 10250 PALO ALTO, CA 94303 Professional Services Rev June 2, 2010 CITY OF PALO ALTO OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY March 4, 2013 The Honorable City Council Palo Alto, California Request for Authorization to (1) Increase the Contract with Moscone Emblidge Sater & Otis in the Amount of $220,000 for a Total Not to Exceed Amount of $455,000 for Legal Services and (2) Enter into Contracts with Project Controls and Forensics, LLC in an amount not to exceed $100,000 and with David Neagley, AIA in an amount not to exceed $275,000 for Expert Consultant Services Related to Public Works Construction Matters The Office of the City Attorney requests authorization to increase the compensation of an existing legal services agreement and to contract with two expert consultants for work relating to the Mitchell Park Library and Community Center. Currently, the City contracts with the law firm of Moscone Emblidge Sater & Otis (formerly Otis & Iriki), Attorneys at Law, for legal services, including expert consultants. The Office of the City Attorney is requesting authorization to increase the not to exceed amount of the contract by an additional $220,000 for a total not to exceed amount of $455,000. In addition, the Office of the City Attorney is requesting authorization to enter into contracts with Project Controls and Forensics, LLC for an amount not to exceed $100,000 and with David Neagley, AIA in an amount not to exceed $275,000. Both firms provide expert consultant services to the City relating to the Mitchell Park Library and Community Center. Funding for these contracts does not require additional budgetary authority as it is a proper expense against the Library bond funds. Department Head: Molly Stump, City Attorney Page 2 City of Palo Alto (ID # 3555) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Contract extension with Cardiac Therapy Foundation of the Mid-Peninsul Title: Staff Recommends That Council Approve the Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts (Attachment A) Extending the Joint Venture Between the City of Palo Alto and the Cardiac Therapy Foundation of the Mid-Peninsula, Inc. (CTF) through December 31, 2014. From: City Manager Lead Department: Community Services RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Council approve the Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts (Attachment A) extending the Joint Venture between the City of Palo Alto and the Cardiac Therapy Foundation of the Mid-Peninsula, Inc. (CTF) through December 31, 2014. The purpose of this Joint Venture is to continue current classes, programs and services related to the CTF program at the Cubberley Community Center (Cubberley) for the benefit of resident and non-resident doctor-referred participants afflicted with cardiovascular disease and other medically related conditions. The term of this agreement will expire at the same time as the City’s lease with the Palo Alto Unified School District (PAUSD) for the use of Cubberley, on December 31, 2014. BACKGROUND For almost 40 years, CTF has been serving adults with cardiovascular disease or diabetes. It is the only non-hospital-based program on the Peninsula that provides these kinds of therapeutic and educational services for persons who are at risk for heart attacks. In December 2001, the City and PAUSD entered into a property exchange agreement (Exchange) whereby the City obtained title to eight-acres of Cubberley site in exchange for the City's release of its interest in the Terman Community Center site to PAUSD. CTF sub-leased office and program space through the Jewish Community Center (JCC) at the Terman Community Center site before moving, along with the JCC, to Cubberley, when Terman was converted back to a public middle City of Palo Alto Page 2 school in 2003. In September 2009, the JCC relocated from Cubberley to its new campus on Fabian Way. CTF has expressed its desire to remain at Cubberley due to the suitability of facilities and because the City could offer availability of gym space at times that would continue current therapy classes and programs. On September 27, 2010 the Council approved a Joint Venture agreement with CTF so it could continue to operate its program at Cubberley through August 2013. DISCUSSION The agreement is a renewal of the existing agreement with CTF; the following are key changes: a. A 16-month term – September 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014; and b. Revenue to the City will increase by 2.5%. The term of this agreement will expire at the same time as the City’s lease with PAUSD for the use of Cubberley, namely, December 31, 2014. At this time it is unknown whether a new lease between the City and PAUSD will be negotiated for community use of Cubberley and what the terms and conditions of a possible new lease will be. Therefore, any commitments to partner organizations providing services at Cubberley cannot extend beyond December 2014. The Community Services Department values the services CTF has provided the Palo Alto community since 1970. The program has over 200 regular participants who exercise weekly at Cubberley under the supervision of doctors and a skilled nursing staff. In addition to the many health benefits this program provides, it also serves a very positive social benefit, which is almost as important for the participants as the physical benefits. Each participant shares a common challenge that bonds them in a special way. This bond helps motivate members to keep healthy through physical activity. Countless friendships have developed over the 40 years, improving the quality of life for thousands of people. This in part is because the CTF program is not provided in a hospital setting but rather in a community center, making it much more appealing for many of the participants. The Community Services Department has been a longtime supporter of the CTF and its programs. City staff wishes to ensure the CTF program continues to serve individuals that have suffered from cardiovascular disease and other medically-related conditions in Palo Alto at Cubberley. City of Palo Alto Page 3 The renewal of this agreement is consistent with the provisions in the Council-adopted Public/Private Partnership Policy (Attachment B). The Joint Venture option in the Public/Private Partnership Policy is applied as CTF is an independent non-profit organization that offers much needed and appreciated services for the senior population in Palo Alto. In return the City provides CTF with gym space during low demand hours at a reduced rate. RESOURCE IMPACT Revenue to the City for the 16-month term from CTF would be $31,920.00 for gymnasium use during low demand hours at Cubberley and $8,640 for CTF’s use of office space at Cubberley at a rate of $540/month per the 2013 approved Municipal Fee Schedule. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Approval of the Joint Venture does not require review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), as such action does not meet the definition of "project" pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 21065. ATTACHMENTS Attachment A: Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts Exhibit A: Scope of Services Exhibit B: General Conditions Exhibit C: Insurance Requirements Exhibit D: Non-Discrimination Exhibit E: Gym Use and Allocation Policy Attachment B: Public/Private Partnership Policy Attachments: Attachment A - Cardiac Therapy Short Form Agreement (DOCX) Exhibits - Cardiac Therapy Exhibits (2) (DOCX) Attachment B - Public-Private Partnership Policy (PDF) PURCHASING GUIDE – APPENDIX L 0073419 PAGE 1 OF 5 ATTACHMENT A Appendix L: Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts See next page for Forms and Instructions: PURCHASING GUIDE – APPENDIX L 0073419 PAGE 2 OF 4 Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts Contract #: THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE AND ENTERED INTO ON _________________, 2013, BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO (the “CITY”) AND THE CARDIAC THERAPY FOUNDATION OF THE MIDPENINSULA, INC. (“CONTRACTOR”), 4000 Middlefield Road, Suite G-8, Palo Alto, CA 94303-4739; (650) 494-1300; IN CONSIDERATION OF THEIR MUTUAL COVENANTS, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OR FURNISH THE SERVICES AS SPECIFIED IN THE EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED BELOW: EXHIBITS: THE FOLLOWING EXHIBITS ARE HEREBY ATTACHED AND MADE PART OF THIS AGREEMENT: AGREEMENT IS NOT COMPLETE UNLESS ALL EXHIBITS ARE ATTACHED A. Scope of Services B. General Conditions C. Insurance Requirements D. Certificate of Nondiscrimination E. Gym Use and Allocation Policy F. Will Contractor be working with minors? Yes___ No _X_ If YES, include Eligible to Hire form and proof of negative TB test. TERM: THE SERVICES FURNISHED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL COMMENCE ON SEPTEMBER 1, 2013 AND SHALL BE COMPLETED ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 31, 2014. COMPENSATION FOR THE FULL PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PROVISION OF FACILITIES AND SERVICES: CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY CITY: the total sum of $40,560 for a 16-month term (at $2,535 per month or $30,420 per year), which monthly payment is due and payable, in advance, within five (5) business days of the first day of each month; this includes (A) the sum of $1,995.00 per month for a 16-month term total of $31,920 (or 12-month total of $23,940) for use of low demand space and hours at the Cubberley Community Center, and (B) the sum of $540.00 per month for a 16-month term total of $8,640 (or 12-month total of $6,480) for rental of office space at Cubberley.  PAYMENT RECORD (DEPARTMENT USE PAGE 3) CITY ACCOUNT NUMBER: COST CENTER GL ACCT PROJECT /INTERNAL ORDER PHASE NO. DOLLAR AMOUNT GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE INCLUDED ON ALL PAGES OF THIS AGREEMENT. . HOLD HARMLESS. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the CITY, its Council Members, officers, employees, and agents from any and all demands, claims or liability of any nature, including wrongful death, caused by or arising out of CONTRACTOR’S, its officers’, directors’, employees’ or agents’ negligent acts, errors, or omissions, or willful misconduct, or conduct for which the law imposes strict liability on CONTRACTOR in the performance of or failure to perform this Agreement by CONTRACTOR. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the exhibits represent the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the services that are the subject of this Agreement. All prior agreements, representations, statements, negotiations and undertakings whether oral or written are superseded hereby. PURCHASING GUIDE – APPENDIX L 0073419 PAGE 3 OF 4 THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON ITS APPROVAL AND EXECUTION BY THE CITY. IN WITNESS THEREOF, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT THE DAY, MONTH, AND YEAR FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE. PROJECT MANAGER AND REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACTOR FOR THE CITY NAME Rob de Geus BY _________________________________ DEPT Recreation, Community Services Dept. TITLE _____________________________________________ P.O, BOX 10250 SOCIAL SECURITY PALO ALTO, CA 94303 OR I.R.S. NUMBER __________________________________ Telephone 650-329-2639 PAYMENTS SEND ALL PAYMENTS TO THE CITY, ATTN: PROJECT MANAGER CITY OF PALO ALTO APPROVALS: (ROUTE FOR SIGNATURES ACCORDING TO NUMBERS IN APPROVAL BOXES BELOW) CITY DEPARTMENT  Funds Have Been Budgeted (1) PURCHASING & CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION INSURANCE REVIEW (2) APPROVAL OVER $25,000 (3) PURCHASING MANAGER APPROVAL OVER $25,000 APPROVAL OVER $85,000 CITY OF PALO ALTO BY:_____________________________________ CITY ATTORNEY ATTEST: BY:________________________ _______________________ MAYOR CITY CLERK PURCHASING GUIDE – APPENDIX L 0073419 PAGE 4 OF 4 CITY OF PALO ALTO GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS A. ACCEPTANCE. This Agreement consists of and includes the terms and conditions in the pages of this Short Form Agreement for Revenue Contracts and any exhibits referenced herein. B. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. C. INTEREST OF CONTRACTOR. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement is not a contract of employment between the CITY and CONTRACTOR. At all times CONRACTOR shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and CONTRACTOR is not authorized to bind the CITY to any contracts or other obligations. In executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR certifies that no one who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of the CITY. D. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the insurance specified in the “Insurance Requirements” form, attached hereto as Exhibit C, or such other insurance as is acceptable to the CITY as evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance provided by CONTRACTOR's insurance carrier or broker. In the event CONTRACTOR is unable to secure a policy endorsement naming the City of Palo Alto as an additional insured under any comprehensive general liability or comprehensive automobile policy or policies, CONTRACTOR shall at a minimum, and subject only to the written approval of the CITY’s Risk Manager or designee, cause each such insurance policy obtained by it to contain an endorsement, providing that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against the CITY, its officers, agents, and employees in connection with any damage, claim, liability personal injury, or wrongful death covered by any such policy that is the sole fault of CONTRACTOR or its directors, officers, employees or agents. Each such policy obtained by CONTRACTOR shall contain an endorsement requiring thirty (30) days' prior written notice from the insurer to the CITY before cancellation or reduction in the coverage or limits of such policy shall become effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide certificates of such policies or other evidence of coverage satisfactory to the CITY's Risk Manager, together with evidence of payment of premiums, to the CITY at the commencement of this Agreement, and upon the renewal of the policy, or policies, not later than twenty (20) days before the expiration of the terms of any such policy. E. TERMINATION/SUSPENSION. The City Manager may suspend the performance of this Agreement, in whole or in part, or terminate this Agreement, by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to CONTRACTOR, but any such notice will be given only for an uncured breach of any material obligation hereunder by CONTRACTOR, after a commercially reasonable time has been provided to CONTRACTOR to cure such breach following written notification thereof to CONTRACTOR. Except as provided in Exhibit B, at least six (6) months’ notice will be provided by the CITY for any change of schedule or space availability for morning (non-prime time) classes and programs, provided further, however, that no change in evening (prime time) or morning (non-prime time) scheduling can be made by the CITY during the term of the Agreement. The CITY does not guarantee to provide CONTRACTOR with any notice beyond any notice that is provided for the regular annual space allotment for evening (prime-time) classes and programs. Upon receipt of such notice, CONTRACTOR shall discontinue its performance as of the date of scheduling change that complies with the above notification period and the compensation to the CITY as set forth herein shall be decreased in proportion to the reduction in CONTRACTOR's prime-time and/or non-prime time scheduling. The rights of the CITY under this section to suspend or terminate this Agreement shall be in addition to any and all rights or remedies the CITY may have available to it under the law, in the case of a breach of this Agreement by CONTRACTOR. F. ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred without the written consent of the CITY, acting in its sole discretion. No changes or variations of any kind are authorized without the written consent of the City Manager or his or her designee. G. AUDITS. CONTRACTOR agrees to permit the CITY to audit, at any reasonable time during the term of this Agreement and for three (3) years thereafter, CONTRACTOR'S records pertaining to matters covered by this Agreement. CONTRACTOR further agrees to maintain such records for at least three (3) years after the term of this Agreement has expired or is terminated. H. NO IMPLIED WAIVER. No payment, partial payment, acceptance, or partial acceptance by the CITY shall operate as a waiver on the part of the CITY of any of its rights under this Agreement. I. CITY'S PROPERTY. Title to the CITY’s property, if any, that are furnished to CONTRACTOR shall remain in the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall not alter or use any such property for any purpose, other than as specified by the CITY, or for any other person without the prior written consent of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall store, protect, preserve, repair and maintain such property in accordance with sound professional practice, all at CONTRACTOR’s sole cost and expense. J. NON-DISCRIMINATION. No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons under this Agreement on account of the race, color, national origin, age, ancestry, religion, sex or other specified attributes or characteristics of such person. CONTRACTOR agrees to meet all requirements of the Palo Alto Municipal Code pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment, including completing and signing the Certificate of Nondiscrimination, attached hereto as Exhibit D. K. WORKERS’ COMPENSATION. CONTRACTOR, by executing this Agreement, certifies that it is aware of the provisions of the California Labor Code, which may require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and certifies that it will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Agreement. L. PRICE TERMS. Extra charges, invoices and payment. No extra charges of any kind will be allowed, unless they are specifically agreed to, in writing, by the CITY, except as required by the CITY’s Municipal Fee Schedule or other applicable laws. All state and federal excise, sales and use taxes shall be stated separately on the invoices. M. SCHEDULES OR DELIVERY. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the specific schedule provided by the CITY or agreed upon herein without delay and without anticipating the CITY’S requirements. CONTRACTOR also agrees not to make material commitments or scheduling arrangements in excess of the required amount or in advance of the time necessary to meet the schedule(s) of this Agreement, if any. 0073276 1 EXHIBIT A - SCOPE OF SERVICES CONTRACTOR SHALL: As a formally declared “joint venture” partner of the CITY, CONTRACTOR shall provide classes, programs and services related to its program for the benefit of resident and non-resident doctor- referred participants having cardiovascular disease and other medically-related conditions. In the provision of these therapeutic services, CONTRACTOR shall: (1) Abide by the policies/procedures established by the CITY and the CITY’S Recreation Division of the Department of Community Services for the use of the CITY’s facilities, equipment, furniture, and other Gym A and Gym Activity Room elements. These shall include, but are not limited to, the City of Palo Alto Injury and Prevention program, Operations Manual, Safety Procedures and Guidelines, and Building Emergency Procedures. (2) Obtain, supervise, and pay all necessary related fees for the services of all professional assistance needed to produce such programs operated by it. (3) Pay all fees and costs for materials, supplies and other fees and expenses connected with said programs. (4) Collect from program participants fees set by CONTRACTOR for all services rendered by it. CONTRACTOR shall set its own fee schedule and shall provide the CITY with a copy of its program and class fee schedule. (5) Be solely responsible for the control and supervision of all program activities and personnel connected therewith and shall notify all personnel of their obligations and responsibilities pertaining to their program area. CONTRACTOR will have primary responsibility for building security when CONTRACTOR is occupying the CITY’s facilities. (6) Accommodate other uses of the Gym facility and Gym Activity Room, including, but not limited to, Gym A and the lobby during periods of non-use of the programs. The CITY shall notify CONTRACTOR of such other uses. CONTRACTOR shall provide personnel for any moving of CONTRACTOR’S equipment. (7) Also designate as its Project Director or his/her designee (the “Project Director”) for the term or duration of this Agreement an employee or subcontractor to manage or supervise on behalf of CONTRACTOR, including production, and served as CONTRACTOR’S liaison with the CITY’s Project Manager or his/her designee (the “Project Manager”) in all matters relating to the CITY in any manner. (8) Exercise safe practices in the use of the CITY’s facilities and equipment, maintain and clear work areas, and within 24 hours of an incident, report in a form to be provided by the CITY, such information regarding the incident. Immediately report to the Project Manager on the same form any breakage, malfunction, deterioration or loss of any of the CITY’S resources. CONTRACTOR shall not attempt to repair any of the CITY’s equipment used by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall immediately discontinue any activity whenever an unsafe or dangerous condition is deemed to exist. CONTRACTOR shall train and supervise its staff and volunteers on safe practices and adhere to the CITY’S safety procedures and guidelines. If, in the opinion of any duly authorized CITY employee, CONTRACTOR is conducting an activity in an unsafe manner, CONTRACTOR or its agents shall be informed and shall immediately discontinue such activity until such activity is able to be conducted in a safe manner approved by the CITY’s staff. 0073276 2 (9) Promote and publicize all of its programs, and shall print in all publicity, including, but not limited to, publications, mailings, flyers, posters, brochures, programs, and paid or public service advertising, the statement, “In cooperation with the City of Palo Alto Community Services Department.” In conformance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) guidelines and requirements, CONTRACTOR shall bear responsibility for providing appropriate auxiliary aids and services where they are necessary to achieve an equal opportunity to participate in and enjoy the benefits of classes and programs of CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. Newly printed programs shall include the following statement required by the ADA: “Persons with disabilities who require information on auxiliary aids or services in using City facilities, services, or programs or who would like information on the City’s compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, may contact: ADA Coordinator, City of Palo Alto, 650-329-2550 (Voice) or adacityofpaloalto.org (Internet).” (10) Continue to exist as an independent, non-profit corporation under the laws of the United States and the State of California. Any changes in CONTRACTOR’s Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws, or tax- exempt status shall be reported by CONTRACTOR immediately to the Project Manager. Not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the persons serving on the governing board of CONTRACTOR may be interested persons. An “interested person” means any person currently being compensated by CONTRACTOR for services rendered to it, whether as a full or part-time employee, independent contactor or otherwise, but excluding any reasonable compensation paid to a director for services rendered in the capacity of a director. (11) Submit all new signs or displays to be located on the Cubberley premises to the Project Manager for approval. Inside the Gym and Gym Activity Room, no display materials may be permanently placed by CONTRACTOR upon walls. A display may only be placed in a manner that all fasteners thereto can be removed at the time that any such display will be taken down. (12) Assure that Gym A and the Gym Activity Room, hallways and outdoor areas adjacent to the Gym will be cleared and clean, and that scenery, properties, and other program equipment will be disassembled and stored, to the Project Manager’s satisfaction, within 30 minutes after the end of the last class of the day or in accordance with a time schedule mutually agreed upon by the parties’ designated representatives. The Gym and Gym Activity Room shall always be returned to its basic set-up as established by the Project Manager, unless there is a mutual understanding with the incoming group, which agrees to perform this duty, which has been approved by the Project Manager. (13) Leave all spaces clear, clean and orderly at the end of each use. The Gym, foyer and Gym Activity Room are to be cleared of all materials, except Gym equipment, after each daily use. Trash and recycling are to be removed from all areas daily. Recyclables are to be put in the recycling carts near the trash dumpster and garbage and trash are to be put into the dumpster. CONTRACTOR is required to reduce waste, reuse and recycle per the CITY’s Zero Waste Plan. Office space and hallways are to be kept continually clear, clean and orderly and neither space shall be used for the purpose of equipment storage. Materials may not be left or stored any place out-of-doors overnight or when unattended by CONTRACTOR personnel. (14) Enforce current regulations as established by the CITY with regard to any smoking, eating and drinking in the CITY’s facilities. CONTRACTOR shall provide staff and/or volunteers, who will enforce such regulations. Smoking is not permitted inside any CITY facility. Except as may be permitted by applicable law, no person shall bring any animal into the Gym or Gym Activity Room. This regulation shall not apply to service animals assisting individuals with disabilities or to animals 0073276 3 in training to become service animals. CONTRACTOR shall clean up all food and drink containers daily after use. (15) Observe all provisions of this Agreement when it is using the CITY’s facilities, including Gym A and the Gym Activity Room. This shall include cleaning the rooms, returning tables and chairs to their initial locations, and depositing all trash and recycling in the appropriate receptacles. (16) Comply with the CITY’s TB test requirement for employees and volunteers of CONTRACTOR at any time the CITY’s Risk Manager deems it necessary for minors. (17) Comply with the CITY’s sound ordinance levels for any outdoor activities. (18) Pay Building Attendant fees as set forth in the Municipal Fee Schedule for any Attendants who may be required for the use of the CITY’s facilities. All building use policies must be adhered to for any CITY facility use by CONTRACTOR. (19) In accordance with the terms of the CITY’s Gym Use and Allocation Policy (Exhibit E), CONTRACTOR shall abide by the following class schedule in Gym A (non-prime time use): Monday 7:00 am to 12:00 pm (Classes 7:30 am to 11:45 am) Tuesday 6:30 am to 8:30 am (Classes 7:00 am to 8:00 am) Wednesday 7:00 am to 12:00 pm (Classes 7:30 am to 11:45 am) Thursday 6:30 am to 12:00 pm (Classes 7:00 am to 11:45 am) Friday 7:00 am to 9:00 am (Classes 7:30 am to 8:30 am) Saturday 6:30 am to 8:30 am (Classes 7:00 am to 8:00 am) In addition, CONTRACTOR shall abide by the following class schedule in the Gym Activity Room: Monday 5:00 pm to 7:00 pm (Classes 5:30 pm to 6:30 pm) Tuesday 5:00 pm to 7:00 pm (Classes 5:30 pm to 6:30 pm) Wednesday 5:00 pm to 7:00 pm (Classes 5:30 pm to 6:30 pm) Thursday 5:00 pm to 7:00 pm (Classes 5:30 pm to 6:30 pm) This schedule shall be inclusive of all time necessary to set-up and to take-down the equipment necessary to run the class or program and for necessary clean-up. The CITY anticipates CONTRACTOR may operate its classes and programs 52 weeks per year. If CONTRACTOR does not intend to use any of the CITY’s facilities during any portion of the year, the Project Director shall inform the Program Manager of any planned vacation or other non-use period relating to the CITY facilities. (20) Provide staff oversight for every class or program whenever the public is in attendance. CONTRACTOR shall permit only persons who have been trained in medical emergency, safety and use procedures to supervise cardiac therapy programs. Staff must be available to assist participants under all circumstances and must be aware of and able to assist disabled persons. The Project Director must also be available to assist in emergency situations throughout the entire program until participants have left the premises. Staff must ensure that wheelchairs, walkers, etc. are not blocking any of the aisles or exits. (21) CONTRACTOR-owned materials will remain the property of CONTRACTOR, and shall be removed from Gym A and the Gym Activity Room at the conclusion of the program in which the materials and equipment are used. The Project Manager may, on a case-by- case basis, authorize 0073276 4 exceptions, in writing, for that occasion only, except as may be otherwise stated. All office equipment and/or exercise equipment purchased and owned by CONTRACTOR will remain the private property of CONTRACTOR, and the CITY assumes no responsibility or liability for the loss or maintenance of such materials. All equipment, instruments and any other materials rented, borrowed or owned by any subcontractor, agent or person for CONTRACTOR is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR and/or its subcontractors, and the CITY assumes no responsibility or liability for its maintenance or loss. (22) Be required to replace or have repaired by factory authorized technicians CITY-owned equipment or materials identified by the Project Manager as property that is lost, damaged or destroyed by an agent of CONTRACTOR while the same was in the possession of CONTRACTOR. A written report must be made by CONTRACTOR on a CITY form, whenever CITY equipment is lost, damaged, or destroyed by CONTRACTOR. (23) May use Gym facilities and equipment and Gym Activity Room only for productions expressly covered under this Agreement. Exceptions may be considered by the Project Manager upon the receipt of CONTRACTOR’s written request at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date needed and, if granted, will be approved, in writing, by the Project Manager. (24) Shall not in any way modify the CITY’s facilities and may not install or attach anything in, to or on the CITY’s facilities without having first submitted a written request to, and obtained the approval of, the Project Manager. Any violation shall result in CONTRACTOR being charged for all repairs necessary to restore the facility to its original condition and any additional costs pertaining to the restoration of the CITY’s property. (25) Shall immediately report to the City of Palo Alto police any incidents of a criminal or suspicious nature occurring on the CITY’s property and notify the Project Manager within 12 hours. If the initial notification is given verbally, then it must also be submitted, in writing, to the Project Manager on the form provided. (26) The doors to Gym A and foyer and the Gym Activity Room, as well as any other exterior access doors to any area of the Cubberley Gym, shall not be left open, unlocked or with the locking mechanism disabled at any time, when the immediate area secured by the door is unoccupied by CONTRACTOR. (27) Must fill out a CITY Report of Accident/Property Damage report for any and all accidents, injuries or property damage, if a CITY employee is not present to fill out the report. (28) Shall avoid the use of “disposables” containers and refrain from using StyrofoamTM and other plastic containers that are used for food/beverage service. Reusable food/beverage service ware should be utilized by CONTRACTOR to the maximum extent practicable. Where a reusable food/beverage service option is not available, CONTRACTOR shall choose items that are recyclable. (29) CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws at all times during the term of this Agreement. 0073276 5 EXHIBIT B - GENERAL CONDITIONS THE CITY SHALL: (1) Allow CONTRACTOR the use of Gym A and the Gym Activity Room as scheduled in Exhibit A, Subsection 19 for the preparation and presentation of CONTRACTOR’s classes and programs to be performed under this Agreement. Any use of the CITY’s facilities other than that those listed in this Agreement that are necessary to carry out CONTRACTOR’s rights under this Agreement must be scheduled through and approved in advance by the Project Manager. No class shall begin earlier than 7:00 a.m. or shall end later than 6:30 p.m. In no event shall CONTRACTOR conduct other activities, or otherwise occupy the CITY’s facilities outside of the designated hours, unless the prior written permission of the Project Manager is obtained. CONTRACTOR shall observe all facility security rules and regulations as established by the CITY. The City will provide lighting, door locks and supervision of facilities to help ensure the safety and security of used gyms, walkways and other facilities. (2) Additional use may be provided, as specified in Exhibit A above, however, priority use of the Gym will always be given to programs and classes that are covered by contracts with the CITY. The CITY will not be responsible for obtaining additional space, but it may assist in locating other CITY spaces and may act as co-sponsor for use of the CITY’s facilities under appropriate circumstances. The CITY reserves the right to allow other uses of space that are not in actual, scheduled use by CONTRACTOR. (3) Allow CONTRACTOR to use all operational equipment in the CITY’S Gym A and Gym Activity Room inventory as requested by CONTRACTOR and approved by the CITY. CONTRACTOR accepts the CITY’s equipment in their “as is” condition, and CONTRACTOR will be responsible for ensuring that such equipment is used and maintained in a safe condition and is returned in working condition, normal wear and tear excepted, at the conclusion of its use or of the program. (4) Monitor all aspects of the program relative to safety. If the Project Manager deems that any procedure to be followed by CONTRACTOR is unsafe, then the Project Manager has the authority to immediately cause CONTRACTOR to stop implementing such procedure. The CITY shall not interfere, however, with the medical management or supervision of any program participant. (5) Provide maintenance of the CITY’s facilities and equipment. The CITY shall respond with reasonable speed to make necessary repairs hereunder. The CITY retains the right to close the building for maintenance or repairs, including, but not limited, to the refinishing of floors, with adequate notice to the Project Director. The CITY will be responsible for providing maintenance of the fixtures, lights, and other appliances for the use of CONTRACTOR and program participants. The CITY will also be responsive to reports of broken locks, doors, windows, heating equipment or water fountains for the security and safety of CONTRACTOR and program participants. The CITY will provide janitorial services necessary to clean facilities and restrooms for the benefit of the program participants. (6) Have the right to, without notice, suspend this Agreement in the event of a force majeure or otherwise if the CITY’s Gym A, Gym Activity Room or other building should be declared uninhabitable for reasons of safety by the proper authorities (e. g., if the building should be damaged in an earthquake and be declared unsafe for occupancy). If there is an outbreak of pandemic flu or other medical emergency and places of public gatherings are closed, the CITY will not assume any financial responsibility for loss of revenue by CONTRACTOR. If the Gym A, Gym 0073276 6 Activity Room and ancillary facilities are not available for use due to earthquake, other disaster, or safety related issues, the CITY will not assume any financial responsibility for loss of revenue by CONTRACTOR. PROGRAM FEES (1) CONTRACTOR shall set fees for their classes, will collect the fees directly from program participants, and shall retain all proceeds from the class and program fees. (2) CONTRACTOR may request the CITY’s permission to add classes and programs, consistent with the constraints, express or implied, of the Gym Use and Allocation Policy, in response to public need. CONTRACTOR shall be required to pay regular hourly rates and pay for any and all added classes and/or programs at fees set forth in the CITY’S Municipal Fee Schedule (Regular weekly, non-profit rate is subject to a discount that may be authorized by the Director of the Community Services Department). GENERAL UNDERSTANDINGS (1) CITY. The Division Manager, Recreation Division is designated as the Project Manager for the CITY, who shall render overall supervision of the progress and performance of this Agreement by the CITY. All services to be performed by the CITY under this Agreement shall be managed under the overall supervision of the Project Manager. CONTRACTOR shall collaborate with the Project Manager in all matters dealing with the CITY’s policies, facilities, equipment and other CITY departments outside of the Cubberley Community Center. (2) CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assign a Project Director, who shall have overall responsibility for the progress and execution of this Agreement by CONTRACTOR. Should circumstances or condition subsequent to the execution of this Agreement require a substitute Project Director, CONTRACTOR shall notify the CITY immediately of such occurrence. The Project Director shall be responsible for all actions of CONTRACTOR, including its staff. The Project Director shall also be responsible for all communications and information that are delivered to and obtained from the CITY and CONTRACTOR’S personnel. (3) ACCESS. CONTRACTOR shall not prevent the Project Manager, facility maintenance personnel, and others specifically designated by the Project Manager from gaining unfettered access to the Gym and Gym Activity Room facilities. The Project Manager and others specifically designated by the Project Manager shall attempt to coordinate such access, if possible. (4) SPECIFIC SERVICES. CONTRACTOR shall provide all specified services as set forth herein, for the production of classes and programs as listed in and on the dates specified in Exhibit A. (5) The term “fiscal year” shall mean July 1 to June 30, although CONTRACTOR is not required to use the same period for its own record-keeping and reporting purposes. (6) The term “days” shall mean calendar days. (7) CONTRACTOR represents that it is qualified to furnish its services as described in this Agreement, and it shall be responsible for the performance of this Agreement. FISCAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR (1) Fiscal Agent. CONTRACTOR shall appoint a fiscal agent, who shall be responsible for the financial and accounting activities of CONTRACTOR, including the receipt and disbursement of CONTRACTOR’s funds. CONTRACTOR shall provide the CITY with the name of a fiscal agent and notify the Project Manager within 24 hours of any changes occurring during the term of this 0073276 7 Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall have sole responsibility for the safekeeping of its class and program receipts and monies. (2) Financial Record. In support of its system of accounts, CONTRACTOR shall maintain complete and accurate records of all financial transactions, including, but not limited to, contracts, invoices, time cards, cash receipts, vouchers, canceled checks, and bank statements. These records shall be made available to the CITY upon request subject to applicable laws relating to the privacy rights of program participants. PROGRAM REPORTS AND RECORDS (1) Production Reports. CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate records of and shall file with Project Manager any and all Program Reports within thirty (30) days following the end of each class term period, listing the number of classes and/or programs, and the number of program participants (identified separately as resident and non-resident participants). CONTRACTOR shall make every reasonable effort to supply such other information as the Project Manager and/or City Auditor may request subject to applicable laws relating to the privacy rights of program participants. On reasonable notice and with reasons specified, CONTRACTOR shall grant the Project Manager and/or City Auditor access to all of CONTRACTOR’s records relating to this Agreement, including program records, data, statements, and reports. (2) Evaluation of services. CONTRACTOR shall furnish all data, statements, records, information, and reports requested by the CITY to monitor, review, and evaluate the performance of CONTRACTOR’S services hereunder. (3) A copy of CONTRACTOR’S most recently filed California State Tax Form 199, “California Exempt Organizations Annual Information Return,” must be filed with the Project Manager within fifteen (15) days of the date on which it is required to be submitted to the State of California, and it shall also be attached to this Agreement prior to final approval of this Agreement. CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT Notwithstanding the requirements of this Agreement, in the event the CITY should determine from any source, including, but not limited to, reports submitted by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement or any evaluation report from any source, that there is a condition which requires correction, the CITY may forward to CONTRACTOR a request for corrective action. Such request shall indicate the nature of the condition(s) or issue(s), which require(s) corrective action and may include a recommendation as to appropriate corrective action. Within fifteen (15) days of the CITY’S request, CONTRACTOR shall submit its response which shall include its position on the matter and proposed action, if any. Upon the request of either party, the parties shall meet within five (5) days thereafter to discuss the CONTRACTOR’s position and proposed corrective action. CONTRACTS WITH OTHER AGENCIES CONTRACTOR agrees not to enter into any contract with another person or agency that will materially interfere with or inhibit the full performance of the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR agrees to terminate as soon as legally feasible any contract which will materially interfere with or inhibit the full performance of the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR to the CITY under this Agreement. Nothing herein is intended to prohibit CONTRACTOR from applying for, and receiving, supplementary funding from other than CITY sources, provided that any agreement required for such funding does not materially 0073276 8 interfere with or inhibit the full performance of the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. SUBCONTRACTORS AS EMPLOYEES CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for employing or engaging all persons necessary to perform the services of CONTRACTOR hereunder. No subcontractor of CONTRACTOR will be recognized by the CITY as an independent contractor, as such subcontractor shall be deemed to be an employee of CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR agrees to be responsible for their subcontractor’s performance. CONTRACTOR shall give its personal attention to the fulfillment of the provisions of this Agreement by all of its employees, participants, volunteers, and subcontractors, if any, and shall keep the work under its control. INTOXICATION CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any injuries, liabilities, loss or damage caused by any of its employees, agents, subcontractors, or volunteers who are present on CITY property and are under the influence of alcohol, drugs, hallucinogens or narcotics, whether or not legally prescribed. CONTRACTOR as well as the CITY shall not permit any of CONTRACTOR’S employees, agents, subcontractors, or volunteers discovered to be under the influence as described above from remaining in and using any CITY facility contemplated by this Agreement. The CITY reserves the right to deny any such person the right to enjoy further participation in contracted activities. The consumption of alcoholic beverages and the use of illegal drugs by any person working for CONTRACTOR, whether that person is paid or is a volunteer, shall be expressly prohibited. This includes all staff of CONTRACTOR while they are present at the Cubberley Community Center or any other CITY facility in connection with this Agreement. 0073276 9 EXHIBIT C – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR, AT ITS SOLE EXPENSE, SHALL DURING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMNET OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN INSURANCE IN THE AMOUNTS FOR THE COVERAGE SPECIFIED BELOW, AFFORDED BY COMPANIES WITH A BEST’S KEY RATING OF A-:VII, OR HIGHER, LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED TO TRANSACT INSURANCE BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. AWARD IS CONTINGENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH THE CITY’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, AS SPECIFIED, BELOW OR AS OTHERWISE ACCEPTED BY THE CITY'S RISK MANAGER: REQUIRED TYPE OF COVERAGE REQUIREMENT MINIMUM LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE YES NO WORKER’S COMPENSATION AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (NO VEHICLES OWNED OR OPERATED) STATUTORY STATUTORY YES COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING PERSONAL INJURY, BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE BLANKET CONTRACTUAL, AND FIRE LEGAL LIABILITY BODILY INJURY PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY & PROPERTY DAMAGE COMBINED. $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 NO COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY, INCLUDING, OWNED, HIRED, NON-OWNED BODILY INJURY - EACH PERSON - EACH OCCURRENCE PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE, COMBINED $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 YES PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY, INCLUDING, ERRORS AND OMISSIONS, MALPRACTICE (WHEN APPLICABLE), AND NEGLIGENT PERFORMANCE ALL DAMAGES $1,000,000 YES THE CITY OF PALO ALTO IS TO BE NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED: PROPOSER, AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE, SHALL OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN, IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE TERM OF ANY RESULTANT AGREEMENT, THE INSURANCE COVERAGE HEREIN DESCRIBED, INSURING NOT ONLY PROPOSER AND ITS SUBCONSULTANTS, IF ANY, BUT ALSO, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF WORKERS’ COMPENSATION, EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY AND PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE, NAMING AS ADDITIONAL INSURES CITY, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES. I. INSURANCE COVERAGE MUST INCLUDE: A. A PROVISION FOR A WRITTEN THIRTY DAYS’ ADVANCE NOTICE TO CITY OF CHANGE IN COVERAGE OR OF COVERAGE CANCELLATION; AND B. A CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR CONTRACTOR’S AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY CITY II. SUBMIT CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING REQUIRED COVERAGE, OR COMPLETE THIS SECTION AND IV THROUGH V, BELOW. A. NAME AND ADDRESS OF COMPANY AFFORDING COVERAGE (NOT AGENT OR BROKER): B. NAME, ADDRESS, AND PHONE NUMBER OF YOUR INSURANCE AGENT/BROKER: C. POLICY NUMBER(S): ___________________________________________________________________________________ 0073276 10 D. DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNT(S) (DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF $5,000 REQUIRE CITY’S PRIOR APPROVAL): III. AWARD IS CONTINGENT ON COMPLIANCE WITH CITY’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS, AND PROPOSER’S SUBMITTAL OF CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED HEREIN, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED BY THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES. IV. ENDORSEMENT PROVISIONS, WITH RESPECT TO THE INSURANCE AFFORDED TO “ADDITIONAL INSUREDS” A. PRIMARY COVERAGE WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE OPERATIONS OF THE NAMED INSURED, INSURANCE AS AFFORDED BY THIS POLICY IS PRIMARY AND IS NOT ADDITIONAL TO OR CONTRIBUTING WITH ANY OTHER INSURANCE CARRIED BY OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURES. B. CROSS LIABILITY THE NAMING OF MORE THAN ONE PERSON, FIRM, OR CORPORATION AS AN INSURED UNDER THE POLICY SHALL NOT, FOR THAT REASON ALONE, EXTINGUISH ANY RIGHTS OF THE INSURED AGAINST ANY OTHER PERSON, BUT THIS ENDORSEMENT, AND THE NAMING OF MULTIPLE INSUREDS, SHALL NOT INCREASE THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY UNDER THIS POLICY. C. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION 1. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE ISSUING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A THIRTY (30) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. 2. IF THE POLICY IS CANCELED BEFORE ITS EXPIRATION DATE FOR THE NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM, THE ISSUING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE CITY AT LEAST A TEN (10) DAY WRITTEN NOTICE BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CANCELLATION. V. THE CITY'S RISK MANAGER HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE AND HAS FOUND THAT, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, IT MEETS THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS: THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CERTIFIED CORRECT BY SIGNATURE(S) BELOW. SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE SAME SIGNATURE(S) AS APPEAR(S) ON SECTION II, ATTACHMENT A, PROPOSER’S INFORMATION FORM. Firm: _________________________________________________________ Signature: _________________________________________________________ Name: _________________________________________________________ (Print or type name) Signature: _________________________________________________________ Name: _________________________________________________________ (Print or type name) NOTICES SHALL BE MAILED TO: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION CITY OF PALO ALTO P.O. BOX 10250 PALO ALTO, CA 94303. 0073276 11 EXHIBIT D- CERTIFICATE OF NONDISCRIMINATION As suppliers of goods or services to the City of Palo Alto, the firm and individuals listed below certify that they do not discriminate in employment of any person because of race, skin color, gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of such person; that they are in compliance with all Federal, State and local directives and executive orders regarding nondiscrimination in employment. 1. If Proposer is INDIVIDUAL, sign here: Date:______________ _____________________________________________ Proposer’s Signature _____________________________________________ Proposer’s typed name and title 2. If Proposer is PARTNERSHIP or JOINT VENTURE, at least (2) Partners or each of the Joint Venturers shall sign here: ________________________________________________ Partnership or Joint Venture Name (type or print) Date:______________ _____________________________________________ Member of the Partnership or Joint Venture signature Date:______________ _____________________________________________ Member of the Partnership or Joint Venture signature 3. If Proposer is a CORPORATION, the duly authorized officer(s) shall sign as follows: The undersigned certify that they are respectively: ______________________________________ and _______________________________ Title Title Of the corporation named below; that they are designated to sign the Proposal Cost Form by resolution (attach a certified copy, with corporate seal, if applicable, notarized as to its authenticity or Secretary’s certificate of authorization) for and on behalf of the below named CORPORATION, and that they are authorized to execute same for and on behalf of said CORPORATION. ________________________________________________________________ Corporation Name (type or print) 0073276 12 By:______________________________________ Date: _________________ Title:__________________________________________ By:______________________________________ Date: _________________ Title:_________________________________________ 0073276 13 EXHIBIT E – GYM USE AND ALLOCATION POLICY The City of Palo Alto adopts the Cubberley Community Center Gymnasium Use Policy (and the procedures adopted hereunder, collectively, the “Policy”) in order to ensure that the City-owned, -maintained and -managed gym facilities located at the Cubberley Community Center (the “Center”), which include the Pavilion, Gym A and Gym B (the “Gyms”), are utilized for recreational, athletic, cultural, educational, social and community service functions meeting the needs and interests of the community, and ensure that permitted users are fully informed as to the City’s guidelines that govern the use of the Gyms. Purpose: To strive to provide Palo Alto residents with an opportunity to participate in their activities of choice. To establish policies and procedures governing the use of the Gyms. To ensure Palo Alto residents have priority access to the Gyms. To provide diverse activities reflecting the recreational preferences of Palo Alto residents. To contribute a proportionate amount of the Gyms’ usage time to regional organizations in which Palo Alto residents participate. To collect fees for the use of the Gyms in support of their ongoing maintenance and repairs. To ensure that decisions regarding the Gyms are used in the best interests of the neighborhoods, recreational organizations, and residents of Palo Alto. To ensure that appropriate activities are permitted in the appropriate gym facility. A Facility Use Permit is required for any and all organized use of any of the Gyms. The use of any of the Gym facilities requires the making of an advance reservation and is subject to fee, security deposit and insurance requirements. See Exhibit A for the details of the various Gyms at the Center. I. Gym Use Permits: A permit to use any of the Gyms will be considered according to the annual Gym Use permit application processing schedule. Gym space usage will be awarded on a priority basis. After the requests are processed on a priority basis, the Gyms then will be made available for use to non-priority basis requests. To apply for a Gym Use permit, an applicant must submit a Facility Use Application and Permit to the Center’s staff for approval. The Facility Use Application and Permit form can be obtained online at www.cityofpaloalto.org/cubberley or it may be obtained in person at the Center, located at: 4000 Middlefield Rd. #T2, Palo Alto, CA. II. Facility Use Permit Filing Deadline: The Facility Use Application and Permit form must be submitted to the Center by March 1st of each year in order to be considered for the right to use any of the Gyms, commencing during the following academic year: September to August. III. Prime Time Hours/Non-Prime Time Hours: “Prime Time” hours are defined as Monday – Thursday, 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m.; Saturday, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.; and Sunday, 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. “Non–Prime Time” hours are defined as all hours that are not defined as “Prime Time” hours. City of Palo Alto Cubberley Community Center Gymnasium Use Policy 0073276 14 IV. Eligibility for Prime Time Hours Usage: The following are the Gyms’ use priority guidelines for awarding gym space use during prime time hours for sports and recreational activities at the start of each school year: 1. City-sponsored sports, recreational activities and programs; Tenants with gym leased space at Cubberley; 2. Palo Alto resident, youth, non-selective membership*, non-profit organizations or leagues (at least 75% are Palo Alto residents); 3. Palo Alto resident, youth, non-profit organizations or leagues (at least 51% residents) 4. Palo Alto resident, adult, non-selective membership*, non-profit organizations or leagues (at least 51% residents); 5. Palo Alto resident, adult, non-profit organizations or leagues (at least 51% residents); 6. Non-resident, non-profit organizations; 7. For-profit youth organizations; 8. For-profit adult organizations; and 9. Organizations that have previously violated the terms of the Facility Use Policy. In the event of a determination that more than one organization are equally eligible, priority use will be given to the organization with the highest percentage of total membership who are Palo Alto residents at the time the request for a Facility Use Permit is made. To qualify for non-profit rates, a non-profit organization must provide with its application a copy of its letter confirming its non-profit status, issued by the Internal Revenue Service, together with its non-profit ID number indicated thereon, if this responsibility has been delegated, a separate letter on organization letterhead will also be required. Payment of fees with the non-profit organization’s check or charge card is required. The name of the non-profit organization stated in the Facility Use Application and Permit must be identical to the name imprinted on the check or charge card. An adult group is any group whose membership is limited to persons 18 years of age and older. Organizations that currently have gym space during prime-time hours may not be given priority during non-prime time hours. *Non-selective membership allows all applicants to participant regardless of ability without tryouts. V. Eligibility for Non-Prime Time Hours Usage: Priority for Non-Prime Time usage will be given to those activities that satisfy all or most of the following criteria. 1. City-sponsored sports and recreational activities and programs; [Tenants with gym leased space at Cubberley, or 2. Long-Term Year-Round existing renters, or 3. Programs that serve a vulnerable population, or 4. Programs that serve seniors or youth, or 5. Serves the greatest percentage of membership comprised of Palo Alto residents, or 6. Activities that provide culturally diverse programs, or 7. Repeat annual events, VI. Gym Use Allocations: The Gyms will be permitted for uses and the activities that the each of the Gyms are primarily intended for, designed for, classified as, or for activities conducted in a manner that does not compromise public safety or gym quality and integrity. Youth Volleyball and Basketball organizations that qualify for categories referred to in IV.2 and IV.3 above will be allocated gym usage, as follows: 0073276 15 1. Three (3) practice slots* per organization per week during prime-time hours defined as: Monday through Thursday, 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. and Saturday, 8:30 a.m. to 12:30 p.m. Organizations that eligible under categories described in IV.4 and IV.5 will be allocated space for adult league play on weekends, during non-priority hours. *Slot length and hours will vary to allow for setup/cleanup time between users. VII. Residency: A resident is a person residing within the city limits of the City of Palo Alto. Any person owning and paying taxes on real property in Palo Alto, but who is not living in the City, and any person having only a Palo Alto business address, will not be considered a resident for gym use application purposes. Children attending Palo Alto Unified School District schools are considered residents for enrollment purposes. The City will require identification or documentation of residency to be considered for priority use. In the event proof of residency cannot be established, the person will be charged the non-resident rates or will be limited by restrictions applicable only to non-residents. VIII. Residency Verification: A master league roster is required to be submitted with the application in order to verify residency; that roster will include the players’ first and last names in alphabetized order, address, phone number, City of Palo Alto Utility account numbers and, as applicable, the real property owner’s name(s). Renters may submit in the alternative any of their utility bills, such as a cell phone bill, which proves the renter’s residence in Palo Alto or a copy of their driver’s license, which provides a Palo Alto address. Any group or organization found to be misrepresenting its residency status will have its permit revoked for the year in which the gym use application is directed; such group will be assigned the lowest priority usage for gym use scheduling for the immediately following year. In addition, any group or organization found to be reserving gym use for any time period for another organization (that would otherwise have a lower priority for gym use scheduling) will be penalized by the revocation of its permit for the year for which the permit is issued and that group or organization will be assigned the lowest priority usage for gym use scheduling for the immediate following year. IX. Fees All fees are due and payable as stated on the user’s permit following the submission of the Facility Use Application and Permit. The fees and charges for gym usage are established by the City Council in the Municipal Fee Schedule and are not negotiable. The following provisions are applicable: 1. Each Gym has an individual per-hour rental rate; a late fee will be charged for late payments, and all fees are subject to change. For a detailed list of fees, refer to the facilities schedule for rates. 2. Non-profit organization discounts will apply to organizations who have submitted an IRS Letter of non-profit Section 501(c)(3) status with their application. The Facility Use Application and Permit must be signed by an authorized person in order to be eligible to receive the non-profit discount. If this responsibility has been delegated, a separate letter concerning the delegation and printed on organization letterhead will also be required. 3. Certain events may require staff to be on duty at the user’s expense to provide set-up, clean-up, and to monitor events for safety and compliance with city policies. See facility schedule for rates. X. Deposits 1. A refundable cleaning and damage deposit up to $2,000 may be collected. Any additional fees such as those incurred for space cleaning, damages, staff time, and room time will be deducted from the cleaning/damage deposit before the balance is returned. Any charges incurred to return the gym facility to its condition existing prior to the permittee’s usage will be deducted from the cleaning/damage deposit. This deposit may be forfeited for violations of any rental conditions named on the reverse side of the Facility Use Application and Permit. 2. If the additional fees due and payable exceed the amount of any deposit, the permit holder will be billed for the balance due. Payment will be due and payable within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice. Fees that are not paid will be assigned for collection to a collections agency and the user group will be ineligible to apply for gym use until the unpaid amount is settled in full. 0073276 16 Note: Users are responsible for damages or extra fees incurred due to guest’s actions or behaviors. XI. Insurance Liability A valid insurance certificate is required for the use of any of the Gyms. The insurance certificate must afford one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) of general liability coverage per occurrence and contain the following information: General liability coverage (property and bodily injury) as evidenced by an insurance certificate with an endorsement naming the City of Palo Alto as ADDITIONAL INSURED, and guaranteeing 30 days’ prior notice to change or cancellation of the policy. Use of any gym will not be allowed unless insurance requirements are satisfied no later than thirty (30) business days prior to the first scheduled date of use of the gym. . 1. The permit holder shall be responsible for any and all damage to the Gyms, equipment and/or property covered by the permit. If additional maintenance is deemed required (in excess of normal services/time) to restore the premises, equipment and/or property to reasonable use by others, the permit holder shall be charged accordingly. 2. The City disclaims responsibility for any accident, injury, liability, loss or damage to person or property as a result of unauthorized Gym use. 3. The permit holder will be responsible for all actions and omissions that result in damages that are caused by their attendees. XII. Permit Rules & Regulations 1. Permits are not transferrable. 2. Permit holders must pick up and remove any trash generated by their activity. 3. Permit holders are responsible to observe any and all alcohol restrictions and/or policies. 4. The misuse of any Gym or the failure to conform to facility regulations, established policies and procedures or any other Federal, State, or local law, rule regulation or ordinance shall be sufficient grounds for the immediate revocation of the permit and/or the denial of any future applications. No refund will be granted. 5. A permit holder shall restrict its use to only the Gym space that is specifically reserved and paid for, as designated in the permit. Other Gym space facilities may be scheduled by other groups and may not be available. A permit holder must be in possession of its Facility Use Permit in case there is a need to address the question of who has approved use for the facility in question. If the permit holder cannot use a facility due to unauthorized use by another party, the permit holder should contact the Cubberley facility management staff (650-329-2418) 6. Complaints from surrounding neighborhood residents as to the user’s activity noise level, litter and debris, and/or disregard of parking regulations could lead to the cancellation of the permit or reservation, the forfeiture of the deposit, and the denial of facility use in the future. See Good Neighbor Policy XIII. General Rules & Regulations All City of Palo Alto Municipal Codes/Regulations apply to all City Facilities. 1. The City reserves the right to cancel an approved reservation due to maintenance needs, overuse of facility, unsafe conditions, or due to a conflict with a City event. In these cases, all attempts will be made to provide a minimum of 15 days’ advance notice and to provide an alternate location. In the event of an emergency, when only on-short notice or no notice can be provided, groups must cooperate with the request to not use the facility or risk loss of current permit and denial of future use. If there are no alternate facilities available, the City is not obligated to provide an alternate facility. In case of such event, a full refund will be given. 2. For Cubberley Community Center facility hours of operations, see Appendix B. 3. The City encourages partnerships and volunteerism to improve gym quality and maintenance; however, in the absence of a written agreement, donations and/or contributions of time does not give any organization priority at any facility. Groups wishing to make alterations to facilities must submit these improvement requests in advance to the City. No groups will be allowed to make any alteration to any facility without first obtaining the City’s approval. 0073276 17 XIV. Cancellations The City and the permit applicant, respectively, each has the right to cancel an event or the issuance of the permit by giving written notice 30 days prior to the event or prompt notice, if the permit has been issued. Refunds will be honored for cancellations made, in writing, and received 30 days before the event. Cancellations made in writing and received less than 30 days before the event are entitled to a refund of the cleaning and damage deposit only. If the City cancels a facility use permit, at no fault of the user, a full refund will be made. XV. Good Neighbor Policy The purpose of this policy is to ensure that decisions regarding the use of the Gyms are used in the best interests of the neighborhoods, sports organizations, and citizens of Palo Alto. The City has established the following rules and regulations to govern the use of the Gyms for the safe and pleasant enjoyment of participants and neighbors. Every person shall abide by these rules or be subject to forfeiture of the security deposit and/or loss of the privilege of future use of the facilities. All litter and debris that may occur as a result of your event must be picked up and deposited into trash or recycling receptacles, where provided, or removed from the premises. All groups are responsible for the condition in which they leave the facility. Any excessive clean-up required by City crews following your use will be cause for forfeiture of all or part of your damage deposit. Amplified music, use of musical instruments, radios, or Public Address Systems must conclude by 9:00 p.m., Sunday through Thursday, and by 11:00 p.m., Friday and Saturday, and is allowed by permit only. Complaints from surrounding neighborhood residents as to noise level, litter and debris, and disregard for use of parking regulations could result in cancellation of your reservation, forfeiture of security deposit, and denial of future facility use. The Cubberley Community Center has established the Gym Use Policy to provide gym space to more organizations under specific guidelines and rules and regulations. The objective is to make the reservation process fair and transparent. Staff will collaborate with Gym use permit holders over the next year to evaluate the effectiveness of the Gym Use Policy as well as provide a status report to the Parks and Recreation Commission after one year of implementation. Adopted: July 27, 2009 CITY OF PALO ALTO: CERTIFICATION OF NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY AND PROCEDURES 1-25/MGR REVISED: AUGUST 2007 1 PUBLIC/PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS POLICY STATEMENT The City of Palo Alto encourages the formation of public/private partnerships for the benefits the community receives. For the purposes of this policy, “public/private” also encompasses “public/nonprofit” partnerships. Definitions Public/private partnership: A public/private partnership is an agreement between the City and a nonprofit or private organization to provide services or to assist in funding of public facilities and programs. Such partnerships may take various forms, including: • Acceptance of or solicitation of service or facility proposals • Facilitation of such proposals through the City's regulatory process • Waiver of City General Fund fees to help reduce project costs. • Contributions of City matching funds for construction of facilities to be owned and controlled or operated by the City. • Provision of facilities to the private partner at no charge or at a subsidized rent. Public/private partnerships typically fall into one of three categories: co-sponsorship, alliances or joint ventures. Co-Sponsorships: This is the most common type of public/private partnership. An organization furthers the mission of the City by supporting a City activity or program in conjunction with pursuit of that organization’s own mission or program. Co-sponsorships can take the form of one-time events or annual agreements. Some examples of co-sponsorships include the Palo Alto Tennis Club use of City courts to provide a youth tennis program and American Youth Soccer Organization’s use of space in a City facility to train referees. Co- sponsorships are entered into by staff and normally have no or minimal financial impact. Alliances: This type of public/private partnership involves organizations that have been created for the sole purpose of supporting a City program or an array of City programs. The organization does not expect to receive any direct financial benefit or to alter City policy and/or operations, but undertakes to work closely and cooperatively with staff to implement City goals. Alliance organizations include the Recreation Foundation, the Art Center Foundation (Project Look or Cultural Kaleidoscope), the Friends of the Children’s Theatre (the Magic Castle), the Library Foundation and the Friends of the Palo Alto Library (financial assistance with the renovation and expansion of the Children’s Library). Alliances are approved by the Council if there are any staffing or budgetary implications to the partnership. POLICY AND PROCEDURES 1-25/MGR REVISED: AUGUST 2007 2 Joint Ventures: This type of partnership involves organizations which have programs or missions independent of the City and involve the City entering into a contractual relationship with the public or nonprofit organization with both parties contributing to the partnership for their mutual benefit. Each joint venture is uniquely negotiated by the staff and approved by the City Council. Examples of Joint Ventures include TheatreWorks, Palo Alto Players and West Bay Opera’s use of the Community Theatre and use of the former police station by older adult service provider, Avenidas. PROCEDURES Initiation of partnerships: Public/private partnerships may be initiated in one of three ways: • By staff: Staff identifies an opportunity for such a partnership and undertakes an informal or formal request for proposal process to identify partners. • By Council: The City Council directs staff to work with a private or nonprofit organization to develop such a partnership. • By a private or nonprofit organization: An organization makes a partnership proposal to the staff or City. City Manager Review: If the partnership proposal involves more than one City department, the City Manager’s Office will appoint a team with representatives of all City departments who are stakeholders in the partnership proposal. The team will analyze the proposal and inform the City Manager of the resource implications of the proposal, including staffing and monetary commitments. This would include proposed fee waivers. If the proposal will require a re-ordering of department priorities that have already been approved by the Council in setting its annual priorities or in the budget process, Council approval will be required prior to commitment to the partnership. Council approval will also be required if the partnership requires a new or adjusted allocation of operating or capital funding. Note: Co-sponsorships usually only involve a single department and do not necessitate the formation of an interdepartmental committee, the involvement of the City Manager’s Office or the approval of the City Council. City-Initiated Partnerships: Such partnerships will be guided by existing policies and procedures governing purchasing and outsourcing, using “requests for proposals” and/or bid processes as the method of initiating a partnership. A City-initiated partnership may incorporate incentives including naming rights, waiver of non-enterprise fund building and planning fees, reduced lease rates, free use of space, subsidies, and staff resources. All incentives may be negotiated on a case-by-case basis. POLICY AND PROCEDURES 1-25/MGR REVISED: AUGUST 2007 3 Evaluation of Viability of Partnering Organization: Staff will provide the City Manager and/or City Council with its assessment of the viability of the proposed partnership, based on the partnering organization’s possession of sound organizational, administrative and fiscal management, and its demonstrated experience to achieve and sustain project tasks, such as fundraising and building community support. For proposed facility improvement or expansion initiatives, the nonprofit or private organization should have the ability and commitment to make a substantial pledge to the project’s cost. Facilities Proposals: • If a City facility is to be renovated, expanded or otherwise be directly affected by the partnership, the Infrastructure Management Plan will have to be adjusted appropriately. • Long-term staffing, operational and maintenance costs must be identified in the proposal. The project’s applicable costs and funding sources for furnishings, fixtures and equipment will be identified. • The parties will negotiate the joint or separate financial responsibility for any project cost overruns on a project-by-project basis. • Staff may recommend that any standard City processing or use fee authorized under the Municipal Fee Schedule, excluding fees and charges levied by City of Palo Alto Utilities or other City enterprise fund programs, should be waived as a condition of the City's participation. Waiver of fees may be granted by the Council and limited to those fees associated with a construction or capital improvement project which, upon its completion, results in a new or improved public facility, building or park, or some portion thereof, that will be solely owned or controlled by the City. In the event that only a portion of a construction or capital improvement project will result in a new or improved City facility, building or park, or portion thereof, then the Council may waive only that portion of any associated fee directly relating to the construction, improvement or enhancement of the City facility, building or park. As appropriate, the summary and recommendation in the report to the Council will include a staff recommendation on waiving fees which the Council can approve or reject. • The City will determine whether the nonprofit or private organization shall use or may forego a formal or informal competitive selection process in the hiring of professionals who will perform the management, design and/or construction phases of the project. The City shall review and approve the requirements for and the performance of all phases of design, planning and construction work for the project. CITY OF PALO ALTO OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY March 4, 2013 The Honorable City Council Palo Alto, California Adoption of an Ordinance Reducing the Size of the Library Advisory Commission from Seven to Five Commissioners and Amending the Frequency of Regular Meetings to Bi-Monthly Background In July 2012, Library Advisory Commissioner Noel Bakhtian resigned from the Library Advisory Commission. After City Clerk staff were unsuccessful in recruiting a replacement commissioner, on October 22, 2012, the City Council requested a study into the viability of the Library Advisory Commission. In particular, the Council was concerned with whether the Commission was still viable given the lack of applicants and whether there were any impediments to work on the Commission. On December 3, 2012, the Library Advisory Commission submitted an informational report to the Council explaining the work that the Commission had done in the past year and explaining the continuing need for an advisory body. The Council discussed the report at its January 22, 2013 meeting. Staff explained that, in addition to the vacancy created by Commission Bakhtian’s resignation, three terms were set to expire on January 31, 2013. Staff further explained that although Section 2.24 of the Municipal Code provides that the Commission shall meet at least once quarterly, the Commission had in fact been meeting on a bi-monthly or monthly basis. The Council directed staff to draft an ordinance reducing the number of Library Advisory Commissioners from seven to five, and changing the meeting schedule provided in the Municipal Code to a bi-monthly schedule to provide applicants with a more accurate representation of the Commission’s meeting schedule. Discussion Consistent with Council’s direction, the proposed ordinance reduces the number of Library Advisory Commissioners from seven to five. The ordinance also contains a number of related changes, namely: changes to the definition of a quorum; and changes to the number of commissioners who are appointed each year to staggered terms. Although the Council also directed that the terms of the three commissioners whose terms expired on January 31, 2013 be extended by three months to allow for the recruitment process, such an extension is already Page 2 contemplated under the existing ordinance. Municipal Code section 2.24.030 currently provides: “the term of office of each library advisory commission member shall be three years or until his or her successor is appointed.” (emphasis added.) The proposed ordinance also adds language providing that terms of office shall expire on January 31 of the third year, so that the beginning and end dates of future terms remain aligned. The proposed ordinance also amends the language governing the frequency of regular meetings to read: “The library advisory commission shall establish a regular time, date and place of meeting and shall ordinarily hold meetings bi-monthly.” This language differs from the code provisions governing meetings of most other City of Palo Alto Commissions, which generally provide a minimum frequency of meetings (i.e. “the Commission shall hold at least one regular meeting per month.”). By contrast, the language in the proposed ordinance allows the Library Advisory Commission to hold a greater or lesser number of meetings as necessary. Staff recommends that the Council adopt the proposed ordinance. ATTACHMENTS:  Ordinance Re Library Commission (PDF) Department Head: Molly Stump, City Attorney NOT YET APPROVED 130211 sh 0140082 1 ORDINANCE NO. _____ Ordinance of the Council of the City of Palo Alto Amending Chapter 2.24 (Library Advisory Commission) of the Palo Alto Municipal Code to Decrease the Number of Library Advisory Commission Members from Seven to Five and Provide for Bi-Monthly Meetings The Council of the City of Palo Alto does ORDAIN as follows: SECTION 1. Section 2.24.010 of Chapter 2.24 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows: 2.24.010 Membership. There is created a library advisory commission composed of seven five (5) members who shall be appointed by and shall serve at the pleasure of the city council, but who shall not be councilmembers, officers or employees of the city of Palo Alto. Each member of the commission shall have a demonstrated interest in public library matters. All members of the commission shall at all times be residents of Palo Alto. All members of the commission shall take an oath of office before commencing their service on the commission. SECTION 2. Section 2.24.030 of Chapter 2.24 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows: 2.24.030 Term of office. Except as hereinafter provided, the term of office of each library advisory commission member shall be three years or until his or her successor is appointed. Commencing January 1, 1999, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the initial terms of four members shall be three years, and the initial terms of three other members shall be two years, as determined by the City Council. Thereafter, the commission Commission appointments shall be staggered so that in each three-year cycle three two (2) members are appointed in 2013 and every three years thereafter, and to serve during the first year, four three (3) members are appointed in 2014 and every three years thereafter. to serve during the second year, and no members are appointed to serve during the third year. Terms of office commence on February 1 and expire on January 31 of the third year. If a successor is unavailable, a member may remain in office until his or her successor is appointed. SECTION 3. Section 2.24.040 of Chapter 2.24 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows: // NOT YET APPROVED 2 130211 sh 0140082 2.24.040 Officers. Each year, at the first regular meeting of the library advisory commission, the commission shall nominate and elect one of its members as the chairperson. The chairperson shall hold office for one year and or until his or her successor is elected, unless his or her term as a member of the commission expires earlier. SECTION 4. Section 2.24.060 of Chapter 2.24 of the Palo Alto Municipal Code is hereby amended to read as follows: 2.24.060 Meetings. (a) The library advisory commission shall establish a regular time, date and place of meeting and shall ordinarily hold meetings bi-monthly at least one regular meeting per calendar quarter. (b) Four Three (3) of the seven five (5) members shall constitute a quorum. (c) The commission may establish rules and procedures governing the conduct of its meetings in accordance with Robert's Rules of Order. (d) The commission shall be subject to the Ralph M. Brown Act, California Government Code Section 54950, et seq. SECTION 5. The Council finds that the provisions of this Ordinance do not constitute a project under the California Environmental Quality Act because it can be seen with certainty that no significant environmental impact will occur as a result of the amended Ordinance. // // // // // // // // NOT YET APPROVED 3 130211 sh 0140082 SECTION 6. This ordinance shall be effective on the thirty-first day after the date of its adoption. INTRODUCED: PASSED: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: ATTEST: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Clerk Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: APPROVED: ____________________________ ____________________________ City Attorney City Manager ____________________________ Director of Administrative Services City of Palo Alto (ID # 3406) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Consent Calendar Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Friends of Palo Alto Children's Theatre Agreement Title: Approval of the Mutual Cooperation and Support Agreement between the City of Palo Alto and the Friends of Palo Alto Children's Theatre From: City Manager Lead Department: Community Services Recommendation Staff recommends that Council approve an updated public-private partnership agreement between the City of Palo Alto and the Friends of the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre (Attachment A). Background The Friends of the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre have played an integral role in the support and operation of the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre ever since the 1970’s. The construction of the Magic Castle in the early 1990’s was the first public-private partnership with the City. Their financial contributions substantially benefit the Children’s Theatre programs and facilities. Most recently, these contributions included cash contributions, speakers and microphones for the Magic Castle, remodeling of a storage room into a revenue-generating dance studio, scholarships, transportation grants and support for teen programming. Discussion In order to enhance its efforts as a support organization the Friends seek to enter into a written agreement with the City. By being more engaged in the decision-making processes (as evidenced by meeting with a Council liaison and helping interview key staff recruitments), the Friends’ board and staff believe the potential for their successful securing of private funding is increased. A higher degree of accountability by the Friends Board of Directors to the Children’s Theatre will benefit both parties and achieves parity with such existing agreements between the City and the Junior Museum and Zoo and Art Center, respectively, and their nonprofit boards. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Resource Impact No additional City resources are required. This partnership will lead to enhanced program and capital funding over the life of the Agreement. Policy Implications This partnership is categorized as a Joint Venture under the City’s Public/Private Partnership Policy. Environmental Review This is not a project for purposes of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) guidelines. Therefore, no environmental assessment is required. Attachments: Attachment A - Mutual Cooperation and Support Agreement between the City of Palo Alto and the Friends of Palo Alto Children's Theatre (DOCX) 121212 dm 00710148 1 Contract No. _______________ MUTUAL COOPERATION AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND THE FRIENDS OF THE PALO ALTO CHILDREN’S THEATRE 121212 dm 00710148 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SectionDescription ____ Page 1 Term; Extension; Termination 3 2 Responsibilities of the Parties 4 3 General License to the Friends 6 4 Indemnity 6 5 Waiver 7 6 No Property Rights 9 7 Assignment 9 8 Independent Contractor 7 9 Nondiscrimination 7 10 Notices 8 11 Miscellaneous 8 Exhibit “A” Development Plan for the Friends of Palo Alto Children’s Theatre Exhibit “B” Long-term Strategic Plan for the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre Exhibit “C” Certification of Nondiscrimination 121212 dm 00710148 3 MUTUAL COOPERATION AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALO ALTO AND THE FRIENDS OF THE PALO ALTO CHILDREN’S THEATRE This MUTUAL COOPERATION AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated, for convenience, ____________________, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between the CITY OF PALO ALTO, a California chartered municipal corporation (the "City"), and the FRIENDS OF THE PALO ALTO CHILDREN’S THEATRE, a California public benefit corporation organized under the California Nonprofit Public Benefit Corporation Law (the "Friends") (individually, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”), in reference to the following facts and circumstances: RECITALS: A. The City owns and operates the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre (the “Theatre”), located at 1305 Middlefield Road, Palo Alto, CA 94301. The Theatre’s program is administered by the City’s Community Services Department (the “Department”) and exists within the Department’s Arts and Sciences division. B. The Friends have assisted the Theatre’s staff in supporting and advocating on behalf of the Theatre’s operations, programs and activities over the past forty-two years. The Friends intend to benefit the City government and the Palo Alto community by providing certain services and funds, which the Parties intend to be rendered in accordance with the general scope of the City’s policy on Public/Private Partnerships. By this Agreement, the Friends will, at the request of the City Manager, or designee, support the operations, programs, activities, and opportunities offered by or occurring within the Theatre premises. C. The Parties wish to more closely collaborate and mutually cooperate and support each other in the future, to improve, enhance and sustain the capacity of the Theatre to develop and provide educational opportunities and related services to the Palo Alto community. AGREEMENT: NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Recitals A, B and C, which are a substantive part of this Agreement, and the following covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree: SECTION 1. TERM; EXTENSION; TERMINATION 1.1 This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date, and the initial term is three (3) years (the “Term”), unless it is earlier terminated by a Party as herein provided. 1.2 The Term may be extended by the Parties for one (1) additional term of three (3) years (the “Extension Term”); provided, however, the City may require the Council’s approval 121212 dm 00710148 4 of the Extension Term. 1.3 A Party may terminate for convenience this Agreement, in whole or in part, by giving the other Party not less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice. 1.4 This Agreement is subject to the fiscal provisions of the Charter of the City of Palo Alto and the Palo Alto Municipal Code (the “PAMC”). This Agreement will terminate without penalty: (A) at the end of any fiscal year in the event that funds are not appropriated for the following fiscal year; or (B) at any time within a fiscal year in the event that funds are appropriated for a portion of the fiscal year and funds for this Agreement are no longer available. This Section 1.4 will take precedence in the event of a conflict with any other covenant, term, condition or provision of this Agreement and the Exhibits. Nothing in this Section 1.4 is intended to affect the Friends’ rights and remedies as may be available under applicable laws. SECTION 2. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES 2.1 The responsibilities of the City include: A. The management of the Theatre’s facilities and programs and the City’s staff employees, including any and all City-hired contractors, subcontractors, consultants and volunteers. The City will hire, supervise, evaluate and otherwise exercise supervision and control of its employees. The City may permit the Friends’ duly authorized representatives to participate in the interview process for the hiring of the permanent director of the Theatre (the “Manager”). B. The care, maintenance and repair of the Theatre’s facilities and equipment as well as the furnishing of external landscaping and utility services to the Theatre’s facilities and premises. C. The selection of one or more individuals to serve as the City’s liaison(s) to the Friends’ board of directors and/or any board committees (the “Board”), including (1) a Council Member, who will serve as the official liaison of the City to the Board, and (2) the Manager, whose duties may include providing assistance to the Friends, including its Board, in selected fundraising activities, as may be approved by the City Manager, or designee. D. The review of all community-related activities that the Friends may propose for inclusion in the Theatre’s programs. All activities of the Friends will be pre-approved by the Manager, or designees. E. Develop and provide educational programs relating to the performing arts, produce theatrical presentations, and supervise community volunteers in connection therewith. G. Any other obligation(s) that the City or the Department may undertake in accordance with this Agreement, upon reasonable notice to the Friends; provided, however, any such undertaking will be memorialized, in writing, by an amendment to this Agreement, in order that such undertaking will be made binding upon the City. 121212 dm 00710148 5 2.2 The responsibilities of the Friends include: A. The supervision and management of its directors, officers, employees, volunteers, contractors, subcontractors and consultants, while they, and each of them, are performing obligations on behalf of the Friends pursuant to this Agreement. B. The rendering of assistance to the Manager (through the Board and/or staff), at their request, including voluntary attendance and contribution at staff meetings of the Manager. C. The provision and staffing of programs to educate the public about the Theatre and its programs and amenities, and the mobilization of volunteers for the Theatre’s projects and programs. D. The creation and implementation of a development plan for the Theatre (the “Development Plan”), as described in Exhibit “A,” that is consistent with the Theatre’s strategic plan (the “Strategic Plan”). The Development Plan will include donor acknowledgment and activities consistent with the City’s written policies and practices. E. The rendering of other services beyond those spelled out in the annual Development Plan and related to the preservation, protection and enhancement of the Theatre, will be approved, in writing, by the Manager. 2.3 The responsibilities of the Parties, acting separately and/or jointly, include: A. Under the direction of the Manager, develop and evaluate, annually, the long-term Strategic Plan to enhance and improve the vision of the Theatre’s program, as described in Exhibit “C.” B. Under the direction of the Friend’s leadership, working collaboratively with the Manager, develop the Development Plan that is consistent with the Strategic Plan, on an annual basis, effective July 1 of each fiscal year, and establish budget, fundraising and operational priorities and activities for each fiscal year of operations. The Development Play will delineate the rights and obligations of the Parties and identify each Party’s duly authorized representative. The Development Plan will include, without limitation, specific cash handling procedures followed by the City and the dispute resolution procedures for informally resolving differences of opinion of each Party regarding the substances and/or implementation of the Development Plan. C. In regard to the Development Plan, the Parties will review, on a quarterly basis, any progress made in reaching and/or exceeding the goals of the Development Plan, including budget goals, and annually, evaluate the Development Plan. 2.4 The responsibility of either Party or the Parties in regard to any capital improvement project (“CIP”) for the Theatre will not be established by this Agreement. The Parties agree to reserve for future consideration any existing or future CIP for the Theatre’s 121212 dm 00710148 6 facilities and premises, including the scope of a capital fundraising program and the responsibilities of each Party in regard to the Theatre. The provision of any CIP may be addressed by amendment to this Agreement, as determined by the Parties. 2.5 To the extent this Section 2 does not specifically identify the Party who will be primarily responsible for any action or decision in regard to the Theatre, the Parties agree that the City will be the party to assume all rights and obligations in connection with such decision. SECTION 3. GENERAL LICENSE TO THE FRIENDS 3.1 The City hereby grants the Friends, its directors, officers, employees, contractors, subcontractors and consultants a nonexclusive license to enter upon and use the Theatre’s premises and facilities in connection with the Friends’ execution of its individual and/or joint responsibilities established by the Development Plan, including organizing board meetings, selling concessions at theatre productions, conducting fundraising events, and administering related programs. Any use of the Theatre’s facilities will be approved by the Manager in regard to program scheduling, space availability, and the functionality of shared Theatre spaces for staff use. SECTION 4. INDEMNITY 4.1 Except as provided under Section 4.2, the Friends hereby waive all claims, liability and recourse against the City, including the right of contribution for loss or damage of or to persons or property arising from, growing out of, or in any way connected with or related to this Agreement. The Friends will protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City, its officials, officers, employees, representatives and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, liability, demands, damages, costs, expenses or attorneys' fees, caused by or arising out of the Friends’ negligent acts or omissions, or willful misconduct, in the performance or nonperformance of its obligations under the covenants, terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, no personal liability will attach to any Board member under the provisions of this Section 4 for any negligent action or inaction. In the event the City is named as co-defendant, the Friends will notify, in writing, the City, to the attention of the City’s city attorney (the “City Attorney”), of such fact and it will represent the City in such legal action, unless the City undertakes to represent itself as co-defendant in such legal action, in which event the Friends will pay to the City its reasonable litigation costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees. 4.2. The City will protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Friends, its directors, officers, employees and agents, against any and all claims, losses, liability, demands, damages, costs, expenses or reasonable attorneys' fees arising out of the City's negligent performance or nonperformance of its obligations under the terms of this Agreement. SECTION 5. WAIVER 5.1 The waiver by either Party of any breach or violation of any covenant, term, or condition of this Agreement or of the provisions of the PAMC or other City law, rule or 121212 dm 00710148 7 regulation, will not be deemed to be a waiver of any such covenant, term, condition, or provision or of any subsequent breach or violation of the same or any other covenant, term, condition, or provision. The subsequent acceptance by either Party of any consideration which may become due or payable hereunder will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach or violation by the other Party SECTION 6. NO PROPERTY RIGHTS 6.1 The Parties agree that this Agreement will not confer any property right upon the Friends, its directors, officers, employees, volunteers, contractors, subcontractors or consultants. Any work performed for the benefit of the Theatre and any improvements placed or constructed at the Theatre will conform to the City’s standards and approved by the City Manager, or designee, and will, upon acceptance, become the property of the City. SECTION 7. ASSIGNMENT 7.1 Neither Party may assign, transfer, or convey this Agreement or any interest that it may have in this Agreement without the other Party’s express consent or approval. Any attempted assignment without the required consent or approval will be void and will confer no right, title, or interest in or to this Agreement, or part thereof. In the event of an unauthorized assignment, at the option of the Party not making the assignment, this Agreement may be terminated upon reasonable notice to the Party making the assignment. SECTION 8. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR 8.1 In the exercise of its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, the Friends act at all times as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to establish a partnership, joint venture, group, pool, syndicate or agency between the Parties. No provision contained herein will be construed as authorizing or empowering either Party to assume or create any obligation or responsibility whatsoever, express or implied, on behalf, or in the name of, the other Party in any manner, or to make any representation, warranty or commitment on behalf of the other Party. In no event will either Party be liable for (a) any loss incurred by the other Party in the course of its performance hereunder, or (b) any debts, obligations or liabilities of the other Party, whether due or to become due. SECTION 9. NONDISCRIMINATION 9.1 The PAMC prohibits discrimination in the employment of any individual under this Agreement because of race, skin color, gender, age, religion, disability, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, housing status, marital status, familial status, weight or height of that person. The Friends acknowledges that it has read and understands the provisions of PAMC Chapter 2.30 relating to nondiscrimination in employment and the penalties for violations thereof, and it agrees to comply with all requirements of PAMC Chapter 2.30 pertaining to nondiscrimination in employment, including the completion, execution and submission to the City of the Certification of Nondiscrimination, as described in Exhibit “C.” 121212 dm 00710148 8 SECTION 10. NOTICES 11.1 Any notice, request, consent or approval by a Party that is required to be furnished by this Agreement, will be given, in writing, and delivered by personal service, the United States Postal Service, mailed, first class, postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, to the following: To CITY: To FRIENDS: City Clerk President City of Palo Alto Friends of the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre P.O. Box 10250 1305 Middlefield Road Palo Alto, CA 94303 Palo Alto, CA 94303-4304 with a copy to: Manager Palo Alto Children’s Theatre 1305 Middlefield Road Palo Alto, CA 94301 SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS 11.1 This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, the Charter of the City of Palo Alto, and the Palo Alto Municipal Code. The Parties will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws in the exercise of their rights and the performance of their obligations under this Agreement. 11.2 All covenants, terms, conditions, and provisions of this Agreement, whether covenants or conditions, will be deemed to be both covenants and conditions. 11.3 This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations and contracts, written or oral. This Agreement may be amended by an instrument, in writing, signed by the Parties. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 11.4 All exhibits referred to in this Agreement are by such references incorporated in this Agreement and made a part hereof. The following exhibits are (or will be) made a part of this Agreement: Exhibit “A” Development Plan for the Friends of the Palo Alto Children’s Theatre Exhibit “B” Long-Term Strategic Plan for the Children’s Theatre Exhibit “C” Certification of Nondiscrimination. 12.5 At the request of the City, the Friends will furnish to the City Attorney for the 121212 dm 00710148 9 City’s review and approval copies of its articles of organization, operating agreement, and other information relating to its organization status. 12.6 The Parties agree that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguity is to be resolved against the drafting party will not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement, the Exhibits, or any amendment thereto. 12.7 In the event that an action is brought, the Parties agree that trial of such action will be vested exclusively in the state courts of California or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. 12.8 The prevailing Party in any action brought to enforce the provisions of this Agreement may recover its reasonable costs and attorneys' fees expended in connection with that action. 12.9 If a court of competent jurisdiction finds or rules that any provision of this Agreement, the Exhibits, or any amendment thereto, is void or unenforceable, the unaffected provisions of this Agreement, the Exhibits, or any amendment thereto, will remain in full force and effect. // // // // 121212 dm 00710148 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties by their duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF PALO ALTO ______________________________ ___________________________________ Senior Asst. City Attorney City Manager APPROVED: FRIENDS OF THE PALO ALTO CHILDREN’S THEATRE ______________________________ ___________________________________ Director of Administrative Services Member ______________________________ ___________________________________ Director of Community Services Member 121212 dm 00710148 11 EXHIBIT “A” DEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR THE FRIENDS 121212 dm 00710148 12 EXHIBIT “B” LONG-TERM STRATEGIC PLAN FOR THE THEATRE 121212 dm 00710148 13 EXHIBIT “C” CERTIFICATION OF NONDISCRIMINATION City of Palo Alto (ID # 3558) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Action Items Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Public Hearing: Finding Main Library Substantially Complex Title: Public Hearing: Adoption of Finding that the Main Library Expansion and Renovation Project (CIP PE-11000) is "Substantially Complex" under Public Contract Code Section 7201 and Direction to Increase the Retention Schedule from 5% to 10% From: City Manager Lead Department: Public Works Recommendation and Draft Motion: Draft Motion: I move that Council: 1.Find the proposed Main Library Expansion and Renovation Project “substantially complex”under Public Contract Code Section 7201,and 2.Allow this project to be advertised with a retention amount of ten (10) percent. Executive Summary A new state law requires that the City is limited to five (5) percent retention on public works projects unless the City Council makes a formal finding that the project is “substantially complex.” This finding must be made before the project can be advertised for bid. The City is prepared to issue the formal Invitation for Bids (IFB) for the Main Library Project immediately following Council’s finding that the project is substantially complex. City of Palo Alto Page 2 Background As of January 1, 2012,a new section of the Public Contract Code Section 7201 requires that public agencies limit contract retention on public works projects to 5%, unless the project is found to be a “substantially complex project”. A retention is a contractual withholding of money by the City to cover any unexpected expenses,such as liens or poor workmanship, that may occur before the project is completed and accepted. Prior to January 1, 2012, the City’s standard retention amount for most public works contracts was 10%. The standard procedure is to return the retention once the following occurs: work is completed, the Contractor provides the Maintenance Bond, the City accepts the project,and the lien period expires. Public Contract Code Section 7201(b) provides,in part,that “retention proceeds withheld from any payment by a public entity from the original contractor…shall not exceed 5 percent of the payment.” This section further provides that “…in no event shall the total retention proceeds withheld exceed 5 percent of the contract price.” However, Section 7201(b)(4) provides, in part, that an awarding agency may withhold in excess of five percent (5%) on specific projects where the governing body has approved a finding during a properly noticed and normally scheduled public hearing and prior to bid that the project is substantially complex and therefore requires a higher retention amount than 5 percent. The awarding entity must include both this finding and the actual retention amount in the bid documents. Discussion The Main Library is a prominent and historic public building designed by Edward Durell Stone and built in 1957. The expansion and renovation project is part of the $76 million Measure N bond passed by Palo Alto voters in 2008. The bond also included the renovation of Downtown Library and the new Mitchell Park Library and Community Center. The Main Library construction cost is estimated to be approximately $16 million, and involves significant upgrades to the historic building’s structural, electrical City of Palo Alto Page 3 and mechanical systems; construction of a new Teen Room;and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) upgrades. These improvements will occur while preserving the integrity of the original architect Edward Durrell Stone’s iconic design. A new addition includes a program room and additional restrooms to extend the services of this heavily used branch. The project targets Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certification. The Historic Resources Board (HRB) and the Architectural Review Board (ARB) both approved this project in July 2012. The plans include site integration features to create a more unified campus with the Art Center. This includes a connection pathway to link the Art Center parking lot with the Main Library parking lot. The contractor will be required to subcontract for numerous specialty trades including well drilling for over 45 geothermal heat exchange boreholes to 350 feet deep. The entire concrete floor of the western half of the library will be replaced and radiant floor heating will be installed. The project also includes sealing of the basement walls, installation of new electrical equipment,abatement of asbestos- containing material, and the addition of approximately 4,000 square feet of new building space. The project will require the coordination of multiple construction disciplines while maintaining public access to the adjacent Art Center and public garden area. The large amount of work required, the preservation of historic features,and the measures to obtain LEED certification make this project “substantially complex”. The finding of a “substantially complex” project is based on the various disciplines and trades involved in the construction of this project, and coordination with adjacent active facilities. The Main Library Expansion and Renovation was determined to be substantially complex based on the project scope described above. The City Clerk has published the required notice of this hearing in the Palo Alto Weekly starting on February 15, 2013. The retention will be released as described in the City of Palo Alto’s standard contract General Conditions Section 9.8.1 which states, “Upon receipt of notice City of Palo Alto Page 4 from Contractor that the Work is ready for final inspection, City will make such inspection. The City will file a Notice of Completion (NOC) with the County Clerk within ten (10) days after acceptance by the City. Thirty (30) Days after filing the NOC, the City may release the final retention provided the requirements in this paragraph are met.” Timeline Staff expects to issue an IFB soon after Council’s finding that the project is substantially complex. Main Library will be closed for renovation on April 30, 2013. A small temporary library will be opened in the adjacent Art Center Auditorium on May 3, 2013. Main Library is expected to reopen in fall 2014. Resource Impact There are no resource impacts associated with finding the project “substantially complex”. The project is funded as part of a $76 million Measure N bond within the Capital Improvement Program Project (CIP)PE-11000 Main Library New Construction and Improvements. Policy Implications The proposed action is consistent with City policy. Environmental Review On July 21, 2008, the Council confirmed the Director of Planning and Community Environment’s approval of a 2007 Addendum to the 2002 final Environmental Impact Report for the Main Library. City of Palo Alto (ID # 3574) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Action Items Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Edgewood Plaza Update Title: Update and Direction to Staff Regarding Development Process for Edgewood Plaza From: City Manager Lead Department: Planning and Community Environment Recommendation and Draft Motion: Draft Motion: I move that Council direct staff to: 1. Proceed with preparation of a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) to address Building #1 historic resources issues (at the applicant’s expense); 2. Return to Council with the SEIR and an amendment to the PC zoning (including modification to the proposed “public benefits”) following review by the Historic Resources Board and Planning and Transportation Commission. 3. Prohibit any construction of Building #1 and any development of housing (including site preparation for the housing) until the SEIR is completed and an amendment to the approved Planned Community (PC) zone is considered by the Council; 4. Allow continued development of the grocery store (Building #3) as the remainder of the project moves forward; 5. Allow the rehabilitation of Building #2 to commence subject to a City designated historic peer review and on-site monitor; 6. Allow offsite improvements to proceed, including off-site traffic improvements; and 7. Allow the installation of the historic sign and other incidental related work. Executive Summary The Edgewood Plaza Planned Community (PC) Zoning was approved on March 19, 2012 to allow the redevelopment of an existing vacant and historic shopping center, including the relocation of one of the three retail buildings, the addition of ten homes and a new 0.20 acre park. The PC Zoning required that the two historically significant retail buildings be preserved as a primary City of Palo Alto Page 2 public benefit: Building #2 was to be rehabilitated in place, while Building #1 was proposed to be disassembled, relocated on site and rehabilitated. Work also began on the grocery store building, another key public benefit of the zoning. Subsequent to the issuance of a permit to disassemble Building #1 and contrary to the requirements of the PC Zoning and what was shown in the building permit plans, however, the applicant demolished the building without notifying or receiving approval from the City. The Planning Director issued a stop work order on September 9, 2012, following complaints of the unauthorized demolition. Following the issuance of the stop work order, the applicant, Sand Hill Property Company, initiated discussions with the City regarding next steps. The applicant was allowed to continue construction on the grocery store in Building #3, the one non-historic building, and any work related to the operation of the grocery store. Since the project no longer preserves one of the two historic buildings, however, a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) must be prepared before Building #1 can be rebuilt, and amendment to the PC zoning may be required to define adequate “public benefits,” a process that is likely to take 4 to 6 months. Staff recommends that, in the interim, on-site work be limited to construction of the grocery store (Building #3), rehabilitation of Building #2 (with additional limitations and historic resource inspections), and installation of the historic monument sign. Staff recommends that no work on Building #1 and the housing component of the project move forward until completion of the SEIR and consideration of an amendment to the Planned Community zoning, including potential additional public benefits. Background This item was continued from the Council’s January 22, 2013 calendar. Responses to questions submitted by Councilmember Holman are included as Attachment E to the staff report. Edgewood Plaza is a commercial shopping center built between 1956 and 1958 by Joseph Eichler/Eichler Homes and A. Quincy Jones of Jones and Emmons. The property is bounded to the south by Channing Avenue, by West Bayshore Road to the east, Saint Francis Drive to the west and an office building and gas station to the south. Embarcadero Road is located south of the site. The center was originally built with the existing grocery building (1957), two retail buildings (1958), an office building that formerly housed the office of Eichler Homes (1959), and a gas station (1957). The office building (Maharishi School of Vedic Science of California/1101 Embarcadero Road) and gas station (A.U. Energy LLC/1161 Embarcadero Road) sites are owned by different property owners and are not part of this project. The 3.58-acre commercial site is located at adjacent to the Duveneck/Saint Francis neighborhood, which is part of the Green Gables subdivision. Planned Community Zoning and Environmental Review City of Palo Alto Page 3 The Edgewood Plaza Planned Community Zoning (Attachment A) was approved on March 19, 2012 to allow the redevelopment of an existing vacant and historic shopping center, including the relocation of one of the three retail buildings, the addition of ten homes and a new 0.20 acre park. The site plan is provided as Attachment D for reference. Two of the existing commercial buildings, Buildings #1 and #2 have been deemed historic resources. Building 3, the former market building proposed to house the new Fresh Market, is not considered a historic resource. Building #1 was approved to be disassembled, relocated on site and rehabilitated. Building #2 was approved to be rehabilitated in place. The primary public benefits for the Edgewood Plaza project consist of 1) the preservation of historic resources and 2) the construction and operation of the grocery store. An Environmental Impact Report (EIR) was prepared and certified by the City Council to provide environmental clearance in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) for the rezoning. The EIR was certified based on the assumption that historic impacts for the relocation of Building #1 would be mitigated to a less than significant impact because the building would be rehabilitated in accordance with the Secretary of the Interior’s Rehabilitation Standards. Specifically, the character defining features of the building, such as the wood window frames, glu-lam beams, concrete block wall, cornice and wood paneling, would be retained. The CEQA findings adopted by the Council are provided in Attachment B. Building #1 Demolition and Stop Work Subsequent to the City Council approval, the applicant submitted building permits to repair Building #3 (grocery store), disassemble and rehabilitate Building #1 and to rehabilitate Building #2, in compliance with the PC Zoning. The applicant submitted building permit plan sets that were prepared under review by the applicant’s historic consultant, Page and Turnbull, following the requirements of the project’s EIR. The building permit plan sets included specific notes for a review process to ensure that the disassembly of Building #1 would be completed in conformance with the Secretary of the Interior’s Rehabilitation Standards. Shortly after the building permits were issued, however, Building #1 was completely demolished. Once staff was notified, a Stop Work Order was issued immediately to stop all virtually all work at the Edgewood Plaza. Shortly after the issuance of the Stop Work Order, the applicant met with City staff to discuss the situation. Staff also requested a written explanation of the unauthorized demolition. A copy of the applicant’s explanation has been provided to the Council in Section II of Attachment C. The explanation, written by the applicant’s historic consultant, stated that the building materials were in a condition that was not salvageable. However, the applicant failed to follow the approved review process and disposed of the building material without notifying the City or obtaining City approval. Staff observed that although significant site improvement work had commenced, Building #2 remained largely untouched. Improvements to Building #3 (grocery store) were in process. City of Palo Alto Page 4 Other Work on Site Although all work had stopped, the applicant requested the ability to proceed with other components of the project. The key component was the ability to proceed with the construction of the grocery building, which was one of the primary public benefits of the PC adopted by Council. The Planning Director allowed the grocery store and any related work needed to make the site operational for Fresh Market to move forward since a) the new market was a public benefit and there were no environmental impacts identified with its development, b) the building was not a historic resource, c) there were no violations identified for this part of the project and d) the commercial portion of the project was subject to an earlier lot merger and was consistent with both the earlier PC zone and the new PC zone. The applicant submitted a phasing plan that showed that this work could be completed without affecting the site of Building #1, Building #2 or the location where the ten homes would be located. The grocery store work complies with the PC zoning requirements. The related work included parking lot improvements and utilities and was allowed to proceed. Staff also permitted a few other incidental activities that were allowed. Staff allowed the foundation to be poured at the new location of Building #1 to protect work that already had been done prior to the issuance of the Stop Work Order. The applicant was made to understand that any work on Building #1 would be subject to future review and requirements, and that the foundation pour was allowed at the applicant’s risk that a final resolution may require a modified location for Building #1 (though staff doesn’t believe that’s likely). Staff also allowed temporary roof protection to be installed on Building #2 to protect the interior. The applicant is targeting May as a grand opening date for the grocery store. PC Amendment The applicant has filed an amendment to the original PC application to permit the reconstruction of Building #1 in accordance with a modified Secretary of Interior Standards for Reconstruction. The modified standards would closely comport to the building plans previously approved by the City. It is also expected that the project would contain additional historic enhancements that would further unify the three Eichler commercial buildings. Discussion Staff has brought the Edgewood Plaza project forward to assure that Council is supportive of the direction of the process of rectifying the project violations of Building #1 and the associated environmental review (EIR). Staff anticipates that the components of the subsequent action will include: 1) an amendment to the Planned Community Zoning, 2) preparation of a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR), and 3) determination as to which elements (if any) of the project may proceed in the interim, pending final Council actions. Planned Community Zoning Amendment City of Palo Alto Page 5 The original Planned Community Zoning approval included the relocation and rehabilitation of Building #1, with the retention of the character defining features of the Eichler building. The rehabilitation of the building was considered a “public benefit” of the project justifying the rezoning. Since Building #1 has been demolished and will need to be completely reconstructed, the Planned Community Zoning must be amended before work may commence on Building #1. The applicant has submitted a letter request to amend the zoning. The applicant proposes to rebuild Building #1 as approved, but with all new material rather than retaining some portion of the prior building materials. The revised application will be required to be reviewed by the Historic Resources Board (HRB) and the Planning and Transportation Commission (PTC). Subsequent to the HRB and PTC recommendations, the application would be brought back to the City Council for final approval. Architectural Review Board review will be required if significant changes to the elevations are proposed. However, the applicant has indicated that such changes are unlikely. Staff has informed the applicant that the rebuilding of Building #1 is likely to require certain enhancements in response to the loss of the historic building. The enhancements may include the requirement for the exact reproduction of the wood windows found in Building #2 or better replications of other components that had previously been altered over the years. The PC amendment will address the “public benefits” issue to define whether comparable historic benefits may be provided or whether additional benefits may be required to compensate for those lost by the demolition of Building #1. Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) As required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for Edgewood Plaza was prepared to serve as a disclosure document to provide information to the public and decision making bodies as they consider pending applications. Specifically CEQA requires agencies to not only disclose the significant environmental effects of proposed projects, but the feasible alternatives or mitigation measures that could help avoid or reduce the environmental impacts. The site has been determined to be a historic resource in accordance with CEQA. The project’s EIR was certified based on the assumption that historic impacts for the relocation of Building #1 would be mitigated to a less than significant impact because the building would be rehabilitated in accordance with the Secretary of the Interior’s Rehabilitation Standards. Because Building 1 has been demolished, the Rehabilitation Standards are no longer applicable and a substituted mitigation measure or a statement of overriding considerations is required. Given that the project condition for Building #1 has changed, a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) is required to analyze the historic impacts of the demolition and to identify substitute mitigation measures for the loss of Building #1. Staff has engaged the original environmental consultant, David J. Powers and Associates, to prepare the SEIR, at the applicant’s expense. The SEIR will focus on the range of potential substituted mitigation measures for the loss of Building #1. The applicant is proposing to reconstruct Building #1 with all new material, but to replicate the prior approved design. A Notice of Preparation for the City of Palo Alto Page 6 SEIR has been published and mailed to responsible agencies requesting comments by March 4, 2013. A draft SEIR will be prepared to outline potential mitigation measures or alternatives and/or findings that would be required to allow for the loss of a significant historic resource. The draft SEIR will be available to the public and will be reviewed by the Planning and Transportation Commission prior to consideration of the amendment to the PC zoning and any modification of “public benefits” for the project. The Council will then consider the Final SEIR and the PC amendment following recommendations from the HRB and PTC. Staff expects that the EIR and PC amendment process will take approximately 4-6 months. Next Steps and Staff Recommendation The applicant understands that work on Building #1 cannot commence without Council approval of a PC Zoning amendment or a certified SEIR. However, the applicant has requested permission to proceed with the rest of the project. Staff recommends allowing the applicant to proceed with the commercial aspects of the development that comply with the prior PC ordinance as well as the contemplated PC ordinance. However, staff does not recommend allowing the housing to proceed as the status of the existing PC ordinance is in flux given the removal of a key community “public benefit.” Work on Commercial Buildings #2 and #3 The applicant has requested to continue work on the grocery store (Building #3) and to begin work on Building #2, the one remaining historic building, because he believes it will be possible to rehabilitate the building in place as previously approved. Staff’s primary concern with these requests is to ensure that unauthorized work will not be an issue and that staff will be fully aware of any potential issue or change. To address the concern, staff has requested that the applicant’s historic consultant, Page and Turnbull, provide an explanation of the previous events that led to the unauthorized demolition and how the applicant intends to comply with the requirements for the rehabilitation of Building #2. Page and Turnbull has prepared and provided a narrative (Attachment C) explaining the process that led to the demolition of Building #1 and a protocol for Building #2 to ensure compliance with the Secretary of the Interior’s Rehabilitation Standards. The protocol, which has been reviewed by the City’s Historic Preservation Planner, establishes a procedure for the documentation, notification, salvage, protection and approval needed for the successful rehabilitation of the historic building. Staff believes the protocol establishes a clear process to ensure compliance to supplement the process identified in the original building permit plans submitted for Building #1. However, the protocol will likely need to be refined as more information is discovered through the construction process. To further aid in the assessment of Building #2, the City authorized limited reconnaissance (with City staff on hand) to assess the building’s condition. Very small spot openings were created in the non-historically significant interior walls to allow viewing of the exterior walls. Although it was discovered that City of Palo Alto Page 7 much of the building has been replaced over time, the historic integrity of the building is still intact because the character-defining features that establish the historic fabric of the building were maintained. To ensure compliance throughout the entire construction process, staff recommends that the applicant also pay for a City-hired consultant to provide a historic peer review of the plans and construction site observation to ensure that the project is implemented as required. Staff also believes that the relocation and rehabilitation of the historic sign can be done in a way that will not further damage the historic integrity of the site. An Architectural Review permit would be required for the historic sign and would be reviewed by both the Historic Resources Board and the Architectural Review Board. Additionally, staff would also like the applicant to proceed with the following transportation related improvements required in the PC zoning as they directly relate to pedestrian and vehicular safety: a) median island modifications at Embarcadero Rd. and West Bayshore Road, b) signal modification at Embarcadero Road and St. Francis Drive, and c) two-way left turn restriping on Embarcadero Road from St. Francis Drive to Wildwood Lane. The goal would be to have these improvements in place when the grocery store opens. A team of City staff for the Edgewood Plaza project has been created and engaged to ensure regular communication and monitoring of the project. City staff has also been communicating with neighborhood resident groups to keep the neighborhood informed. Residential Development The applicant has also expressed interest in being allowed to process the Final Subdivision Map and at least prepare the housing sites and possibly construct a few model homes of the ten approved home sites, while the SEIR is prepared and the PC amendment is reviewed. Staff has objected to that approach, as the loss of the community benefit puts the current PC in flux and staff is not able to make the necessary findings to subdivide the residential lots at this time. Alternatives Council may, in lieu of staff’s recommendation, choose any of the following alternatives (or others): 1. Stop all work, including the grocery store, until the SEIR and PC amendment are presented to Council. The applicant would be required to cease all work immediately. The grocery store and related work would be placed on hold, perhaps jeopardizing the lease with the grocery tenant and substantially delaying the rehabilitation of the center. The site would remain completely vacant until the SEIR and PC Amendment are brought before the Council. The deferral of the housing provides some financial consequence and leverage to encourage City of Palo Alto Page 8 the applicant to move expeditiously on other components of the project, particularly relative to Building #1. 2. Stop all work other than the grocery store, until the SEIR and PC amendment are presented to Council. The applicant would be allowed to complete work only on the grocery store and related site work, as currently allowed. This would include the parking lot, utility, signage and traffic improvements. The remainder of the site, including Building 2 and the housing, would have to remain untouched and fenced off until the SEIR and PC Amendment are brought to the Council for a decision. This would result in construction adjacent to the grocery store after the store opens, which would be disruptive to the store, and would delay somewhat the rehabilitation of the center. Deferral of the housing again serves as leverage to assure compliance throughout the remainder of the construction. 3. Allow the housing or a portion of the housing to proceed at applicant’s risk while the SEIR and PC amendment are under development, and assess a fine for the demolition of Building #1. This would also allow for approval of the final map. This alternative would allow the applicant to proceed with the construction of Building #2 and some or all of the housing. If the housing moves forward, staff believes the City has somewhat reduced leverage to assure compliance and cooperation for the construction of the remainder of the project. If Council determines to allow the housing to proceed, staff recommends two additional provisions: a) no final inspection and issuance of a certificate of occupancy should be permitted until Council certification of the SEIR and approval of the PC amendment; b) applicant proceeds at his own risk in the event the amended project is not approved by the Council; and c) a penalty should be assessed for the unpermitted demolition of Building #1. Staff recommends a fine of $10,443.17 if such a penalty is levied (see discussion below). In order to construct the housing units, the applicant must comply with the PC Ordinance and EIR mitigation measures. Because the rehabilitation of Building #1, which was a major public benefit of the original PC approval and a required mitigation measure in the EIR, is no longer possible, construction of housing would not be in compliance with the PC conditions of approval and the EIR mitigation measures. Amending the PC ordinance and substituting a mitigation measure is a discretionary action which triggers a SEIR. Staff believes that options that avoid preparation of an SEIR and PC amendment are not legally viable. However, alternatives #1 and #2 would allow construction of the project components that are still in compliance with the PC Zoningand therefore do not require a SEIR and PC amendment. Penalties for Non-Compliance The project applicant has violated the conditions of approval for the PC zoning and the historic resources mitigation measures required. The City could impose financial penalties related to the violation. The applicant, however, has cooperated with staff’s subsequent direction, admits City of Palo Alto Page 9 culpability (though not intent) and concurs with staff’s recommendations in this report. The applicant will (and has to some extent already) incur substantial costs associated with a) delay in construction of the various components of the project, b) costs for the additional environmental review and staff work, c) additional onsite monitoring and peer review of the historic building (Building 2), and d) modifications to the project “public benefits,” to be determined subsequently by Council. Of particular note, staff believes that deferral of the housing component of the project is a substantial penalty for the developer and provides significant leverage for the City to assure the project complies fully as it moves forward. Nevertheless, the City Council may ultimately determine a penalty is required upon review of the amended PC zoning or presently. The Municipal Code allows the City to fine applicants for a variety of code violations. The Code provides that, for construction without a permit, an amount equal to the building permit fee (“double permit fees”) may be assessed. The building permit fee is based on the valuation of the construction cost and the scope of work for all trades (i.e. lighting, plumbing, etc.). The building permit fee that was charged for Building 1 was $9443.17. Accordingly, the City could use this rationale to fine the applicant an additional $9,443.17 for the illegal demolition. Additionally, given the special circumstance of the demolition of an historic structure, an additional fine may be warranted. There is a specific fine of $1,000 authorized in the City Code for demolition of a downtown historic structure. If a similar fine were added to the building permit fee, a total of $10,443.17 could be assessed. Given the discretionary nature of the Planned Community consideration, Council may assess a lesser or greater penalty. Resource Impacts The cost of additional review and preparation of the Supplemental Environmental Impact Report will be borne by the applicant. The resource impacts of the Planned Community zoning are not likely to change given the project modifications and the amended zoning. The grocery store is proceeding with construction, so that its economic benefits should be realized in a timely manner. Environmental Review Environmental review is addressed earlier in the report, as a Supplemental Environmental Impact Report (SEIR) will be required and is under preparation. Attachments:  Attachment A: PC Ordinance #5150 (Edgewood Plaza) (PDF)  Attachment B: CEQA Resolution for Edgewood Plaza (PDF)  Attachment C: February 4, 2013 Page and Turnbull Letter re: Historic Resources (PDF)  Attachment D: Site Plan (PDF) City of Palo Alto Page 10  Attachment E: Response to Council Questions (DOCX)  Attachment F: Public Correspondence (PDF) · Resolution No. 9239 Resolution Of The Council Of The City Of Palo Alto Certifying The Adequacy Of The Final Environmental Impact Report For The Edgewood Plaza Project Pursuant To The California Environmental Quality Act And Adopting The Mitigation Monitoring And Reporting Program The Council of the City of Palo Alto does RESOLVE as follows: SECTION 1. Introduction and Certification. (a) The City Council of the City of Palo Alto ("City Council"), in the exercise of its independent judgment, makes and adopts the following findings to comply with the requirements ofthe California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA"; Pub. Resources Code, §§ 21000 et seq.), and Sections 15091, 15092, and 15093 of the CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal. Code Regs., § 15000 et seq.). All statements set forth in this Resolution constitute formal findings of the City Council, including the statements set forth in this paragraph. These findings are made relative to the conclusions of the City of Palo Alto Edgewood Plaza Project Final Environmental Impact Report (State Cleari11ghouse No. 2011022030) (the "Final EIR") , which includes the Draft Environmental Impact Report ("Draft EIR"), Public Comments, and Responses to Comments. The Final EIR addresses the environmental impacts of the implementation of the Edgewood Plaza Project (the "Project", as further defined in Section 2(b) below) and is incorporated herein by reference. These findings are based upon the entire record of proceedings for the Project. (b) Mitigation measures associated with the potentially significant impacts of the Project will be implemented through the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program described below, which is the responsibility of the City. (c) The City of Palo Alto is the Lead Agency pursuant to Public Resources Code section 21067 as it has the principal responsibility to approve and regulate the Project. Sand Hill Property Company is the Project applicant. (d) The City exercised its independent judgment in accordance with Public Resources Code section 20182.1(c), in retaining the independent consulting firm David J. Powers & Associates, Inc. ("Powers & Associates") to assist with preparation of the Final EIR under the supervision and at the direction of the City's Director of Planning and Community Environment. (e) The City, with assistance from David J. Powers & Associates, initially prepared the Draft EIR and circulated it for review by responsible and trustee agencies and the public and submitted it to the State Clearinghouse for review and comment by state agencies, for a comment period which ran from September 30, 2011, through November 14, 2011. As noted above, the Final EIR includes the Draft EIR, copies of all comments on the Draft EIR submitted during the comment period, the City's responses to those comments, and changes made to the Draft EIR following its public circulation. 120402 dm 0120533 1 (f) The City's Planning and Transportation Commission has reviewed the Final EIR and a draft of these findings and has provided its recommendations to the City Council regarding certification of the Final EIR. The City Council has independently reviewed the Final EIR and has considered the Planning and Transportation Commission's recommendations in making these findings. (g) Based upon review and consideration of the inforn1ation contained therein, the City Council hereby certifies that the Final EIR was completed in compliance with CEQA, and reflects the City of Palo Alto's independent judgment and analysis. The City Council has considered evidence and arguments presented during consideration of the Project and the Final EIR. In determining whether the Project may have a significant impact on the environn1ent, and in adopting the findings set forth below, the City Council certifies that it has complied with Public Resources Code sections 21081, 21081.5, and 21082.2. (h) Section 6 of the Final EIR and the First Amendment to the Final EIR shows all revisions which the Final EIR made to the Draft EIR. All references to the Draft EIR in these findings include references to all revisions to the Draft EIR made in the Final EIR (as amended). Having reviewed this section and the Final EIR as a whole, the City Council hereby finds, determines, and declares that no significant new information has been added to the Final EIR so as to warrant recirculation of all or a portion of the Draft EIR. Likewise, the City· Council has considered all public comments and other information submitted into the record since publication of the Final EIR, and further finds that none of that additional information constitutes significant new information requiring recirculation of the Final EIR. SECTION 2. Project Information. The following Project information is supplied to provide context for the discussion and findings that follow, but is intended as a summary and not a replacement for the information contained in the Draft EIR, Final EIR, or Project approvals. (a) Project Objectives The Project Objectives of the Project applicant are set forth in Section 2.4 of the Draft EIR, which is incorporated herein by reference. (b) Project Description The proposed Project is the renovation of three existing commercial buildings at the Edgewood Shopping Center containing approximately 38,400 square feet of retail uses, and the redevelopment of the northern portion of the site with ten single-family residences and an approximately 0.20 acre park. The three buildings currently on site are arranged in an L-shaped plan, with the grocery store to the east, and the two one-story retail buildings to the west. The grocery store and the retail buildings are wood-framed with elements of stucco and concrete block, and have flat roofs. One of the existing retail buildings (Building 1) would be relocated to the north and west of its current location on the site to allow for a modified configuration of parking for the grocery store. This building and the other building to remain in place (Building 2) would be renovated 120402 dm 0120533 2 for continued retail use. Building 1 would be disassembled, and significant elements with distinctive design qualities, such as the walls and walkway overhangs would be retained. The building would be reconstructed to the north and west of the current Building 1 location, and visible historic building elements from the existing building would be rehabilitated and installed on a new building structure. The grocery building would remain in place and be renovated to allow for use as a small- scale grocery store. A conceptual site plan ofthe proposed Project is shown on Figure 4. A breakdown ofthe proposed development areas and building square footage are shown in Table 2.3-1. Conceptual elevations of the commercial buildings are shown on Figures 5-10, and conceptual residential elevations are shown on Figure 11. (All references to figures and tables are to those appearing in the Draft ErR, as modified where applicable in the Final ElR.) A complete description of the Project as proposed by the Project applicant is set forth in Section 2.3 of the Draft ErR, as modified in the Final ErR. ( c) Required Approvals The approvals required by the City as lead agency for implementation of the Project include: A. Planned Community Zoning B. Tentative Subdivision Map C. Final Subdivision Map D. Lot Line Adjustments E. Tree Removal Permits SECTION 3. Record of Proceedings. (a) For purposes of CEQ A, CEQA Guidelines section 15091(e), and these findings, the Record of Proceedings for the Project includes, but is not limited to, the following documents: (1) The Final ErR, which consists of the Edgewood Plaza Project Draft Environmental Impact Report, published and circulated for public review and comment by the City from September 30, 2011 through November 14,2011 (the "Draft EIR") , and the Edgewood Plaza Project Final Environmental Impact Report, published and made available on February 17, 2012, a First Amendment to the Final ElR and made available on February 29, 2012 and all appendices, reports, documents, studies, memoranda, maps, testimony, and other materials related thereto; (2) All public notices issued by the City in connection with the Project and the 120402 dm 0120533 3 preparation of the Draft EIR and the Final EIR, including but not limited to public notices for all public workshops held to seek public comments and input on the Project and the Notice of Preparation, Notice of Completion, Notice of Availability; (3) All written and oral communications submitted by agencies or interested members of the general public during the public review period for the Draft EIR, including oral communications made at public hearings or meetings held on the Proj ect approvals; (4) The Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program; (5) All findings and resolutions adopted by the City Council in connection with the Project, and all documents cited or referred to therein; (6) All final reports, studies, memoranda, maps, staff reports, or other planning documents relating to the Project prepared by the City of Palo Alto and consultants with respect to the City of Palo Alto's compliance with the requirements of CEQ A, and with respect to the City of Palo Alto's actions on the Project, including all staff reports and attachments to all staff reports for all public meetings held by the City; (7) Minutes and/or verbatim transcripts of all public meetings and/or public hearings held by the City of Palo Alto in connection with the Project; (8) Matters of common knowledge to the City of Palo Alto, including, but not limited to, federal, state, and local laws and regulations; (9) Any documents expressly cited in these findings, in addition to those cited above; and (10) Any other materials required to be in the record of proceedings by Public Resources Code section 21167.6(e). (b) The custodian of the documents comprising the record of proceedings is the Director of Planning and Community Environment, City of Palo Alto, 250 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301. ( c) Copies of all of the above-referenced documents, which constitute the record of proceedings upon which the City of Palo Alto's decision on the Project is based, are and have been available upon request at the offices of the Planning and Community Environment Department, City of Palo Alto, 250 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301, and other locations in the City of Palo Alto. (d) The City of Palo Alto has relied upon all of the documents, materials, and evidence listed above in reaching its decision on the Project. (e) The City Council hereby finds, determines and declares that the above-referenced documents, materials, and evidence constitute substantial evidence (as that term is defined by 120402 dm 0120533 4 section 15384 of the CEQA Guidelines) to support each ofthe findings contained herein. SECTION 4. Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program. (a) CEQA requires the lead agency approving a project to adopt a Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program (MMRP) for the changes made to the project that it has adopted in order to mitigate or avoid significant effects on the environment. An MMRP has been prepared and is recommended for adoption by the City Council concurrently with the adoption of these findings to ensure compliance with mitigation measures during Project implementation. As required by Public Resources Code section 21081.6, the MMRP designates responsibility and anticipated timing for the implementation of the mitigation measures recommended in the Final EIR. The MMRP will remain available for public review during the compliance period. (b) The City Council hereby adopts the MMRP for the Project attached hereto and incorporated by reference, and finds, determines, and declares that adoption of the MMRP will ensure enforcement and continued imposition of the mitigation measures recommended in the Final EIR, and set. forth in the MMRP, in order to mitigate or avoid significant impacts on the environment. SECTION 5. Potentially Significant Impacts. By these Findings, the City Council ratifies and adopts the Final EIR' s conclusions for the following significant environmental impacts which, based on the analyses in the Final EIR, this City Council determines will be less than significant after the implementation of the mitigation measures described below. All citations to the Draft EIR chapters and sections below include reference to all revisions to those chapters and sections contained in the Final EIR. Section 3.2.5.3 Historic Resources Impacts in the Draft EIR included summaries of the expert opinion of two qualified historic resources consultants, Page &Turnbull and Carey & Company. The City Council finds the opinion of Page & Turnbull to be valid and agrees with their conclusions regarding the significance of project impacts on historic resources. The significance conclusions for Impact CR-2 and Impact CR-3 below reflect a revision of the impact statements in the Final EIR made available on February 17, 2012, based upon the City Council's independent judgment of the two analyses by experts presented in the EIR. 5.1 Cultural Resources Impact CR-l: Unknown subsurface archeological or paleontological resources could be present on the site, and could be disturbed during Project construction. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.5.2 of the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures CR-1.1 and CR-1.2. 120402 dm 0120533 5 c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that all construction activities be halted within a radius of fifty (50) feet of any potentially significant archeological or paleontological resources encountered during construction; (ii) requiring that such resources be examined by qualified professionals; and (iii) following the recommendation of the qualified professional to preserve, collect, record and/or analyze the resources, thereby ensuring that significant archeological and paleontological resources are not inadvertently destroyed and are appropriately preserved and/or recorded. The above-noted measures will also reduce the severity of this potentially impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that all construction activities be halted in the event that any human remains are encountered during construction; (ii) requiring that such remains be examined by the County Coroner to determine whether or not the remains are Native American; (iii) to contact the California Native American Heritage Commission and COlmty Coordinator of Native American Affairs if the remains are determined to be Native American; and (iv) by prohibiting any further disturbance of the site except as authorized by the County Coordinator as provided by state law, thereby ensuring that any Native American remains encountered are not inadvertently destroyed and handled appropriately. Based upon the expert opinion of Page & Turnbull presented in the Draft EIR, the City Council finds that the following impact statement (Impact CR-2) regarding impacts to historic resources reflects its independent judgment. Impact CR-2: The Edgewood Plaza site is considered historically significant under federal, state and City of Palo Alto criteria. Although relocation of Building 1 on the site would alter the site design and characteristics of Edgewood Plaza, this change in spatial relationship would not result in a significant impact to the historic character of the buildings. The physical relocation of Building 1 and renovation of Buildings 1 and 2, however, could result in modifications to the historic design and integrity of the buildings. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 3.2.5.3 of the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures CR-2.1, CR-2.2 and CR-2.3. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) documenting the exterior of Buildings 1 and 2 and their settings in accordance with Historic American Buildings Survey Level III docunlentation requirements, as described in greater detail in Section 6 of the Final EIR, and preserving such documentation with the Palo Alto Historic Resources Preservation Officer; (ii) creating a display illustrating the history of the Edgewood Plaza as built by Eichler Homes prior to approval of final occupancy; (iii) requiring that the distinctive and defining architectural features, finishes and construction techniques of Buildings 1 and 2, including windows, frames, and eaves, be retained to the extent feasible during the relocation and reconstruction of Building 1 and the rehabilitation of Building 2, subject to verification by qualified professionals that work on these resources is completed in conformance with applicable 120402 dm 0120533 6 federal standards; and (iv) requiring review and approval of the final design and materials to be used in the renovation of these buildings by the City of Palo Alto Planning and Community Environment Department; thereby ensuring that this Impact is mitigated to a less-than-significant level. While the Draft and Final EIRs conservatively identified this impact as significant and unavoidable based upon conflicting expert opinion, the City Council agrees with the conclusions of the experts, as reflected in the record, that this impact can, in fact, be mitigated. Based upon the expert opinion of Page & Turnbull presented in the Draft EIR, the City Council finds that the following impact statement (Impact CR-3) regarding impacts to historic resources reflects its independent judgment. Impact CR-3: The Edgewood Plaza site is considered historically significant under federal, state and City of Palo Alto criteria. While construction of ten new single-family houses on the site would alter the overall site design and characteristics of Edgewood Plaza, this construction would not result in a significant impact to historic resources. 5.2 Air Quality Impact AQ-l: Construction of the proposed Project could result in temporary air quality impacts associated with dust and particulate matter generation at nearby residential uses. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.3.2.3 of Appendix C the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder ofthese findings: Mitigation Measure AQ-l.l. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by requiring the applicant to implement numerous construction practices determined by the Bay Area Air Quality Management District to significantly reduce the adverse air quality effects of construction activities. These practices include watering all exposed surfaces, covering all haul trucks, regularly removing all mud, dirt and debris from public roads, limiting vehicle speeds on the construction site, paving all appropriate surfaces as soon as possible, limiting idling times of construction vehicles and equipment, properly maintaining all construction equipment, and publicly posting contact information for public complaints regarding construction activities, all as described in greater detail in Section 4.3.2.3 of the Appendix C of the Draft EIR. Implementing these measures will minimize the extent to which dust and particulate matter generated by Project construction activities is dispersed to nearby residential uses and other sensitive receptors. 5.3 Biological Resources Impact BIO-l: Excavation during construction of the proposed Project could result in disturbance to active rapt or nests. 120402 elm 0120533 7 a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.4.2.1 of Appendix C of the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measure BIO-l.I. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by requiring the applicant to implement numerous several measures, pursuant to the requirements of the federal Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the California Department of Fish and Game, designed to reduce adverse effects on raptors and their nests. These measures include having a qualified ornithologist complete pre-construction surveys to identify active nests that might be disturbed by Project activities, postponing all tree removal and pruning activities for trees containing active raptor nests and establishing buffer or exclusion zones around such trees, and monitoring such trees and nests and prohibiting construction activities within the buffer/exclusion zones until the young raptors have fledged from the nests. Implementing these measures will ensure that active raptor nests are not unduly disturbed by construction activities, thereby avoiding and reducing the potential adverse effects of the Project on raptors and their nests to less-than-significant levels. 5.4 Hazardous Materials Impact HAZ-l: construction workers and soil and groundwater. Construction of the proposed Project could expose others to residual hazardous materials contamination III a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.8.3.2 of Appendix C ofthe Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures HAZ-1.l, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1. 5. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring the applicant to prepare and implement a Soil Management Plan, to be reviewed and approved by the City of Palo Alto and in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and in conformance with applicable industry standards, to govern the handling of contaminated soil and other hazardous materials encountered during Project construction activities; (ii) requiring each contractor working on the site to prepare a health and safety plan that addresses the health and safety hazards that may affect each phase site operations due to potential exposures to hazardous materials, which plan includes requirements and procedures to ensure protection for each contractor's employees, in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and in conformance with applicable industry standards,; and (iii) requiring soil and groundwater sampling and, if appropriate, soil vapor sampling, from under 2125 st. Francis Drive to ensure 120402 dm 0120533 8 that soil exceeding applicable tetrachloroethene levels (PCE-affected soils) is not present within five (5) feet of the ground surface, requiring removal and disposal of any PCE-affected soils by qualified professionals using appropriate protective gear in accordance with applicable federal, state and local requirements, requiring an excavation base confirmation sample to confirm that sufficient PCE-affected soils have been removed, and requiring that documentation of all PCE- affected soils be provided to the City of Palo Alto and appropriate oversight agencies prior to installation of pavement in the parking lot area; (iv) requiring characterization of all excavated soils prior to off-site disposal or on-site reuse; requiring that contaminated soils be disposed of at a licensed facility in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations; (v) requiring that all excavated soil characterizations, storage, transportation and disposal be in conformance with all applicable federal, state and local procedures and requirements; and (vi) requiring the applicant to prepare a contingency plan prior to the beginning of Project construction to address any previously unknown sumps, hydraulic hoists, or tanks that may be present in the work area. Implementation of these measures will ensure that the risks associated with exposure to contaminated soils and other hazardous materials are reduced to a less-than- significant level. Impact HAZ-2: Renovation and relocation of Project buildings could expose construction workers and sensitive receptors, including the surrounding residential uses, to lead- based paint and/or asbestos-containing materials (ACMs). a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.8.3.2 of Appendix C ofthe Draft ElR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures HAZ-2.1, 2.2 and 2.3. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring surveys by qualified professionals of all structures proposed for renovation on the site to determine the presence of asbestos and lead-based paint, prior to commencing any work on such structures; (ii) requiring that a registered asbestos abatement contractor by retained to remove and dispose of all potential friable asbestos-containing materials, in accordance with applicable federal and state laws, regulations, guidelines and requirements, prior to any relocation or renovation activities that may disturb such materials; and (iii) requiring that all building materials containing lead- based paint be removed and disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state and local standards, which include requirements relating to employee training, air monitoring and dust control. Implementation of these measures will reduce the risks associated with potential exposures to asbestos-containing materials and lead-based paint to less-than-significant levels. 5.5 Hydrology and Water Quality. Impact HYDRO-I: Construction of the proposed residential units on the Project site may expose people or structures to flooding risks. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in 120402 dm 0120533 9 Section 4.9.3.1 of Appendix C ofthe Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures HYDRO-I. 1 and 1.2. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that all construction activities on the site comply with the City of Palo Alto Flood Hazard Ordinance, including elevation of habitable spaces above anticipated flood levels; (ii) requiring that all Project plans show the base flood elevations on all applicable elevations, sections, and details, and otherwise comply with all other requirements listed in the Ordinance; and (iii) requiring that all construction activities on the site also comply with all applicable requirements of the Federal Emergency Management Agency for flood hazard areas. Implementation of these measures will ensure that structures on the site are constructed to minimize to the extent feasible risks associated with flooding on the site and that this potentially significant impact is reduced to a less-than-significant level. Impact HYDRO-2: Construction activities could temporarily increase pollutant loads in storm water runoff. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.9.3.5 of Appendix C ofthe Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures HYDRO-2.l and 2.2. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring the implementation of certain erosion and sediment control measures based upon Best Management Practices recommended by the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), including installing stormwater inlet protection around all storm drain inlets, watering all exposed surfaces, suspending all dust-producing activities during periods of high winds, covering and watering stockpiles of soil and other materials, covering all haul trucks, regularly sweeping and removing all mud, dirt and debris from all paved access roads, parking areas and staging areas, and replanting all vegetation in disturbed areas as soon as possible, as described in greater detail in Section 4.9.3.5 of the Appendix C of the Draft EIR; (ii) requiring that an erosion and sedimentation control plan be submitted to the City of Palo Alto Public Works Department for review and approval prior to the issuance of any grading or building permits; and (iii) requiring certain post-construction measures based on RWQCB Best Management Practices, including providing roofs on all trash enclosures on site, providing onsite treatment of stormwater runoff from the site prior to discharge to the City of Palo Alto stormwater system, preparing and submitting to the City of Palo Alto Public Works Department an annual post-construction maintenance agreement prior to the Issuance of grading or building permits, requiring 120402 dm 0120533 10 commercial development on the site to implement regular maintenance activities to prevent soil and litter from accumulating on the site, and requiring that landscaping and landscape maintenance on the site employ minimal pesticide use. Implementation of these measures will mitigate the Project's potential impacts relating to pollutant loads in stormwater runoff to less- than-significant levels. 5.6 Noise Impact NOISE-I: Future residential uses on the site could be exposed to noise levels above City of Palo Alto standards for residential uses. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.12.2.2 of Appendix C ofthe Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures NOISE-I. 1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that sound-rated windows, doors, and exterior wall assemblies be used in residential buildings; (ii) requiring acoustical test reports of all sound-rated windows and doors, to be reviewed by a qualified professional and compared with traffic noise spectrums, prior to approval; (iii) requiring ventilation or air conditioning systems in all residential units that provide habitable interior environments, so that windows need not be relied upon to provide ventilation; (iv) requiring six (6) foot tall noise barriers in specific locations; (v) requiring that residential mechanical equipment be selected and located to meet the properly line limits in the City of Palo Alto Noise Ordinance, and additional measures such as equipment barriers and enclosures if determined to be necessary by the acoustical test and review described above, all as described in greater detail in Section 4.12.2.2 of Appendix C of the Draft EIR. Implementation of these measures will reduce the severity of potential noise impacts on future residents on the Project site to less-than- significant levels. Impact NOISE-2: Commercial activities on the site could result in significant noise impact at the proposed residential units. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.12.2.4 of Appendix C of the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measures NOISE-2.1 and 2.2. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that measures be 120402 dm 0120533 11 included in the renovation of the commercial buildings on the site to reduce noise impacts at nearby residences, in conformance with the City of Palo Alto Noise Ordinance, which measures may include installing solid noise barriers along the north and east sides of the loading dock combined with a shed roof, and lining roofs and walls with sound absorbing materials; and (ii) limiting all truck deliveries to the site to daytime hours (7 a.m. to 10 p.m.), communicating to vendors that their drivers will be operating close to residences so that they will limit noise, and providing a full disclosure statement to the owners of residential Lots Nos. 9 and 10 regarding potential truck noise, which statement shall be incorporated into the deeds for these residential properties. Implementation of these measures would reduce the severity of this potential Impact to a less-than-significant level. Impact NOISE-3: Noise from rooftop mechanical equipment for the retail buildings may exceed the noise standards at adjacent residential properties on the Edgewood Plaza site. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.12.2.4 of Appendix C ofthe Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measure NOISE-3 .1. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) requiring that mechanical equipment to be installed and used on the Project site be selected, designed and located to minimize noise impacts on adjacent and nearby residential uses; (ii) using solid rooftop screens or noise barriers as determined by a qualified professional to be necessary to meet applicable City of Palo Alto noise standards at the residential property lines; and (iii) providing for review and approval of mechanical equipment plans by the City of Palo Alto Building Department prior to the issuance of building permits; all as described in greater detail in Section 4.12.2.4 of Appendix C of the Draft EIR. Implementation of this mitigation measure will reduce the severity of this Impact to a less-than-significant level. 5.7 Transportation Impact TRANS-1: Project traffic would cause a significant impact at the Wildwood Land-North California Avenue and Embarcadero Road unsignalized intersection. a) Potential Impact. The impact identified above is described and discussed in Section 4.16.2.2 of Appendix C of the Draft EIR. b) Mitigation Measures. The following mitigation measures will be adopted and will be implemented as provided in the Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program, and as further described in the remainder of these findings: Mitigation Measure TRANS-I.l. c) Findings. The above-noted mitigation measures will reduce the severity of this 120402dm0120533 12 potentially significant impact to a less-than-significant level by: (i) restriping Embarcadero Road to create a left turn receiving lane; and (ii) installing a left turn lane receiving area at the Embarcadero RoadiSt. Francis Drive intersection at Wildwood Lane. Installation of these improvements will facilitate left turns and reduce left turn delays, thereby mitigating this Impact to a less-than-significant level. SECTION 6. Findings Regarding Project Alternatives. Public Resources Code section 21002 prohibits a public agency from approving a project if there are feasible alternatives or feasible mitigation measures available which would substantially lessen the significant environmental effects of the project. When a lead agency finds, even after the adoption of all feasible mitigation measures, that a project will still cause one or more significant environmental effects that cannot be substantially lessened or avoided, it must, prior to approving the project as mitigated, first determine whether there are any project alternatives that are feasible and that would substantially lessen or avoid the project's significant impacts. Under CEQA, "feasibility" includes "desirability" to the extent that it is based on a reasonable balancing of the relevant economic, environmental, social, and technological factors, and an alternative may be deemed by the lead agency to be "infeasible" if it fails to adequately promote the project applicant's and/or the lead agency's primary underlying goals and objectives for the project. Thus, a lead agency may reject an alternative, even if it would avoid or substantially lessen one or more significant environmental effects of the project, if it finds that the alternative's failure to adequately achieve the objectives for the project, or other specific and identifiable considerations, make the alternative infeasible. The City Council certifies that the Final EIR describes a reasonable range of alternatives to the Project, which could feasibly obtain the basic objectives of the Project, and that the City Council has evaluated the comparative merits of the alternatives. As explained in the findings set forth above, the Project will not result in any significant effect on the environment that cannot be mitigated through the mitigation measures which are hereby being adopted and imposed on the Project. Therefore, the Council need not make any additional findings regarding the feasibility of any Project alternative. \\ \\ \\ \\ \\\ \\ \\ \\ \\ 120402 dm 0120533 13 INTRODUCED AND PASSED: MARCH 19,2012 AYES: BURT, ESPINOSA, HOLMAN, KLEIN, PRICE, SCHARFF, SCHMID, SHEPHERD,YEH NOES: ABSENT: ABSTENTIONS: APPROVED AS TO FORM: Asst. City Attorney Director of Planning & Community Environment 120402 dm 0120533 14 February 4, 2013 Elena Lee City of Palo Alto Development Center 285 Hamilton Ave Palo Alto, CA 94301 RE: Edgewood Shopping Center – Report to the Palo Alto City Council for February 11, 2013 Dear Elena, This report is written to provide the Palo Alto City Council a summary analysis of the historic Building 1 and Building 2, beginning with permitted construction plans and continuing chronologically through the conditions of Building 1 and the grocer building, recent reconnaissance on Building 2, proposed revisions to the historic building elevations, and concluding with the protocol for proceeding with the construction of the historic buildings and project. The primary consideration for formulating our proposal in this letter is to ensure best efforts and outcomes by the project sponsor and its team that will allow completion of this very important community facility. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ! We reviewed the Building 1 and Building 2 construction drawings for historic conformance and the City-issued demolition and construction permits. ! During construction, we assessed Building 1 and concluded that much of the material used in its construction was not repairable, was not in good condition, and would need to be replaced with new materials to match the material, configuration, character and finish of the original. ! All three walls of the grocery building that were intended to be retained were discovered during renovation to be in too poor condition and had to be replaced with compatible new materials. The grocery building was determined by the City to be no longer a historic resource due to extensive alterations. ! Building 2 was recently discovered to have 23.5% of its original 1957 exterior wall surfaces remaining including two sections of concrete block, two sections of storefront glass and wood frames, and most of the original transom windows and window frames. Most wall surfaces have been replaced at an undetermined date prior to the project sponsor’s ownership. The window frames were extensively replaced with similar but not identical wood window frames and are compatible but not as distinctive in design as the original window frames. Lee, page 2 ! Tenants and official neighborhood leaders request minor revisions to the permitted elevations, making the buildings appear more in keeping with the “Eichler” style. ! The project sponsor has put into place special protocol and specifications to ensure that the reconstruction of Building 1 and the rehabilitation of Building 2 can be completed efficiently and within the parameters of the City’s permitting process and the requirements of the EIR. We believe that this will result in the successful rehabilitation of the Edgewood Shopping Center. SUMMARY ANALYSIS OF BUILDING 1 AND BUILDING 2 I. Construction Plans Permitted by the City of Palo Alto on August 9, 2012 Prior to permitting, Page & Turnbull reviewed the construction drawings that were prepared by Little Architects and concluded that the proposed project was in keeping with the historic buildings’ original design and with the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation #5, 6, 7, and 9 as recommended by City staff and the Historic Resources Board. We issued a letter dated June 14, 2012 to the City of Palo Alto confirming this review and analysis. At that time, the construction drawings showed that distinctive materials and architectural features, finishes and construction techniques would be retained to the extent possible. The drawings that we reviewed also indicated that deteriorated features proposed for removal and replacement would be reviewed by Page & Turnbull and approved by the Director of Planning. As discussed during Palo Alto Historic Resources Board meetings in 2011, we believed that adjustments would be made to the exterior of building Buildings 1 and 2 out of a ‘kit of parts’* that would be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features of the original buildings. Item MM CR 2.3 of the EIR anticipated some alteration of existing character-defining features to accommodate accessibility, public safety and building code concerns. In addition, the EIR clarified that “the existing building components may be constructed out of new building materials that match the character and form of the existing, if reuse of existing building components is not feasible.” For reference, following is the complete Item MM CR 2.3 of the EIR, “Distinctive materials and defining architectural features, finishes, and construction techniques of Buildings 1 and 2 including windows, frames and eaves will be retained to the extent possible, as the building elements will require some alterations due to * A ‘kit of parts’ is the concept where four distinct wall materials - concrete masonry block, wood framed glass storefront, vertical wood siding, and plaster finish - are the ‘parts’ that variously combine into a ‘kit’ to create the historic Eichler buildings’ characteristic style. Lee, page 3 ADA compliance, public safety, building code compliance, or deteriorated condition. The existing building components may be constructed out of new building materials that match the character and form of the existing, if reuse of existing building components is not feasible. Prior to the relocation and reconstruction of Building 1 and the rehabilitation of Building 2, a qualified historic preservation architect shall review the plans for the remodeled buildings and verify that the work on these buildings is in keeping with the building’s original design and applicable Secretary of Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation, such as Standards #5, 6, 7, and 9. The final design and materials to be used in the renovation of these buildings will be reviewed and approved by the Director and Historic Resources Planner of the City of Palo Alto Planning and Community Environment Department.” It should be noted that the structural drawings of the permitted plans indicate new concrete block shear walls and Glulam beams to replace the structurally deficient concrete block walls and beams in Building 1, and new concrete block shear walls to replace the structurally deficient concrete block walls in Building 2. II. Conditions of Building 1 and the Grocery Building On March 5, 2012 and September 10, 2012, a representative from Page & Turnbull visited the site with the project sponsor, construction manager and contractor to review the condition of existing materials in Building 1 and Building 2 and to review the contractor’s attempts to salvage building material as it was removed from Building 1. During the September site visit, the project sponsor expressed to the team that the structural engineer had reservations about the structural integrity of the existing Glulam beams in Building 1 and preferred that they be replaced. Page & Turnbull confirmed that many of the existing Glulam beams were in poor condition and were splitting and delaminating. During the same site visit, the contractor showed that the existing Redwood siding was splintering as it was removed from the building for salvage and future reinstallation. Page & Turnbull learned during this site visit that some of the existing wood siding was replacement siding - - not original siding - - and that in some places, original shiplap Redwood siding had been replaced with strips of painted plywood. While we believe that exploratory demolition and testing on the historic buildings should have been completed prior to the development of construction drawings, that likely would not have changed our determination that much of the material used in the construction of Building 1 was not repairable, was not in good condition, and would need to be replaced with new materials to match the material, configuration, character and finish of the original. Lee, page 4 It was also discovered during the recent renovation of the grocery building that it too was in poor condition and three of its walls which were intended to remain had to be replaced in their entirety. Its south concrete block wall was comprised of substandard concrete footings with inadequate steel reinforcing, and its north and west wood framed walls were highly compromised from dry rot and termite damage. The grocery building had previously been determined by the City to be ineligible for the California Register due to extensive alteration, and, therefore it was no longer a historic resource under CEQA. III. Reconnaissance to Assess the Condition of Historic Building 2 Exterior Walls On January 10, 2013, the Director of Planning authorized City Planner Elena Lee and City Historian Dennis Backlund to tour Building 2 with the project sponsor, construction manager and contractor to observe its condition. Soon thereafter, the City granted permission to perform very limited reconnaissance consisting of small openings in its non-character defining interior walls so that the building’s historic exterior skin could be viewed from inside and its condition assessed. On January 15, 2013, it was discovered during reconnaissance that only a limited amount of original exterior wall material remains unaltered for Building 2. The total area of exterior wall surface is 3,604 square feet and after studying the building’s exterior and interior small openings, Dennis Backlund concluded that two sections of concrete block along the building’s south and east walls, totaling 227 square feet (6.3%), two sections of storefront glass and wood frames along its west wall, totaling 143 square feet (4.0%), and most of the original transom windows and window frames, totaling 476 square feet (13.2%), collectively 23.5%, are what remain of the original 1957 exterior. This loss of original material is not surprising given that there likely have been dozens of tenant turnovers having different exterior requirements during the building’s 55 years. That the Building 2 project is a rehabilitation of a building that will not need to be moved helps in being able to retain more of its remaining original materials. Although our reconnaissance did not include detailed investigation of the Glulam beams, steel columns, concrete slab and roof purlins and sheathing for Building 2, we still believe those components can be re-used and reinforced as necessary per the previously permitted plans. The conditions that were discovered in Building 1 prior to its demolition were similar to Building 2. In addition to losses of original material, Building 1 was generally in worse condition due, we believe, to its superior visibility and location within the center which contributed to a more intensive use. This locational advantage not only attracted more tenant turnover but also tenants that generated higher traffic and heavier use compared to those in the less visible Building 2. Lee, page 5 We have researched files of the City of Palo Alto Building Department and other archives for information about original construction. With the knowledge gained from reconnaissance of Building 1 and Building 2, it has become clear that Building 1 and Building 2 appear to have been primarily glass enclosed structures with a wooden or concrete block wall segment, typically not exceeding 16 feet in width, located midpoint along each wall. IV. Tenants and Official Neighborhood Leaders, the Architectural Control Committee, Propose Exterior Revisions to the Historic Buildings During the City entitlement process, the buildings’ elevations were only approximated since future tenant requirements were unknown. With leasing now underway, tenant space requirements are adjusting exact door locations, and where interior visibility is not desired segments of wooden walls may replace glass storefront with Neighborhood Architectural Control Committee (“ACC”) support. Such adjustments conform to the ‘kit of parts’ composition approved by the Historic Resources Board. These adjustments are also desired by the neighborhood ACC who believe the proposed revisions will make the buildings appear more in keeping with the “Eichler” style. We have reviewed the proposed revisions and endorse them. We understand the Secretary’s Standards for Rehabilitation must continue to be met, which we judge to be the case with the revisions. These proposed revisions are shown clouded in the attached exhibits. Along the west wall of Building 1 the ACC requests replacing the five metal exit and utility doors with glass storefront doors and transom windows above. And along the south and east walls of Building 2, Chase Bank’s requirements propose to replace segments of glass storefront with wood in Eichler style. Unknown future tenant needs may warrant similar further adjustment to the buildings, all to be endorsed by the ACC and Page & Turnbull and approved by the City of Palo Alto before any are implemented. Due to the losses of original building material in Building 2, we propose to preserve an original 16 feet wide concrete block wall located mid-point along its east wall. This wall is structurally deficient and per the permitted plans was to be replaced with one having identical appearance. However, we can retain the original material and character of this Eichler wall. We will construct a new structural wall to the north and conceal this new wall behind one of the proposed glass-to-wood exterior revisions described above. V. Proceeding with Construction of the Historic Buildings and Project Since the previously approved construction procedure for Building 2 has not been compromised, a rehabilitation approach under the Secretary’s Standards will continue to be taken on Building 2. The scope of work described in previously approved permit drawings will be adhered to following our receiving City and ACC approvals. Lee, page 6 We recommend that the existing elevations in the previously approved permit set be updated to indicate areas of removal and replacement of existing materials, and in accordance with any approved revisions. All proposed removal and replacement should be clearly indicated on red mark-up, revised permit elevations, reviewed by Page & Turnbull and approved by the City and ACC before the contractor proceeds. All removed and salvaged materials will be sorted and stored on site to give Page & Turnbull and the City officials an opportunity to inspect the materials. The permitted plans indicate that all existing Building 2 structural elements including columns, footings, and Glulam beams are intended to remain in place, and reinforced as necessary. As changes are made during construction to accommodate the existing conditions, we recommend that the contractor and project sponsor consult with Page & Turnbull and the City of Palo Alto before proceeding with any work that does not conform to the permit set. On November 5, 2012, Page & Turnbull submitted the enclosed Protocol and Specifications for Salvage, Selective Demolition and Protection to the City that details the procedure for the documentation, notification, salvage, protection, selective demolition, and approvals by the City and Page & Turnbull necessary to move forward with the construction of the historic buildings. On January 10, 2013, Dennis Backlund recommended approval of the Protocol and Specifications to the Director of Planning. If the measures described above are adhered to, we are confident that the reconstruction of Building 1 and the rehabilitation of Building 2 can be completed efficiently and within the parameters of the City’s permitting process and the requirements of the EIR. We believe that this will result in the successful rehabilitation of the Edgewood Shopping Center. Sincerely, J. Gordon Turnbull, FAIA Principal Enclosure: Protocol and Specifications for Salvage, Selective Demolition and Protection Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 1 PROTOCOL AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SALVAGE, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND PROTECTION PART 1. GENERAL Purpose: The rehabilitation of Building 2 and the reconstruction of Building 1 under the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. Preface: These specifications are submitted to owner Ho Holdings No. 1, LLC (the “Owner”) and Owner’s contractor (the “Contractor”) as guidelines for ongoing reconstruction and rehabilitation work on Buildings 1 and 2 of Edgewood Plaza Shopping Center in Palo Alto, California (the “Project”). As Owner’s consultant, Page & Turnbull (the “Historic Preservation Consultant”) has reviewed the Project’s permit drawings but is not a part of the Project’s architectural team that prepared the drawings and is not submitting these specifications as formal construction documents. These specifications are for guidance only. The City of Palo Alto requires the project applicant to incorporate these specifications into all construction documents. Section 1.4(B) of these specifications pertains to both Buildings 1 and 2. All other Sections of these specifications pertain only to Building 2. In general, any proposed construction activity for Buildings 1 and 2 that is not in compliance with the permit plans should be reported by the Contractor or Owner to the Historic Preservation Consultant and the City of Palo Alto for review and approval prior to commencing work. All directions for Building 2 are set forth in permit plan sheet T0.4 “ARB Conditions of Approval” and sheet A4.2.1 “Retail Bldg. #2 Exterior Elevations.” If any proposed construction activity for Building 2 is not in compliance with sheets T0.4 or A4.2.1 then the Contractor shall receive written approval from the Historic Preservation Consultant and the City of Palo Alto prior to commencing work. 1.1 SUMMARY This Section includes the following: A. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure as shown on the permit plan drawings. B. Salvage of existing items to be reused as shown on the drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service: The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring & Reconstructing Historic Buildings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS Historic Fabric: Architectural and structural materials and finishes constructed during the buildings’ Period of Significance. Most, but not all, historic fabric is identified on the permit plan Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 2 drawings. It is the intent of this Section and this Project to maintain and restore as much historic fabric as possible. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs of Existing Conditions of Building 2 Prior to commencement of selective salvage, demolition and protection work for Building 2, submit photographs of existing damage on surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage related to selective salvage, demolition and protection operations. B. Samples and Mock-ups 1. Samples of exterior materials for Buildings 1 and 2: Clearly label samples of all replacement exterior materials and submit photographs and samples as required by the Historic Preservation Consultant for approval prior to their installation. Such exterior materials may include concrete block, windows and window frames, new storefronts, plaster and stucco finish, Glulam beams, wood wainscot, and any other exterior replacement materials. 2. Mock-ups of Buildings 1 and 2: After acceptance of the exterior materials and proposed method of reconstruction, repair or refinishing, a representative sample area shall be reconstructed, repaired or refinished. Obtain acceptance of the mock-up from the Historic Preservation Consultant before proceeding with remainder of the procedure. C. Quality Control If alternative methods and materials to those indicated on the permit plans are proposed for any phase of work, provide written description to Historic Preservation Consultant and City of Palo Alto for review and approval prior to commencing work. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Required Care in Selective Salvage, Demolition and Protection operations 1. The work seeks to preserve historic fabric and to protect, salvage and reuse selected building materials. 2. Building materials shall be considered fragile and must be removed, restored, modified and handled with care. Historic materials damaged during selective salvage and demolition operations may not be available for replacement; to remedy such damage repair and restoration shall be required. Protection of existing materials and items is of great importance. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for restoration of materials and finishes damaged during selective salvage and demolition activities. Where damaged materials and/or finishes are beyond repair or restoration, Contractor shall be responsible for replacement in kind. The City of Palo Alto shall be notified of damage to materials and finishes and the plan for replacement prior to the removal of damage materials and finishes. B. Selective Removal and Salvage Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 3 1. Materials or items indicated on the permit plans to be salvaged shall be removed with care and stored in a designated storage area or facility. The City shall approve any materials or items proposed to be removed. 2. Each material or element indicated to be salvaged shall be carefully crated and packed to prevent damage during transportation and storage. No salvaged materials shall be removed from the site or altered without City approval. C. Protection 1. Protection: Construct temporary barricades and other forms of protection as may be necessary to fully protect existing building and all existing materials and items to remain. 2. Cover and protect existing materials when demolition work is performed in areas where existing materials have not been removed. 3. Cease operations and notify Owner and Historic Preservation Consultant immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered; take precautions to properly support structure. Do not resume operations until safety is restored. D. Existing Conditions Notify Historic Preservation Consultant and City of Palo Alto of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 4 PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Verify with Historic Preservation Consultant and the City of Palo Alto the extent of materials to be retained prior to beginning selective demolition. B. Maintain possession of materials being removed unless otherwise noted. C. Carefully remove, store, and protect materials indicated for reinstallation; where stored materials are damaged, repair to original condition or replace with new undamaged materials. Notify City of Palo Alto prior to discarding and replacing any damaged materials. 2.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Every effort must be made to use and reuse materials that are original to the structure. When removed from their rightful place, these materials must be stored under cover inside the building or on the site where they cannot be damaged. B. Salvaged materials and items shall be stored under cover inside the building or on the site where they cannot be damaged. C. If salvage material is to be reused, treat it as new or original material with regard to its storage. 2.3 PROTECTION AND SALVAGE MATERIALS A. All necessary precautions shall be taken to protect all parts of the building not being repaired from effects of the work. B. Provide protection against the spread of dust, debris and water at or beyond the work area by suitable enclosures of sheeting and tarpaulins. C. Provide masking or covering on adjacent surfaces. Secure coverings without the use of adhesive type tape or nails. Impervious sheeting that produces condensation should not be used. D. Scaffolding, ladders and working platforms, required for the execution of this work should not be attached to the building. Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 5 PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect all elements that are to remain and are exposed during selective salvage, demolition and rehabilitation operations. B. Construct temporary protection at existing elements indicated to remain, to prevent damage to or marring of materials and items. Protection shall be of required size and thickness to withstand impact from falling debris, rolling equipment and objects; residue and droppings from all construction related activities. C. Protective materials shall not be anchored directly to the item being protected. Prevent direct contact between protective assemblies and existing elements or materials by use of spacers, corrugated cardboard, quilted pads, kraft paper, non-moisture retentive padding, or other adequate means. For Plaster, Stucco and Wainscot: provide hard barrier protection to prevent damage from construction activities. 3.3 SALVAGE AND REMOVAL A. Salvage and Removal: Where indicated on permit plan drawings to be ‘removed, salvaged and reinstalled’ and ‘removed and salvaged,’ carefully remove indicated materials and items, and store under cover inside the building or on the site where they cannot be damaged, or pack or crate for transport to storage area. Maintain any storage area for the duration of the Project. Storage areas and methods of storage shall be approved by the City. B. Removal and Demolition: Demolish and remove existing construction as indicated only after protection, catalog, documentation and salvage operations have been completed. Use methods required to complete work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective salvage, demolition and protection systematically. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction as indicated on permit drawings. Use methods required to complete the work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: Page & Turnbull Edgewood Plaza January 9, 2013 Salvage, Protection, Demolition 6 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 3. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Store under cover inside the building or on the site where they cannot be damaged. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Store under cover inside the building or on the site where they cannot be damaged. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated on permit plan drawings to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Historic Preservation Consultant, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 REPAIR Repair damage to adjacent construction caused as a result of selective demolition work. END OF SPECIFICATIONS ST . F R A N C I S D R I V E Existing Grocery Service Yard FFE (13.31) (Existing Retail) FFE (13.50) (Relocated Existing Retail) FFE (13.33) BLDG 1 BLDG 2 Vedic Center BAYS H O R E R O A D TRASH ST. F R A N C I S D R I V E T T T FRONT FRONT FR O N T M B - 9 B-9 B-9 B-9 T 1 2 4 3 6 7 8 10 RE F . DW RE F . DW Signature Date Renewal Date 06-30-13 North 0 Scale: 1" = 20' 10 20 40 2 2 2 Edgewood Plaza Update Attachment E Please see below responses to Councilmember Holman’s questions regarding Edgewood Plaza. -----Original Message----- From: Karen Holman [mailto:kcholman@sbcglobal.net] Sent: Sunday, February 10, 2013 9:16 PM To: Tucker, Sheila; Williams, Curtis Cc: Keene, James; Stump, Molly Subject: Item 12 - Edgewood questions I have the following questions on this item: 1) In the Draft Motion, #4 it states "Allow continued development of the grocery store (Bldg 3) as the remainder of the project moves forward.” Can staff please explain/clarify what this means? Staff Response: Staff is proposing to allow the grocery store to be fully constructed and to open while the SEIR and PC amendment are being processed. 2) Draft Motion #5: Why is staff recommending the commencement of work on BLDG 2 as it would seem that some compensation for the demo of BLDG 1 could potentially be a higher level of preservation than previously identified? Staff Response: Staff believes that Building 2 can be rehabilitated as previously approved, subject to special protocols and inspections. A protocol for work on Building 2 has been developed by the applicant to guide work and to prevent what had happened with Building 1. Staff is also already working with the applicant to provide a higher level of historic preservation/enhancement, such as the installation of wood windows that replicate the very specific style of the existing windows on Building 2. The building would not be finaled until the FEIR and PC amendment are approved, but staff does not believe that extensive changes to the building can be accomplished unless it is demolished, which of course is to be avoided. The Council may direct otherwise, however. 3) Preparation of the SEIR: the staff report states that the original DEIR consultant is being engaged. Why is not Carey & Company being engaged since the primary concerns on the site are historic resources with which Carey & Co. is most familiar as they were the historic consultants for the original DEIR? Staff Response: Carey & Company was hired as a subconsultant by Powers & Associates, the City’s CEQA consultant, to provide a peer review of the historic report on the shopping center that was prepared by the applicant’s historic consultant Page & Turnbull. Carey & Company has not been brought back as a subconsultant because the primary CEQA consultant has the technical expertise to prepare the SEIR with information submitted by Page & Turnbull. The analysis for this project is more straightforward because the building in question was demolished. There is no difference in opinion as there was previously about the historic significance of Building 2. If issues arise and Powers and Associates feels that further assistance is needed, Carey & Company or another consultant could be authorized as a subconsultant. 4) Has a peer reviewer been identified and if so is it Carey & Co. given the above reference? 4a) Has Carey & Co been consulted and provided any advisory on potential outcomes to date? Staff Response: Staff has not yet identified a peer reviewer and has not contacted Carey & Co. Carey & Co. will be one of the firms considered. Staff will select a consultant if the City Council authorizes construction of Building 2. A key component of the peer reviewer’s duties will be onsite monitoring. The chosen firm will be the one that can provide both the peer review of plans and monitoring, which may be a historic architect rather than a historic resources consultant. 5) Draft Motion #6: might there not be additional traffic improvements that could be included in addition to what was originally provided? I think there may have been additional conditions that the PTC had recommended that were not incorporated. Please advise. Staff Response: The approved Planned Community Ordinance required two additional traffic related improvements: 1) preservation of the vehicular access/driveway between the adjacent gas station and the project site and 2) modification of the traffic signal on Embarcadero Road at Saint Francis Drive to provide left turn signal phasing. The applicant is still required to provide those improvements. Staff is proposing that those improvements be constructed with the grocery store work to ensure safe circulation once the grocery store is in operation. Staff is not at this time proposing additional traffic improvements because there are no changes to the project that would create changes in traffic impact. The project as approved fully mitigates all potential traffic impacts. The only new environmental impact is the loss of the historic Building 1, so staff’s focus has been on potential historic impact mitigations. However, if additional traffic improvements are desired, it can be discussed and considered as part of the public benefits discussion of the PC Amendment process. 6) Draft motion #7: The relocation of the iconic and historic sign. Might not one compensation for the demo be to retain the sign in its original location, thus altering the site plan and historic integrity to a lesser degree? Staff Response: The approved relocation of the historic sign did not result in a significant historic impact. The new location, proposed for better visibility, is within a few feet of the original location in the same island and the applicant is proposing to preserve the historic elements of the sign. Historic Resources Board and Architectural Review Board review would be required for the final design of the sign face. The new location was approved as part of the PC ordinance. The City Council can require that the sign be placed back in the original location as part of the PC Amendment. However, staff believes that placing the sign back in its original location would not provide substantive compensation and would have negative impacts on visibility for the shopping center. By the way, I was by the site this afternoon, and the sign was down. It was still in place when last I noticed just a week or so ago. Has any authorization been given to move ahead and take the sign down esp given the inclusion of this consideration is on the agenda Monday night? Staff Response: The applicant was allowed to take down the sign for site improvements related to the grocery store following extensive discussion with staff, including the historic preservation planner. The applicant is required to retain and protect the sign onsite per the PC zoning. Architectural Review Board and Historic Resources Board hearings would be required prior to the installation of the rehabilitated sign. As stated in the staff report, the applicant has been allowed to proceed with site improvements needed for the grocery store construction and operation. 7) Would considerations referenced in questions 2, 5, & 6 above be part of the SEIR and thus giving the go ahead at this time be out of sequence? Staff Response: In accordance with CEQA, the SEIR is required for changes to the project that may result in new environmental impacts. The only change that will create new environmental impacts to the project is the demolition of Building 1, because the change will be a new building rather than a rehabilitated building. There are no changes currently proposed to Building 2, the sign or traffic impacts. Council certainly has the discretion to direct staff to hold back on other project elements if desired, but that is not staff’s recommendation. 8) The staff report references "mitigations" in a couple of places but there is no mitigation possible for the demolition of an historic building. Is staff referring to the demolition or to the situation? Staff Response: Although a demolished building cannot be mitigated, possible measures to mitigate the loss of the building will be studied and determined through the SEIR process. There may be additional measures that will strengthen the historic integrity of the site, although mitigation may still require a statement of overriding considerations for the loss of the historic structure. 9) The staff report indicates that the applicant has experienced costs due to their violations of the array of previous approvals and conditions and seems not to support imposing penalties due to this. How much have the violations cost the City in terms of staff time devoted to rectifying the situation to date and going forward? How far would the financial penalties go to cover the costs the City has experienced and is likely to experience...in other words, what is the level of financial penalty that can be imposed? Staff Response: Staff has spent a considerable amount of time on this project following the issuance of the Stop Work Order. As a PC amendment, all staff costs are charged to the applicant. The applicant will also fund the preparation of the SEIR and the additional review required for the historic buildings. If it is deemed that additional penalties are warranted, the City Council may require them. Options will be outlined in the staff report, but typical penalties relate to either double permit fees for re-permitting the building or fines for removal of a historic building (though the fee schedule only includes such a fine for demolishing historic buildings downtown). 10) The staff report indicates the array of violations: CEQA, approved plans, the PC zone and public benefits. Why has this not come to Council for direction and/or comment previously as the violations took place in September? All of the approvals required Council approval, so I am trying to understand how/why staff has been authorized to allow continuation of work on the site prior to coming to Council for direction. Staff Response: The project was not brought to the Council earlier to allow staff to work with the applicant to develop a full and accurate picture of what had happened and why, as well as to outline a potential path forward. Staff has allowed the applicant to proceed with work on the grocery store and related site work because the new market was not a historic resource, the market is a key public benefit, and there were no violations associated with this building. Staff has tried to balance the need to stop and evaluate the historic consequences of the Building 1 demolition with the community’s desire to see the site redeveloped in a timely fashion. Thank you. Karen City of Palo Alto (ID # 3455) City Council Staff Report Report Type: Action Items Meeting Date: 3/4/2013 City of Palo Alto Page 1 Summary Title: Cal Ave Roadway Design and Lighting Options Title: Update of California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Streetscape Improvements Project Roadway Design and Consideration of Street Lighting Options From: City Manager Lead Department: Planning and Community Environment Recommendation Staff recommends that the City Council review and provide direction on whether to include street lighting improvements for the California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Streetscape Project. Executive Summary The proposed California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Improvements project provides for streetscape improvements along California Avenue between El Camino Real and the California Avenue Caltrain Station, including place-making identity markers, traffic calming treatments, streetscape elements, parking enhancements, and improvements to the Park Boulevard Plaza. The project includes sidewalk replacement in many areas to accommodate wider pedestrian walking and dwelling areas. A number of community (primarily merchant) requests for improvements as part of the project have been included in the project, including preferences for specific streetscape furniture placement. The primary outstanding request for improvement not included within the current project includes the replacement of (or supplement to) street lighting. Street lighting is not required for the project and was not an original component of the project, but if Council is interested in including street light improvements, this is an appropriate time to provide that direction to both take advantage of construction activities for the project and to avoid future disruption of new improvement to accommodate later construction. City of Palo Alto Page 2 The addition or replacement of street lighting can more easily be accommodated from a financial and construction standpoint during sidewalk replacement, rather than when sidewalk reconstruction is complete. However, the street light improvements costs were not included in the original budget (or grant) as they are not a necessary improvement, and therefore would require additional funding to respond to community interest. The California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Improvement is on schedule for design completion this Spring and consideration for Council Authorization to Bid by Summer. Policy approval for the addition of street lighting is required now to ensure this schedule is not delayed. Construction of the project is anticipated in Fall. Staff has developed two conceptual street light design options in response to community requests: 1) full replacement, or 2) addition of pedestrian-scaled street lighting for sidewalks with retention of the existing streetlights for the roadway. These options are discussed in more detail in the Discussion section of this report. Background The City initiated the California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Streetscape Project in the Fall 2010. The design contract was then awarded to the RBF/David Gates & Associates consultant team in the Spring 2011. Sidewalk widening and additional landscaping opportunities were requested by the City Council during initiation of the project and a preferred street alignment was approved on July 23, 2012. In Fall 2012, a total of five community outreach meetings were held, focusing on the alignment and on placement of streetscape furniture such as seat walls, bicycle parking facilities, newsracks, trash/recycle bins, commercial loading zones, etc. Four of the five community outreach meetings were merchant-focused meetings, including a day-long workshop at Mollie Stone’s Market. Several minor street alignment modifications were made as a result of the community outreach meetings to help respond to merchant requests for improved customer access and overall corridor circulation. On January 30, 2013, the Planning and Transportation Commission reviewed the street lighting options at a study session and appeared supportive generally of the replacement lighting option, but were concerned about the increased costs at this juncture. Discussion A copy of the updated California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Improvement Project – Street Alignment Plan is provided in Attachment A. The Plan balances Council’s request for increased sidewalk and streetscape opportunities, while also responding to community requests received over the Fall for additional outdoor dining space, preservation of on-street parking, and City of Palo Alto Page 3 corridor circulation. The street alignment design blends the street with elements included in the Park Boulevard Plaza to ensure a continuous pedestrian experience from end-to-end of the project. The proposed placement of streetscape furniture such as seating walls, benches, bicycle racks and corrals, tree and planting species, media racks and color palette selection are included in Attachment B for reference. The palette of streetscape furniture was also reviewed by the reviewed Architectural Review Board (ARB) on February 21, 2013 as a Study Session item. Staff will continue to provide opportunities for public review and input as the streetscape palette design and placement is finalized through the Formal ARB process. The Council’s decision regarding street lighting improvements would allow street light standards and lighting design, if desired, to also be finalized concurrent with other streetscape features. Street Lighting Improvement Options Throughout the project outreach phase, business owners and some community members have repeatedly requested that street lighting enhancements be included in the project budget. Street light replacement is not required for the project, however replacement of the streetlight is best accommodated during sidewalk reconstruction. Because of the strong community interest for replacement of street lighting with more pedestrian-scaled lighting treatments, staff has developed these options and policy direction is being requested. If policy direction is received to include street lighting as an element of the California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Improvement Project, staff will continue to pursue outside funding source opportunities. Although these outside funding sources could potentially be obtained, funding would still need to be advanced from the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) – Infrastructure Reserve program in the short term. If no additional outside funding is found before the award of the project, the street lighting improvements would remain funded from the CIP Infrastructure Reserve Program. The existing street lights on California Avenue were built in the 1970’s and are reflective of major arterial street lighting design with tall streetlight pole standards spaced widely apart. In the early 1960’s California Avenue was blocked off at the Caltrain tracks to accommodate construction of the Oregon Expressway corridor. The underground conduits and wiring of the streetlights are aged but can be left alone and remain in place to accommodate the current streetscape design. Staff does not believe that there is a safety concern with the existing lights, however the aesthetics of the streetscape would be enhanced with a more pedestrian-scaled lighting approach. Replacement and installation of new pole foundations, if desired, can be best accommodated while sidewalk reconstruction is taking place. City of Palo Alto Page 4 Street Lighting Design Options Staff has developed two conceptual street light design options for consideration (a third option is to leave the existing lighting as is): Option 1 – Retrofit Existing Streetlight Fixtures & Add Pedestrian-Scaled Lighting A retrofit of the existing street lights can be accomplished by adding new lamp fixtures onto the existing streetlight pole standards. Under this option, existing conduits and wiring would remain in place but pedestrian-scale streetlight poles would be added in between the existing streetlight poles. A total of 37 pedestrian-scaled pole standards would be added, not including 12 streetlights planned at the Park Boulevard Plaza. There are 37 existing street light pole standards. Therefore, under this option, up to 72 street lights would illuminate the California Avenue corridor. The existing streetlight poles would be painted to match the color of the new pedestrian-scaled streetlight poles to help blend the two pole standards together. The color and style of the proposed pedestrian scale lights are shown in Attachment C. If directed by Council, staff would work with the Architectural Review Board for their review and input on the style and photometric requirements for both the streetlight and pedestrian scale lights. The proposed cost for this option is up to $800,000. This option would not provide for receptacles to support festive lighting treatments at existing street lights. Option 2 – New Streetlight and Poles Construction Option 2 would include removing and replacing all existing street lights with new decorative street light poles and replacing all underground conduits and wiring. A combination of standard-height roadway height poles and pedestrian-scaled light standards would be used. The total cost for this option is up $1,200,000 depending on whether the existing street light spacing is maintained ($1,000,000) or narrowed to better illuminate the street ($1,200,000). Staff believes the existing spacing works best to meet the objectives of the improving sidewalk illumination but additional poles may be required ensure a consistent illumination so a budget of up to $1,200,000 should be specified if this option is desired by Council. This option includes elements for receptacles at all streetlight poles to accommodate festive lighting or special event uses. Proposed decorative street light standard types are provided in Attachment C. Staff recommends that, if Council authorizes new lighting, then approval of Option 2 – New Streetlight Construction is preferred. Replacing all of the existing street lighting ensures the best roadway illumination for California Avenue and ensures that costly repairs do not damage the new streetscape. Replacing the street lights also ensures that pole standards on the City of Palo Alto Page 5 roadway comply with current wind load rating requirements by the State of California – Department of Transportation (Caltrans) at 100-MPH. The existing poles, built in the 1960’s include a lower wind rating that does not meet current design standards, when older poles are replaced they must be replaced to current design standards. Planning and Transportation Commission Review and Recommendations: Staff presented the street lighting options to the Planning and Transportation Commission on January 30, 2013, for their review and input. Minutes of this meeting are included in Attachment D of this report. The PTC generally supported staff recommendation that full replacement of street lighting should be pursued as part of the project and that the appropriate streetlight spacing be identified as part of the design process. There were concerns expressed, however, as to how the lighting would be funded and why this item was not identified earlier in the process. Construction Staging and Business Marketing Plan Upon policy direction of the street lighting improvements, staff will hold additional community outreach meetings to develop construction staging plans. An initial meeting with the Business Association of California Avenue was held on Thursday, February 14th. The City’s Economic Development Manager will work with merchants to develop an Advertising and Marketing Plan to help encourage patronage to the California Avenue Business District during construction activities. The project budget currently includes a $30,000 allocation for a business protection plan through construction, including use of the City Shuttle Program to accommodate off-site parking for customers. Additional mitigation plan strategies may include banner advertising and online advertising, sponsoring events during construction, phasing and hours of operation, and extensive signage to direct customers to stores and restaurants and drivers to parking lots. The City anticipates both daytime and nighttime construction activities to expedite the construction schedule and to minimize business impacts from the project. The City plans to maintain vehicle and pedestrian access to the project area at all times during construction. Policy Implications The City’s Comprehensive Plan recommends that the City enhance the California Avenue streetscape by upgrading the visual quality of the street to attract additional business and visitors to the area. Consistent with those Comprehensive Plan goals, the proposed streetscape and place-making improvements along California Avenue should ensure continued vitality of the California Avenue Business District. The Comprehensive Plan also encourages a mix of residential and non-residential uses at a scale of development that is comfortable for pedestrian use. The Plan encourages improving the appearance of the street while preserving its “hometown” character. Also, Program L-18 specifically calls for street improvements that City of Palo Alto Page 6 could make a substantial contribution to the character of Commercial Centers, including narrowing travel lanes. Resource Impact Project Funding Status City staff has identified several funding sources for the California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Improvement Project from outside grant and from local funding sources. Currently, the estimated project design and construction cost is $3,442,000, not including the optional streetlight improvements. Table 1 California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Cost Estimate No. Fund Source Amount 1 Original Construction Project Estimate $1,375,000 2 RBF Design Contract $350,000 3 Street Resurfacing $550,000 4 Preliminary Sidewalk Widening Estimate $700,000 5 Revised Sidewalk Widening Estimate $317,000 6 RBF Design Contract Amendment $150,000 $3,442,000 The updated cost for Sidewalk Widening Treatments includes additional work requested as part of the community outreach process over the Fall and updated cost estimates prepared through the design process, which resulted in a $317,000 increase above the original staff estimate of $700,000 from last summer. Council will also consider a design contract amendment for RBF Engineers in April that includes additional design work related to the enhanced sidewalk treatments since the initiation of the original RBF contract; the contract amendment will also include the cost of design of the street lighting improvements. Table 2 California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Fund Sources No. Fund Source Amount 1 VTA CDT Grant* $1,100,000 City of Palo Alto Page 7 2 Initial City Grant Local Match $550,000 3 Street Resurfacing $550,000 4 VTA Vehicle Registration Free (VRF) $700,000 Total Project Construction Funding: $2,900,000 *The VTA Grant has been lowered from $1,175,200 to $1,100,000 because of the delays resulting from the litigation. With the street alignment improvements added in as part of the recent community outreach meetings, the project currently is estimated at $3.4M, including a 10% construction contingency. The current project budget is $2.9M, resulting in a $542,000 gap. The City has retained an outside construction management firm, Ghirardelli & Associates, to conduct a value engineering analysis of the current design starting this Spring to identify construction methods and material cost-savings opportunities. Both the CIP – Infrastructure Reserve and the new One Bay Area Grant (OBAG) – Guaranteed Funds Program are potential fund sources to close the current $542,000 gap. If streetlight improvements are included as part of the project, up to an additional $1,200,000 will be required. The City may also continue to pursue outside funding for the project, including developer funding opportunities as community benefit improvements. Currently, the balance in the Infrastructure Reserve (IR) is $14,003,570. Staff is in the process of developing the FY 2014 Proposed Capital Improvement Program. Preliminarily, the estimated drawdown on the IR for 2014 projects is $4,106,098. The expected remaining balance at the end of FY 2014 is $13,645,257. This information is provided as context for Council’s decision on streetlight improvements and given the City’s numerous infrastructure improvement challenges. Timeline The City anticipates continuing the detailed design phase of the project through the Spring 2013, to allow opportunities for community feedback and allow for formal review by the Architectural Review Board and Parks & Recreation Commission for the design of the Park Boulevard Plaza. Project design should be completed by the Spring 2013. Staff will return to PTC and Council late spring for final approval prior to advertising the project for bids. The City anticipates advertising the project for competitive bids in the Summer 2013 with construction beginning in the Fall 2013. City of Palo Alto Page 8 Environmental Review A preliminary Initial Study and the Negative Declaration - CEQA (California Environmental Quality Act) checklist for the project were completed, circulated for public review in December 2010 and approved by Council on February 14, 2011. The Negative Declaration concluded that the project will not result in any significant environmental impacts and may be reviewed online at www.cityofpaloalto.org/calave. Litigation challenging the timing of that review was filed shortly thereafter, and the Santa Clara County Superior Court ruled in Fall 2011 that the City should have completed CEQA review prior to submitting the application for VTA grant funds. The City corrected this by rescinding and reapproving the environmental review and associated approvals in the proper order. In February 2012, the Court found that the City complied with CEQA. The trial court’s decision is currently pending before the Court of Appeal. The replacement of street lights will have no additional environmental effect as the new lights will simply replace the existing lighting. In addition, the pedestrian scaling of the lighting is in line with the overall streetscape elements discussed in the Negative Declaration. Attachments:  Attachment A: California Avenue - Street Alignment Plan (PDF)  Attachment B: California Avenue Proposed Streetscape Elements (PDF)  Attachment C: Proposed Decorative Street and Pedestrian Lighting (PDF)  Attachment D: January 30, 2013 Draft PTC Minutes (PDF) CALIFO RNIA A VEN UE TRANS IT HUB PAL O ALTO , CA DECEMBER 2O12 PROPOSED CONCEPT PLAN 0 10 20 40 SCULPTURAL ELEMENT WITH SEAT ROCKS SURROUNDING HOLIDAY TREE LOW COLOR PLANTING BENCHES EX. TREES TO REMAIN SEATWALLS SEATWALLS FLOWERING TREES WITH BOLD FOLIAGE & COLOR PLANTING AS UNDERSTORY BIKE RACKS INTEGRAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING PANELS WITH CONTRASTING BANDS CARPINUS BETULUS PEDESTRIAN LIGHT GREEN SCREEN AT K RAIL POTENTIAL BIKE SHARE CHITALPA TASHKENTENSIS BIKE ROUTE EX. TUNNEL POTENTIAL SHADE CANOPPY El C a m i no R ea l te e r t S h s A te e r t S h c r i B dr a v e l u o B k r a P dr a v e l u o B k r a P te e r t S h c r i B Mollie Stone's Market Montage Jewelry Beauty Spa By Ereeda Farmer's InsuranceTrue Salon Heshmat Pain Mana gement California Avenue Norge Village Cleaners Keeble & Shuchat Photography (Vacant)Blossom Birth Printers Cafe Copy America Culture Frozen Yogurt La Jo lie Nail Spa Cigar House Avalon Art & Yoga Center Accent Arts Palo Alto Sol La Bodeguita del Medio Palo Alto Central BaumeCho's Dim Sum Restaurant Kinkos'/ FedEx Solid Electric Inc. Illusions Dining & Entertainment Keeble & Shuchat Photography Village Stationers Starbucks The Counter Tandoori Oven Palo Alto Baking Company Szechwan Cafe Bank of the West Joanie's Cafe Know Knew Books Subway Vin, Vino, Wine Cafe Brioche Country Sun Natural Foods Hairshaper's ClubChristian Science Reading Room Izzy's Brooklyn Bagels California Avenue OptometryRadio Shack Techcu Citibank Legar Salon Zen Garden Nail Spa Leaf & Petal Bistro & Bakery (vacant)Jinsho Eye Works Plaza Antonio's Nut House Menlo Equities Bookshare Benetech Lee Aldinger Inc. Ivy Tutor Center European Cobblery Massage Therapy Center Gallery House Palo Alto Acupuncture & Herbal Medicine California Print Co. Mahin & Co. Zara Restaurant Vincent Sevely Attorney at Law Pacific Casulty G roupMomentum for Mental Health Taqueria Azteca California Cleaners Hotel California Building Avenue Florist Bargain BoxMedite- rranean Wrap Lotus Thai Bistro Zombie Runner Fine Arts Building Uzumaki SushiCampus Barber Shop LEGEND New Standard Grey Sidewalk Special ColorConcrete Paving Crosswalk 3’ Textured Band Existing News Rack Alley Access to Parking Art ElementNew Tree Existing Tree New Planting Single Bike Rack Granite Seat Pad Seatwall Trash Receptable Pot on Plinth Existing Planting 0 10'20'40' PEDESTRIAN LIGHT PISTACIA CHINENSIS TO MATCH EXISTING EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN Bicycle Corral Bench Plaza Light New/Relocated News Rack T T T T T T T TT TT T T T T ENHANCED CROSSWALK, TYPICAL EX. BRICK WALL TO REMAIN WITH NEW GRANITE SEAT BOULDER OR NEW WOOD BENCH AL L E Y W A Y AL L E Y W A Y AL L E Y W A Y AL L E Y W A Y AL L E Y W A Y AL L E Y W A Y RELOCATED NEWS RACK TRASH RECEPTACLE EX. ART TO REMAIN EX. ART TO REMAINRELOCATED NEWS RACK LOW WALL WITH STREET NAME GROUP OF NEW TREES TEXTURED BAND EX. BRICK WALL TO REMAIN WITH NEW GRANITE SEAT BOULDER OR WOOD BENCH BIKE CORRAL TRASH RECEPTACLE NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALLS NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALLS TRASH RECEPTECLE 30” RAISED CONCRETE CURB RAISED CONCRETE BLOCK (+18”) SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING CUT-OUT FOR NEW STREET TREE EX. TREE TO REMAIN SINGLE LOOP BIKE RACK TRASH RECEPTACLE NEW STANDARD GREY CONCRETE SIDEWALK NEW BRICK WALL SEAT PADS NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALLS SINGLE BIKE RACKS NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALLS DECORATIVE BOLLARDS TRASH RECEPTACLE SINGLE LOOK BIKE RACK SINGLE LOOP BIKE RACK SINGLE LOOP BIKE RACK RELOCATED NEWS RACK SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING SPECIAL COLOR PAVING NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING BIKE CORRAL SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING EXISTING BRICK WALL AND DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING RELOCATED NEWS RACK NEW TREES EX. TREES TO REMAIN EX. BRICK WALL TO REMAIN WITH NEW GRANITE SEAT BOULDER OR BENCH SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING RELOCATED NEWS RACK EX. BRICK WALL TO REMAIN WITH NEW GRANITE SEAT BOULDERS NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL EX. NEWS RACK TO REMAIN EX. TREE TO REMAIN SINGLE LOOP BIKE RACK NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL TEXTURED BAND GROUP OF TREES PARKING COUNT: Existing Parking: 111 Proposed Parking: 116 Parking Gain: 5 TEXTURED BAND RELOCATED NEWS RACK GROUP OF NEW TREES POT ON RAISED CONCRETE PEDESTAL SPECIAL COLOR CONCRETE PAVING EX. STREET LIGHT TO REMAIN EXISTING BRICK WALL AND HANGING BASKETS TO REMAIN SINGLE LOOP BIKE RACKS TRASH RECEPTACLE RELOCATED NEWS RACK NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL RELOCATED EX. GRANITE BOULDERS KIOSK PLANTERS TO SEPARATE OUTDOOR DINING AREA FROM PARKING BIKE CORRAL EX. STREET LIGHT TO REMAIN BIKE CORRAL EXISTING ART BENCHES TO REMAIN BIKE CORRAL NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL OUTDOOR DINING AREA NEW CONCRETE SEAT WALL BIKE CORRAL EXISTING BRICK WALL AND GRANITE SEAT BOULDER TO REMAIN IN PLACE EX. STREET LIGHT TO REMAIN POT ON RAISED CONCRETE PEDESTAL WITH COLOR PLANTING EX. STREET LIGHT TO REMAIN POT ON RAISED CONCRETE PEDESTAL KIOSK OR DIRECTORY LOW WALL WITH STREET NAME 1 California Avenue ‐Site Elements Single Loop Bike RackTrash and Recycle Combo Receptacle Concrete Paving – A: Medium Broom B: Sandblast C: Integral Color AB C Bike Corral Color Asphalt at  textured band Tumbled Glass  Aggregate in  White Concert Tumbled Glass  Aggregate in  Gray Concert Seat Pads 2 Pot on Raised PedestalKiosk/Directory Decorative Bollard Option 1 Blade of Metal Bench at Existing Brick Wall Concrete Seatwall California Avenue ‐Site Elements News Rack Decorative Bollard Option 2 Stone Cube in  Carnelian Color 3 Plant Palette ‐Trees Specimen Tree: Southern Live Oak Accent Tree: Freeman Maple New Street Trees Specimen Tree: Valley Oak Accent Flowering Tree: Crape Myrtle Street Tree: Silver Linden 4 California Avenue ‐Plant Palette Pot Planting: Phormium and Million Bells Meidiland Rose Phormium Blue Oat Grass From El Camino to Ash St Azure Bush Germander Hakone Grass Fortnight Lily Salvia/Sage Carpet Rose From Ash St to Park Blvd 5 Plaza ‐Site Elements Alternative Wood Bench with Armrest and Intermediate Arm Rests Drinking Fountain Wood Bench with Back and Intermediate Arm Rests 6 Plaza –Plant Palette Carpinus betulus Pistacia chinensis Chitalpa tashkentensis 7 Salvia Red Buckwheat Rosemary Plaza –Plant Palette Phormium Carpet Rose Coffeeberry Catmint California Fuschia Achillea CALIFORNIA AVENUE TRANSIT HUB PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA FEBRUARY 2013 LIgHTINg L-16 PEDESTRIAN LIgHT OPTIONS DMS55-SG-LM DMS55-SG-NM DMS55-SG-SMD-CRM6DMS55-SG-RMDOMUS 55SERIES Simplicity. Refinement. Elegance. / The Domus Series of products – Domus, Domus 55, and Domus Small – are all designed to complement each other and bring balance to any environment. Their charm is undeniable. Simplicity, refinement, and elegance, all fuse together to create harmonious beauty through designed equilibrium.>> Printed in USAAVU111437 Cooper Lighting, LLC1121 Hwy 74 SouthPeachtree City, Georgia 30269P: 770-486-4800www.cooperlighting.com Cooper Lighting, Invue, Mesa, SustainabLEDesign, LightBAR and AccuLED Optics are valuable trademarks of Cooper Industries in the United States and other countries. You are not permitted to use the Cooper Trademarks without the prior written consent of Cooper Industries. MESA LED OPTIONS + ACCESSORIES [Must be listed in the order shown and separated by a dash]OPTIONS 4PC=Button Type Photocell [Specify Voltage]R=NEMA Photocontrol Receptacle2L=Bi-Level Switching 5LCF=LightBAR Cover Plate Matches Housing Finish7060=70 CRI / 6000K CC 68030=80 CRI / 3000K CC 6ICB= Integral Cold Weather Battery Pack [Specify 120V or 277V] 7 ORDERING INFORMATIONSAMPLE NUMBER: MSA-B06-LED-E1-T3-BK PRODUCTFAMILYMSA= Mesa [Slip-fits Over 3" OD Tenon] NUMBER OFLIGHTBARS 1, 2B01=[1] 21 LED LightBARB02=[2] 21 LED LightBARsB03=[3] 21 LED LightBARsB04=[4] 21 LED LightBARsB05=[5] 21 LED LightBARsB06=[6] 21 LED LightBARsC01=[1] 7 LED LightBARC02=[2] 7 LED LightBARsC03=[3] 7 LED LightBARsC04=[4] 7 LED LightBARsC05=[5] 7 LED LightBARsC06=[6] 7 LED LightBARs LAMP TYPELED= Solid State Light Emitting Diodes VOLTAGEE1= Electronic[120-277V]347= 347V480=480V DIMENSIONS MOUNTING OPTIONS DISTRIBUTIONT2=Type IIT3=Type IIIT4=Type IV5MQ=Type V Square Medium5WQ=Type V Square Wide5XQ=Type V Square Extra WideRW=Rectangular WideSL2=Type II w/Spill ControlSL3=Type III w/Spill ControlSL4=Type IV w/Spill ControlSLL=90° Spill Light Eliminator LeftSLR=90° Spill Light Eliminator Right FINISH 3BK=BlackAP=GreyBZ=BronzeWH=WhiteDP=Dark PlatinumGM=Graphite Metallic OPTIONS + ACCESSORIES[see below] VA6028-XX=Dual Mount ArmVA6029-XX=Wall Mount ArmOA/RA1016=NEMA Photocontrol - Multi-TapOA/RA1027=NEMA Photocontrol - 480VOA/RA1201=NEMA Photocontrol - 347VMA1253=10kV Circuit Module Replacement LIGHTBARTM TECHNOLOGY NOTES: 1 Standard 4000 K CCT and nominal 70 CRI. 2 21 LED LightBAR powered at 350mA, 7 LED LightBAR powered at 1A. 3 Custom and RAL color matching available upon request. Consult your customer service representative for further information. 4 Add as suffix in the order shown. 5 Low-level output varies by bar count. Consult factory. Requires quantity two or more LightBARS. 6 Consult customer service for lead times and lumen multiplier. 7 Available with B01 - B04 or C01 - C04 configurations only. Specify 120 or 277V. LED cold weather integral battery pack is rated for minimum operating temperature -4°F (-20°C). Operates (1) lightbar for 90 minutes. Not available in all configurations, consult factory. Rated for use in 25°C ambient. 8 Order separately. 9 Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. 28-1/4" [717 mm] 6-7/32"[157 mm] 21-1/2"[647 mm] 38" [965 mm] 4"[101 mm] 8-3/16"[207 mm] 19" [482 mm] 4"[101 mm] 8-3/16"[207 mm] 3" [76 mm] 3" [76 mm]Dual Mount Arm [EPA 1.36]Mesa [EPA 1.1]Wall Mount Arm SUPERIOR EFFICIENCY + CONTROLWith efficiencies as high as 95%, patented AccuLED Optics™ systems are as much as 30% more efficient than traditional HID optical systems. Available in twelve [12] beam distributions, AccuLED Optics™ systemsprovide the flexibility and performance required for any outdoor application. Each patented LED LightBAR™ optic renders the entirety of the pattern. As the number of LightBAR™ elements increase so does the application illuminance, allowing lumen and energy output to be scaled and optimized per application. Obtrusive spill light and glare is replaced by uniform, application specific illumination. Lighting Designers, Architects and Specifying Engineers have long preferred light sources which provide a balanced spectral power distribution and warm white light. Typical LED solutions standardize on a cold blue 6000-6500K correlated color temperature [CCT] to maximize lumen output. Mesa LED provides warm white light at a standard 4000K CCT with no sacrifice in lumen output. ENERGY SAVINGS + ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP The simplest and most effective way to reduce a lighting fixture’s impact on the environment is to minimize its energy consumption. By incorporating Cooper Lighting’s patented LED LightBAR™ technology, Mesa LED provides energy savings between 40-72% over standard HID and CFL sources. LONG LIFEWith a 50,000+ hour rated life at 70% lumen maintenance, Mesa LED operates six [6] times longer than traditional Metal Halide sources. 4000K nominal 2700K High Pressure Sodium[2000K] Metal Halide [Quartz, Ceramic] Cooper LED LightBARTM[4000K] Cold LED[6000-6500K] 3000K 4500K 6500K SCALABLE ILLUMINATION WARM WHITE COLOR COOPER LIGHTING’S PATENT PENDING LED LIGHTBAR LIGHT ENGINE BRINGS NEW MEANING TO THE WORD SCALABILITY Mesa LED Decorative Area Luminaire PATENTS PENDING Ambient Lumen Temperature Multiplier10°C 1.0415°C 1.0325°C 1.0040°C 0.96 AMBIENT DATA Approximate Net Weight1-6 Bars 50 [22.73 kgs.] SHIPPING DATACERTIFICATIONSUL and cUL ListedISO 90012G Vibration RatedIP66 LightBARsLM79 / LM80 CompliantAARA Compliant Electronic LED Driver>0.9 Power Factor<20% Total Harmonic Distortion120-277V/50 & 60Hz, 347V/60Hz, 480V/60Hz40°C Ambient Temperature Rating-30°C Minimum Temperature ENERGY DATA ACCESSORIES 8 25% PCRF Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Light Pole Accessories Pole with Receptacle Domus series by Lumec Pole Height: 12’ to 14’ Pole with Banner or Hanging Basket Beacon Product Pole Height: 12’ INVUE MESA LED by Cooper Lighting Pole Height: 12’ Lumec Domus 50 LED Height: 12’ for Ped Light Option 1 Option 2 Lumec CTM YC4-1A ATR74V-25 Pole Height: 25’ Lumec Domus 50 LED Height: 30’ for Street Light Lumec HBM DC8-1A SSM8V-25 Pole Height: 25’ Option 3 Option 4 RoadStar Pole Height: 25’ CALIFORNIA AVENUE TRANSIT HUB PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA FEBRUARY 2013 LIgHTINg L-17 STREET LIgHT OPTIONS 1 Planning and Transportation Commission 1 Draft Verbatim Minutes 2 January 30, 2013 3 4 EXCERPT 5 6 NEW BUSINESS. 7 8 California Avenue Transit Hub Corridor Streetscape Improvements Project - Update on 9 California Avenue Street Alignment and Request for Planning and Transportation Commission 10 Input on Street Lighting Options for California Avenue 11 12 Chair Martinez: We are going to move onto our first agenda topic and that is the 13 recommendation by Planning Department to implement a ground floor overlay on the… no, isn’t 14 it the other first? Oh, I apologize. Ok. Sorry. I will stop there. We’re going to hear from staff 15 regarding the status of the California Avenue Street Improvement Projects and related topics. 16 17 Aaron Aknin, Assistant Director: Thank you and good evening honorable Chair and Planning 18 Commission. Before I turn the project over to Transportation staff I wanted to go over several 19 reasons why the Planning Commission, the Planning and Transportation Commission is looking 20 at this item tonight. So if we go to the first slide I think there’s three primary reasons that you’re 21 here tonight. The first is just to get a general background and get up to speed on where we’re at 22 in terms of the Cal Ave Streetscape Project and we’re going to highlight a lot of the progress that 23 has been made since July of last year. The second thing is to highlight some of the minor street 24 alignment issues that have been resolved and that are ongoing within the Cal Ave area. 25 26 And the third and probably where most of the discussion will be tonight is around introducing 27 street lighting upgrades to this project. And this is something that has come up in numerous 28 times which Transportation staff will get into, but why it’s important; I think it’s important for 29 both the planning and the transportation aspects of the Commission. From a planning standpoint 30 looking at lighting is, asks the question whether lighting is an important aspect to a vibrant 31 downtown type area. And given where the lighting conditions are, will adding additional 32 lighting, improving the lighting area make it a more vibrant area consistent with the Comp Plan 33 policies that we have. And then from a transportation standpoint it’s primarily a pedestrian 34 transportation issue in that is the current level of street lighting safe for pedestrians in the area 35 and if not is improved lighting going to improve the situation consistent with the various Comp 36 Plan policies? 37 38 If we go to the next slide, these were included in there. I won’t go over all of them because there 39 are in front of you in writing and up on the screen right now, but as you can see these are just a 40 handful that we picked out from our Comp Plan that relate to vibrant areas as well as 41 transportation issues so I would encourage you to look at those. So with that I will turn it over to 42 Jaime for continuing this presentation. 43 44 Jaime Rodriguez, Chief Transportation Official: Thank you very much Aaron. Tonight’s the 45 remainder of the presentation will actually be provided by our consultant team. We’re going to 46 have David Gates & Associates and Candy from RBF to talk about the next set of slides. And as 47 we begin the lighting element Shahla Yazdy who is the Project Manager for Transportation on 48 2 the California Avenue Streetscape Project will actually discuss for us the lighting. So with that 1 I’m going to hand it over to David Gates to kind of walk you through kind of the background and 2 kind of where we’ve been over the last several months in relation to the design of the California 3 Avenue Streetscape Project. 4 5 David Gates, Consultant: Good evening, good to see you again. So since we last saw you we 6 had several schemes. Those schemes have been coalesced into what we call the “modified 7 hybrid.” The modified hybrid has since gone through a series of meetings in the community 8 soliciting input and basically rearranging the pattern of that modified hybrid. So what I want to 9 do tonight is kind of walk you through some of the, what I’ll call an evolution of that particular 10 plan. Actually there are rather minor changes so that the large idea of traffic calming, road diet, 11 pedestrian vitality, places to sit, outdoor uses is still very much intact. 12 13 So reminding you the nature of the site, working our way from El Camino Real over and every 14 time I hit this it’s going to bring on another element. Keep in mind the darker color trees are 15 existing; the lighter colored trees are proposed. The enhanced paving is kind of in that beige 16 tone. You’ll see the red dots which is art that has been kept in place in almost all cases. You’ll 17 see existing lights; you’ll see existing walls and all of those elements really basically are intact. 18 So what happens is, the bike corrals we were a little short on bikes on the north side so we’ve 19 added bike corrals in this location. We’ve added accessible parking. So again that particular 20 spot we could create an accessibility and good access for it. The bus stop has been relocated so 21 we pulled in the curb line at that point which allowed the bus to pull in. Sorry this is a little 22 slow. The other bus stop is a key one right at the El Camino. So those elements are all part and 23 parcel, subtle changes to that particular piece of the street. 24 25 So the Joanie’s Café requested a little bit of additional outdoor eating so we took the special 26 paver, pulled it across and created a nice larger node sitting out at that corner. Moving then to 27 the next strip and reminding you this is sort of the central area so that it will become the readily 28 blocked off zone so that the striping in the middle of Cal Ave is to demark an area that will be 29 pedestrian on many occasions as well as a traffic zone. Again all the same criteria; see the same 30 patterns. So we got a sidewalk widening by the nature of how we took the curb line, pulled it 31 south. It reduced the crossing distance at the crosswalks. Bus relocation right at that zone. New 32 planting island, again with a pop out so we can get a new tree and again we’re matching the 33 species of trees that are there now with one exception. We’re adding the colorful Crepe Myrtle 34 to bring theatre. So you can see the addition of those. Another bike corral, which is a grouping 35 again of the bike parking areas. We took the crosswalks and reordered the geometry so they 36 weren’t random angles across the street so that they were more architecturally aligned with the 37 patterns of the street. 38 39 Moving on to Birch to Park Street, again more of the same. You see the existing conditions 40 pretty much intact. Another bike corral, another nice grouping. Keeping in mind we still have 41 isolated bike parking along; this is just a new location for it. The existing brick walls we had an 42 opportunity by reorganization of our patterns to keep the brick walls which are there now some 43 of which have artful granite stone sitting in front for seating, also retained. Another bike corral. 44 Accessible parking again. 45 46 The final leg, which is the Park Boulevard to the Plaza, again minor changes. We relocated the 47 loading zone. This is, and again these comments and changes are coming with a lot of time spent 48 with the community a lot of direct inputs, folks with direct knowledge about how the service was 49 3 actually happening out there and they had some very good advice. So this was relocated onto 1 Park. The motorcycle parking was added. Angle parking changed as partly result of getting the 2 bicycle movement, but angle parking was transformed into parallel parking and the bike route 3 which changed the width of the street allows the bike moving in the westerly direction to stay in 4 the plaza. Bikes moving easterly toward Caltrain would stay in a sharrow on the street. And 5 then there’s an opportunity for a bike share location, which would be a grouping of bikes sitting 6 at the far end where the bike lockers actually sat before. At this point I’m going to turn it over 7 to Shahla unless you have questions at this point. We’d like to get into the lighting component. 8 9 Chair Martinez: Commissioner Keller. 10 11 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Yes, could you go back to the previous slide? Yes, it looks like where 12 it says, “Relocated loading zone,” I assume that that’s Park Boulevard in the southerly direction. 13 Is that right? 14 15 Mr. Gates: Yes, it’s on the easterly side, so it would be the northerly direction. 16 17 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: And what I’m wondering is, is there a left, a dedicated left turn lane 18 from westbound California Avenue onto southbound Park Boulevard? Or is that, it’s hard to 19 read what’s going on there. So I know there’s a dedicated turn lane going at the northbound Park 20 Boulevard, but I’m wondering if there’s dedicated turn lane onto southbound Park Boulevard. 21 22 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner Keller. On California Avenue today there isn’t an 23 existing dedicated left turn lane to turn you onto Park. It’s an all-way stop intersection so you 24 turn onto southbound Park from the one lane and this configuration is maintained through this 25 alignment here. And the approach on Park and also again is one lane, an all-way stop that you 26 can then once you’re stopped have right of way you can turn left or turn right. 27 28 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: So what I’m wondering is the dedicated, you have the dedicated left 29 turn lane onto northbound Park Boulevard, which is a short street that only goes for two blocks 30 before it’s blocked off. Is there a reason that that left turn lane is there? 31 32 Mr. Rodriguez: As part of the early on community outreach with the residents and the merchants 33 in the area they identified that left turn lane as an important element to help sustain operations 34 into the Mollie Stone’s Market. I keep saying Mollie Stumps, I got to correct myself here; the 35 Mollie Stone’s Market. And so we maximized the length of that left turn lane to get you from 36 California onto Park Boulevard North, onto Park Boulevard to the north of that. That was 37 actually a community requested element that we felt was appropriate to include in the project. 38 39 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Alright, thank you. 40 41 Chair Martinez: Can you describe the, not the bicycle parking, but the circulation enhancements 42 that are part of this plan? 43 44 Mr. Rodriguez: I’m sorry Commissioner, can you repeat the question? 45 46 Chair Martinez: Yeah, I didn’t hear or can find the description of how bicycle circulation along 47 California Avenue has been improved over what it is today and I’d like you to just review that 48 for us. 49 4 1 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner for clarification. So California Avenue today again is 2 a four lane roadway and one of the elements of the project includes a lane reduction down to two 3 lanes. And so the proposed project includes wider, wide lanes, but one lane per approach of 4 California Avenue for approximately 15 feet travel lanes. And the concept for the operation, 5 bicycle operation of California Avenue is that there will be a share the road or sharrow roadway 6 markings to encourage bicyclists to ride kind of in a certain kind of path on the roadway and also 7 then to remind motorists that they’re sharing that right of way with vehicles. The 15 foot lane is 8 again a very, very wide, fairly comfortable lane and so that is something that we do feel is an 9 enhancement over the existing condition that exists today where the lanes vary in width from 10 about 9 to 10 feet. 11 12 Chair Martinez: Ok, thank you. Anybody else? Ok, let’s go on to the proposed lighting. 13 14 Shahla Yazdy, Transportation Engineer: Good evening Chair Martinez, Commissioners. My 15 name is Shahla Yazdy. I’m here to present the lighting element for the project. So one 16 consistent comment that we kept hearing from the community and the business merchants along 17 California Avenue was the need for additional lighting on California Avenue. The street lights 18 provide, that were recently upgraded to LED’s and they do provide lighting for the street, but 19 what’s lacking is the sidewalks where there’s businesses and so pedestrians can walk safely. 20 21 The lighting for this project is an unfunded element. It was never included in the grant proposal, 22 but again we’ve been hearing from the community and we, this is something that we feel that it 23 would be good to include as part of the current project that we’re proposing. The existing 24 streetlights are over 40 years old. They are older and it is again the lighting, they don’t provide 25 adequate lighting for the sidewalks and the pedestrians. And again the luminaries were recently 26 upgraded to LED’s in 2012. And the photo that you see on the right is just a snapshot of the 27 current streetlights out there. 28 29 So the California Avenue lighting we want, the proposal tonight is to request that we consider 30 adding lighting to the current project scope. We do have options that I’d like to, I’ll go over 31 next, but as part of including the lighting with the current project scope would reduce disruption 32 if we were to go in and do this at a later time. The first option, Option 1 would be to paint the 33 existing street poles and just basically leave the streetlights as they are, maybe change the 34 luminaries and the heads on the lights and also to add a pedestrian scale lighting in-between. 35 Second option would be to replace the existing poles with a combination street light and also 36 pedestrian light, which I have a photo that I’ll be showing to you next. The third option, 2B that 37 we call it, is to replace the existing poles, but at a more tighter spacing so the streetlights are 38 about 100 feet apart currently so we probably move them to 75 feet. 39 40 The Option 1 to the left is you’ll see the snapshot of the existing streetlights and we’d keep those 41 and again paint them to match the proposed pedestrian scale lighting that you see on the right 42 side. So that would be kind of placed in between strategically between the existing streetlights. 43 And the Option 2 would be the proposed streetlight that has the combination of the street and 44 again the pedestrian that would be lighting the sidewalk. 45 46 So this is to show you the existing streetlight configurations. So the orange, this is the layout 47 that we have now, the existing streetlights. There’s about 35 lights currently on California 48 Avenue. And the option now to keep the existing streetlights and to add the pedestrian lights in 49 5 between, we’re estimating for it to be a cost about $800,000. And this would include design and 1 construction of the light poles. The second option that we have is to replace the existing 2 streetlights as they are in the same location and replace them with the combination of the 3 pedestrian and streetlights. A cost with this, for this would be up to about a million dollars and 4 the total count would be 37. The third option would be to replace the existing lights but at a 5 tighter spacing so you’ll see that there existing streetlights would be placed as you see them so 6 we could let 75 feet apart. And the cost would be about $1.2 million. This just, this slide shows 7 you the options that we’d have with the street pole. We would have receptacle lighting so we’d 8 have the opportunity to hang banners and hanging baskets. These are decorative elements that 9 would be available as an option for the streetlights. 10 11 Also I’d like to go over the next steps for the project. Following tonight’s meeting we are 12 scheduled to go to the City Council meeting for March 4th. On February 21st we are scheduled to 13 go to Architectural Review Board (ARB) as a preliminary review to go over the streetscape 14 elements and the landscaping for the project. Through the spring we are committed to go over 15 the construction staging and the business preservation plan development with the merchants. 16 That will be an ongoing discussion once we have finalized the project scope. And we’re 17 scheduled for final approval and authorization to bid to come back to both Planning Commission 18 and also the Council in June with going out to bid in the summer of 2013 with construction to 19 begin in the fall. 20 21 So tonight the recommended lighting option is to, we’d like the Planning Commission to forward 22 a recommendation to the City Council to include street lighting elements into the current project 23 for the California Avenue Streetscape Project. And the option that we’re recommending is 24 Option 2A, to remove and replace the existing streetlights at a cost of $1 million. And I will 25 open it up to questions and comments. Thank you. 26 27 Chair Martinez: Can you clarify, to remove and replace Option 2A is to replace them at 100 foot 28 spacing? 29 30 Ms. Yazdy: It would be the exact same locations which are about 100 foot spacing. 31 32 Chair Martinez: And the height of them would be identical, or? 33 34 Ms. Yazdy: That’s something that I think we would be working with the design, the electrical 35 designer on and also going through the ARB process to make sure that we have enough lighting. 36 So it all depends, so if we go with the lower height we can maybe have spacing that’s further 37 apart, but the current I believe the street pole that we have shown can be at a lower height, yes. 38 39 Chair Martinez: And do you have any idea what the spread of the light is at the 100 foot spacing? 40 41 Ms. Yazdy: I believe we had some proposed numbers. If you have the current lighting I’ll bring 42 Kandee Bahmani with RBF Engineers can go over kind of lighting that we’ve… (trailed off) 43 44 Chair Martinez: Thank you. 45 46 Kandee Bahmani, RBF Consulting: Good evening Chair Martinez and Commissioners. We are, 47 we have made some assumptions based on the minimum requirements by the IES. So we’re 48 using the one foot candle average and we’re using a 4:1 average to minimum ratio as a 49 6 maximum. And the sidewalks we’re using .3 for the candles. And the 100 foot spacing works 1 and the height that we’ve assumed right now is about 25 to 30 feet for the street lighting and 2 about 10 to 12 for the pedestrian lights. 3 4 Mr. Rodriguez: Chair Martinez, if I could just add. I think that as we continue to work on the 5 design if we get that support from the Commission and the City Council, I do think we’ll 6 probably end up with the existing poles again they’re at 30 feet today. They are definitely 7 standard highway type of pole. We are probably something that might be a little lower at about 8 25 feet that can be our preference that’s a consistent comment that we kept hearing from the 9 community as well that one, the lights are older, but also that they’re just so high and so we do 10 feel that with this project is that we have an opportunity to reduce that pole to about 25 feet, but 11 also again add that lower pedestrian scale that really lights up the sidewalk and at that 100 foot 12 spacing we were pretty confident that we could get a good light distribution to make those kind 13 of sidewalk environments very comfortable for the community. 14 15 Chair Martinez: Ok well thank you for that. We’re going to open the public, why don’t we hold 16 and open the public hearing. Do we have any members of the public to speak on item one? 17 18 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Yes, the first speaker is Herb Borock to be followed by Terry Shuchat. 19 20 Herb Borock: Good evening Chair Martinez and Commissioners. This proposal on the street 21 lighting is a segment of a larger project, the California Avenue Streetscape Project, and as such 22 discussing it separately is a violation of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) that 23 prohibits segmenting a project for environmental review. That project, the segment of the 24 project that the Council had previously seen and approved is currently before an appellate court. 25 It was fully briefed as of October 18 of 2012. So far there’s been no further progress other than 26 the best guest of the Court at this time is that they’ll be returning the file to the superior court on 27 March 7th. So this proposal to come before the City Council on the current schedule would seem 28 to indicate to me that it’s trying to get it to the Council before they get the ruling from the 29 appellate court on the Streetscape Project minus this segment. 30 31 But regardless of what happens at the appellate court level, staff is just inviting another lawsuit 32 for violating the California Environmental Quality Act by segmenting the project in this way. If 33 the Council had the street lighting proposal before it at the same time as it was reviewing the rest 34 of the project it may very well have made a decision differently than the one it would make by 35 doing them separately and it certainly would have a different budgetary decision before it than it 36 had at that time. At that time it clearly did not have any money lined up to do the entire project 37 and both of its segments, which is probably an indication of why it was segmented. Once again 38 it is going after the money that has motivated the staff and the Council to violate the California 39 Environmental Quality Act. And I suggest since this project does violate that law that you 40 should take no further action on it. Thank you. 41 42 Chair Martinez: Thank you Mr. Borock. 43 44 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Terry Shuchat to be followed by Robert Moss. 45 46 Terry Shuchat: Hi, I’m Terry Shuchat; I’m a property owner and a business owner on California 47 Avenue. I’m one of hundreds of people who were totally opposed to this project, but it appears 48 to be going before the City it’s going to progress, it’s probably going to happen and even though 49 7 we have hundreds of people who are opposed to it, I’ve heard of absolutely no one who’s 1 opposed to changing the lighting. The lighting on California Avenue is very, very old fashioned. 2 It’s referred to as “freeway lighting.” It looks old. It’s way too high and it seems that since the 3 City has great plans on redoing the street, making the street look beautiful that it only makes 4 sense to change the lighting also. To bring the height of that lighting down and to make the 5 sidewalk safer certainly seems to make a lot more sense now. 6 7 Jaime hasn’t brought up, but I’ve heard at some meetings we’ve had that the reason for also for 8 doing the lighting now is that the sidewalks are going to be pretty well torn up and the lighting 9 conduit is old on California Avenue and this would be just an excellent opportunity while the 10 sidewalks are already being torn up to in turn replace the conduits for the lighting. So I and I’m 11 sure, as I said I’ve heard absolutely zero objections to redoing the lighting and there again as a 12 property owner, a business owner, I think that it would be safer with new lighting and would 13 certainly definitely improve the looks of the Streetscape Project. 14 15 Chair Martinez: Thank you. 16 17 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: And our final speaker is Robert Moss. 18 19 Robert Moss: Thank you Chair Martinez and Commissioners. The thing that’s bothering me 20 about this project is the way it seems to keep escalating and the cost keeps going up and up and 21 up. When it was originally proposed one of the selling points was that the $1.175 million dollar 22 grant from Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority (VTA) was going to be most of the cost 23 of the project and now we’re talking about $3.4 million without the cost of the lampposts, which 24 brings us up close to $4.5 million. Also, I’m not convinced that all of the costs are included 25 because when the City Council moved to widen the sidewalks Steve Emslie told me that because 26 of the relocation of the sidewalks the curbs and the gutters the entire street would have to be 27 reconfigured because you’d be destroying the gutters, the storm drains, and the slope between the 28 crest of the street and the drains, which makes water drain. He thought that would cost at least 29 $800,000 to $1 million dollars. And I don’t see that as one of the expenses on here. 30 31 So we’re probably approaching $5 million for this project and staff is talking about half a million 32 dollars of the existing costs not including the streetlights not being funded by anything and then 33 going to the Capital Improvement Fund and taking out that money. About $1.5 million. As you 34 know we have a backlog of Capital Improvements in Palo Alto a minimum of $250 million 35 depending on how you look at it they could be closer to $300 million and this just adds to it. 36 And taking away from the Capital Improvement pot to do additional decoration on California 37 Avenue strikes me as an unwise use of City funds. 38 39 So what could we do with $5 million? Well that would pay most of the cost of rehabilitating the 40 two fire stations which are in serious need of upgrading. And given the choice between making 41 the fire stations safe and more useable or making California Avenue look nice, I would vote for 42 the fire stations. So I think you ought to go back and take another very careful look at all of the 43 costs for the California Avenue Project and all of the funding options and make sure that we’re 44 not just keep on building up the cost and building up the expenses and having no place to go 45 except taking it out of our very, very sick Capital Improvement Fund. 46 47 8 Chair Martinez: Thank you Mr. Moss. Commissioners let’s keep the public hearing open for a 1 bit. I may have some questions of our speakers. Ms. City Attorney can you talk a bit about sort 2 of the legal side of this project? 3 4 Cara Silver, Sr. Assistant City Attorney: Yes, thank you. Cara Silver, Senior Assistant City 5 Attorney. And I did want to respond to Mr. is it? I think it was Mr. Borock who made the issue 6 about, who made the point about the CEQA segmentation. And there is currently a Mitigated 7 Negative Declaration (MND) that was approved for this project by the City Council. That 8 Mitigated Negative Declaration is currently the subject of some litigation. It, the adoption of the 9 MND was found to be sufficient by the trial court, but now the issue is on appeal and until the 10 appellate court or unless the appellate court sets aside the trial court’s decision the MND is 11 currently operative and it’s operative as of this time. The MND did discuss various streetscape 12 improvements such as street furniture and that type of thing. It did not specifically address 13 streetlights, but staff has analyzed this issue and since this is just a simple replacement of an 14 existing streetlight we have not determined that there are any environmental effects that would 15 give rise to additional environmental analysis and so the MND for the overall project is sufficient 16 for moving forward. 17 18 Chair Martinez: Can I ask you a question about that? If we are going to replace streetlights 19 someplace in another part of the City, another three blocks, would that require an environmental 20 review of any kind? 21 22 Ms. Silver: Typically those types of replacements are categorically exempt. Almost all of our 23 streetlight replacements and street paving projects and sidewalk projects are always categorically 24 exempt. 25 26 Chair Martinez: Ok and then one last question on this. Does this street lighting project have to 27 be, I know the, I understand the, you don’t want to rip up the sidewalks a second time, but does it 28 necessarily have to be part of this? Because it makes it more complicated. Can it be a separate 29 project? 30 31 Ms. Silver: It certainly could be a separate project. I think there are some economic and 32 construction issues that I’ll defer to Jaime on. 33 34 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Cara. Yes Commissioner, Cara’s actually correct here in this 35 particular case we’re actually trying to just make sure we’re providing the project to the City in a 36 timely manner in this specific case concrete for sidewalks is very expensive to reconstruct and 37 you can’t get the same look and finish if you have to go and saw cut it later to re-allow for the 38 new conduits to be reconstructed. And so we’re trying to actually just make sure that we are 39 capitalizing on the work that’s already going to be taking place and as Mr. Shuchat mentioned 40 earlier as part of his public comments is, the sidewalk will already be destroyed, meaning it will 41 be ripped up already, the ground will be expelled it’s a very simple cost savings measure for the 42 City to offer this as an element of the project now versus later. 43 44 Chair Martinez: Mr. Chief Transportation Official, I don’t think we can call this project timely, 45 so I beg to differ. Commissioner Panelli had a comment or question. I’m going to let him go 46 first. 47 48 9 Commissioner Panelli: Thank you Mr. Chair. My question, well the overarching question I have 1 is what problem are we trying to solve with this project? I think I heard maybe three or four 2 different objectives and so I want to be clear that I understand what they are. One is pedestrian 3 safety, would that be accurate? 4 5 Mr. Rodriguez: Yes Commissioner Panelli. The specific recommendation to add lighting would 6 be specifically to help illuminate the pedestrian zone of the roadway. 7 8 Commissioner Panelli: Ok, but it sounds like also there were some other driving forces behind 9 what the community, the community’s reason for asking for some of this. Some of it is 10 marketability to make it a more pleasant place. It seems like and the reason I’m asking this 11 question is what were the other options that were considered beside the 1, 2A, and 2B? For 12 example, smaller but more frequently placed lighting standards or planter box lighting because 13 now we’re adding so much more vegetation. So maybe you could give a little bit of color behind 14 the thinking there. 15 16 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner. I’ll try and answer that question and if I stray please 17 reel me back in. So there’s definitely a lot of elements to a streetscape project and lighting is a 18 great opportunity to compliment all the other work that is already happening with the project to 19 allow that roadway element to be more visible during the evening hours, to highlight those 20 streetscape elements that have been added. Street lighting is not just the pole; it’s the type of 21 light that’s added onto the roadway that provide the effects that we might be looking for within 22 this corridor. It’s the illumination of the roadway, it’s the illumination on the sidewalk, and we 23 really are just trying to be responsive to the community in this case. That’s why we’re here 24 tonight, is the community has been very clear to us saying we just want to make sure that it is 25 clear we have heard them every time and this is really our last opportunity. 26 27 And if we don’t add the lighting in now we definitely can’t meet our design date. Well, basically 28 like if we don’t add it we’ll meet the design date, but if we were asked to then add lighting say in 29 April we definitely won’t meet our design date. So we really need to get, to make that 30 determination kind of now early into this calendar year so that RBF and Gates have an 31 opportunity to finish that civil plan correctly so we can bid it out rather than trying to do this as 32 an addendum after we award the project we would pay a lot more money later. And so that’s the 33 driving force here, just trying to take advantage of the design, make sure it’s part of that so we 34 get a price for the community. 35 36 Commissioner Panelli: Ok and let me just follow that part up because one of the things that I 37 highlighted in the report is that because you’re going to be cutting up the sidewalks and the 38 existing underground conduit and wiring of the streetlights are aged, right? So the idea is hey, 39 we’re going to tear these up, we may as well replace while we have, while we’ve opened it up so 40 we don’t have to go back and do it again. And my question for you is if we didn’t replace any 41 of the lighting how much longer would that conduit, underground conduit and wiring last before 42 it would have had to been replaced anyway? 43 44 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner. Street light facilities usually have a useful life of 45 about close to 50 years. In this particular case the conduits that are on California or under 46 California Avenue in this case are already 40 years old. They are rigid steel conduits smaller 47 than two inches, about an inch and a half conduit size. The conductors that are in those conduits 48 are also aged. We actually did look at whether or not those conduits could be reused such as just 49 10 pull out the old cables, put new ones in, and we actually can’t do that in most cases. We also 1 have a design standard in the City where we try to put new conduits in at about 18 to 24 inches 2 depth below before the sidewalk. In this case they are as shallow as eight inches so we actually 3 do run the risk even with demolition of the existing sidewalk that we actually may damage the 4 existing conduits as well. 5 6 Commissioner Panelli: Ok and let me just, I’ll summarize it here, but I just want to make sure 7 I’m drawing the right conclusion here, which is as part of this between $800 and $1.2 million 8 proposed spend, there’s some percentage of that that if we didn’t entertain deferred maintenance 9 we’d have to replace, we’d have to spend in the next 10 years anyway. Is that a fair way to 10 characterize it? 11 12 Mr. Rodriguez: Yes it is, and if I may just take advantage of the opportunity to have the mike 13 again, when we looked at the various options of lighting configurations we did analyze two. 14 Again one is just leaving those existing pole standards in place and repainting them to get them a 15 little bit of a different look and simply just adding additional lights in between, but one of the 16 reasons why we did recommend against that first option is because one of the consistent 17 community comments that we do hear from the community, specifically the merchants and 18 property owners along California Avenue was that they wanted to preserve the storefront 19 visibilities within the corridor. There was a lot of concern about having pole clutter on the street 20 and we didn’t highlight it as part of the presentation but there’s again 35 existing lights and if we 21 add in just lights in between that with all the other furniture now the sidewalk does begin to look 22 very busy and you get to have a little more of a fence like effect kind of looking down the 23 corridor because you see pole, pole, pole, pole and although that would definitely achieve the 24 benefit that we would be looking for with this project, which is the pedestrian sidewalk lighting 25 then that would have a different impact even though it’s a cheaper solution. 26 27 Commissioner Panelli: Yeah it starts looking like a bunch of parking meters, right? 28 29 Mr. Rodriguez: You said that, not me. 30 31 Chair Martinez: Certainly. Before we go on, Assistant Director Aknin do you want to talk a bit 32 about sort of the rest of what’s going on? Like for example the California Avenue Concept Plan 33 and how would the progress of that and how that fits into the overall development here. Just 34 give us a brief update. 35 36 Mr. Aknin: Sure, and I haven’t been intimately involved with this, but I could give you kind of a 37 broader overview. As you know concept, there’s two concept plans that are going to become 38 part of the General Plan. And the California Avenue Concept Plan is one of those and what 39 we’re doing tonight even though the California Avenue Concept Plan has not been adopted yet 40 there has been a community input process and nothing that’s proposed tonight is inconsistent 41 with what’s been heard during that community input process. Now the environmental review of 42 the California Avenue Concept Plan is going to be go hand and hand with the general, with the 43 Comprehensive Plan and that environmental review will start over the next few months. So I 44 think the short story of it is everything that’s being proposed as part of the streetscape alignment 45 is consistent with what’s shown within that Concept Plan at this time, but the Concept Plan even 46 has greater and more broader type improvements for the area. 47 48 11 Chair Martinez: Thank you for that. And before we go forward with comments and questions, 1 Ms. Yazdy? Did I say that right? Can you just give us a summary of the preferred Option 2A 2 not only the replacement of the light standards, but the other parts of the lighting plan that will be 3 part of this million dollars or whatever the number’s going to be as part of the lighting part of 4 this? Do you have that? 5 6 Ms. Yazdy: Sure, yes. Let me just I’ll bring back the layout that kind of shows the, so the 7 bottom option, Option 2 we’re calling it, is that we would replace the existing streetlights with 8 basically the new combination pedestrian/streetlights. So they would pretty much go exactly 9 where they are and again, the same spacing as they are now and in addition to lighting up the 10 street the pedestrian, the sidewalks would also be lightened up as well. And the street we have a 11 couple of street pole, street lights options that we’ve picked out. Again they will have to go 12 through ARB review and we will be doing that February 21st. And I can show you the photo. 13 It’s to the right where you see the combination pedestrian and streetlight option that would also 14 have the opportunity to hang banners or hanging baskets from them also as a streetscape feature 15 if we choose to. 16 17 Chair Martinez: And the total number of those light fixtures is again? 18 19 Ms. Yazdy: I’m sorry. 20 21 Chair Martinez: The total number of light fixtures that are part of that package is? 22 23 Ms. Yazdy: 37. 24 25 Chair Martinez: 37. And they’ll be no… I’m saying it, but a question, like bollards or street 26 lighting or lighting at people, places, gathering places or anything like that? 27 28 Ms. Yazdy: That’s a very good question. Thanks for bringing that up. In addition to providing 29 street lights for the pedestrians and also the street the poles will have power outlets for additional 30 lighting during events for the central plaza location, festive lighting, so it will provide that 31 additional pole power to do so. Also the one important element of the fact that we’re widening 32 the sidewalks, the current streetlights are with the widened sidewalks the current streetlights 33 would be in the middle of the sidewalk. So with, if we do replace the streetlights what we can do 34 is actually move the streetlights out closer towards the curb, which would give more space for 35 the sidewalk for tables and benches and streetscape elements to be placed. 36 37 Chair Martinez: And Mr. Landscape Architect how does that fit with your plan? 38 39 Mr. Gates: Sorry, could you repeat that? 40 41 Chair Martinez: Oh I just wanted to know whether in your landscape design whether you’ve had 42 thought about the lighting and this placement of lighting and does that work adequately with the 43 landscaping plan? 44 45 Mr. Gates: Yeah, actually it’s a vast improvement if we bring the lighting down those species 46 will grow above so the lower the light in the future it will be much more efficient for us and we 47 have actually got the trees spaced based on the lighting and as she mentioned if the light poles 48 get pulled out to the street that’s going to help us separate the pedestrian lighting from the street 49 12 lighting and pull it away from the trees again. And I believe we do have some limited number of 1 niche lights that will sit in the walls, in the new walls, which will actually create some limited 2 pools of light at crossing areas as well. So it’s a big help from a landscape point of view. 3 4 Chair Martinez: Good. That’s what I was looking for. Sorry to bogart the time Commissioners. 5 Commissioner Tanaka. 6 7 Commissioner Tanaka: Yeah, so first of all it sounds like this is some good forward thinking. So 8 thanks for bringing this forward. A couple of quick questions; first question is, of the three 9 different options can staff talk about in terms of light on the sidewalk and street which option 10 gives us the most light on the sidewalk and street? Do we know that? 11 12 Ms. Yazdy: That would be the option that we’re recommending. They are I guess the spacing 13 that we have right now and some of the really basic studies that we’ve done with the lighting we 14 feel that this option, the combination streetlight and pedestrians would provide adequate lighting 15 for the sidewalk. And anything more would be really just provide extra clutter and definitely not 16 enough, I mean the lighting could be satisfied with this option. 17 18 Commissioner Tanaka: Ok. The only reason I was asking is if I just do the math on wattage, 19 now wattage not equal to lumens, but let’s just use watts as an example. The first option is like 20 40, almost 5,000 watts, right? And then the second option is 37,000 watts, 3,700 watts. And so I 21 just in terms of like pure wattage the first one is, by far the most light, but I was just trying to 22 understand why the second option would be more light. I just, I don’t know if staff could talk a 23 little more about that? 24 25 Ms. Yazdy: I guess, I’m sorry I misunderstood. It wouldn’t provide more light; it would be 26 adequate light to light the sidewalk I must have I misunderstood your question. So the second 27 option would provide enough lighting for the sidewalk. The first option is to just provide, it 28 would be just a lot of lighting in between the existing. 29 30 Commissioner Tanaka: Ok, and is there also plans to run communication to these lights as well 31 in case you wanted to have finer control or is that… where you’re laying your conduits and 32 cable? 33 34 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner Tanaka. I think you’re referring to like data cables, is 35 that what you’re referring to? It isn’t something that we’d actually planned. We actually are 36 pretty familiar with the cities that have done similar things and actually have not found very 37 specific uses for them. I know that downtown Gilroy did that. They wired up their whole 38 downtown and they have never once been able to use that option. 39 40 Commissioner Tanaka: I see. Ok. Great, thank you. 41 42 Chair Martinez: Commissioner Alcheck, further questions, comments? 43 44 Commissioner Alcheck: Ok, so I want to start by saying that I feel like your presentation does 45 make the case that this is an ideal time to improve the lighting on Cal Ave. I want to highlight 46 that according to the staff report the project is half a million dollars over budget and you’re 47 talking about adding another million two. So we’re talking about nearly two million dollars over 48 budget and I wasn’t involved in this project in any capacity because I came, I’m so new, but I 49 13 don’t often criticize our Planning Department, but I really want to stress that I think that in this 1 business budgeting is a very important skill. I just, I mean we’re actually not talking about 2 Option 1 versus Option 2 versus no option. Really, no matter what we’ll have to spend it looks 3 like $800,000. There is no option where we don’t do anything, which really means that the cost 4 differential is potentially $200,000 or $400,000 because there is no zero thousand dollar option. 5 Am I right? There’s no decision that the City Council could make that nothing would happen. 6 7 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner Alcheck. That actually is an option. If we don’t want 8 to do lighting, we definitely don’t have to do it. We just didn’t present that as an option for you, 9 but it is an option on the table so thank you for clarifying (interrupted) 10 11 Commissioner Alcheck: Would those lights still have to move or they could stay where they’re 12 at? 13 14 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you. If we don’t add lighting to the project lights would just stay where 15 they are and the point that Shahla was trying to make is in the areas where we’re doing the 16 majority of the widening, specifically at that first block of California between El Camino Real 17 and Ash that’s where the largest amount of widening does occur along the south side of the street 18 so if we don’t move the poles, the poles then end up that are existing end up being more in the 19 middle of the sidewalk. And they’ll do a great job of lighting up the sidewalk at that point until 20 the trees get a little bigger, but then we might light up the roadway. That’s actually a point that a 21 lot of the merchants have been making to us and again it just hasn’t been an element of the 22 project for us to be able to add in. 23 24 Commissioner Alcheck: Yeah so if I could just follow up, that just, I mean to be honest your 25 answer just further frustrates me because if it’s such a no brainer I cannot imagine that they 26 wouldn’t have discussed this at the time they were making the decision about this project as a 27 whole. And that’s sort of my broader point. From outside this Commission as just a citizen of 28 Palo Alto when this project was being discussed it sounded wonderful to me. But at what cost, 29 right? Everything has a cost. And if we’re talking about $6 million streetscape improvement or 30 $3 million streetscape those are decisions obviously the City Council has to make, but it just sort 31 of seems like how is it possible that this project go this far along without the discussion of street 32 lighting and now that essentially the project’s been approved and for good reason now you’re, 33 now we’re coming to a point where we’re talking potentially a million and a half dollars or a 34 million dollars. And it just, I can’t comprehend a scenario where anybody’s sort of happy with 35 that kind of decision making. 36 37 So again, I do think it’s an ideal time to deal with this lighting. It sounds to me like ripping up 38 concrete 10 years from now would be a mistake and obviously we can’t leave them where 39 they’re at because they are going to inefficiently light this new wonderful area. That being said I 40 am a little disappointed because I would like, I think the City Council should make these 41 decisions with all the information and what you’re telling me is it’s a no brainer and it seems so 42 obvious; at the same time no one was discussing this when they were making this decision that 43 seems like a failure on the part of the Planning Department. So I think in general you guys do an 44 excellent job, but this is an important skill and I think that we should learn something from this. 45 46 Chair Martinez: We’re kind of reversing roles here because I want to defend the Planning 47 Department, but I’m going to put that on hold for now. Commissioner Panelli do you have 48 14 further comments? Well we’re going to wrap it up pretty soon so… Yes, Acting Vice-Chair 1 Keller, please. 2 3 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. So I was going to ask a question first about CEQA. So 4 let me follow that up. There’s a question that was answered earlier that was raised by the Chair 5 was the issue of segmenting, but one part that was brought up by a member of the public was the 6 issue of budget and although Commissioner Alcheck is right that the Council sort of made a 7 decision that to fund some of it and then sort of like the camel’s nose and more of the camel 8 winds up under the tent in the morning, the whole camel winds up under the tent in the morning. 9 But the, but to what extent is that a CEQA question? Does the Council not having studied the 10 degree of the budget of the overall project is that, is budget at all a CEQA question? 11 12 Ms. Silver: Commissioner Keller CEQA is triggered by any discretionary action, so the 13 budgeting does trigger CEQA and then you need to look at whether that budgetary action will 14 have environmental impacts. So in this case a budgetary action is discretionary so CEQA is 15 invoked, but our analysis is that the Mitigated Negative Declaration already covers the overall 16 project and that the addition of or the replacement of streetlights does not trigger any other 17 environmental impacts that haven’t already been studied in the MND. 18 19 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: I think I didn’t phrase my question in a clear enough way. To the 20 extent that the project cost $3 million or $30 million, which it hopefully doesn’t cost $30 million, 21 but just as an example, does the cost of the project is that effect the CEQA analysis? 22 23 Ms. Silver: No, it typically doesn’t. 24 25 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. So therefore the fact that the City Council didn’t know 26 the total cost of the whole project that somehow increased, that’s not a CEQA question? 27 28 Ms. Silver: That’s generally correct unless the cost of the project increased because additional 29 elements that would have significant environmental impacts that weren’t analyzed were the 30 cause of the increase. 31 32 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: So would it be fair to say that it’s the elements themselves that trigger 33 whether or not there’s a CEQA question, not the cost? 34 35 Ms. Silver: Right. That’s correct. 36 37 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. The next question is with respect to the interaction of the 38 trees and lights. So when the trees were cut down on California Avenue and then they were 39 replaced, they were replaced basically in the same spots and now the curb is being extended. 40 And when the curb is being extended with the light fixtures being placed at the new curb will 41 there be shadows behind the trees that are inset further from the, in other words where the inward 42 tree wells are? 43 44 Mr. Gates: The photomatic metric patter will certainly change, but one of the reasons we’re 45 going for a high/low is that you come below the canopy for the pedestrian to put it on the 46 sidewalk and you go ultimately below the canopy but in the middle of it for the first 7 years to 10 47 years so that ultimately in mature form we’re getting very good distribution of streetlight which 48 is [brighter] different than pedestrian light which is lower and more in character. So the ideal 49 15 position is next to the street but low, close to the sidewalk. So we’ll be in a better position than 1 leaving them where they are now. 2 3 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: So you won’t get shadows behind on the sidewalk lighting behind the 4 trees that are set inward? 5 6 Mr. Gates: The trees that are there now will be inset, but a 12 foot high light in the very short 7 time your existing trees are going to be canopy above that, so that’s why the lower pedestrian 8 scale will give us a very good foot candle on the sidewalk even though they’re upward a little 9 more than what the trees are today. 10 11 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. The next question is with regard to in terms of the cost 12 and I’m not asking you to answer this for now, but when you go to City Council it would be 13 helpful to distinguish between the cost of replacing the conduit with modern conduit, which 14 arguably is a accelerated maintenance job as opposed to deferred maintenance from the cost of 15 replacing the lighting which is more of an improvement. So in some, just for discussion’s sake 16 say about $600,000 to replace the conduit and $400,000 for the new lighting then really that’s 17 $600,000 of accelerated maintenance and $400,000 is the actual improvement. And that might 18 affect how the budget is considered. 19 20 In, it was also mentioned by a member of the public about storm drains as not being included. 21 Are the relocation of the storm drains and how they feed into the storm drain system, is that 22 budgeted for or is that something that will have to be added on as an addition? 23 24 Mr. Rodriguez: Thank you Commissioner Keller. The design does actually include today 25 protection of the existing storm drains say from rooftops that currently spill out into the gutter 26 today and there are several locations where we actually need to relocate storm drains to maintain 27 flows and actually be able to get that water into the storm drain system. So that is budgeted as 28 part of the project. 29 30 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you and I assume that also includes an analysis of where the 31 roadway goes in and out and the curb goes in and out that there’s not going to be ponding of 32 water with no place to go. 33 34 Mr. Rodriguez: Yes, that’s correct Commissioner. 35 36 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. One thing that was in the staff report that wasn’t in the 37 diagram that you have up there on the screen in page, is that one of the choices was something 38 that looks like a bell and I would just discourage use of that particular design because that’s a 39 motif for El Camino Real’s bell and we don’t, I don’t think we want to use that motif on 40 California Avenue because it’s not El Camino Real. If we were redoing lighting on El Camino 41 that would actually be a good idea, but on California I would not use that design off of El 42 Camino Real. 43 44 As a side issue Mountain View when they redid they apparently did not relocate the lights, the 45 streetlights and theirs are shorter though, but on the other hand there’s some situations where you 46 wind up with a light pole in the middle of the sidewalk which is odd and sometimes people bump 47 into them so this is actually a good thing that we’re relocating them. As, on slide 12 you 48 16 mention Options 1, 2, and 3, but in the staff report I think they’re 1, 2A, and 2B. So Option 2 is 1 really Option 2A so I assume that when this goes to Council you’ll correct that. 2 3 And finally let me get to the Comp Plan process. So the, what I understand is that when the 4 Comp Plan is evaluated for CEQA we’re going to take the whole Comp Plan and bring it to 5 CEQA analysis. Excuse me? 6 7 Mr. Aknin: You take the entire Comp Plan and analyze it within a CEQA document. 8 9 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Or are we going to analyze parts of the Comp Plan and parts later? 10 How are, are we going to segment the Comp Plan analysis for Environmental Impact Report 11 (EIR)? How’s that process going to work? 12 13 Ms. Silver: For the updated, updates to the Comp Plan we are planning on doing one single 14 CEQA analysis. However the Concept Plan for California Avenue is on a more quick schedule 15 and it is also relevant to another project in the pipeline, 395 Page Mill. And so our current 16 thinking is that we will do a joint EIR for 395 Page Mill and the California Avenue Concept Plan 17 in advance of the overall Comp Plan EIR. 18 19 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: So when would the Comp Plan EIR happen? What’s the timing of 20 that? 21 22 Mr. Aknin: It’ll kick off within a few months. The EIR scoping portion of it. And then the EIR 23 process will go through the remainder of this year and into early next year. 24 25 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: And how does that affect our process for getting our Housing Element 26 approved because that’s I think part, the important thing that’s part of the Comp Plan, right? 27 28 Mr. Aknin: Well the Housing Element is for the previous housing cycle, correct? So, yeah, so 29 that’s being done with the Negative Declaration as a stand-alone document. 30 31 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Ok, that’s useful to know. And that means that all of our work on the 32 various elements of the Comp Plan either have to happen as part of this, either they have to 33 happen in advance of the Comp Plan review, the Comp Plan EIR or they don’t happen this cycle. 34 Is that the idea? 35 36 Mr. Aknin: So repeat that again? 37 38 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Sorry. We are doing a bunch of elements of the Comp Plan, redoing a 39 bunch of elements, updating a bunch of elements. Either those elements get finished and are 40 included in the EIR for the Comp Plan Update or they miss the boat and don’t happen at this 41 cycle. 42 43 Mr. Aknin: Correct or you’d have to amend the Comp Plan later and review those 44 environmental, review it environmentally at the same time. 45 46 Chair Martinez: Can I add my two cents here? It’s my understanding we only are doing an EIR 47 for the mandated elements and not Governance, Business, Community Services I think. So not 48 all of the elements of the Comp Plan are subject to the EIR. Ms. Silver, is that correct? 49 17 1 Ms. Silver: Some of the elements like Governance probably don’t have any environmental 2 impacts so that’s probably something that doesn’t need to be included in the EIR. 3 4 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. So, but the important thing is that the Cal Avenue 5 Concept Plan is going to be studied separately from the rest of the Comp Plan. 6 7 Ms. Silver: Given the current schedule that appears to be the case. That may change over time, 8 but that’s staff’s current thinking. 9 10 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Thank you. I’ll just say one thing, I don’t know if the new member of 11 the public came in and wishes to speak before… 12 13 Chair Martinez: I think we’re just going to move on. We’re running out of time. It seems to me 14 that this project came before the Commission in a timely manner. When I was a young 15 Commissioner Alcheck, full head of hair, no grey… and to kind of address some of the criticisms 16 that the Commissioner raised about Planning it was presented as a project that was going to be 17 funded by a VTA grant, but I think the Council chose this opportunity of leveraging that grant to 18 make it a more important project for the public by widening the sidewalks and I think that it is 19 also now at this point asked us to really look at the lighting as part of that project too. I think one 20 thing if I’m not mistaken that the new Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) standards, 21 which are going to be the federal standards, which are going to be incorporated into the new 22 update to the California Building Code are not going to permit lighting standards in the middle of 23 sidewalks. As was mentioned those are things that people with limited vision walk into, 24 especially at night. So I think we’re in a situation where this is a great idea to do it. The 25 reasoning to do it is correct and if that weren’t enough we have no choice. 26 27 So Commissioners, really quickly now taking a minute or two we’re supposed to give a 28 recommendation on staff’s recommendation of the option and if any of you have anything further 29 to say about that I’d like to limit it to recommendations for what’s been offered and not further 30 questions or comments about the Comp Plan or anything else. Commissioner Panelli I trust you 31 to start that discussion. 32 33 Commissioner Panelli: Yeah, thank you and by the way as I predicted, as I predicted 34 Commissioner Keller brought up what my last follow up point was going to be. So thank you. 35 36 I’d like to echo the sentiments that I’ve heard from several of the other Commissioners, which is 37 the project makes sense. The option that you’re recommending makes sense. I think the 38 frustration that I’ve heard voiced here and I will echo it, is the cost overruns. And when I hear 39 about a million here, a million there and after having served on the Infrastructure Blue Ribbon 40 Commission (IBRC) I know how much deferred maintenance we have. I know what our catch 41 up is. I know what our keep up is and I get very, very concerned because I know that this 42 million dollars is coming from somewhere else. I just don’t know what’s not getting done to 43 make this project happen. So that’s my simple comment. 44 45 Chair Martinez: Commissioner Tanaka, any recommendations? 46 47 Commissioner Tanaka: Yes. I’m also in favor of having the lighting, I’m just thinking about 48 Option 1, 2, and 3, or 2A, 2B. I’m not sure which way to call it. And I actually go to Cal Ave 49 18 quite a bit. I bike along Cal Ave quite a bit and I actually find it kind of dark now so the current 1 lighting, I hate this use, “watts,” but the current lighting’s I think is 7,500 watts. And so even 2 though Option 3 is a little more expensive I’m leaning that way because it seems to be brighter 3 versus this Option 2. So that’s my thoughts. 4 5 Chair Martinez: Commissioner Alcheck. Commissioner Alcheck any last comments or? 6 7 Commissioner Alcheck: Yeah. In case I wasn’t clear, I think this is an ideal time to do this 8 project and I just can’t imagine a scenario where we devote the resources we are to this 9 improvement and then replace wonderful brand new light posts in the location that’s not ideal. 10 So I think that when you have the opportunity to do something you should do it exactly the way 11 you want it to be done and the way you think it’s perfectly suited. So I actually think that this 12 more expensive option, which would essentially mean removing and replacing the existing 13 streetlights in a slightly different but more preferred location is the option that we should 14 encourage the City Council to choose because after they’ve approved that project ideally this will 15 be a perfected street. So that being said, that’s all I have to say. 16 17 Chair Martinez: Commissioner Keller. 18 19 Acting Vice-Chair Keller: Yes, so firstly let me say that I’m opposed to the do nothing option. 20 And secondly I’m opposed to the, to the stay at Option 1. Whether we go with Option 2A or 2B 21 or not to be… or Option 2 or 3 should depend on the lighting study that’s done and see whether 22 there’s adequate lighting on the street and on the pavement, on the sidewalk. And if there is 23 inadequate lighting then it’s not clear whether it should be 37 or 48 or but actually design it 24 where you need the more lighting based on where it’s short and understanding where the trees 25 are and that. So I’m not going to choose between Option 2 and 3 because that should be a choice 26 based on the particular lighting that exists. And we have been successful in identifying grant 27 funding from the VTA for this project. We’ve identified funding for improvements based on the 28 vehicle license tax, vehicle license fee revenue. And I’m hoping that the City Council will 29 somehow identify some grant funding to do the rest of this project and that would be a good 30 thing for the City Council to identify so that we don’t rob from Peter to pay Paul. 31 32 Chair Martinez: Thank you. I would be willing to bet, not much, but I’d be willing to bet that 33 somewhere in the CIP list that there’s a project to replace street lighting here. So I don’t think 34 we’re robbing anyone I think we’re just moving it ahead on the scale. My theme for tonight for 35 both of our items is the streets are for the people. This is going to be a huge street improvement 36 for the people, for the business. You visit any other small city in California and across this 37 country that has done a project like this and it has made a huge difference. Next time that this 38 project comes before us I’d like to see not Transportation reasons for doing it from the Comp 39 Plan, but things from our Complete Streets and sitting places and the Land Use Element or 40 sustainability policies that really underscore the importance of doing projects like this. 41 42 I support 2A. I think that I would ask you to look at perhaps even lowering these lights down 43 from 25 feet and I wanted to comment on Commissioner Tanaka’s question about the amount of 44 wattage or that when the lights are lowered you’re not comparing apples with apples anymore. 45 That you’re going to get substantially better light from even 25 feet and I think 22 feet might be 46 even better and closer to a better lighting situation for the pedestrians using California Avenue. 47 48 19 I want to thank staff, thank our consultant. Great job. I like the plan and personally I support it 1 going forward. Thank you. Let’s take about a 10 minute break. Oh yes, let’s close the public 2 hearing and thank you all for coming tonight. About a 10 minute break. 3 4 Commission Action: No Commission action, directed staff to pursue lighting. 5